S-4

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 19, 2013.

Registration No. 333-            

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

SEITEL, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	1382	76-0025431
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

10811 S. Westview Circle Drive

Building C, Suite 100

Houston, TX 77043

(713) 881-8900

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

See Table of Additional Registrants Below

Marcia H. Kendrick

Chief Financial Officer, Executive

Vice President, Assistant Secretary and Treasurer

Seitel, Inc.

10811 S. Westview Circle Drive

Building C, Suite 100

Houston, TX 77043

(713) 881-8900

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

With a copy to:

Joshua A. Tinkelman, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 906-1200

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title Of Each Class Of Securities To Be Registered	Amount To Be Registered	Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Share	Proposed Maximum Offering Price(1)	Amount Of Registration Fee
9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2019	$250,000,000	100%	$250,000,000	$34,100
Subsidiary Guarantees(2)	$250,000,000	—	—

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933 solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.

(2) Each of the subsidiary guarantors listed in the Table of Additional Registrants below have guaranteed, jointly and severally, the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes due 2019 being registered hereby. The subsidiary guarantors are registering the guarantees. Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, no registration fee is required with respect to the guarantees.

The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

SEITEL, INC.

Table of Additional Registrants(1)

Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization	Primary Standard Industrial Classification Number		IRS Employer Identification Number
Datatel, Inc.	Delaware		1382		76-0378479
DDD Energy, Inc.	Delaware		1382		76-0397770
N360X, L.L.C.	Texas		1382		76-0681063
Seitel Canada Holdings, Inc.	Delaware		1382		76-0564332
Seitel Data Corp.	Delaware		1382		76-0390382
Seitel Data, Ltd.	Texas		1382		76-0488359
Seitel Data Processing, Inc.	Delaware		1382		76-0460633
Seitel Delaware, Inc.	Delaware		1382		76-0488429
Seitel IP Holdings, LLC	Delaware		1382		76-0690011
Seitel Management, Inc.	Delaware		1382		76-0490279
Seitel Offshore Corp.	Delaware		1382		76-0309662
Seitel Solutions, Inc.	Delaware		1382		76-0672862
Seitel Solutions, LLC	Delaware		1382		74-2993547
Seitel Solutions Holdings, LLC	Delaware		1382		76-0690009
Seitel Solutions, Ltd.	Texas		1382		76-0655577
SI Holdings, G.P.	Delaware		1382		76-0690013

(1) The address, including zip code, telephone number and area code, of the principal offices of each of the additional registrants listed above is: 10811 S. Westview Circle Drive, Building C, Suite 100, Houston, TX 77043. The telephone number at that address is (713) 881-8900.

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 19, 2013

PROSPECTUS

SEITEL, INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$250,000,000 Principal Amount of 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes Due 2019

for

$250,000,000 Principal Amount of 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes Due 2019

The Exchange Offer Will Expire At 5:00 P.M.,

New York City Time, On                     , 2013, Unless Extended

We are offering, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, to exchange up to $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our new 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes due 2019 that we have registered under the Securities Act of 1933 for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes due 2019. We refer to the new notes you will receive on this exchange offer collectively as the “new notes,” and we refer to the old notes you will tender in this exchange offer collectively as the “old notes.” The new notes will represent the same debt as the corresponding old notes and we will issue the new notes under the same applicable indenture.

Terms of the exchange offer:

• We will exchange all old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

• You may withdraw tenders of old notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

• We believe that the exchange of old notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but you should see “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” on page 162 for more information.

• We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

• The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the old notes, except that the new notes are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and the transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the old notes do not apply to the new notes.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22 for a discussion of risks that should be considered by holders prior to tendering their old notes.

Neither the Securities Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this Prospectus is                     , 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS		ii
SUMMARY		1
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA		15
RISK FACTORS		22
USE OF PROCEEDS		37
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES		38
CAPITALIZATION		39
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA		40
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		41
THE EXCHANGE OFFER		56
BUSINESS		65
MANAGEMENT		80
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT		101
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS		102
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS		107
DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES		108
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM OF SECURITIES		159
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS		162
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION		163
LEGAL MATTERS		164
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS		164
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION		164
INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE		164
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION		F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this document and any supplement or to which we have referred you. See “Where You Can Find More Information.” We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted, where the person making the offer is not qualified to do so, or to any person who cannot legally be offered the securities. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus or incorporated by reference is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus or any supplement or the date of the documents incorporated by reference, as the case may be.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of new notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

The majority of the market data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources, including market analysis data published by the Department of Energy, Baker Hughes, Spears & Associates, Inc., Land Rig Newsletter, Business Monitor International and the Energy Information Administration. We did not commission any of these publications or reports. The remainder of the data are based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys, as well as the independent sources listed above. Independent industry publications and surveys generally state that they have obtained information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee or provide any warranty regarding the accuracy and completeness or suitability of such information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified such data and we do not make any representation as to the accuracy of such information. Forecasts are particularly likely to be inaccurate, especially over long periods of time, and we do not know what assumptions, for example, regarding general economic growth, are used in preparing the forecasts included in this prospectus. Similarly, while we believe our internal and external research is reliable, it has not been verified by any independent sources and we make no assurances that the predictions contained therein are accurate. Industry and market data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain information included in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference may be deemed to be “forward-looking statements” intended to qualify for the safe harbors from liability established by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. In particular, statements that we make relating to our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, overall volume trends, expected business outlook, anticipated financial and operating results, industry forces, margin trends, the likelihood of success in expanding our business, financing plans, budgets, working capital needs and sources of liquidity, the anticipated amount and timing of capital expenditures and our strategies are forward-looking statements. When used in this document, the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “propose,” “plan,” “target,” “foresee,” “should,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “potential,” or, in each case, their negative or other variations and similar terminology are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by our management in light of their experience and their perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors they believe to be appropriate. Important assumptions relating to the forward-looking statements include, among others, assumptions regarding demand for our products, the expansion of product offerings geographically or through new marketing applications, the timing and cost of planned capital expenditures, competitive

ii

conditions and general economic conditions. These assumptions could prove inaccurate. Any forward-looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, developments and business decisions to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results of operations, financial condition and liquidity or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Any forward-looking statements that we make in this prospectus speak only as of the date of such statement. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), we are under no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. Some of the factors that may cause actual results, developments and business decisions to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include the risk factors discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” and the following:

• risks related to the cyclical nature of our industry and the adverse effects of the level of capital expenditures by oil and gas companies;

• risks related to current and future government regulation that may negatively impact demand for our products and services and increase our cost of conducting business;

• risks related to the volatility of oil and natural gas prices;

• risks related to the availability of capital for our customers;

• the risk that we may not be able to generate or obtain sufficient financing to cover the costs of acquiring and processing seismic data for our library that are not underwritten by our customers;

• the risk of adverse effects to our business due to the failure of our customers to fulfill their obligations to reimburse us for the underwritten portion of third-party contractor costs;

• risks related to developments in the oil and gas business in the U.S. and Canada;

• risks related to the competition for the acquisition of new seismic data;

• the risk that our operating results and cash flow may fluctuate in the future;

• the risk that weak demand could impair the value of our data library;

• the risk that failure to meet cash flow projections may result in goodwill impairment charges;

• risks related to our international operations and currency fluctuations;

• risks related to the availability and retention of key employees;

• risks related to our ability to recognize certain tax benefits;

• the risk that our internal controls and procedures may not prevent all possible errors;

• risks related to our use of third-party contractors;

• the risk that technological changes may not be available to us; and

• other factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.

These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read with the other cautionary statements in this prospectus. Potential investors and other readers are urged to consider the above-mentioned factors

iii

carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. We can give no assurances that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them does occur, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus includes trademarks which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of the company or its subsidiaries. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ^® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

OTHER DATA

Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.

iv

SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain significant aspects of our business and this exchange offer contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus and should consider, among other things, the matters set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before making your investment decision. In addition, certain statements include forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

In this prospectus, unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, (i) the “issuer,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” and “our company” refer to the consolidated business of Seitel, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries and (ii) the “guarantors” refer to certain of our subsidiaries that have guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis our obligations under the notes (as defined below).

The Exchange Offer

On March 20, 2013, we issued and sold $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2019, referred to herein as the old notes. In connection with that sale, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes in which we agreed to deliver this prospectus to you and to complete an exchange offer for the old notes. As required by the registration rights agreement, we are offering to exchange $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of our new senior notes due 2019, referred to herein as the new notes, the issuance of which will be registered under the Securities Act, for a like aggregate principal amount of our old notes. We refer to this offer to exchange the new notes for the old notes in accordance with the terms set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal as the exchange offer. You are entitled to exchange your old notes for new notes. We urge you to read the discussions under the headings “The Exchange Offer” and “Description of the New Notes” in this prospectus for further information regarding the exchange offer and the new notes. We refer to the old notes and the new notes collectively as the Notes or the 9¹/₂% Senior Notes.

Company Overview

We are a leading provider of onshore seismic data to the oil and gas industry in North America. We own an extensive library of proprietary onshore and offshore geological data that we have accumulated since our inception in 1982. We believe our data library is the largest three-dimensional (“3D”) onshore database available for licensing in North America and includes leading positions in oil- and liquids-rich unconventional plays.

As of June 7, 2013, we own 39,000 square miles of 3D onshore data, consisting of 25,950 U.S. square miles (67%) and 13,050 Canadian square miles (33%). We have a leading market position in key geographies that benefit from the ongoing growth in North American unconventional onshore oil and gas activity. Approximately 48.7% of our 3D onshore library is comprised of data located in unconventional plays, and currently we have an additional 1,350 square miles of 3D onshore data in progress in those areas. Since 2008, we have embarked upon a campaign to acquire data in key unconventional plays, including oil- and liquids-rich North American plays such as the Eagle Ford/Woodbine and Niobrara/Bakken, where we own a combined 8,100 square miles of 3D unconventional data. Our library also includes data in other oil- and liquids-rich plays including, in the U.S., Utica/Marcellus and Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays) and, in Canada, the Montney and Cardium. Including data in progress, we have grown our 3D onshore unconventional library by 12.5% compounded annually since the beginning of 2008.

Our business model is to acquire data selectively in geological formations that we believe will support drilling from a variety of oil and gas producers over an extended period of time. We design and manage new surveys and license them to initial clients which typically fund a significant portion (approximately 50%—70%)

1

of the total cost of each survey (referred to as “client underwriting”). Seitel owns 100% of the acquired data and licenses it to additional parties on a non-exclusive basis. Such resales are unlimited in both time and amount and require minimal incremental cash costs, leading to a rapid payback period on new investments of typically less than three years and high returns thereafter. Our long-lived, diverse data library built over three decades continues to provide value to our customers, with 52% of our 2012 3D onshore resale revenue coming from data over 5 years old, including resales of data from vintages as early as 1994.

We believe that we have low fixed costs and a highly flexible operating model, as we do not own any seismic survey equipment or directly employ field personnel. Instead, we outsource those functions by contracting with third-party specialists, as required, in various facets of the data acquisition process in order to complete surveys to expand our data library. We also use sales commissions to create incentives for our sales force while matching our costs to our achieved sales. We believe this business model provides enhanced flexibility, allowing us to optimize our level of investment for the market environment and resulting in substantially lower cash flow volatility by enabling us to respond quickly to changes in demand and shifts in client geographic focus.

We serve a market which includes over 1,600 companies in the oil and gas industry. Our customers include large independent and major integrated oil and gas companies, as well as small- and mid-cap exploration and production companies. The importance of geological data in the exploration and development process drives demand for data in our library. Specifically, our customers use seismic data to identify geographical areas where subsurface conditions are favorable for oil and gas exploration and to optimize development and production of oil and gas reserves. Seismic data provides valuable insight for operators, including a target zone’s thickness, as well as faulting pattern complexity, helping with the design of horizontal drilling programs and minimizing the potential for uneconomic wells.

We are a private company controlled by ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. (“ValueAct”) and funds managed by affiliates of Centerbridge Partners, L.P. (“Centerbridge”). For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, our Cash Sales and Cash EBITDA were $141.9 million and $115.3 million, respectively, and total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA were $240.5 million and $213.9 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our Cash Sales and Cash EBITDA were $23.9 million and $16.7 million, respectively, and total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA were $51.4 million and $44.1 million, respectively. See pages 17 to 21 for an explanation of Cash Sales, Cash EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.

2

Data Library Overview

We believe our data library is the largest 3D onshore database available for licensing in North America. We have built our 3D onshore library over more than 20 years with over $1.5 billion in gross investments and we view our library as an asset that would be time- and cost-prohibitive for others to replicate. Approximately 48.7% of our 3D onshore library is comprised of data located in unconventional plays, and we currently have an additional 1,350 square miles of 3D onshore data in progress in those areas. We believe we are well positioned in oil- and liquids-rich plays such as the Eagle Ford/Woodbine, Niobrara/Bakken, Utica/Marcellus, Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays), Montney and Cardium with 19,000 miles of data in unconventional areas.

3D Seismic library overview—as of June 7, 2013
	Completed surveys					Surveys in Progress
	Square miles(a)		% of total			Square miles(a)
Eagle Ford/Woodbine		5,500		11	%		400
Niobrara/Bakken		2,600		5	%		—
Haynesville		1,350		3	%		—
Utica/Marcellus		750		2	%		450
Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays)		650		1	%		100
Permian Basin(b)		—		—			400
Conventional 3D		15,100		30	%		—
Total U.S. onshore		25,950		52	%		1,350
Montney		3,750		8	%		—
Cardium		3,350		7	%		—
Horn River		1,050		2	%		—
Conventional 3D		4,900		10	%		—
Total Canada		13,050		27	%		—
Total onshore		39,000		79	%		1,350
U.S. offshore		10,500		21	%		—
Worldwide total		49,500		100	%		1,350

(a) Square miles reflect mileage net to Seitel’s revenue interest

(b) Existing surveys in the Permian have not yet been reclassified from U.S. conventional 3D pending identification of the areal extent of the play.

3

Unconventional 3D library by play

19,000 square miles—unconventional onshore 3D data

Our data library is a highly valuable asset that has historically generated strong returns on capital. As of March 7, 2012, the appraised value of our data library was $467.0 million. Since then, we have committed approximately $60 million net investment and approximately $150 million gross investment towards acquiring approximately 2,800 square miles of additional data. The technical and informational usefulness of our data has generally not declined over time. Demand for data is driven by the level and location of customer exploration and development activity and not the age of the data. Because of our positioning in favorable geographies and the long life of the data, there is significant built-in potential for repeat licensing of data at little or no marginal cost. The existing library is highly defensible as the customer’s cost of licensing data is typically much lower than the cost of creating a new survey, thus there is little incentive for competitors to survey areas where we already have data.

Virtually all capital expenditures are additive to our library, as we have minimal true “maintenance” capital expenditure requirements. However, we estimate that approximately $25 million of net cash capital expenditures are required annually to offset declines in contribution from older data, depending on the areas in which customers are focusing their exploration and production activity. In 2012, we invested $87.5 million of net cash capital expenditures (defined as total capital expenditures net of client-funded cash underwriting and non-cash additions to the library) to grow our 3D data library and for 2013, our budgeted net cash capital expenditures are $60.0 million. We have $25.5 million net cash capital expenditures in our data acquisition backlog as of June 7, 2013. In 2012, we completed approximately 2,800 square miles of 3D data that was added to our library. In 2013, we expect to add approximately 2,400 square miles to our library, of which 1,800 had been added to our library as of June 7, 2013. See pages 17 and 19 for an explanation of net cash capital expenditures.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths:

Large and Diverse Data Library with Leading Market Position in Key Oil- and Gas-Producing Regions

We believe we have the largest 3D onshore seismic data library available for licensing in North America. Our 3D onshore library has been built through a gross investment of over $1.5 billion, over $700 million net of

4

underwriting, since 1994. Our data covers a diverse range of oil- and gas-producing regions in the United States and Canada and we believe it provides us with leading positions in oil- and liquids-rich unconventional plays. As of June 7, 2013, we have 19,000 square miles of unconventional 3D onshore data, and all of our data acquisition backlog as of June 7, 2013 is directed to oil- and liquids-rich unconventional plays. We have grown our 3D onshore unconventional library by 12.5% compounded annually since the beginning of 2008, including surveys in progress. Moving forward, further development of existing plays, as well as exploration of new unconventional plays, including the Mowry, Point Pleasant and Woodbine in the U.S. and Duvernay in Canada, represent areas of key growth potential.

Significant Market Opportunity

We believe we are positioned to benefit from the expected long-term growth in North American onshore oil and gas exploration and production activity. Because of their favorable production economics, unconventional plays have attracted substantial long-term investment from high quality exploration and production (“E&P”) companies, including major oil companies, large independents and national oil companies. Seismic data is critical to oil and gas exploration and development in unconventional plays since it provides a wealth of insight into the structure and properties of producing formations. Such insight enhances customers’ ability to design efficient and productive horizontal drilling programs.

Continued improvement in technology is expanding the size of producible formations in the unconventional plays and making previously undeveloped plays economically viable for production. Many of these areas have little to no 3D data available, setting the stage for long-term future demand for our services and growth of our data library. Furthermore, many of our top acquisition and resale customers are active in the growing and emerging unconventional plays, positioning us for new survey opportunities with existing customers. We believe we are well positioned to acquire new data selectively in emerging unconventional plays where there is limited existing data. We are able to utilize our proprietary information-gathering tools, expertise, customer relationships and insights gained from licensing activity in the existing library to identify and select surveys that have attractive return potential. In addition, several major North American unconventional plays, including the Eagle Ford, have emerged in areas that were historically targets for conventional production of oil and gas. In such areas, our existing library of data has generated substantial customer demand and allowed us to identify adjacent areas for further data acquisition.

Multiple Revenue Opportunities Lead to Strong Returns on New and Existing Data

Several factors lead to multiple licensing of our data, which drives high returns on our investments over time. An area captured by a 3D survey may have multiple mineral holders within a particular stratigraphic layer, as well as vertically across layers. Also, new oil and gas field discoveries, new drilling technologies and pipeline and oil and gas infrastructure expansion can cause renewed exploration activity in a previously assessed surrounding area. Due to the capital intensive nature of developing unconventional plays, many oil and gas companies seek partners to share in the cost of development and these partners will often need to purchase licenses for their own use. In addition, merger and acquisition activity often requires re-licensing of data following a change in field ownership. Moreover, prospective developers and investors without mineral rights may seek our data.

Our payback on investments in unconventional plays has been very short and we have proven our ability to license onshore data for extended periods after creation. For the year ended December 31, 2012, 52% of total resale revenue for 3D onshore data came from data acquired before 2008, and we are still licensing data from 1994, our first 3D vintage year. For new data, we have a rapid payback period of less than three years on average, with annual returns on investments averaging approximately 38% in the first three years of an investment.

5

Ability to Adjust Quickly to E&P Industry Cycles

Our variable operating structure allows us to curtail overhead costs quickly during cyclical downturns in the industry, and most of our capital expenditures are discretionary additions to our seismic data library with significant underwriting commitments from customers. During the downturn in 2008-2009, because we had no fixed overhead costs related to maintaining seismic equipment or crews and because of our commission-based, bonus-centric employee compensation structure, we were able to reduce cash operating expenses from $30.0 million to $20.9 million. Also from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, we were able to react quickly to reduce net cash capital expenditures from $44.6 million to $17.5 million. In contrast to our business model, the majority of seismic companies own and operate seismic equipment and crews, creating fixed operating expenses and less flexible cost structures.

Seismic Data Has an Attractive Value Proposition Among Our Blue Chip Customer Base

Our data is critical to oil and gas exploration and development activity. Understanding geological structure maximizes production and returns on client investments; however, seismic data purchases represent a small fraction of total drilling and completion costs, generally less than 1%. Our customer base ranges from some of the largest independent oil companies in the world to small, single-basin E&P companies, with very little customer concentration. As we have grown our presence in unconventional plays, our customer base has shifted towards larger producers, which are better positioned to maintain a consistent seismic spending plan. In addition, our revenue stream remains highly diversified. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue for 2010 or 2012, while in 2011 our top customer accounted for approximately 11% of revenue. Cumulatively over our three most recent fiscal years, our top customer represented 6.7% of our total revenue.

Experienced Management Team

Our senior management team is comprised of individuals with an average of over 30 years of relevant experience. Robert Monson, our President and CEO, has over 28 years of industry experience, while Marcia Kendrick, our CFO, joined us in 1993 from Arthur Andersen and has over 22 years of industry experience. Kevin Callaghan, our Chief Operating Officer, joined Seitel in 1995 from Digicon Geophysical and has over 40 years of relevant industry experience. Our expertise is in the selection, design and management of seismic surveys. We also believe we maintain the largest sales and marketing group in the industry.

Our Current Strategy

Underwritten Data Acquisitions

We add data to our library primarily by contracting with third-party specialist service providers to create new subsurface geological data, which we design and own. Typically, one or more customers will underwrite or fund a significant portion of the direct cost of a seismic survey in exchange for a license or licenses to use the resulting data. The relatively high level of underwritten acquisition costs, approximately 50-70% of the cost of the survey, lowers our initial capital requirements and enhances our return on investment.

We own 100% of acquired data and license it to additional parties on a non-exclusive basis. Such resales are unlimited in both time and amount and require minimal incremental cash costs, leading to a rapid payback period on new investments of typically less than three years, with high returns thereafter. Our long-lived, diverse data library built over three decades continues to provide value to our customers, with 52% of our 2012 3D onshore resale revenue coming from data over five years old, including resales of data from vintages as early as 1994.

Provide Value to Customers Through Deep Industry Knowledge and Technical Expertise

As a provider of multi-client data services, we deliver value to our clients through several aspects of our business. Our extensive expertise and local intelligence in designing and managing surveys is not generally

6

available to our client base. As a large onshore data library owner, we have an existing data “footprint,” often providing further cost efficiencies and higher-quality data for new surveys. Clients are disposed to underwrite our surveys as the cost to license multi-client data is significantly less than the cost to commission a proprietary survey. Finally, our clients maintain anonymity both within the local community and amongst competitors through contracting with us.

Continue to Grow and Increase Library Footprint in Unconventional Plays

We focus our data acquisition efforts on oil- and natural gas-producing areas that we believe are well suited to benefit from current and emerging trends in the E&P industry. In 2008, we began making strategic investments in unconventional plays which substantially contributed to our Cash Resales in 2010, 2011 and 2012. We have expertise and data in key unconventional plays, including the Eagle Ford/Woodbine, Niobrara/Bakken, Utica/Marcellus, Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays), Montney and Cardium. We work closely with our customers to determine specific areas of interest and future investment and, when suitable, grow with them into emerging unconventional plays. We believe our leading position in many unconventional plays, compared with our competitors, positions us to continue to be the seismic data provider of choice in these plays. Including data in progress, we have grown our 3D onshore unconventional library by 12.5% compounded annually since the beginning of 2008, an average increase of 1,662 square miles per year.

Expand Library in a Disciplined and Cost-effective Way

The substantial majority of our library additions come from new seismic data creation. We also grow our data library through cash purchases of existing seismic data, non-monetary data exchanges and new value-added products created from existing data. The decision to make capital investments is weighed against the estimated length of the payback period and projected return on capital. Additionally, when acquiring 3D surveys, we consider the proximity to 3D surveys already in our library as we believe that there is greater value in contiguous data, or close concentrations of surveys in a single area. We believe the continued expansion of North American onshore oil and gas activity provides a substantial white space opportunity for new data acquisition, and we use proprietary information tools and apply our management expertise to select among our pipeline of new survey opportunities. We typically pursue a new acquisition project only if it has a significant underwriting commitment from our customers and if we believe that conditions exist for repeated licensing of the data over an extended period of time. We are thorough in our evaluation of survey opportunities and are selective in adding prospective surveys to our pipeline and, therefore, not all surveys will meet our return requirements.

Leverage Internal Geophysical and Operations Management Expertise While Outsourcing Lower Margin Services

Our strong geophysical, technical and field operating management expertise is essential in maintaining our leadership through our ability to design surveys with attractive return potential and manage their creation. We will continue to outsource the non-core, fixed-cost intensive services, including surveying, permitting and data capture involving field equipment and crews. This strategy enables us to select vendors that we believe offer the best price, equipment and skill sets for a particular environment, geographical location or geophysical objective and provides us with access to state-of-the-art equipment and emerging technologies. We believe this operating model also gives us the flexibility to control costs to respond appropriately to changing market conditions, thus contributing to more stable performance.

Maintain a Strong Balance Sheet and Ample Liquidity

We believe a strong balance sheet and ample liquidity are critical elements to positioning the business for future growth, given the substantial market opportunity. We intend to fund data acquisitions with the cash flow generated from operations. As of March 31, 2013, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $25.5 million and a $30.0 million credit facility, subject to certain limitations on availability.

7

Industry Overview

Overview of Seismic Data

Oil and gas companies consider seismic data an essential tool in finding and exploiting hydrocarbons. Companies use seismic data in oil and gas exploration and development efforts to increase the probability of drilling success. Further, seismic data analysis can increase recoveries of reserves from existing, mature oil fields by optimizing the drilling location of development wells and by revealing additional, or “step-out,” locations that would not otherwise be apparent. With the shift to unconventional plays, E&P companies now use seismic data in unconventional plays as a development tool to better identify efficient drilling plans and maximize production by identifying and understanding a series of critical characteristics of the targeted resource. Therefore, seismic data is increasingly tied to relatively stable development capital expenditures. The cost of seismic data is less than 1% of the total cost of drilling and completion for most projects, but provides substantial benefits to operators, including minimizing potential for uneconomic wells.

Drivers of Ongoing Demand for Seismic Data

There are many drivers which cause seismic data to be licensed repeatedly by different customers over a long time period, including fractured mineral positions, stratified mineral interests, partnerships, lease and option turnover, correlation to well analogs, commodity pricing, improvements in data processing techniques and developments in drilling and production technology.

Additionally, the explosion of activity in unconventional plays has generated opportunities for further resales of data that was created in the search for conventional resources. For example, in Texas, we have a number of surveys that were initially created for the Austin Chalk or the Central Edwards Reefs but are ideally positioned for Eagle Ford applications. Similarly, in British Columbia, our surveys in conventionally-directed areas later proved ideally positioned for applications in the Montney formation.

Increased M&A activity, including joint ventures, also generates increased licensing fees for seismic data providers. Licenses to seismic data are generally structured such that they do not transfer in the case of a change of control and they are not accessible to partners. Both circumstances require additional payments for new licenses.

Long-Term Growth Trend in North American Oil and Gas Production

The emergence of shale and other unconventional plays has brought about fundamental changes for the North American E&P industry, which we believe is driving a favorable long-term outlook for seismic data demand. Because of advancements in horizontal drilling and fracturing technologies, unconventional plays are more economically viable at lower commodity prices than most conventional basins in North America, which has led to a resurgence in North American production of oil and natural gas. According to Wall Street research, E&P spending in North America is expected to grow 6% compounded annually through 2016, having grown 7% compounded annually between 2006 and 2012.

Continued improvement in technology is expanding the size of producible formations in the unconventional plays and making previously undeveloped plays economically viable for production. There are multiple new unconventional plays emerging in North America which are becoming increasingly economical to develop.

Early activity in the unconventional plays was concentrated in shale gas areas such as the Barnett, Woodford and Fayetteville. Increased confidence in the industry’s ability to extract gas from unconventional plays such as these led to a dramatic increase in the number of exploration and production companies participating in new plays, such as the Eagle Ford, Haynesville, Marcellus, Southern Montney and Horn River. Strong oil and natural gas liquids prices, along with increased sophistication of simulation and extraction techniques drew industry

8

attention towards oil-weighted unconventional plays, such as the Upper Eagle Ford/Woodbine, Utica, Niobrara/Bakken, Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays), Northern Montney and Cardium, with several additional plays emerging, including Mowry and Point Pleasant in the U.S. and Duvernay in Canada. Continued development of extraction techniques and increased geological understanding of the targets has also led to the expansion of the areal extent of the active unconventional plays as well as additional prospective plays. The area defined by these plays, along with the pace of defining additional ones presents a tremendous opportunity for creating new 3D seismic programs. The majority of the land on which these new plays are located has little to no 3D data available, which is expected to create significant demand over the mid- to long-term. Further exploration and development within known plays is also expected to generate demand for our existing library as well as for new surveys.

Seitel Uniquely Positioned to Benefit from Growth in North American Production

The continued expansion of exploration and production activity in North America has revealed objectives in areas where little seismic data had previously existed, such as Utica/Marcellus, as well as areas where we had extensive existing data available, such as Eagle Ford/Woodbine and Montney. In either case, we have utilized our unique industry position to generate Cash Resales from existing data, as well as acquire new, high-return surveys. Continued growth in North American production will enable us to generate further returns on our existing library as well as provide numerous opportunities for new data acquisition.

Seitel Organizational Structure

The chart below provides a summary of our organizational structure. All entities depicted are wholly-owned, unless otherwise noted.

(1) Not all U.S. Operating Subsidiaries will be Guarantors of the Notes. See “Description of the New Notes—Note Guarantees.” For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Cash EBITDA, revenue and total assets of our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the Notes were $29.6 million, $84.4 million and $213.6 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Cash EBITDA, revenue and total assets of our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the Notes were $7.9 million, $18.6 million and $209.1 million, respectively.

9

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located in the greater Houston, Texas metropolitan area at 10811 S. Westview Circle Drive, Building C, Suite 100, Houston, Texas 77043 and our telephone number is (713) 881-8900. Our website address is www.seitel.com. Information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

Strong Support from Equity Sponsors

Our equity sponsors have demonstrated a commitment to supporting the Company’s growth, as well as capitalizing the company conservatively. Seitel is a private company jointly owned by ValueAct, Centerbridge and Company management.

ValueAct is a leading investment partnership with offices in San Francisco and Boston that manages over $10 billion on behalf of some of the world’s most respected institutional investors. ValueAct concentrates on acquiring significant ownership stakes in a limited number of companies that it believes are fundamentally undervalued. ValueAct is generally one of the largest independent shareholders at each of its core company investments and works in a constructive manner with management and/or the company’s board to successfully implement strategies that maximize returns for all shareholders. ValueAct initially invested in Seitel in 2004 and increased its ownership various times during the period after its initial investment. ValueAct currently owns approximately 67.1% of the equity interests of Seitel Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), our corporate parent. ValueAct took Seitel private in February 2007.

Centerbridge Partners, L.P. is a private investment firm headquartered in New York City with approximately $19 billion in capital under management as of March 2013. The firm focuses on private equity and credit investments. The firm is dedicated to partnering with world-class management teams across targeted industry sectors to help companies achieve their operating and financial objectives. In May 2011, Centerbridge purchased a minority, primary equity stake in Seitel to pay down debt and support the Company’s growth initiatives. Centerbridge currently owns 32.6% of Holdings.

Credit Facility

On May 25, 2011, we entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”), which provides us with the ability to borrow up to $30.0 million. The Credit Facility provides a $30.0 million revolving credit facility with a Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, subject to borrowing base limitations based on our seismic data assets and eligible accounts receivable, each as defined in the Credit Facility, calculated on a monthly basis. U.S. borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.50% or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus  ¹/₂ of 1%, (ii) the three-month LIBOR rate plus 1% and (iii) the prime rate of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, plus 2.50%. Canadian borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest based on a Canadian base rate, as defined in the Credit Facility. In addition, we are required to pay an unused line fee of 0.50% per annum in respect of any unutilized commitments under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility expires on May 25, 2016. The Credit Facility contains certain affirmative and negative covenants and requires that we maintain minimum excess availability (as defined in the Credit Facility) of $10.0 million or, if such excess availability is not maintained, then our fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility) may not be less than 1.00 to 1.00. As of March 31, 2013, no amounts were outstanding under the Credit Facility and there was $20.0 million of availability.

10

The Exchange Offer

Securities Offered $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9 ¹/₂% senior notes due 2019. The terms of the new notes and old notes are identical in all material respects, except for certain transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the old notes.

The Exchange Offer We are offering the new notes to you in exchange for a like principal amount of old notes. Old notes may be exchanged only in integral multiples of $1,000. We intend by the issuance of the new notes to satisfy our obligations contained in the registration rights agreement. See “The Exchange Offer—Purpose of the Exchange Offer.”

Expiration Date The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on                     , 2013, unless we extend the exchange offer.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer Our obligation to accept for exchange, or to issue new notes in exchange for, any old notes is subject to customary conditions relating to compliance with any applicable law or any applicable interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the receipt of any applicable governmental approvals and the absence of any actions or proceedings of any governmental agency or court which could materially impair our ability to consummate the exchange offer. We currently expect that each of the conditions will be satisfied and that no waivers will be necessary. See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes If you wish to accept the exchange offer and tender your old notes, you must complete, sign and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile of the Letter of Transmittal, in accordance with its instructions and the instructions in this prospectus, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or the facsimile, together with the old notes and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent at the address set forth herein. See “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.”

Withdrawal Rights You may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time prior to the expiration date. See “The Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders.”

Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations The exchange of notes pursuant to the exchange offer should not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Use of Proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

Exchange Agent Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is serving as the exchange agent in connection with exchange offer.

11

Consequences of Exchanging Old Notes Pursuant to the Exchange Offer

Based on interpretive letters issued by the staff on the Securities and Exchange Commission to third parties in unrelated transactions, we are of the view that holders of old notes (other than any holder who is an “affiliate” of our company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who exchange their old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer generally may offer such new notes for resale, resell such new notes and otherwise transfer such new notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided:

• the new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holders’ business;

• the holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in a distribution of such new notes; and

• neither the holder nor any other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the new notes.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. See “Plan of Distribution.” In addition, the securities laws of some jurisdictions may prohibit the offer or sale of the new notes unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdiction or in compliance with an available exemption from registration or qualification. We have agreed, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, to register or qualify the new notes for offer or sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any holder of the notes reasonably requests in writing. If a holder of old notes does not exchange such old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer, such old notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the legend printed on the old notes. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Holders of old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange; Resales of New Notes.”

The old notes are currently eligible for trading in the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages (PORTAL) market. Prior to the consummation of the exchange offer, the old notes may continue to be traded in the PORTAL market. Following expiration of the exchange offer, the new notes will not be eligible for PORTAL trading.

The New Notes

The terms of the new notes and the old notes are identical in all material respects, except for certain transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the old notes.

Issuer Seitel, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Notes Offered $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9 ¹/₂% senior notes due 2019.

Maturity Date The new notes will mature on April 15, 2019.

Interest The new notes will bear interest at 9 ¹/₂% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears.

Interest Payment Dates Interest on the new notes will be paid semi-annually in arrears each April 15 and October 15, beginning on October 15, 2013. Interest on the new notes will accrue from the date of issuance.

12

Optional Redemption We may redeem some or all of the new notes beginning on April 15, 2016 at the redemption prices listed under “Description of the New Notes—Optional Redemption.”

We may also redeem some or all of the new notes at any time prior to April 15, 2016, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the new notes to be redeemed, plus the “Applicable Premium” defined under “Description of the New Notes—Certain Definitions,” as of and accrued interest to, the redemption date.

In addition, we may also redeem up to 35% of the Notes at any time prior to April 15, 2016 using the proceeds of one or more equity offerings at a redemption price of 109.500% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date only if, after any such redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued on the closing date remain outstanding. See “Description of the New Notes—Optional Redemption.”

Change of Control Upon a change of control, as defined under the section entitled “Description of the New Notes—Certain Definitions,” we will be required to make an offer to purchase the new notes then outstanding at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amounts, plus accrued interest to but excluding the date of repurchase. We may not have sufficient funds available at the time of a change of control to repurchase the new notes.

Guarantees The new notes will be guaranteed by each of our existing and any future significant domestic, restricted subsidiaries.

Ranking The new notes will be our general unsecured, senior obligations. Accordingly, the new notes will rank:

• effectively subordinate to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness, including obligations under the Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness;

• structurally subordinate to all existing and future indebtedness, preferred stock and other liabilities, including trade payables, of any non-guarantor subsidiaries;

• equal in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness (including any unsecured claims under the Credit Facility); and

• senior in right of payment to all of our future subordinated indebtedness;

Similarly, the guarantees will be unsecured senior obligations of the guarantors and, accordingly, will:

• rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated and unsecured indebtedness of the guarantors;

13

• be senior in right of payment to any future subordinated indebtedness; and

• be effectively subordinated to all secured indebtedness of the guarantors to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

Certain Covenants The terms of the new notes will, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

• incur additional indebtedness;

• pay dividends or make other distributions on capital stock or subordinated indebtedness;

• make investments;

• repurchase stock;

• enter into agreements that restrict dividends or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries to us;

• create unrestricted subsidiaries;

• transfer or sell assets;

• engage in transactions with affiliates;

• create certain liens; and

• consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the assets of our company.

These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. For a more detailed discussion of the new notes, see “Description of the New Notes.”

For a discussion of certain risks that should be considered in connection with an investment in the new notes, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22.

14

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents our summary consolidated statements of operations, balance sheet and other financial data for the periods presented and should only be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto, “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	Year Ended December 31,									Three Months Ended March 31,
	2010			2011			2012			2012			2013
										(unaudited)			(unaudited)
	(thousands, except 3D onshore miles)
Statement of Operations Data:
Total revenue	$	175,556		$	218,008		$	240,458		$	72,547		$	51,351
Expenses and costs:
Depreciation and amortization		175,592			142,963			139,754			39,384			29,338
Cost of sales		97			100			464			97			39
Selling, general and administrative		31,831			31,649			29,088			8,092			7,387
		207,520			174,712			169,306			47,573			36,764
Income (loss) from operations		(31,964	)		43,296			71,152			24,974			14,587
Interest expense, net		(40,536	)		(34,767	)		(29,011	)		(7,219	)		(9,315	)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)		441			(726	)		681			411			(647	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			(7,912	)		—			—			(1,504	)
Gain on sale of marketable securities		4,188			2,467			230			—			—
Other income		446			250			780			81			1
Income (loss) before income taxes		(67,425	)		2,608			43,832			18,247			3,122
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(4,008	)		392			6,782			3,541			1,384
Net income (loss)	$	(63,417	)	$	2,216		$	37,050		$	14,706		$	1,738
Other Financial and Operational Data:
Cash Sales(1)	$	141,383		$	138,778		$	141,887		$	40,419		$	23,866
Cash Resales(1)		137,605			134,497			136,234			39,169			22,445
Cash EBITDA(1)		117,252			112,031			115,347			32,673			16,656
Adjusted EBITDA(1)		151,425			191,261			213,918			64,801			44,141
Capital expenditures		72,267			152,967			192,633			65,718			46,740
Net cash capital expenditures(1)		23,899			67,620			87,454			29,705			18,992
Ratio of total debt to Cash EBITDA(1)		3.5	x		2.5	x		2.4	x
Ratio of Cash EBITDA(1) to interest expense, net		2.9	x		3.2	x		4.0	x
Ratio of total debt to Adjusted EBITDA(1)		2.7	x		1.5	x		1.3	x
Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA(1) to interest expense, net		3.7	x		5.5	x		7.4	x
3D onshore library miles(2)		32,250			34,500			37,300			35,100			38,100
3D onshore resale revenue from surveys older than five years	$	51,047		$	38,245		$	63,142

15

	As of December 31,							As of March 31,
	2010			2011		2012		2013
								(unaudited)
	(thousands, except shares)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	89,971		$	74,894	$	61,891	$	25,544
Seismic data library, net		106,104			120,694		180,117		197,221
Total assets		491,009			500,330		550,744		510,585
Total debt		405,604			278,256		278,142		253,002
Stockholder’s equity (deficit)		(7,022	)		109,840		150,358		149,245
Common shares outstanding(2)		100			100		100		100

(1) See “Summary—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a description of these measures and a reconciliation to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

(2) 3D onshore library miles and common shares outstanding are presented in actual figures, not in thousands.

16

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Disclosure in this prospectus of Cash Sales, Cash Resales, Cash EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and net cash capital expenditures, which are “non-GAAP financial measures” as defined under the rules of the SEC, are intended as supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). None of Cash Sales, Cash Resales, Cash EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA or net cash capital expenditures should be considered as an alternative to net income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash Sales” represent Cash Resales, as defined herein, plus cash revenue derived from (i) the reproduction and delivery of our seismic data, (ii) data management services and (iii) processing of seismic data for third parties (“Solutions and other revenue”). “Cash Resales” represent new contracts for data licenses from our library, including data currently in progress, payable in cash. “Cash EBITDA” represents cash generated from licensing data from our seismic library net of recurring cash operating expenses. Cash EBITDA includes Cash Sales plus gains on sales of marketable securities and cash distributions from investments obtained as part of licensing our seismic data, less cost of goods sold and cash selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding non-recurring corporate expenses, such as severance costs and other expenses related to corporate and strategic transactions). Adjusted EBITDA means Cash EBITDA plus other revenue components not included in Cash EBITDA, including acquisition underwriting revenue, non-monetary exchanges, revenue recognition adjustments and non-cash Solutions revenue. “Net cash capital expenditures” represent total capital expenditures less cash underwriting revenue and non-cash additions to the seismic data library and reflect the amount of capital expenditures funded from our cash flow from operations.

These non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider these measures in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of our income or cash flows as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

• they do not reflect our future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

• they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

• they do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

• depreciation and amortization are non-cash expense items that are reflected in our statements of operations; and

• other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently from the way we do.

We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on GAAP results and using Cash Sales, Cash Resales, Cash EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and net cash capital expenditures only for supplemental purposes. Please see our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have presented our Cash Sales, Cash Resales, Cash EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and net cash capital expenditures because we believe investors, analysts and rating agencies consider them useful in measuring the ability of an issuer of securities to meet its debt service obligations. We believe that Cash Sales, Cash Resales and Cash EBITDA are useful in evaluating our performance because of our revenue recognition policies. These measures, along with net cash capital expenditures, also help determine the level of cash from operations we have available to service our debt and fund capital expenditures, net of the portion that is underwritten by our customers. We believe Adjusted EBITDA, which includes underwriting revenue and certain non-cash revenue components, is also an appropriate supplement to measure debt service capacity because it is useful in evaluating the Company’s ability to generate revenue from its operations.

17

Reconciliation of Cash Resales and Cash Sales to Total Revenue

The following table presents a reconciliation of Cash Resales and Cash Sales to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, total revenue, for the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,									Three Months Ended March 31,
	2010			2011			2012			2012			2013
										(unaudited)			(unaudited)
	(thousands)
Cash Resales	$	137,605		$	134,497		$	136,234		$	39,169		$	22,445
Cash Solutions and other revenue		3,778			4,281			5,653			1,250			1,421
Cash Sales		141,383			138,778			141,887			40,419			23,866
Other revenue components:
Acquisition underwriting revenue		40,500			77,406			107,254			36,572			25,089
Non-monetary exchanges		4,678			7,609			1,554			709			324
Revenue recognition adjustments		(11,005	)		(5,856	)		(10,257	)		(5,173	)		2,072
Non-cash Solutions revenue		—			71			20			20			—
Total revenue	$	175,556		$	218,008		$	240,458		$	72,547		$	51,351

Reconciliation of Cash EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA and Net Income (Loss)

The following table presents the calculation of Cash EBITDA and a reconciliation of Cash EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA and net income (loss), for the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,									Three Months Ended March 31,
	2010			2011			2012			2012			2013
										(unaudited)			(unaudited)
	(thousands)
Cash Resales	$	137,605		$	134,497		$	136,234		$	39,169		$	22,445
Cash Solutions and other revenue		3,778			4,281			5,653			1,250			1,421
Cash Sales		141,383			138,778			141,887			40,419			23,866
Add:
Gain on sale of marketable securities		4,188			2,467			230			—			—
Cash distributions from investments		—			—			400			—			—
Less:
Total cash operating expenses		(28,319	)		(29,214	)		(27,170	)		7,746			7,210
Cash EBITDA		117,252			112,031			115,347			32,673			16,656
Add (subtract) other revenue components included in Adjusted EBITDA:
Acquisition underwriting revenue(a)		40,500			77,406			107,254			36,572			25,089
Non-monetary exchanges(b)		4,678			7,609			1,554			709			324
Revenue recognition adjustments(c)		(11,005	)		(5,856	)		(10,257	)		(5,173	)		2,072
Solutions non-cash revenue		—			71			20			20			—
Adjusted EBITDA		151,425			191,261			213,918			64,801			44,141
Add (subtract) other items included in net income (loss):
Depreciation and amortization		(175,592	)		(142,963	)		(139,754	)		(39,384	)		(29,338	)
Non-cash operating expenses		(3,433	)		(743	)		(1,154	)		(145	)		(226	)
Non-recurring corporate expenses(d)		(176	)		(1,792	)		(1,228	)		(298	)		10
Interest expense, net		(40,536	)		(34,767	)		(29,011	)		(7,219	)		(9,315	)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)		441			(726	)		681			411			(647	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			(7,912	)		—			—			(1,504	)
Other income		446			250			380			81			1
Benefit (provision) for income taxes		4,008			(392	)		(6,782	)		(3,541	)		(1,384	)
Net income (loss)	$	(63,417	)	$	2,216		$	37,050		$	14,706		$	1,738

18

(a) Acquisition underwriting revenue represents the portion of costs funded or underwritten by our clients for newly created seismic data surveys.

(b) Non-monetary exchanges represent a license to selected data from our library in exchange for ownership of a customer’s seismic data or use of certain services, such as data processing.

(c) Revenue recognition adjustments are non-cash adjustments to revenue and reflect the net amount of (i) revenue deferred as a result of all of the revenue recognition criteria not being met and (ii) the subsequent revenue recognition once the criteria are met.

(d) Non-recurring corporate expenses include severance costs and legal, financial and other expenses related to corporate and strategic transactions.

Because Adjusted EBITDA is not calculated in the same manner by all companies, it is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not comply with SEC guidelines relating to non-GAAP financial measures.

Reconciliation of Net Cash Capital Expenditures to Capital Expenditures

The following table presents a reconciliation of net cash capital expenditures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, capital expenditures, for the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,										Three Months Ended March 31,
	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2012		2013
											(unaudited)		(unaudited)
	(thousands)
Net cash capital expenditures	$	44,640	$	17,537	$	23,899	$	67,620	$	87,454	$	29,705	$	18,992
Add:
Non-cash additions		23,559		2,197		10,545		10,215		3,376		709		2,716
Cash underwriting		41,511		34,565		37,823		75,132		101,803		35,304		25,032
Capital expenditures	$	109,710	$	54,299	$	72,267	$	152,967	$	192,633	$	65,718	$	46,740

19

Reconciliation of Cash Operating Expenses to Total Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

The following table presents a reconciliation of cash operating expenses to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, total selling, general and administrative expenses, for the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31,															Three Months Ended March 31,
	2008			2009			2010			2011			2012			2012			2013
																(unaudited)			(unaudited)
										(thousands)
Cash operating expenses	$	30,013		$	20,924		$	28,319		$	29,214		$	27,170		$	7,746		$	7,210
Less:
Cost of sales		(462	)		(290	)		(97	)		(100	)		(464	)		(97	)		(39	)
Add:
Non-cash selling, general and administrative		6,759			3,286			3,433			743			1,154			145			226
M&A transaction costs		6			—			—			—			—			—			—
Non-recurring corporate expenses		—			1,170			176			1,792			1,228			298			(10	)
Total selling, general and administrative expenses	$	36,316		$	25,090		$	31,831		$	31,649		$	29,088		$	8,092		$	7,387

Reconciliation of Cash EBITDA to Net Income of Non-guarantor Subsidiaries

The following table presents a reconciliation of Cash EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA and net income for our non-guarantor subsidiaries, for the periods presented:

	Year Ended December 31, 2012			Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
				(unaudited)
	(thousands)
Cash EBITDA	$	29,555		$	7,932
Add (subtract) other revenue components included in Adjusted EBITDA:
Acquisition underwriting revenue(a)		35,367			6,236
Non-monetary exchanges(b)		261			54
Revenue recognition adjustments(c)		9,512			1,447
Adjusted EBITDA		74,695			15,669
Add (subtract) other items included in net income (loss):
Depreciation and amortization		(51,030	)		(11,329	)
Non-cash operating expenses		(527	)		(36	)
Non-recurring corporate expenses(d)		(416	)		(42	)
Interest expense, net		(1,454	)		(419	)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)		685			(647	)
Provision for income taxes		(5,405	)		(900	)
Net income	$	16,548		$	2,296

(a) Acquisition underwriting revenue represents the portion of costs funded or underwritten by our clients for newly created seismic data surveys.

(b) Non-monetary exchanges represent a license to selected data from our library in exchange for ownership of a customer’s seismic data or use of certain services, such as data processing.

20

(c) Revenue recognition adjustments are non-cash adjustments to revenue and reflect the net amount of (i) revenue deferred as a result of all of the revenue recognition criteria not being met and (ii) the subsequent revenue recognition once the criteria are met.

(d) Non-recurring corporate expenses include severance costs and legal, financial and other expenses related to corporate and strategic transactions.

Reconciliation of Estimated 2013 Net Cash Capital Expenditures to Estimated 2013 Capital Expenditures (Unaudited)

The following table presents a reconciliation of estimated 2013 net cash capital expenditures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, estimated capital expenditures, for the period presented:

	2013 Estimate
	(thousands)
Estimated net cash capital expenditures	$	60,000
Add:
Non-cash additions		7,400
Cash underwriting		102,000
Estimated capital expenditures	$	169,400

21

RISK FACTORS

An investment in the Notes involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors before deciding to make an investment in our Notes. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business operations. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, you may lose all or part of your original investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our industry is cyclical and our business could be adversely affected by the level of capital expenditures by oil and gas companies and by the level and volatility of oil and natural gas prices.

Our industry and the oil and gas industry generally are subject to cyclical fluctuations. Demand for our services depends upon spending levels by oil and gas companies for exploration, production, development and field management of oil and natural gas reserves and, in the case of new seismic data creation, the willingness of these companies to forgo ownership in the seismic data. Capital expenditures by oil and gas companies for these activities depend upon several factors, including actual and forecasted prices of oil and natural gas and those companies’ short-term and strategic plans. Oil and natural gas prices, in turn, depend on local, regional and global events or conditions that affect supply and demand for the relevant commodity. These events or conditions are generally not predictable and include, among other things:

• levels of demand for, and production of, oil and natural gas;

• worldwide political, military and economic conditions, including social and political unrest in Africa and the Middle East;

• weather, including seasonal patterns that affect regional energy demand, as well as severe weather events that can disrupt supply;

• the level of oil and natural gas reserves; and

• government policies regarding adherence to OPEC quotas.

Oil and natural gas prices are subject to significant volatility and there can be no assurance that oil and natural gas prices and demand will not decline in the future. Low oil and natural gas prices and demand could result in decreased exploration and development spending by oil and gas companies, which could, in turn, affect our seismic data business. Our customers may adjust their exploration and development spending levels very quickly in response to any material change in oil and natural gas prices. Continued political instability (especially in the Middle East and other oil-producing regions) may lead to further significant fluctuations in demand and pricing for oil and gas or seismic data. Any future decline in oil and natural gas prices, sustained downturn in the oil and gas or seismic data industries, or sustained periods of reduced capital expenditures by oil and gas companies as a result of factors which are beyond our control could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flow.

Increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing could result in increased costs of, and reductions or delays in, drilling and completing new oil and natural gas wells, which could indirectly and adversely impact our revenues by decreasing the demand for our seismic data and related services.

Hydraulic fracturing is a process used by oil and gas exploration and production operators in the completion of certain oil and gas wells whereby water, proppants (typically sand) and chemicals are injected under pressure into subsurface formations to stimulate gas and oil production. In part due to public concerns that hydraulic fracturing may adversely affect drinking water supplies, increase emissions of perceived greenhouse gases and/or adversely affect local communities (e.g., through increased truck traffic), hydraulic fracturing has become the

22

subject of opposition by certain environmental groups, the subject of additional private and government studies and the subject of increased federal, state and local regulation. In previous sessions, the U.S. Congress has considered but not passed legislation that would have amended the Safe Drinking Water Act to impose additional regulations on such wells. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has announced plans to develop standards for discharges of hydraulic fracturing wastewaters, and has adopted new regulations under the Clean Air Act for certain hydraulic fracturing operations and related equipment, which require the use of “reduced emission completion” technology, and announced plans to solicit public comment on a possible federal reporting requirement for fluids used in hydraulic fracturing pursuant to the Toxic Substances Control Act. Separately, the U.S. Department of the Interior has proposed new rules for hydraulic fracturing on public lands that would address disclosure of chemicals used in the process, wellbore integrity and handling of flowback water. Aside from these federal initiatives, several state and local governments have adopted regulations requiring disclosure of fracturing fluid constituents, among other requirements. In certain areas of the country (e.g., the State of New York and within the Delaware River Basin), new drilling permits for hydraulic fracturing have been put on hold pending development of additional standards. Some municipalities have banned hydraulic fracturing. The EPA is currently undertaking a research study to investigate any potential adverse impact that hydraulic fracturing may have on water quality and public health. The study results are expected to be available no earlier than 2014. As a result of these initiatives and studies, or as a result of future legislation or regulation, such requirements could increase the costs, impose delays or further reporting obligations or otherwise limit the use of hydraulic fracturing. This could in turn, indirectly and adversely affect our revenues and results of operations by decreasing the demand for our seismic data and related services.

Economic conditions could adversely affect demand for our seismic data and related services and may increase our credit risk of customer non-payment.

Prices for oil and natural gas have been volatile. Commencing in late 2008, commodity prices for oil and natural gas declined significantly. Crude oil prices recovered during 2010 while natural gas prices improved but continue to be low. A return to lower crude oil prices and continuing low natural gas prices could result in many oil and gas companies significantly reducing their levels of capital spending, which could result in reduced demand for our seismic data and related services as our customers’ operating cash flow decreases and the borrowing bases under their oil and gas reserve-based credit facilities are reduced. Lower commodity prices could also result in decreases in our customers’ liquidity and capital resources which could increase our credit risk of non-payment from such customers.

We are dependent on the availability of internally generated cash flow and financing alternatives to cover the costs of acquiring and processing seismic data for our data library that are not underwritten by our customers.

We continue to invest additional capital in acquiring and processing new seismic data to expand our data library and as our business grows, we expect these investments to increase. A significant portion of these costs is underwritten by our customers, while the remainder is financed through the use of internally generated cash flow and other financing sources. We may use bank or commercial debt, the issuance of equity or debt securities or any combination thereof to finance these costs. There can be no assurance that our customers will continue to underwrite these costs at historical levels, or that we will have available internally generated funds or will be successful in obtaining sufficient capital through additional financing or other transactions, if and when required on terms acceptable to us, to continue to invest in acquiring new seismic data. Any substantial alteration of or increase in our capitalization through the issuance of debt securities may significantly increase our leverage and decrease our financial flexibility. If we are unable to obtain financing if and when needed, we may be forced to curtail our business objectives and to finance business activities with only internally generated funds as may then be available.

23

Our working capital needs are difficult to forecast and may vary significantly, which could require us to borrow under our existing Credit Facility and/or seek additional financing that we may not be able to obtain on satisfactory terms, or at all.

Our working capital needs are difficult to predict with certainty as they fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the level of activity of our business. This difficulty is due primarily to the timing of our projects, our clients’ budgetary cycles and our receipt of payment. We may therefore be subject to significant and rapid increases in our working capital needs that could require us to borrow under the Credit Facility and/or seek additional financing sources. Restrictions in our debt agreements may impair our ability to borrow under the Credit Facility and/or obtain other sources of financing, and access to additional sources of financing may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

We have invested, and expect to continue to invest, significant amounts of money in acquiring and processing seismic data for our seismic data library without knowing precisely how much of this seismic data we will be able to license or when and at what price we will be able to license such data.

We invest significant amounts of money in acquiring and processing seismic data for our seismic data library. By making such investments, we are exposed to the following risks:

• We may not fully recover our costs of acquiring and processing seismic data through future licensing of data that we own. The amounts of these data sales are uncertain and depend on a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control.

• The timing of these sales is unpredictable and can vary greatly from quarter to quarter. The costs of each survey are capitalized and then amortized over the expected book life of the data. This amortization will affect our earnings and when combined with the sporadic nature of sales, will result in increased earnings volatility.

• Regulatory changes that affect companies’ ability to drill, either generally or in a specific location where we have acquired seismic data, could materially adversely affect the value of the seismic data contained in our library. Technology changes could also make existing data sets less desirable or obsolete.

• The value of our data could be significantly adversely affected if any material adverse change occurs in the general prospects for oil and gas exploration, development and production activities.

• The cost estimates upon which we base our pre-commitments of funding could be incorrect, which could result in losses that have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

• Underwriting commitments of funding are subject to the creditworthiness of our clients. In the event that a client refuses or is unable to pay its commitment, we could lose a material amount of money.

We rely on developing and acquiring proprietary data, which we keep confidential.

To protect the confidentiality of our proprietary and trade secret information, we require employees, consultants, contractors, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. Our customer data license agreements and acquisition agreements also identify our proprietary, confidential information and require that such proprietary information be kept confidential. While these steps are taken to strictly maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary and trade secret information, it is difficult to ensure that unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure will not occur. If we are unable to maintain the secrecy of our proprietary, confidential information, we could be materially adversely affected.

24

Our business could be adversely affected by the failure of our customers to fulfill their obligations to reimburse us for the underwritten portion of third-party contractor costs.

A substantial portion (approximately 50%—70%) of our seismic acquisition project costs, including third-party project costs, are underwritten by our customers. We target an average of 60% to 65% underwriting levels for new seismic acquisition projects on an aggregate basis. On occasion, when our underwriting customer owns other attractive seismic data that we want to obtain, we may decide to take ownership in this data to cover part of the customer’s underwriting obligation. In the event that underwriters for such projects fail to fulfill their obligations with respect to such underwriting commitments, we would continue to be obligated to satisfy our payment obligations to third-party contractors.

We rely on third-party contractors to shoot new data.

We do not employ seismic crews or own any seismic survey equipment but contract, as needed, multiple third-party contractors with qualified equipment, personnel and expertise to shoot new data. However, any failure by these third-party contractors to meet the requisite industry quality, safety and environmental standards may result in our liabilities to third parties and have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, if we fail to retain our third-party contractors or obtain replacements on favorable terms or at all, our business and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

We may be held liable for the actions of third-party contractors.

We often engage a number of third-party contractors to perform specific services and provide products and qualified personnel in connection with our operations. There can be no assurance we will not be held liable for the actions or inactions of these contractors. In addition, contractors may cause damage or injury to our personnel and property or third-party personnel or property that is not fully covered by insurance.

Competition for the acquisition of new seismic data is intense.

There are a number of geophysical companies that create, market and license seismic data and maintain seismic libraries. Competition for acquisition of new seismic data among geophysical service providers historically has been, and we expect will continue to be, intense. Certain competitors have significantly greater financial and other resources than we do. These larger and better-financed operators could enjoy an advantage over us in a competitive environment for new data.

Our operating results and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to circumstances that are beyond our control.

Our operating results and cash flows from operations have in the past, and may in the future, vary in material respects from period to period. Factors that have and could cause variations include (1) timing of the receipt and commencement of contracts for data acquisition, (2) our customers’ budgetary cycles and their effect on the demand for geophysical products and services, (3) seasonal factors, (4) the timing of sales of licenses and selections of significant geophysical data from our data library, which are not typically made in a linear or consistent pattern and (5) technological or regulatory changes. These revenue fluctuations could produce unexpected adverse operating results in any period.

Reduced demand for our seismic data may result in an impairment of the value of our seismic data library.

Reduced demand, future sales or cash flows may result in a requirement to increase amortization rates or record impairment charges to reduce the carrying value of our data library. Such increases or charges, if required, could be material to operating results in the periods in which they are recorded. For purposes of evaluating potential impairment losses, we estimate the future cash flows attributable to a library component by evaluating

25

historical and recent revenue trends, oil and gas prospectivity in particular regions, general economic conditions affecting our customer base, expected changes in technology and other factors that we deem relevant. As a result of these factors, among others, estimations of future cash flows are highly subjective, inherently imprecise and can fluctuate materially from period to period. Accordingly, if conditions change in the future, we may record impairment losses relative to our seismic data library, which could materially affect our results of operations in any particular reporting period.

Failure to meet cash flow projections may result in goodwill impairment charges.

We perform an annual assessment of the recoverability of goodwill by applying qualitative procedures. Additionally, we assess goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such carrying values may not be recoverable. If required to perform a goodwill impairment test, we rely on discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant judgments and estimates about our future operations, to develop our estimates of fair value. If these projected cash flows change materially, we may be required to record impairment losses relative to goodwill which could be material to our results of operations in any particular reporting period.

Our Canadian operations subject us to currency translation risk, which could cause our results to fluctuate significantly from period to period.

A portion of our revenues are derived from our Canadian activities and operations. As a result, we translate the results of our operations and financial condition of our Canadian operations into U.S. dollars. Therefore, our reported results of operations and financial condition are subject to changes in the exchange rate between the two currencies. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could affect our revenue, expenses and operating margins. Assets and liabilities of Canadian operations are translated from Canadian dollars into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the relevant balance sheet date, and revenue and expenses of Canadian operations are translated from Canadian dollars into U.S. dollars at exchange rates as of the dates on which they are recognized. Translation adjustments related to assets and liabilities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholder’s equity. Realized gains and losses on translation of the Canadian operations into U.S. dollars are included in net income (loss). Currently, we do not hedge our exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates.

We may be unable to attract and retain key employees.

Our success depends upon attracting and retaining highly skilled geophysical professionals and other technical personnel. A failure to continue to attract and retain these individuals could adversely affect our ability to compete in the geophysical services industry. We may confront significant and potentially adverse competition for key personnel, particularly during periods of increased demand for geophysical services.

Our success also depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of members of our senior management, the loss of whom could adversely affect our business. Senior executives, which include our President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Senior Vice President—Health Safety Security Environmental & Sustainable Development, President of Seitel Data, Ltd. and President of Olympic Seismic Ltd., have employment agreements with us. We cannot be certain that our senior executives will continue to be employed by us for an indefinite period of time and, if they do, how long they will remain so employed. Our inability to attract and retain key management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our ability to manage our business properly.

Current and future government regulation may negatively impact demand for our products and services and increase our cost of conducting business.

The conduct of our business and the use of our products and services are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States and Canada. These laws and regulations may impose numerous obligations that are applicable to our operations including:

26

• the acquisition of permits before commencing regulated activities; and

• the limitation or prohibition of seismic activities in environmentally sensitive or protected areas such as wetlands or wilderness areas.

Failure to comply with laws, regulations, permits, and Indian First Nations protocol may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, the imposition of remedial obligations and the issuance of injunctions limiting or preventing some or all of our operations. Additionally, these laws and regulations may change as a result of political, economic or social events. Changes in laws, regulations or governmental policy may alter the environment in which we do business and the demand for our products and services and, therefore, may impact our results of operations or increase our liabilities. Current and future laws, regulations and policies concerning perceived greenhouse gas emissions and the use of renewable energy sources rather than fossil fuels could adversely impact the operations of our customers. Changes in these and other laws and regulations or additional regulation could cause the demand for our products to decrease. Moreover, complying with increased or changed regulations could cause our operating expenses to increase, which could adversely affect our business.

Technological changes not available to us could adversely affect our business.

New data acquisition or processing technologies may be developed. New and enhanced products and services introduced by one of our competitors may gain market acceptance and, if not available to us, may adversely affect us.

Our internal controls for financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent all possible errors that could occur.

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer evaluate on a quarterly basis our internal controls for financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures, which includes a review of the objectives, design, implementation and effect of the controls in respect of the information generated for use in our periodic reports. In the course of our controls evaluation, we seek to identify data errors, control problems and to confirm that appropriate corrective action, including process improvements, are being undertaken. The overall goals of these various evaluation activities are to monitor our internal controls for financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures and to make modifications as necessary. Our intent in this regard is that our internal controls for financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures will be maintained as dynamic systems that change (including with improvements and corrections) as conditions warrant.

A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be satisfied. Our management has concluded that our internal controls for financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to give a reasonable assurance that they are effective to achieve their objectives. We cannot provide absolute assurance that we have detected all possible control issues. These inherent limitations include the possibility that judgments in our decision-making could be faulty, and that isolated breakdowns could occur because of simple human error or mistake. The design of our system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed absolutely in achieving our stated goals under all potential future or unforeseeable conditions. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud could occur and not be detected. Breakdowns in our internal controls and procedures could occur in the future, and any such breakdowns could have an adverse effect on us.

Risks Related to Our Structure

We are controlled by ValueAct and Centerbridge, whose interests may not be aligned with yours.

We are controlled by an investor group led by ValueAct and Centerbridge. Our equity investors control the election of our directors and thereby have the power to control our affairs and policies, including the appointment

27

of management, the issuance of additional stock, stock repurchase programs and the declaration and payment of dividends. In addition, our equity investors must consent to the entering into of mergers, sales of substantially all our assets and certain other transactions.

Circumstances may occur in which the interests of our equity investors could be in conflict with your interests. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, our equity investors might pursue strategies that favor equity investors over debt investors. Our equity investors may also have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financing or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transaction might involve risk to you as a holder of Notes. Additionally, our equity investors are not prohibited from making investments in any of our competitors.

Risks Related to the Notes

Our leverage and debt service obligations could adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to fulfill our obligations, including under the Notes, and operate our business.

Our financial performance could be affected by our leverage and debt service obligations. As of March 31, 2013, our total indebtedness was $253.0 million. In addition, as of March 31, 2013, we had borrowing capacity of $20.0 million under the Credit Facility, none of which was drawn at March 31, 2013. We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future.

Our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $29.1 million. Our net cash flow generated from operating activities was $171.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

This level of indebtedness could have important negative consequences to us and you, including:

• we may have difficulty satisfying our obligations with respect to our debt and the Notes;

• we may have difficulty obtaining financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes;

• we may need to use all, or a substantial portion, of our available cash flow to pay interest and principal on our debt, which will reduce the amount of money available to finance our operations and other business activities;

• our vulnerability to general economic downturns and adverse industry conditions could increase;

• our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and in our industry in general could be limited;

• our amount of debt and the amount we must pay to service our debt obligations could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;

• our customers may react adversely to our significant debt level and seek or develop alternative licensors or suppliers;

• we may have insufficient funds, and our debt level may also restrict us from raising the funds necessary to repurchase all of the Notes tendered to us upon the occurrence of a change of control, which would constitute an event of default under the Notes; and

• our failure to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our debt instruments which, among other things, require us to maintain specified financial ratios and limit our ability to incur debt and sell assets, could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business or prospects.

Our level of indebtedness requires that we use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness, which will reduce the availability of cash to fund working capital

28

requirements, capital expenditures, research and development and other general corporate or business activities, including future acquisitions.

In addition, the Credit Facility bears interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, debt service on this debt will rise, which would adversely affect our cash flow. Although we may employ hedging strategies such that a portion of the aggregate principal amount of this credit facility carries a fixed rate of interest for a period, any hedging arrangement put in place may not offer complete protection from this risk. Additionally, the remaining portion of this credit facility may not be hedged and, accordingly, the portion that is not hedged will be subject to changes in interest rates.

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the Notes, and meet our other ongoing liquidity needs, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may be unsuccessful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations, including the Notes, and to fund our planned capital expenditures and other ongoing liquidity needs depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under the Credit Facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt, including the Notes, on or before maturity. We may be unable to refinance any of our debt, including the Credit Facility or the Notes, on commercially reasonable terms. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Notes. These alternative measures may be unsuccessful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service and other obligations. The Credit Facility and the indenture governing the Notes restrict our ability to use the proceeds from certain asset sales. We may be unable to consummate asset sales to raise capital or to sell assets at prices that we believe are fair, and proceeds that we do receive may be inadequate to meet any debt service obligations when due. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “Description of the New Notes.”

Despite our current leverage, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which, if incurred, could further exacerbate the risks that we and our subsidiaries face.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indenture governing the Notes do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. The Credit Facility provides commitments of up to $30.0 million, with a Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, subject to borrowing base limitations. As of March 31, 2013, we had $20.0 million available under the Credit Facility for future borrowings. All borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured, and as a result, are effectively senior to the Notes and the guarantees of the Notes by our subsidiary guarantors to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the Notes, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with the holders of the Notes in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of our company. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify.

29

The Credit Facility and the indenture governing the Notes contain a number of restrictive covenants which limit our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or engage in other business activities that may be in our interest.

The Credit Facility and the indenture governing the Notes impose, and the terms of any future indebtedness may impose, operating and other restrictions on us and our subsidiaries. Such restrictions affect or will affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

• incur additional indebtedness;

• pay dividends and make distributions;

• issue preferred stock of subsidiaries;

• make investments;

• repurchase stock;

• create liens;

• enter into transactions with affiliates;

• enter into sale and lease-back transactions;

• merge or consolidate; and

• transfer and sell assets.

In addition, the Credit Facility includes other more restrictive covenants, including a restriction on capital expenditures, and requires us to achieve certain financial and operating results and maintain compliance with specified financial ratios. Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control.

The restrictions contained in the Credit Facility and the indenture could:

• limit our ability to plan for or react to market or economic conditions or meet capital needs or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans; and

• adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances or other capital needs or to engage in other business activities that would be in our interest.

A breach of any of these covenants or our inability to comply with the required financial ratios could result in a default under the Credit Facility and/or the indenture. If an event of default occurs under the Credit Facility, which includes an event of default under the indenture governing the Notes, the lenders could elect to:

• declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to be immediately due and payable;

• require us to apply all of our available cash to repay the borrowings; and/or

• deny availability under the Credit Facility;

any of which could result in an event of default under the Notes. The lenders will also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further financing.

If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings when due, our lenders could sell the collateral securing the Credit Facility, which constitutes substantially all of our and our domestic subsidiaries’ assets. Although holders of the Notes could accelerate the Notes upon the acceleration of the obligations under the Credit Facility, we cannot assure you that sufficient assets will remain to repay the Notes after we have paid all the borrowings under the Credit Facility and any other debt.

30

We are a holding company and we depend upon cash from our subsidiaries to service our debt. If we do not receive cash distributions, dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make payments on the Notes.

We are a holding company and all of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, we are dependent upon the earnings and cash flows of, and cash distributions, dividends and other payments from, our subsidiaries to provide the funds necessary to meet our debt service obligations, including the required payments on the Notes. If we do not receive such cash distributions, dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to pay the principal or interest on the Notes. In addition, certain of our subsidiaries who are guarantors of the Notes are holding companies that will rely on subsidiaries of their own as a source of funds to meet any obligations that might arise under their guarantees.

Generally, the ability of a subsidiary to make cash available to its parent is affected by its own operating results and is subject to applicable laws and contractual restrictions contained in its debt instruments and other agreements. Although the indenture governing the Notes limits the extent to which our subsidiaries may restrict their ability to make dividend and other payments to us, these limitations are subject to significant qualifications and exceptions. The indenture governing the Notes also allows us to include the revenue of our subsidiaries in our Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the indenture governing the Notes) for the purpose of determining whether we can incur additional indebtedness under the indenture, even though some of those subsidiaries may be subject to contractual restrictions on making dividends or distributions of cash to us for the purposes of servicing such indebtedness. Moreover, there may be restrictions on payments by our subsidiaries to us under applicable laws, including laws that require companies to maintain minimum amounts of capital and to make payments to stockholders only from profits. As a result, although our subsidiaries may have cash, we or our subsidiary guarantors may be unable to obtain that cash to satisfy our obligations under the Notes or the guarantees, as applicable.

Your right to receive payments on the Notes is effectively junior to those lenders who have a security interest in our assets.

Our obligations under the Notes and our guarantors’ obligations under their guarantees of the Notes are unsecured, but our obligations under the Credit Facility and each guarantor’s obligations under their respective guarantees of the Credit Facility are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our domestic tangible and intangible assets. The Canadian sublimit is secured by our Canadian subsidiary’s assets. If we are declared bankrupt or insolvent, or if we default under the Credit Facility, the lenders could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we are unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose on the pledged assets to the exclusion of holders of the Notes, even if an event of default exists under the indenture governing the Notes at such time. Furthermore, if the lenders foreclose and sell the pledged equity interests in any subsidiary guarantor under the Notes, then that guarantor will be released from its guarantee of the Notes automatically and immediately upon such sale. In any such event, because the Notes will not be secured by any of our assets or the equity interests in subsidiary guarantors, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which your claims could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be insufficient to satisfy your claims fully. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

As of March 31, 2013, the Notes and the guarantees were subordinated or effectively subordinated to $3.0 million of secured indebtedness (which represents our outstanding capital lease obligations) to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness. The indenture permits the incurrence of substantial additional indebtedness by us and our restricted subsidiaries in the future, including secured indebtedness.

Claims of noteholders will be structurally subordinate to claims of creditors of all of our non-U.S. subsidiaries because they will not guarantee the Notes.

The Notes will not be guaranteed by any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. Accordingly, claims of holders of the Notes will be structurally subordinate to the claims of creditors of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, including

31

trade creditors. All obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the Notes.

As of March 31, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries had total consolidated indebtedness, including capital lease obligations, and other liabilities (including trade payables, but excluding intercompany liabilities) of approximately $25.3 million, representing approximately 7.0% of our total consolidated liabilities. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately $18.6 million, or 36% of our consolidated revenues, and had a net income of $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. In addition, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately $209.1 million, or 41% of our assets (excluding intercompany receivables and investments) at March 31, 2013.

Because a portion of our operations are conducted by subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Notes, our cash flow and our ability to service debt, including our and the guarantors’ ability to pay the interest on and principal of the Notes when due, are dependent to a significant extent on interest payments, cash dividends and distributions and other transfers of cash from subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Notes. In addition, any payment of interest, dividends, distributions, loans or advances by subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Notes to us and the guarantors, as applicable, could be subject to taxation or other restrictions on dividends or repatriation of earnings under applicable local law, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdiction in which these subsidiaries operate. Moreover, payments to us and the guarantors by subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Notes will be contingent upon these subsidiaries’ earnings.

Our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Notes are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due pursuant to the Notes, or to make any funds available therefore, whether by dividends, loans, distributions or other payments. Any right that we or the guarantors have to receive any assets of any subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Notes upon the liquidation or reorganization of those subsidiaries, and the consequent rights of holders of Notes to realize proceeds from the sale of any of those subsidiaries’ assets, will be structurally subordinated to the claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors and other holders of debt of that subsidiary.

We also have joint ventures in which we own less than 100% of the equity so that, in addition to the structurally senior claims of creditors of those entities, the equity interests of our joint venture partners or other stockholders in any dividend or other distribution made by these entities would need to be satisfied on a proportionate basis with us. These joint ventures may also be subject to restrictions on their ability to distribute cash to us in their financing or other agreements and, as a result, we may not be able to access their cash flow to service our debt obligations, including in respect of the Notes.

We are permitted to create unrestricted subsidiaries, which will not be subject to any of the covenants in the indenture, and we may not be able to rely on the cash flow or assets of those unrestricted subsidiaries to pay our indebtedness.

Unrestricted subsidiaries will not be subject to the covenants under the indenture governing the Notes. Unrestricted subsidiaries may enter into financing arrangements that limit their ability to make loans or other payments to fund payments in respect of the Notes. Accordingly, we may not be able to rely on the cash flow or assets of unrestricted subsidiaries to pay any of our indebtedness, including the Notes.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may be unable to make payments on the Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under the Credit Facility that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and substantially decrease the market

32

value of the Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including the Credit Facility), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under the Credit Facility could elect to terminate their commitments, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to seek and obtain waivers from the required lenders under the Credit Facility to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under the Credit Facility and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under the Credit Facility, the lenders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “Description of the New Notes.”

Certain covenants contained in the indenture are not applicable if the Notes are rated “investment grade” by both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s in the future.

The indenture governing the Notes provides that certain covenants will not apply to us if, in the future, the Notes are rated “investment grade” by both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. The covenants restrict, among other things, our ability to pay dividends, incur debt and to enter into other transactions. We cannot assure you that the Notes will ever be rated investment grade, or that if they are rated investment grade, the Notes will maintain such rating. In addition, if the Notes are rated investment grade and fail to maintain such rating, the covenants that were suspended will be reinstated. Suspension of these covenants would allow us to engage in certain transactions that would not be permitted while these covenants were in force and any such actions that we take while these covenants are not in force will be permitted even if the Notes are subsequently downgraded below investment grade. See “Description of the New Notes—Certain Covenants—Covenant Suspension.”

We may not be able to fulfill our repurchase obligations with respect to the Notes upon a change of control.

If we experience certain specific change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all of our outstanding Notes at 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. We cannot assure you that we will have available funds sufficient to pay the change of control purchase price for any or all of the Notes that might be tendered in the change of control offer.

The definition of change of control in the indenture governing the Notes offered hereby includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of our and our restricted subsidiaries’ assets, taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Notes to require us to repurchase such Notes as a result of a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of our and our restricted subsidiaries” assets taken as a whole to another person or group may be uncertain. In addition, a recent Delaware Chancery Court decision raised questions about the enforceability of provisions, which are similar to those in the indenture governing the Notes offered hereby, related to the triggering of a change of control as a result of a change in the composition of a board of directors. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of Notes to require us to repurchase Notes as a result of a change in the composition of our board of directors may be uncertain.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the Notes and the guarantees and if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the Notes.

The Notes and the guarantees may be subject to review under federal bankruptcy laws or relevant state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes. While the relevant laws may vary from state to state, under such

33

laws, generally, the payment of consideration will be a fraudulent conveyance if (1) we paid the consideration for the Notes or a guarantee with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for issuing either the Notes or a guarantee, and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true:

• we or any of the guarantors were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the incurrence of the indebtedness;

• payment of the consideration left us or any of the guarantors with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business; or

• we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we would, incur debts beyond our ability to pay as they mature.

If a court were to find that the issuance of the Notes or a guarantee was a fraudulent conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the Notes or such guarantee or further subordinate the Notes or such guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or such guarantor, or require the holders of the Notes to repay any amounts received with respect to the Notes or such guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the Notes. Further, the voidance of the Notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries’ other debt that could result in the acceleration of such debt.

Generally, an entity would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness:

• the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair salable value of all its assets;

• the present fair salable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts and liabilities, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

• it could not pay its debts as they become due.

We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were solvent at the relevant time, or regardless of the standard that a court uses, that the issuance of the Notes and the guarantees would not be further subordinated to our or any of our guarantors’ other debt.

If the guarantees were legally challenged, any guarantee could also be subject to the claim that, since the guarantee was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of the applicable guarantor and none of the proceeds of the Notes were paid to any guarantor, the obligations of the applicable guarantor were incurred for less than fair consideration. A court could thus void the obligations under the guarantees, subordinate them to the applicable guarantor’s other debt or take other action detrimental to the holders of the Notes.

We believe that, at the time the guarantors initially incurred the debt represented by the guarantees, the guarantors:

• were not insolvent or rendered insolvent by the incurrence; and

• had sufficient capital to run their businesses effectively.

We have relied on a limitation to be contained in the guarantors’ guarantees that limits each guarantee as necessary to prevent it from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. However, a court passing on these questions might not reach the same conclusions.

34

A financial failure by us or our subsidiaries may result in the assets of any or all of those entities becoming subject to the claims of all creditors of those entities.

A financial failure by us or our subsidiaries could affect payment of the Notes if a bankruptcy court were to substantively consolidate us and our subsidiaries. If a bankruptcy court substantively consolidated us and our subsidiaries, the assets of each entity would become subject to the claims of creditors of all entities. This would expose holders of Notes not only to the usual impairments arising from bankruptcy, but also to potential dilution of the amount ultimately recoverable because of the larger creditor base. Furthermore, forced restructuring of the Notes could occur through the “cram-down” provisions of the bankruptcy code. Under these provisions, the Notes could be restructured over your objections as to their general terms, primarily interest rate and maturity.

The lenders under the Credit Facility will have the discretion to release any guarantors under this facility in a variety of circumstances, which will cause those guarantors to be released from their guarantees of the Notes.

While any obligations under the Credit Facility remain outstanding, any guarantee of the Notes may be released without action by, or consent of, any holder of the Notes or the trustee under the indenture governing the Notes, at the discretion of lenders under the Credit Facility, if the related guarantor is no longer a guarantor of obligations under the Credit Facility or any other indebtedness. The lenders under the Credit Facility will have the discretion to release the guarantees under the Credit Facility in a variety of circumstances. Any of our subsidiaries that are released as a guarantor of the Credit Facility will automatically be released as a guarantor of the Notes. You will not have a claim as a creditor against any subsidiary that is no longer a guarantor of the Notes, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, whether secured or unsecured, of those subsidiaries will be structurally senior to claims of holders of Notes.

An adverse rating of the Notes may cause their trading price to fall and could result in increased interest and other financial expenses related to future borrowings.

A rating agency may assign a rating that is lower than the rating expected by the noteholders. Ratings agencies also may lower ratings on the Notes or any of our other debt in the future. If rating agencies assign a lower than expected rating or reduce, or indicate that they may reduce, their ratings of our debt in the future, the trading price of the Notes could significantly decline.

A decision by a rating agency to downgrade the Notes’ rating in the future could result in increased interest and other financial expenses relating to our future borrowings and could restrict our ability to obtain additional financing on satisfactory terms, if at all. In addition, any downgrade could restrict our access to, and negatively impact the terms of, trade credit extended to us by our vendors.

There is no public trading market for the new notes and an active trading market may not develop for the new ones.

The new notes are new securities for which there is no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the notes on any securities exchange or stock market. In addition, the liquidity of the trading market in the new notes, and the market price quoted for the new notes, may be adversely affected by changes in the overall market for high yield securities and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the prospects for companies in our industry generally. As a result, we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for the new notes.

Failure to exchange your old notes for new notes could limit your ability to resell.

The old notes were not registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and may not be resold, offered for resale or otherwise transferred unless they are subsequently registered or resold under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. If you

35

do not exchange your old notes for new notes under the exchange offer, you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer the old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell them, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act. In addition, we will no longer be under an obligation to register the old notes under the Securities Act except in the limited circumstances provided under the registration rights agreement. In addition, if you want to exchange your old notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in the distribution of the new notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities, and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

The issuance of the new notes may adversely affect the market for the old notes.

To the extent that old notes are tendered for exchange and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for the untendered and tendered but unaccepted old notes could be adversely affected.

Changes in the financial and credit markets or in our credit ratings could adversely affect the market prices of the Notes.

The future market prices of the Notes will depend on a number of factors, including:

• the prevailing interest rates being paid by companies similar to us;

• our ratings with major credit rating agencies; and

• the overall condition of the financial and credit markets.

The condition of the financial and credit markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. Fluctuations in these factors could have an adverse effect on the market prices of the Notes. In addition, credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for companies that they follow, including us. We cannot assure you that any credit rating agencies that rate the Notes will maintain their ratings on the Notes. A negative change in our rating could have an adverse effect on the market price of the Notes.

We may choose to redeem Notes when prevailing interest rates are relatively low.

We may choose to redeem the Notes from time to time, especially when prevailing interest rates are lower than the rate borne by the Notes. If prevailing rates are lower at the time of redemption, you would not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the interest rate on the Notes being redeemed. Our redemption right also may adversely impact your ability to sell your Notes as the optional redemption date or period approaches.

36

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the new notes, we will receive in exchange old notes of like principal amount, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the new notes. The old notes surrendered in exchange for new notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, our issuance of the new notes will not result in any increase in our indebtedness. We have agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with the exchange offer.

The net proceeds from the offering of the old notes were approximately $243.2 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts and expenses paid by us. We used the net proceeds from the offering of the old notes, along with $36.6 million of cash on hand to redeem our 9.75% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “9.75% Senior Notes”).

37

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

Our consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the periods indicated are as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,										Three Months Ended March 31,
	2008(1)		2009(1)		2010(1)		2011		2012		2012		2013
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		—		—		—		1.1		2.5		3.5		1.3

	Pro forma Calculation
	Year Ended December 31, 2012		Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		2.6		1.5

(1) During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $77.6 million, $99.8 million and $67.4 million, respectively.

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges has been computed by dividing earnings available for fixed charges (earnings from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle plus fixed charges less capitalized interest) by fixed charges (interest expense, capitalized interest and the estimated interest component of rental expense).

38

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2013. The table below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	As of March 31, 2013
	(Amounts in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	25.5
Total Debt, including current portion:
Existing Credit Facility(1)		—
Notes offered hereby		250.0
Other debt (including capital leases)		3.0
		253.0
Less deferred issue costs		(7.2	)
Total debt		245.8
Total stockholder’s equity		149.2
Total capitalization	$	395.0

(1) The Credit Facility provides commitments of up to $30.0 million, with a Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, subject to borrowing base limitations.

39

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. You should also read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” All of these materials are contained in this prospectus. The data presented below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements which have been audited by BKD, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. The data as of March 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of our management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year.

	Year Ended December 31,															Three Months Ended March 31,
	2008			2009			2010			2011			2012			2012			2013
																(unaudited)			(unaudited)
	(thousands)
Statement of Operations Data:
Total revenue	$	172,403		$	115,345		$	175,556		$	218,008		$	240,458		$	72,547		$	51,351
Expenses and costs:
Depreciation and amortization		168,629			150,199			175,592			142,963			139,754			39,384			29,338
Cost of sales		462			290			97			100			464			97			39
Merger		357			—			—			—			—			—			—
Impairment of intangible asset		225			—			—			—			—			—			—
Selling, general and administrative		36,316			25,090			31,831			31,649			29,088			8,092			7,387
		205,989			175,579			207,520			174,712			169,306			47,573			36,764
Income (loss) from operations		(33,586	)		(60,234	)		(31,964	)		43,296			71,152			24,974			14,587
Interest expense, net		(40,017	)		(40,696	)		(40,536	)		(34,767	)		(29,011	)		(7,219	)		(9,315	)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)		(4,059	)		1,008			441			(726	)		681			411			(647	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			—			—			(7,912	)		—			—			(1,504	)
Gain on sale of marketable securities		—			—			4,188			2,467			230			—			—
Other income		40			151			446			250			780			81			1
Income (loss) before income taxes		(77,622	)		(99,771	)		(67,425	)		2,608			43,832			18,247			3,122
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(3,548	)		(2,974	)		(4,008	)		392			6,782			3,541			1,384
Net income (loss)	$	(74,074	)	$	(96,797	)	$	(63,417	)	$	2,216		$	37,050		$	14,706		$	1,738

	As of December 31,											As of March 31
	2008		2009		2010			2011		2012		2013
												(unaudited)
	(thousands, except shares)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	42,678	$	26,270	$	89,971		$	74,894	$	61,891	$	25,544
Seismic data library, net		279,257		200,389		106,104			120,694		180,117		197,221
Total assets		643,825		522,019		491,009			500,330		550,744		510,585
Total debt		405,499		405,732		405,604			278,256		278,142		253,002
Stockholder’s equity (deficit)		115,785		46,361		(7,022	)		109,840		150,358		149,245
Common shares outstanding(1)		100		100		100			100		100		100

(1) Common shares outstanding are presented in actual figures, not in thousands.

40

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to the financial statements included elsewhere in this document or incorporated by reference.

Overview

General

Our products and services are used by oil and gas companies to assist in oil and gas exploration and development of hydrocarbon reserves. Historically, seismic data was tied to exploration capital expenditures as E&P companies used seismic data to increase the success rate of discovering hydrocarbon deposits. With the shift to unconventional plays, E&P companies now use seismic data as a development tool to better identify efficient drilling plans and maximize production by identifying and understanding a series of critical characteristics of the targeted resource. We own an extensive library of onshore and offshore seismic data that we offer for license to oil and gas companies. We believe that our library of onshore seismic data is the largest available for licensing in North America. We generate revenue primarily by licensing data from our data library and from new data creation products, which are substantially underwritten or paid for by our clients. By participating in underwritten, nonexclusive surveys or purchasing licenses to existing data, oil and gas companies can obtain access to surveys at reduced costs as compared to acquiring seismic data on a proprietary basis.

Our primary areas of focus are onshore United States and Canada and, to a lesser extent, offshore U.S. Gulf of Mexico. These markets continue to experience major changes. Major integrated oil and gas companies and national oil companies have become more active in the North American market, primarily in the unconventional plays, through joint ventures, asset purchases and corporate transactions. The larger independent oil and gas companies continue to be responsible for a significant portion of current U.S. drilling activity. Our offshore seismic data is primarily located in the shallow waters of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico and generates a small percentage of our revenue.

Our clients continue to seek our services to create data in the United States and Canada. On June 7, 2013, our clients’ commitment for underwriting on new data creation projects was $58.4 million. Licensing data “off the shelf” does not require the longer planning and lead times like new data creation and thus is more likely to fluctuate quarter to quarter.

Principal Factors Affecting Our Business

Our business is dependent upon a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. The following are those that we consider to be principal factors affecting our business.

Demand for Seismic Data: Demand for our products and services is cyclical due to the nature of the oil and gas industry. In particular, demand for our seismic data services depends upon exploration, production, development and field management spending by oil and gas companies and, in the case of new data creation, the willingness of these companies to forgo ownership in the seismic data. Capital expenditures by oil and gas companies depend upon several factors, including actual and forecasted oil and natural gas commodity prices, prospect availability and the companies’ own short-term and strategic plans. These capital expenditures may also be affected by worldwide economic or industry-wide conditions. With the shift to unconventional plays, seismic data is increasingly tied to relatively stable development capital expenditures.

Merger and Acquisition/Joint Venture Activity: Merger and acquisition activity continues to occur within our client base. This activity could have a negative impact on seismic companies that operate in markets with a limited number of participating clients. However, we believe that, over time, this activity could have a positive

41

impact on our business, as it should generate re-licensing fees, result in increased vitality in the trading of mineral interests and result in the creation of new independent customers through the rationalization of staff within those companies affected by this activity.

Exploiting unconventional plays is a capital intensive endeavor and many technically proficient E&P companies remain capital constrained. They find themselves needing to sell their positions to, or create partnerships with, large well-capitalized companies in order to develop their recoverable resource base. These joint venture partners or new owners will often need to purchase licenses to our seismic data for their own use.

North America Drilling Activity: Drilling activity has shifted to areas with oil and liquids-rich hydrocarbons, such as the Eagle Ford/Woodbine, Niobrara/Bakken and Utica/Marcellus in the U.S. and Montney and Cardium in Canada with several emerging plays, including the Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays), Sussex, Mowry and Point Pleasant in the U.S. and Duvernay in Canada. Horizontal drilling rigs in oil and liquids-rich areas have leveled off, while activity in dry gas areas continues to be depressed.

Availability of Capital for Our Customers: Some of our customers are independent oil and gas companies and private prospect-generating companies that rely primarily on private capital markets to fund their exploration, production, development and field management activities. Reductions in cash flows resulting from lower commodity prices, along with the reduced availability of credit and increased costs of borrowing, could have a material impact on the ability of such companies to obtain funding necessary to purchase our seismic data.

Government Regulation: Our operations are subject to a variety of federal, provincial, state, foreign and local laws and regulations, including environmental and health and safety laws. We invest financial and managerial resources to comply with these laws and related permit requirements. Modification of existing laws or regulations and the adoption of new laws or regulations limiting or increasing exploration or production activities by oil and gas companies may have a material effect on our business operations.

Key Performance Measures

Management considers certain performance measures in evaluating and managing our financial condition and operating performance at various times and from time to time. Some of these performance measures are non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. These non-GAAP measures are not in accordance with, nor are they a substitute for, GAAP measures. These non-GAAP measures are intended to supplement our presentation of our financial results that are prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The following are the key performance measures considered by management:

Cash Resales

Cash Resales represent new contracts for data licenses from our library, including data currently in progress, payable in cash. We believe this measure is important in assessing overall industry and client activity. Cash Resales are likely to fluctuate quarter to quarter as they do not require the longer planning and lead times necessary for new data creation.

42

The following is a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, total revenue (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,									Three Months Ended March 31,
	2010			2011			2012			2012			2013
Cash Resales	$	137,605		$	134,497		$	136,234		$	39,169		$	22,445
Other revenue components:
Acquisition underwriting revenue		40,500			77,406			107,254			36,572			25,089
Non-monetary exchanges		4,678			7,609			1,554			709			324
Revenue recognition adjustments		(11,005	)		(5,856	)		(10,257	)		(5,173	)		2,072
Solutions and other		3,778			4,352			5,673			1,270			1,421
Total revenue	$	175,556		$	218,008		$	240,458		$	72,547		$	51,351

Cash EBITDA

Cash EBITDA represents cash generated from licensing data from our seismic library net of recurring cash operating expenses. We believe this measure is helpful in determining the level of cash from operations we have available for debt service and funding of capital expenditures (net of the portion funded or underwritten by our customers). Cash EBITDA includes Cash Resales plus all other cash revenues other than from data acquisitions, plus gains on sales of marketable securities and cash distributions from investments obtained as part of licensing our seismic data, less cost of goods sold and cash selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding non-recurring corporate expenses such as severance and legal, financial and other expenses related to corporate and strategic transactions).

The following is a quantitative reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, net income (loss) (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,									Three Months Ended March 31,
	2010			2011			2012			2012			2013
Cash EBITDA	$	117,252		$	112,031		$	115,347		$	32,673		$	16,656
Add (subtract) other revenue components not included in cash EBITDA
Acquisition underwriting revenue		40,500			77,406			107,254			36,572			25,089
Non-monetary exchanges		4,678			7,609			1,554			709			324
Revenue recognition adjustments		(11,005	)		(5,856	)		(10,257	)		(5,173	)		2,072
Solutions non-cash revenue		—			71			20			20			—
Add (subtract) other items included in net income:
Depreciation and amortization		(175,592	)		(142,963	)		(139,754	)		(39,384	)		(29,338	)
Non-cash operating expenses		(3,433	)		(743	)		(1,154	)		(145	)		(226	)
Non-recurring corporate expenses		(176	)		(1,792	)		(1,228	)		(298	)		10
Interest expense, net		(40,536	)		(34,767	)		(29,011	)		(7,219	)		(9,315	)
Foreign currency gains (losses)		441			(726	)		681			411			(647	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			(7,912	)		—			—			(1,504	)
Other income		446			250			380			81			1
Benefit (provision) for income taxes		4,008			(392	)		(6,782	)		(3,541	)		(1,384	)
Net income (loss)	$	(63,417	)	$	2,216		$	37,050		$	14,706		$	1,738

43

Growth of Our Seismic Data Library

We regularly add to our seismic data library through four different methods: (1) recording new data; (2) buying ownership of existing data for cash; (3) obtaining ownership of existing data sets through non-monetary exchanges; and (4) creating new value-added products from existing data within our library. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and for the period from January 1, 2013 to June 7, 2013, we completed the addition of approximately 850 square miles, 2,200 square miles, 2,800 square miles and 1,800 square miles, respectively, of seismic data to our library. As of June 7, 2013, we had approximately 1,350 square miles of seismic data in progress.

Critical Accounting Policies

We operate in one business segment, which is made up of seismic data acquisition, seismic data licensing, seismic data processing and seismic reproduction services.

We prepare our financial statements and the accompanying notes in conformity with GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. We identify certain accounting policies as critical based on, among other things, their impact on the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and the degree of difficulty, subjectivity and complexity in their deployment. Notes A and B of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus include a summary of the significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The following is a brief discussion of our most critical accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from Data Acquisition

We generate revenue when we create a new seismic survey that is initially licensed by one or more of our customers to use the resulting data. We consider the contracts signed up to the time we make a firm commitment to create the new seismic survey as underwriting. Underwriting revenue is recognized throughout the creation period using the proportional performance method based upon costs incurred and work performed to date as a percentage of total estimated costs and work required. Management believes that this method is the most reliable and representative measure of progress for our data creation projects. The customers paying for the initial licenses receive legally enforceable rights to any resulting product of the specific activities required to complete the survey. The customers also receive access to and use of the newly acquired, processed data.

Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses

We recognize a substantial portion of our revenue from licensing of data once it is available for delivery. Revenue from the non-exclusive licensing of seismic data is recognized when the following criteria are met:

• we have an arrangement with the customer that is validated by a signed contract;

• the sales price is fixed and determinable;

• collection is reasonably assured;

• the customer has selected the specific data or the contract has expired without full selection;

• the data is currently available for delivery; and

• the license term has begun.

Copies of the data are available to the customer immediately upon request.

44

For licenses that have been invoiced for which payment is due or has been received, but have not met the aforementioned criteria, the revenue is deferred along with the related direct costs (primarily sales commissions). This normally occurs under the library card, review and possession or review only license contracts because the data selection may occur over time. Additionally, if the contract allows licensing of data that is not currently available or enhancements, modifications or additions to the data are required per the contract, revenue is deferred until such time that the data is available.

Revenue from Non-Monetary Exchanges

In certain cases, we will take ownership of a customer’s seismic data or revenue interest (collectively referred to as “data”) or receive advanced data processing services in exchange for a non-exclusive license to selected seismic data from our library, as partial consideration for the underwriting of new data acquisition or, in some cases, services provided by Solutions. These exchanges are referred to as non-monetary exchanges. In non-monetary exchange transactions, we record a data library asset for the data received or processed at the time the contract is entered into or the data is completed, as applicable, and recognize revenue on the transaction in equal value in accordance with our policies on revenue from data licenses, which is, when the seismic data is selected by the customer, or revenue from data acquisition, as applicable, or as services are provided by Solutions. These transactions are valued at the fair value of the data received or delivered, whichever is more readily determinable.

Seismic Data Library

Costs associated with creating, acquiring or purchasing seismic data are capitalized and amortized principally on the income forecast method subject to a straight-line amortization period of four years, applied on a quarterly basis at the individual survey level.

Data Library Amortization

We amortize our seismic data library using the greater of the amortization that would result from the application of the income forecast method (subject to a minimum amortization rate) or a straight-line basis over the useful life of the data. Due to the subjectivity inherent in the income forecast amortization method, this amortization policy ensures a minimum level of amortization will be recorded if sales of the specific data do not occur as expected and ensures that costs are fully amortized at the end of the data’s useful life. With respect to each survey in the data library, the straight-line policy is applied from the time such survey is available for licensing to customers on a non-exclusive basis.

We apply the income forecast method by forecasting the ultimate revenue expected to be derived from a particular data library component over the estimated useful life of each survey comprising part of such component. We make this forecast annually and review it quarterly. If, during any such review, we determine that the ultimate revenue for a library component is expected to be significantly different than the original estimate of total revenue for such library component, we revise the amortization rate attributable to future revenue from each survey in such component.

The greater of the income forecast or straight-line amortization policy is applied quarterly on a cumulative basis at the individual survey level. Under this policy, we first record amortization using the income forecast method. The cumulative amortization recorded for each survey is then compared with the cumulative straight-line amortization. If the cumulative straight-line amortization is higher for any specific survey, additional amortization expense is recorded, resulting in accumulated amortization being equal to the cumulative straight-line amortization for such survey. This requirement is applied regardless of future-year revenue estimates for the library component of which the survey is a part and does not consider the existence of deferred revenue with respect to the library component or to any survey.

45

Seismic Data Library Impairment

We evaluate our seismic data library for impairment by grouping individual surveys into components based on our operations and geological and geographical trends. We believe that these library components constitute the lowest levels of independently identifiable cash flows. We evaluate our seismic data library investment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable.

The impairment evaluation is based first on a comparison of the undiscounted future cash flows over each component’s remaining estimated useful life with the carrying value of each library component. If the undiscounted cash flows are equal to or greater than the carrying value of such component, no impairment is recorded. If undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of any component, the forecast of future cash flows related to such component is discounted to fair value and compared with such component’s carrying amount. The difference between the library component’s carrying amount and the discounted future value of the expected revenue stream is recorded as an impairment charge.

The estimation of future cash flows and fair value is highly subjective and inherently imprecise. Estimates can change materially from period to period based on many factors, including those described in the preceding paragraph. Accordingly, if conditions change in the future, we may record impairment losses relative to our seismic data library, which could be material to any particular reporting period.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized to earnings but is assessed, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. We conduct a qualitative goodwill impairment assessment as of October 1 of each year by examining relevant events and circumstances which could have a negative impact on our goodwill such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows, overall financial performance, and other relevant entity-specific events. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances described above, we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the two-step goodwill test is performed. The two-step goodwill impairment test is also performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

In preparing our financial statements, a number of estimates and assumptions are made by management that affect the accounting for and recognition of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These estimates and assumptions must be made because certain information that is used in the preparation of our financial statements is dependent on future events, cannot be calculated with a high degree of precision from data available or is not otherwise capable of being readily calculated based on generally accepted methodologies. In some cases, these estimates are particularly difficult to determine and we must exercise significant judgment.

The most difficult, subjective and complex estimates and assumptions that deal with the greatest amount of uncertainty are related to our accounting for our seismic data library and goodwill.

Accounting for our seismic data library requires us to make significant subjective estimates and assumptions relative to future sales and cash flows from such library. These cash flows impact amortization rates, as well as potential impairment charges. Any changes in these estimates or underlying assumptions will impact our income from operations prospectively from the date changes are made. To the extent that such estimates, or the assumptions used to make those estimates, prove to be significantly different than actual results, the carrying value of the seismic data library may be subject to higher prospective amortization rates, additional straight-line amortization or impairment losses.

46

Because we apply a minimum income forecast amortization rate of 70%, the effect of decreasing future sales by 10%, with all other factors remaining constant, would cause the range of amortization rates to be from 70% to 75% as of January 1, 2013. The effect of decreasing future sales by 20%, with all other factors remaining constant, would cause the range of amortization rates to be from 70% to 85% as of January 1, 2013.

In a portion of our seismic data library activities, we engage in certain non-monetary exchanges and record a data library asset for the seismic data received and recognize revenue on the transaction in accordance with our policies on revenue recognition. These transactions are valued at the fair value of the data received by us or licenses or services granted by us, whichever is more readily determinable. Our estimate of the value of these transactions is highly subjective and based, in large part, on data sales transactions between us and a limited number of customers over a limited time period.

We conduct a qualitative goodwill impairment assessment at least annually. If, based on our qualitative procedures, it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we are required to perform a two-step impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of a goodwill impairment loss to be recognized. The impairment test involves a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill to identify if a goodwill impairment exists. For our estimates of the fair value of goodwill, we prepare discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant judgments and estimates about our future performance. If these projected cash flows change materially, we may be required to record impairment losses relative to goodwill.

Actual results could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions that we use in the preparation of our financial statements. To the extent management’s estimates and assumptions change in the future, the effect on our reported results could be significant to any particular reporting period.

Results of Operations

Revenue

The following table summarizes the components of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,									Three Months Ended March 31,
	2010			2011			2012			2012			2013
Acquisition underwriting revenue:
Cash underwriting	$	37,823		$	75,132		$	101,803		$	35,304		$	25,032
Underwriting from non-monetary exchanges		2,677			2,274			5,451			1,268			57
Total acquisition underwriting revenue		40,500			77,406			107,254			36,572			25,089
Resale licensing revenue:
Cash Resales		137,605			134,497			136,234			39,169			22,445
Non-monetary exchanges		4,678			7,609			1,554			709			324
Revenue recognition adjustments		(11,005	)		(5,856	)		(10,257	)		(5,173	)		2,072
Total resale licensing revenue		131,278			136,250			127,531			34,705			24,841
Total seismic revenue		171,778			213,656			234,785			71,277			49,930
Solutions and other		3,778			4,352			5,673			1,270			1,421
Total revenue	$	175,556		$	218,008		$	240,458		$	72,547		$	51,351

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $240.5 million, an increase of $22.5 million or 10%, from the year ended December 31, 2011 total revenue of $218.0 million. This increase was primarily due to an increase in acquisition underwriting revenue which increased to $107.3 million in 2012 compared to

47

$77.4 million in 2011. Activity for new data acquisition remained strong in 2012 with our acquisition underwriting revenue occurring in the key active unconventional plays in North America focused on oil and liquids-rich hydrocarbons including Eagle Ford, Utica/Marcellus, Niobrara, Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays), Montney and Cardium. Total resale licensing revenue was $127.5 million in 2012 compared to $136.3 million in 2011. Cash Resales were $136.2 million in 2012 compared to $134.5 million in 2011. In 2012, Cash Resales were distributed across most basins in which we have seismic data, including unconventional and conventional areas, with a focus on oil and liquids-rich areas. Non-monetary exchanges fluctuate year to year depending upon the data available for trade and totaled $1.6 million in 2012 compared to $7.6 million in 2011. Revenue recognition adjustments are non-cash adjustments to revenue and reflect the net amount of (i) revenue deferred as a result of all of the revenue recognition criteria not being met and (ii) the subsequent revenue recognition once the criteria are met. The change in revenue recognition adjustments between 2011 and 2012 which resulted in a decrease in revenue recognized of $4.4 million between periods was due to a decrease in revenue recognized on library card contracts (i.e., more deferrals than selections in the year) partially offset by an increase on direct licensing contracts because the revenue recognition criteria were met. Solutions and other revenue was $5.7 million in 2012 compared to $4.4 million in 2011. The $1.3 million increase was due to the types of products delivered and revenue from third-party data processing projects.

Total revenue was $218.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $175.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This $42.5 million, or 24%, increase was primarily due to an increase in acquisition underwriting revenue. Acquisition underwriting revenue increased to $77.4 million in 2011 compared to $40.5 million in 2010 due to our campaign to acquire data in unconventional plays and client interest in participating in the new projects. All of our data acquisition underwriting revenue in 2011 occurred in the key active unconventional plays in North America, primarily the Eagle Ford, Marcellus, Niobrara, Montney and Cardium. Total resale licensing revenue was $136.3 million in 2011 compared to $131.3 million in 2010. Cash Resales were $134.5 million in 2011 compared to $137.6 million in 2010. The decrease between years was primarily the result of a shift from gas-directed plays due to lower natural gas prices to areas focused more on oil and liquids production. Non-monetary exchanges fluctuate year to year depending upon the data available for trade and totaled $7.6 million in 2011 compared to $4.7 million in 2010. The increase of $5.1 million in revenue recognition adjustments from 2010 to 2011 was primarily due to an increase in recognition of revenue previously deferred as a result of new data acquisition projects being completed and delivered partially offset by an increase in the deferral of new licensing contracts. Solutions and other revenue increased $0.6 million in 2011 compared to 2010 due to the increase in total seismic revenue and the types of products delivered.

Total revenue was $51.4 million in the first quarter of 2013 compared to $72.5 million in the first quarter of 2012. Acquisition underwriting revenue was $25.1 million in the first quarter of 2013 compared to $36.6 million in the first quarter of 2012. The decrease between quarters was primarily due to fewer square miles of data being acquired in Canada in 2013 compared to 2012. The Company made a strategic decision to reduce its level of net cash capital expenditures on new data creation for 2013 as compared to 2012 and 2011, which directly impacts acquisition underwriting revenue. The majority of new data acquisition activity in the first quarter of 2013 occurred in the Eagle Ford and Utica/Marcellus unconventional plays, with the Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays) and Cardium contributing as well. Total resale licensing revenue was $24.8 million in the first quarter of 2013 compared to $34.7 million in the first quarter of 2012. Cash Resales in the first quarter of 2013 were $22.4 million compared to Cash Resales in the first quarter of 2012 of $39.2 million. Cash Resales activity is tied closely to our clients’ annual budget cycles and therefore should be viewed on an annual basis. As a result, Cash Resales activity can fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, as we experienced in 2012. Revenue recognition adjustments are non-cash adjustments to revenue and reflect the net amount of (i) revenue deferred as a result of all of the revenue recognition criteria not being met and (ii) the subsequent revenue recognition once the criteria are met. The change in revenue recognition adjustments between 2012 and 2013 was primarily due to fewer contracts requiring deferral in the first quarter of 2013. Solutions and other revenue was $1.4 million in the first quarter of 2013 compared to $1.3 million in the first quarter of 2012.

48

At December 31, 2012, we had a deferred revenue balance of $52.9 million compared to the December 31, 2011 balance of $48.8 million. The deferred revenue balance was related to (i) data licensing contracts on which selection of specific data had not yet occurred, (ii) deferred revenue on data acquisition projects and (iii) contracts in which the data products are not yet available or the revenue recognition criteria has not yet been met. The deferred revenue will be recognized when selection of specific data is made by the customer, upon expiration of the data selection period specified in the data licensing contracts, as work progresses on the data acquisition contracts, as the data products become available for delivery or as all of the revenue recognition criteria are met. Deferred revenue will be recognized no later than the following, based on the expiration of the selection period or our estimate of progress on acquisition projects and the availability of data products, although some revenue may be recognized earlier (in thousands):

2013	$	44,788
2014		6,570
2015 and thereafter		1,499

At March 31, 2013, we had a deferred revenue balance of $51.3 million, compared to the December 31, 2012 balance of $52.9 million.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization was composed of the following for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,						Three Months Ended March 31,
	2010		2011		2012		2012		2013
Amortization of seismic data:
Income forecast	$	87,617	$	102,210	$	108,482	$	31,812	$	22,708
Straight-line		80,190		32,758		24,354		5,744		4,936
Total amortization of seismic data		167,807		134,968		132,836		37,556		27,644
Depreciation of property and equipment		2,081		2,167		1,127		379		256
Amortization of acquired intangibles		5,704		5,828		5,791		1,449		1,438
Total	$	175,592	$	142,963	$	139,754	$	39,384	$	29,338

Total seismic data library amortization amounted to $167.8 million, $135.0 million and $132.8 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Total seismic data library amortization amounted to $37.6 million in the first quarter of 2012 compared to $27.6 million in the first quarter of 2013. The amount of seismic data library amortization fluctuates based on the level and location of specific seismic surveys licensed (including licensing resulting from new data acquisition) and selected by our customers during any period as well as the amount of straight-line amortization required under our accounting policy. Additionally, the step-up in our data library value resulting from the 2007 merger between Seitel Acquisition Corp. with and into Seitel, Inc. (the “Merger”) became fully amortized in the first quarter of 2011 which resulted in a decrease in the level of straight-line amortization in 2011 and 2012.

Seismic data amortization as a percentage of total seismic revenue is summarized as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,									Three Months Ended March 31,
	2010			2011			2012			2012			2013
Components of Amortization:
Income forecast		51	%		48	%		46	%		45	%		46	%
Straight-line		47	%		15	%		10	%		8	%		10	%
Total		98	%		63	%		56	%		53	%		55	%

49

The percentage of income forecast amortization to total seismic revenue was 51% for the year ended December 31, 2010; 48% for the year ended December 31, 2011; 46% for the year ended December 31, 2012; 45% for the three months ended March 31, 2012; and 46% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. In all periods, we had resale revenue recognized which was from data whose costs were fully amortized. In 2010, 36% of resales did not attract amortization, as compared to 50% in 2011 and 63% in 2012. In the first quarter of 2012, 75% of resale revenue recognized was from data whose costs were fully amortized as compared to 70% in the first quarter of 2013. Additionally, all acquisition revenue attracts amortization; thus, the increasing level of acquisition revenue between 2010 and 2012 impacted the overall percentage of income forecast amortization for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. Amortization expense related to new data acquisition decreased from the first quarter of 2012 to 2013 due to the lower level of acquisition revenue in the first quarter of 2013.

Straight-line amortization represents the expense required under our accounting policy to ensure our data value is fully amortized within four years of when the data becomes available for sale. The $8.4 million decrease in straight-line amortization from 2011 to 2012 and the $47.4 million decrease from 2010 to 2011 was because a significant portion of our data library became fully amortized in the first quarter of 2011 due to such data reaching its four-year life after the Merger and due to the distribution of revenue among the various seismic surveys. The amount of straight-line amortization decreased $0.8 million between the first quarters of 2012 and 2013 due to the distribution of revenue among the various seismic surveys.

For each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, the rates utilized under the income forecast method was 70% for all components. The rate of amortization with respect to each component is decreased or increased if our estimate of future cash sales from such component is materially increased or decreased, subject to a minimum amortization rate of 70%. Additionally, certain seismic surveys have been fully amortized; consequently, no amortization expense is required on revenue recorded for these seismic surveys. As of April 1, 2013, the amortization rate to be utilized under the income forecast method is 70% for all components.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses were $31.8 million in 2010, $31.6 million in 2011 and $29.1 million in 2012. SG&A expenses were $8.1 million in the first quarter of 2012 compared to $7.4 million in the first quarter of 2013. SG&A expenses are made up of the following cash and non-cash expenses (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,						Three Months Ended March 31,
	2010		2011		2012		2012		2013
Cash SG&A expenses	$	28,398	$	30,906	$	27,934	$	7,947	$	7,161
Non-cash compensation expense		3,157		453		761		73		226
Non-cash rent expense		276		290		393		72		—
Total	$	31,831	$	31,649	$	29,088	$	8,092	$	7,387

The decrease in cash SG&A expenses of $3.0 million from 2011 to 2012 was primarily due to (1) a decrease of $3.0 million in annual cash incentive compensation expense due to our Cash EBITDA results falling in the range of minimum and target goals established for 2012, (2) a $0.5 million decrease in our bad debt expense primarily due to collection of previously reserved receivables and (3) a decrease of $0.6 million in non-recurring expenses mainly related to severance costs. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $0.9 million in salaries and benefits due to merit increases on base salary and new hires and an increase of $0.2 million in various other expenses.

The increase in cash SG&A expenses of $2.5 million from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to (1) an increase of $1.4 million in salaries and benefits, (2) an

50

increase of $1.6 million in non-recurring expenses, mainly professional fees incurred with respect to evaluating debt restructuring alternatives and severance costs and (3) an increase of $1.0 million in various other expenses associated with our increased revenue and acquisition activities in 2011. These increases were partially offset by a $1.5 million decrease in our bad debt expense.

The decrease in cash SG&A expenses of $0.8 million from the first quarter of 2012 to the first quarter of 2013 was primarily attributable to (i) a decrease of $0.5 million in variable SG&A expenses related to sales commissions and performance incentive compensation due to the lower level of sales in the first quarter of 2013 and (ii) a decrease of $0.3 million in non-recurring expenses mainly related to severance costs.

The increase in non-cash compensation expense of $0.3 million from 2011 to 2012 was due to amortization associated with 2012 stock option issuances offset by a reduction in expense related to prior period stock option issuances and our use of graded vesting to amortize the compensation expense. The decrease in non-cash equity compensation expense of $2.7 million between 2010 and 2011 was primarily due to the 2010 period including expense associated with the re-pricing of outstanding options granted to certain employees and non-employee directors. Additionally, there was a reduction in the expense related to stock options due to the expense being recognized using graded vesting and a significant portion of our options becoming fully vested in the first quarter of 2011. The increase in non-cash compensation expense from the first quarter of 2012 to the first quarter of 2013 was due to amortization associated with stock option issuances in May 2012.

The non-cash rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 represents amortization of a favorable facility lease that was recorded as an intangible asset in connection with the Merger. As of December 31, 2012, this intangible asset has been fully amortized.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $41.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $29.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in interest expense in both 2012 and 2011 was due to the repayment of $125.0 million of our 9.75% Senior Notes on July 1, 2011.

Interest expense was $7.3 million in the first quarter of 2012 compared to $9.4 million in the first quarter of 2013. Due to the satisfaction and discharge of our 9.75% Senior Notes in March 2013, interest expense for the first quarter of 2013 included interest on our existing 9.75% Senior Notes for the entire quarter, as well as interest paid on these senior notes from April 1, 2013 to April 18, 2013. In addition, interest expense for the first quarter of 2013 included interest on our new 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes issued on March 20, 2013.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

The call premium incurred to repay $125.0 million of our 9.75% Senior Notes along with the write-off of the related unamortized issuance costs resulted in a $7.9 million loss on early extinguishment of debt in 2011.

In connection with the early extinguishment of our 9.75% Senior Notes in the first quarter of 2013, we recorded a $1.5 million non-cash charge which included the write-off of unamortized issue expenses.

Other Income (Expense)

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, we sold $4.2 million, $2.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of marketable securities through multiple transactions on an active international exchange. Total gains were equal to the proceeds received.

Other income was $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The increase in other income of $0.5 million from 2011 to 2012 was primarily due to cash dividends received from investments.

51

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, we reported foreign currency transaction gains (losses) on U.S. denominated transactions of our Canadian subsidiaries totaling $0.4 million, $(0.7) million, $0.7 million, $0.4 million and $(0.6) million, respectively.

Income Taxes

Tax expense (benefit) was $(4.0) million, $0.4 million and $6.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Income tax expense was $3.5 million in the first quarter of 2012 compared to $1.4 million in the first quarter of 2013.

The 2012 expense was comprised of (i) an expense of $5.6 million related to our Canadian operations, (ii) a benefit of $0.4 million related to certain research and development tax credits received in Canada, (iii) an expense of $1.1 million related to U.S. state taxes, (iv) an expense of $0.3 million in U.S. Federal taxes and (v) an expense of $0.2 million related to interest on uncertain tax positions. Our current estimate of U.S. Federal taxable income for 2012 was offset against our net operating loss carryforward and the U.S. Federal tax expense recorded in 2012 related to our estimated alternative minimum tax liability as of December 31, 2012. The increase in U.S. state tax expense is a result of our geographic expansion in recent years.

The 2011 expense was comprised of (i) an expense of $1.0 million related to our Canadian operations, (ii) a benefit of $0.4 million related to certain research and development tax credits received in Canada, (iii) a benefit of $0.4 million related to U.S. state taxes and (iv) an expense of $0.2 million related to interest on uncertain tax positions. The Federal tax benefit of $0.2 million in 2011 resulting from our U.S. operations was offset by a valuation allowance because it was more likely than not that the deferred tax asset would not be realized.

The 2010 benefit was comprised of (i) a benefit of $3.7 million related to our Canadian operations, (ii) a benefit of $0.4 million related to certain research and development tax credits received in Canada and (iii) an expense of $0.1 million related to principal, penalties and interest on uncertain tax positions. The Federal tax benefit of $18.1 million in 2010 resulting from our U.S. operations was offset by a valuation allowance because it was more likely than not that the deferred tax asset would not be realized.

The expense in the first quarter of 2013 was comprised of (i) $0.9 million related to our Canadian operations, (ii) $0.1 million in U.S. Federal taxes related to our estimated alternative minimum tax liability and (iii) $0.4 million in U.S. state taxes. The expense in the first quarter of 2012 was comprised of (i) $3.2 million related to our Canadian operations and (ii) $0.3 million in U.S. state taxes.

Net Income

Net income (loss) was $(63.4) million, $2.2 million and $37.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Net income was $14.7 million in the first quarter of 2012 compared to $1.7 million in the first quarter of 2013.

The increase in net income from 2011 to 2012 was primarily due to an increase in revenue, a reduction in interest expense and a reduction in loss on extinguishment of debt. The increase in net income from 2010 to 2011 was primarily due to an increase in revenue and a decrease in amortization of our data library. These increases were partially offset by a $7.9 million loss on early extinguishment of debt.

The reduction in net income from the first quarter of 2012 to the first quarter of 2013 was primarily due to the lower level of revenue partially offset by a reduction in amortization expense associated with our data library. The first quarter of 2013 also included a $1.5 million non-cash charge related to the early extinguishment of our 9.75% Senior Notes as well as additional interest paid upon the satisfaction and discharge of the 9.75% Senior Notes in the first quarter.

52

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2013, we had $25.5 million in consolidated cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, including $0.8 million of restricted cash. Our foreign subsidiary regularly holds cash which is used to reinvest in our Canadian operations. If we decide at a later date to repatriate those funds to the U.S., we may be required to provide taxes on certain of those funds based on applicable U.S. tax rates net of foreign taxes. Cash held by our foreign subsidiary fluctuates throughout the year and at March 31, 2013, was $0.2 million.

In addition to the cash on our balance sheet, other sources of liquidity, including our Credit Facility, are described below.

Credit Facility: On May 25, 2011, we entered into the Credit Facility, which provides us with the ability to borrow up to $30.0 million. The Credit Facility provides a $30.0 million revolving credit facility with a Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, subject to borrowing base limitations based on our seismic data assets and eligible accounts receivable, each as defined in the Credit Facility, calculated on a monthly basis. U.S. borrowings under the Credit Facility accrue interest based on, at our option, either the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin, or the base rate, as defined in the agreement, plus an applicable margin. Canadian borrowings under the Credit Facility accrue interest based on Canadian base rate, as defined in the agreement. In addition, we are required to pay an unused line fee of 0.50% per annum in respect of any unutilized commitments under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility expires on May 25, 2016. As of March 31, 2013, no amounts were outstanding under the Credit Facility and there was $20.0 million of availability.

9 ¹/₂% Senior Unsecured Notes: On March 20, 2013, we issued in a private placement $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes. The proceeds from the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes, together with $29.8 million cash on hand, were used to satisfy and discharge the 9.75% Senior Notes, including accrued interest of $4.8 million. Interest is payable in cash, semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2013.

We are obligated to use our reasonable best efforts to consummate an offer to exchange the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes under the Securities Act or otherwise register the resale of such notes no later than 240 days after their issuance. If this requirement is not met, then the annual interest on the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes will increase by (1) 0.25 percentage points for the first 90 days following the end of such period and (2) 0.25 percentage points at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum of 1.0 percentage point. We are filing this prospectus in order to satisfy this obligation.

We may from time to time, as part of various financing and investment strategies, purchase our outstanding indebtedness. These purchases, if any, could have a material positive or negative impact on our liquidity available to repay outstanding debt obligations or on our consolidated results of operations.

Contractual Obligations: As of March 31, 2013, we had outstanding debt and lease obligations, with aggregate contractual cash obligations, including principal and interest, summarized as follows (in thousands):

			Payments due by period
Contractual cash obligations	Total		Remainder of 2013		2014-2016		2017-2018		2019 and thereafter
Debt obligations(1)(2)	$	394,161	$	13,536	$	71,250	$	47,500	$	261,875
Capital lease obligations(2)		3,952		328		1,262		877		1,485
Operating lease obligations		2,705		697		1,920		88		—
Total contractual cash obligations	$	400,818	$	14,561	$	74,432	$	48,465	$	263,360

(1) Debt obligations include the face amount of our 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes totaling $250 million.

(2) Amounts include interest related to debt and capital lease obligations.

53

Cash Flows from Operating Activities: Cash flows provided by operating activities were $108.9 million, $126.8 million and $171.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $45.1 million and $35.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Operating cash flows for 2012 increased from 2011 primarily due to increased collections from our acquisition underwriting related receipts, lower interest payments on our 9.75% Senior Notes and lower income taxes paid. Operating cash flows for 2011 increased from 2010 primarily due to increased collections on acquisition underwriting partially offset by lower collections on Cash Resales and tax payments made to appeal the results of the tax audit of Olympic Seismic Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary, by Canada Revenue Agency. Operating cash flows for 2013 decreased from 2012 primarily due to (i) lower collections on acquisition underwriting partially offset by higher collections on Cash Resales, (ii) higher interest payments during the quarter associated with the satisfaction and discharge of our 9.75% Senior Notes and (iii) an increase in income taxes paid.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities: Cash flows used in investing activities were $45.7 million, $127.2 million and $184.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $56.7 million and $40.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Cash expenditures for seismic data were $49.5 million, $127.0 million, and $183.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The increase in cash invested in seismic data for 2012 compared to 2011 and 2011 compared to 2010 was due to increased data acquisition activity in both the U.S. and Canada and due to continuing strong activity in unconventional plays. Cash expenditures for seismic data were $56.4 million and $40.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in cash invested in seismic data for 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily due to decreased data acquisition activity in Canada partially offset by higher capital expenditure payments in the U.S.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities: Cash flows used in financing activities were $0.3 million, $14.7 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $0.1 million and $30.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. In 2011, our financing activities primarily consisted of the following: (i) a $125.0 million cash capital contribution by Holdings in connection with the minority interest investment in Holdings by Centerbridge in May 2011, (ii) $131.1 million in principal and premium payments on our 9.75% Senior Notes, (iii) $6.3 million in costs paid in conjunction with our Credit Facility and the Centerbridge transaction and (iv) $2.0 million in principal payments on our 11.75% senior notes due 2011. Our financing activities in the first quarter of 2013 included (i) $250.0 million received from the issuance of our 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes, (ii) payment of $275.0 million of principal on our 9.75% Senior Notes and (iii) payment of $5.8 million of fees in connection with the issuance of our 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes.

Anticipated Liquidity: Our ability to cover our operating and capital expenses, make required debt service payments on our 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes, incur additional indebtedness, and comply with our various debt covenants, will depend primarily on our ability to generate substantial operating cash flows. Over the next 12 months, we expect to obtain the funds necessary to pay our operating, capital and other expenses as well as interest on our 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes and principal and interest on our other indebtedness, from our operating cash flows, cash and cash equivalents on hand and, if required, from additional borrowings (to the extent available under our Credit Facility subject to the borrowing base). Our ability to satisfy our payment obligations depends substantially on our future operating and financial performance, which necessarily will be affected by, and subject to, industry, market, economic and other factors. If necessary, we could choose to reduce our spending on capital projects and operating expenses to ensure we operate within the cash flow generated from our operations. We will not be able to predict or control many of these factors, such as economic conditions in the markets where we operate and competitive pressures.

Deferred Taxes

As of March 31, 2013, we had a net deferred tax liability of $2.9 million attributable to our Canadian operations. In the U.S., we had a Federal deferred tax asset of $100.0 million, all of which was fully offset by a valuation allowance. The recognition of the U.S. Federal deferred tax asset will not occur until such time that it is

54

more likely than not that some portion or all of the U.S. Federal deferred tax asset will be realized. As of March 31, 2013, it was more likely than not that all of the U.S. Federal deferred tax asset will not be realized. Additionally, in the U.S., we had a state deferred tax asset of $730,000 of which $646,000 was offset by a valuation allowance. The remaining state deferred tax asset of $84,000 was recognized as it is more likely than not that the state deferred tax asset will be realized.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions

Other than operating leases, we do not maintain any off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations or other relationships with unconsolidated entities or others that are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenue or expense, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Capital Expenditures

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, capital expenditures for seismic data and other property and equipment amounted to $72.3 million, $153.0 million and $192.6 million, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, capital expenditures for seismic data and other property and equipment amounted to $46.7 million. Our capital expenditures for the remainder of 2013 are presently estimated to be $122.7 million. The capital expenditures for these periods and the estimated capital expenditures for the remainder of 2013 are comprised of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,									Three Months Ended March 31, 2013			Estimate  for Remainder of 2013			Total Estimate for 2013
	2010			2011			2012
New data acquisition	$	59,428		$	137,737		$	176,062		$	41,809		$	112,691		$	154,500
Cash purchases and data processing		1,767			2,894			11,678			1,851			3,749			5,600
Non-monetary exchanges		10,545			10,215			3,376			2,716			4,684			7,400
Property and equipment and other		527			2,121			1,517			364			1,536			1,900
Total capital expenditures		72,267			152,967			192,633			46,740			122,660			169,400
Less: Non-monetary exchanges		(10,545	)		(10,215	)		(3,376	)		(2,716	)		(4,684	)		(7,400	)
Changes in working capital		(11,730	)		(13,652	)		(4,591	)		(3,556	)		—			(3,556	)
Cash investment per statement of cash flows	$	49,992		$	129,100		$	184,666		$	40,468		$	117,976		$	158,444

Capital expenditures funded from operating cash flow are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,									Three Months Ended March 31, 2013			Estimate  for Remainder of 2013			Total Estimate for 2013
	2010			2011			2012
Total capital expenditures	$	72,267		$	152,967		$	192,633		$	46,740		$	122,660		$	169,400
Less: Non-cash additions		(10,545	)		(10,215	)		(3,376	)		(2,716	)		(4,684	)		(7,400	)
Cash underwriting		(37,823	)		(75,132	)		(101,803	)		(25,032	)		(76,968	)		(102,000	)
Capital expenditures funded from operating cash flow	$	23,899		$	67,620		$	87,454		$	18,992		$	41,008		$	60,000

As of June 7, 2013, we had capital expenditure commitments related to data acquisition projects of approximately $83.9 million, of which we have obtained approximately $58.4 million of cash underwriting. We expect the majority of our $25.5 million committed net cash capital expenditures to be incurred in 2013.

55

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

On March 20, 2013, we issued and sold the old notes to the initial purchasers in a private placement transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The initial purchasers subsequently sold the old notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Because the old notes are subject to transfer restrictions, we, our guarantors and the initial purchasers in the March 2013 offering entered into a registration rights agreement dated March 20, 2013 under which we agreed, with respect to the old notes, to:

• file a registration statement with the SEC, enabling holders to exchange the old notes for publicly registered exchange notes with substantially identical terms as the old notes;

• use reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective and consummate the exchange offer within 240 days after March 20, 2013; and

• file a shelf registration statement for the resale of the old notes by the holders of the old notes who satisfy certain conditions relating to the provision of information in connection with the shelf registration statement.

The Registration Statement is intended to satisfy our exchange offer obligations under the registration rights agreement.

Under existing interpretations of the SEC, the new notes will be freely transferable by holders other than our affiliates after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act if the holder of the new notes represents that:

• it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the public distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act,

• it is not an “affiliate” of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or if it is such an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,

• if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a public distribution of Exchange Notes, and

• if such holder is a broker-dealer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.

However, participating broker-dealers receiving new notes in the exchange offer will have a prospectus delivery requirement with respect to resales of such new notes. The SEC has taken the position that participating broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to new notes, other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the old notes, with this prospectus. Under the registration rights agreement, we are required to allow participating broker-dealers and other persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements to use this prospectus in connection with the resale of such new notes. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, if requested by a Participating Broker-Dealer, we are required to use our reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective for a period of not longer than 180 days after the date on which such statement is declared effective to satisfy their prospectus delivery requirements. See “Plan of Distribution.”

56

Terms Of The Exchange Offer; Period For Tendering Old Notes

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal (which together constitute the exchange offer), we will accept for exchange old notes which are properly tendered on or prior to the expiration date and not withdrawn as permitted below. The expiration date will be 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2013, unless extended by us in our sole discretion.

As of the date of this prospectus, $250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes are outstanding. Only a registered holder of the old notes (or such holder’s legal representative or attorney-in-fact) as reflected on the records of the trustee under the applicable indenture may participate in the exchange offer. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of the old notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. The old notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is first being sent on or about                     , 2013 to all holders of old notes known to us.

We shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered old notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice thereof to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of old notes for the purposes of receiving the new notes from us.

We expressly reserve the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, and thereby delay acceptance for any exchange of any old notes, by giving notice of such extension to the exchange agent and the holders of the old notes as described below. During any such extension, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us. Any old notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

We expressly reserve the right, in our sole and absolute discretion:

• to delay accepting any old notes;

• to extend the exchange offer;

• to terminate the exchange offer; and

• to waive any condition or otherwise amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

If the exchange offer is amended in a manner determined by us to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment by means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the eligible holders of old notes. Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination, amendment or waiver will be followed promptly by oral or written notice to the exchange agent and by making a public announcement of it, and the notice and announcement in the case of an extension will be made no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the exchange offer was previously scheduled to expire. Subject to applicable law, we may make this public announcement by issuing a press release.

Holders of old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the Delaware Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer.

Procedures For Tendering Old Notes

Only a registered holder of old notes may tender such old notes in the exchange offer. To tender in the exchange offer, a holder must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal, and mail or otherwise deliver such letter of transmittal or such facsimile to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” for receipt prior to the expiration date. In addition, either:

• certificates for such old notes must be received by the exchange agent along with the letter of transmittal;

57

• a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such old notes, if such procedure is available, into the exchange agent’s account at the depositary pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, must be received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date; or

• the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

The tender by a holder which is not withdrawn prior to the expiration date will constitute an agreement between such holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

The method of delivery of old notes and the letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. If delivery is by mail, we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or old notes to us. You may request your respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the above transactions for you.

Any beneficial owner whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner’s behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner’s own behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering such owner’s old notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in such owner’s name or obtain a properly completed power of attorney from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by an eligible institution unless the old notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered:

• by a registered holder of the old notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instruction” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or

• for the account of an eligible institution.

In the event that signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by an eligible institution. Eligible institutions include any firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any old notes listed therein, such old notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by such registered holder as such registered holder’s name appears on such old notes.

If the letter of transmittal or any old notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by us, evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

The exchange agent and the depositary have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in the depositary’s system may utilize the depositary’s Automated Tender Offer Program to tender old notes.

58

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered old notes will be determined by us in our sole discretion. This determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all old notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular old notes our acceptance of which might, in our judgment or our counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to particular old notes either before or after the expiration date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender old notes in the exchange offer). Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the instructions in the letter of transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of old notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of old notes for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of old notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived.

While we have no present plan to acquire any old notes which are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any old notes which are not tendered pursuant to the exchange offer, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any old notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the expiration date or, as set forth below under “—Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer,” to terminate the exchange offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase old notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the exchange offer.

By tendering, each holder will represent to us in writing that, among other things:

• the new notes acquired pursuant to the exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the holder and any beneficial holder;

• neither the holder nor any such beneficial holder has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of new notes;

• the holder acknowledges and agrees that any person who is a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act or is participating in the exchange offer for the purposes of distributing the new notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the new notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC set forth in certain no-action letters;

• the holder and any beneficial holder understands that a secondary resale transaction described in the third bullet point above and any resales of new notes obtained by such holder in exchange for old notes acquired by such holder directly from us should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K of the SEC; and

• the holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of our company.

If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, the holder is required to acknowledge in the letter of transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. However, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Acceptance of Old Notes For Exchange; Delivery Of New Notes

Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date of the exchange offer, all old notes properly tendered, and will issue the new notes promptly after acceptance of the old notes. See “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” below. For purposes of the exchange

59

offer, we shall be deemed to have accepted properly tendered old notes for exchange when, as and if we have given oral and written notice to the exchange agent. The new notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the old notes, or if no interest has been paid on the old notes, from March 20, 2013. Accordingly, registered holders of new notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from March 20, 2013. Old notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the exchange offer. Holders of old notes whose old notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment for accrued interest on the old notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which occurs on or after consummation of the exchange offer and will be deemed to have waived their rights to receive accrued interest on the old notes.

Return of Old Notes

If any tendered old notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if old notes are withdrawn or are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holders desire to exchange, such unaccepted, withdrawn or non-exchanged old notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder of such old notes (or, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the depositary pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, such old notes will be credited to an account maintained with the depositary) as promptly as practicable after the expiration of the exchange offer.

Book-Entry Transfer

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes at the depositary for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in the depositary’s systems may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing the depositary to transfer such old notes into the exchange agent’s account at the depositary in accordance with the depositary’s procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of old notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at the depositary, the letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” on or prior to the expiration date or pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

Holders who wish to tender their old notes and (i) whose old notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their old notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date, may effect a tender if:

• the tender is made through an eligible institution;

• prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible institution a properly completed and a duly executed letter of transmittal and notice of guaranteed delivery substantially in the form provided by us (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the holder, the certificate number(s) of such old notes and the principal amount of old notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery, the certificate(s) representing the old notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

• the certificates representing all tendered old notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery.

60

Upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date.

To withdraw a tender of old notes in the exchange offer, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth below, prior to the expiration date. Any such notice of withdrawal must:

• specify the name of the person having deposited the old notes to be withdrawn;

• identify the old notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of such old notes);

• where the certificates for old notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which such old notes are registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

If certificates for old notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, the withdrawing holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless such holder is an eligible institution.

If old notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the depositary to be credited with the withdrawn old notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by us in our sole discretion, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer and no new notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the old notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn old notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above at any time prior to the expiration date.

Certain Conditions To The Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we shall not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue new notes in exchange for, any old notes. We may terminate or amend the exchange offer if at any time before the acceptance of such old notes for exchange or the exchange of new notes for such old notes, we determine that:

• the exchange offer does not comply with any applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC;

• we have not received all applicable governmental approvals; or

• any actions or proceedings of any governmental agency or court exist which could materially impair our ability to consummate the exchange offer.

The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any such condition or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in our reasonable discretion. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of such right and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.

61

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and no new notes will be issued in exchange for any such old notes, if at such time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. In any such event we are required to use every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order at the earliest possible time.

Exchange Agent

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. All executed letters of transmittal should be directed to the exchange agent at one of the addresses set forth below. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

By Mail, Overnight Mail or Courier:

DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attention: Reorg. Department

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

DB.Reorg@db.com

Fax: 615-866-3889

Information (877) 843-9767

Delivery other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

Fees and Expenses

The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by us. The principal solicitation is being made by mail. However, additional solicitation may be made by facsimile, telephone or in person by our officers and employees.

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the exchange offer.

The expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us. Such expenses include registration fees, fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

Transfer Taxes

Holders who tender their old notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the tender. If, however, new notes issued in the exchange offer are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the holder of the old notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old notes in connection with the exchange offer, then any such transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or on any other person, will be payable by the holder or such other person. If satisfactory evidence of payment of, or exemption from, such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to the tendering holder.

62

Accounting Treatment

The new notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the old notes, which is the principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized. The debt issuance costs will be capitalized for accounting purposes and will be amortized over the term of the new notes.

Consequences Of Failure To Exchange; Resales Of New Notes

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary. Holders of the old notes are urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in making their own decisions on what action to take.

Holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of those old notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a consequence of the issuance of the old notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

Old notes not exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer will continue to accrue interest at 9 ¹/₂% per annum and will otherwise remain outstanding in accordance with their terms. Holders of old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer.

Based on interpretive letters issued by the staff of the SEC to third parties in unrelated transactions, we are of the view that new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder which is our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or any broker-dealer that purchases notes from us to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. This is the case provided that such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and such holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such new notes. If any holder has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the new notes to be acquired pursuant to the exchange offer, such holder:

• could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC; and

• must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.

A broker-dealer who holds old notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities may be deemed to be all “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of new notes. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge in the letter of transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes.

The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we have agreed to make this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, available to broker-dealers for use in connection with any resale for a period of one year following the effective date. See “Plan of Distribution.”

63

We have not requested the staff of the SEC to consider the exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff would take positions similar to those taken in the interpretive letters referred to above if we were to make such a no-action request.

In addition, to comply with the securities laws of applicable jurisdictions, the new notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable jurisdictions or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with. We have agreed, under the registration rights agreement and subject to specified limitations therein, to register or qualify the new notes for offer or sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the applicable jurisdictions in the United States as any selling holder of the notes reasonably requests in writing.

64

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a leading provider of onshore seismic data to the oil and gas industry in North America. We own an extensive library of proprietary onshore and offshore geological data that we have accumulated since our inception in 1982. We believe our data library is the largest three-dimensional (“3D”) onshore database available for licensing in North America and includes leading positions in oil- and liquids-rich unconventional plays.

As of June 7, 2013, we own 39,000 square miles of 3D onshore data, consisting of 25,950 U.S. square miles (67%) and 13,050 Canadian square miles (33%). We have a leading market position in key geographies that benefit from the ongoing growth in North American unconventional onshore oil and gas activity. Approximately 48.7% of our 3D onshore library is comprised of data located in unconventional plays, and currently we have an additional 1,350 square miles of 3D onshore data in progress in those areas. Since 2008, we have embarked upon a campaign to acquire data in key unconventional plays, including oil- and liquids-rich North American plays such as the Eagle Ford/Woodbine and Niobrara/Bakken, where we own a combined 8,100 square miles of 3D unconventional data. Our library also includes data in other oil- and liquids-rich plays including, in the U.S., Utica/Marcellus and Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays) and, in Canada, the Montney and Cardium. Recently, we began acquiring a new seismic data program in the Permian basin. Including data in progress, we have grown our 3D onshore unconventional library by 12.5% compounded annually since the beginning of 2008.

Our business model is to acquire data selectively in geological formations that we believe will support drilling from a variety of oil and gas producers over an extended period of time. We design and manage new surveys and license them to initial clients which typically fund a significant portion (approximately 50%—70%) of the total cost of each survey (referred to as “client underwriting”). We own 100% of the acquired data and license it to additional parties on a non-exclusive basis. Such resales are unlimited in both time and amount and require minimal incremental cash costs, leading to a rapid payback period on new investments of typically less than three years and high returns thereafter. Our long-lived, diverse data library built over three decades continues to provide value to our customers, with 52% of our 2012 3D onshore resale revenue coming from data over 5 years old, including resales of data from vintages as early as 1994.

We believe that we have low fixed costs and a highly flexible operating model, as we do not own any seismic survey equipment or directly employ field personnel. Instead, we outsource those functions by contracting with third-party specialists, as required, in various facets of the data acquisition process in order to complete surveys to expand our data library. We also use sales commissions to create incentives for our sales force while matching our costs to our achieved sales. We believe this business model provides enhanced flexibility, allowing us to optimize our level of investment for the market environment and resulting in substantially lower cash flow volatility by enabling us to respond quickly to changes in demand and shifts in client geographic focus.

We serve a market which includes over 1,600 companies in the oil and gas industry. Our customers include large independent and major integrated oil and gas companies, as well as small- and mid-cap exploration and production companies. The importance of geological data in the exploration and development process drives demand for data in our library. Specifically, our customers use seismic data to identify geographical areas where subsurface conditions are favorable for oil and gas exploration and to optimize development and production of oil and gas reserves. Seismic data provides valuable insight for operators, including a target zone’s thickness, as well as faulting pattern complexity, helping with the design of horizontal drilling programs and minimizing the potential for uneconomic wells.

We are a private company controlled by ValueAct and Centerbridge. Our 2012 Cash Sales and Cash EBITDA were $141.9 million and $115.3 million, respectively, and total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA were $240.5 million and $213.9 million, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our Cash Sales and

65

Cash EBITDA were $23.9 million and $16.7 million, respectively, and total revenue and Adjusted EBITDA were $51.4 million and $44.1 million, respectively. See pages 17 to 21 for an explanation of Cash Sales, Cash EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our principal executive offices are in Houston, Texas.

Seismic Data

Oil and gas companies consider seismic data an essential tool in finding and exploiting hydrocarbons. Oil and gas companies use seismic data in oil and gas exploration and development efforts to increase the probability of drilling success. Further, seismic data analysis can increase recoveries of reserves from existing, mature oil fields by optimizing the drilling location of development wells and by revealing additional, or “stepout,” locations that would not otherwise be apparent. With the shift to unconventional plays, E&P companies now use seismic data in the unconventional plays as a development tool to better identify efficient drilling plans and maximize production by identifying and understanding a series of critical characteristics of the targeted resource. The cost of seismic data is less than 1% of the total cost of exploration for most projects, but provides substantial benefits to operators. 3D seismic data provides a graphic depiction of the earth’s subsurface from two horizontal dimensions and one vertical dimension, rendering a more detailed picture than two-dimensional (“2D”) data, which presents a cross-sectional view from one vertical and one horizontal dimension. The more comprehensive geophysical information provided by 3D surveys significantly enhances an interpreter’s ability to evaluate the probability of the existence and location of oil and gas deposits. However, the cost to create 3D seismic data is significantly more than the cost to create 2D seismic data. As a result, 2D data continues to be used by clients for preliminary, broad-scale exploration evaluation, as well as in determining the location and design of 3D surveys. 3D surveys can then be used for more detailed analysis to maximize actual drilling potential and success.

Although we amortize our seismic data over a maximum period of four years, much of our seismic data has continued to generate licensing revenue past the amortization period. Assuming the data is sampled and gathered adequately in the field recording phase, it is amenable to re-evaluation and re-presentation multiple times, using new or alternate processing techniques or updated knowledge of the Earth model.

Management believes the level of resales from various vintages of our investment in seismic data is useful in order to assess the resiliency and value of our seismic data library. Management considers estimated longevity of and foreseeable demand for data in determining whether to undertake new data acquisition projects. For the year ended December 31, 2012, resale revenue from 3D onshore data was recognized from net historical investments made in the indicated periods (in thousands):

	Resale Revenue		Percentage			Net Investment(1)		Percentage
Investments prior to 2008	$	63,142		52	%	$	439,197		66	%
Investments 2008 through 2012		58,150		48	%		223,101		34	%
Total 3D onshore	$	121,292		100	%	$	662,298		100	%

(1) Net investment reflects total data cost less client underwriting before fair value adjustments resulting from the Merger.

66

The following table presents a reconciliation of resale revenue for 3D onshore to total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

Total resale revenue—3D onshore	$	121,292
Other revenue components:
Other resale revenue (principally 2D and offshore)		6,239
Acquisition underwriting revenue		107,254
Solutions and other revenue		5,673
Total revenue	$	240,458

The following table presents a reconciliation of net historical investment for 3D onshore data (a non-GAAP financial measure) to net book value at December 31, 2012 (the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure) (in thousands):

Net historical investment in seismic data—3D onshore	$	662,298
Add:
Acquisition underwriting revenue—3D onshore		694,780
Other seismic data investment (principally 2D and offshore)		384,803
Foreign currency translation		41,306
Seismic projects in progress		84,907
Fair value adjustment resulting from Merger		275,235
Less:
Historical impairment charges		(112,923	)
Accumulated amortization (including historical amounts pre-Merger)		(1,850,289	)
Net book value	$	180,117

Data Library Overview

We believe our data library is the largest 3D onshore database available for licensing in North America. We have built our 3D onshore library over more than 20 years with over $1.5 billion in gross investments and we view our library as an asset that would be time- and cost-prohibitive for others to replicate. Approximately 48.7% of our 3D onshore library is comprised of data located in unconventional plays, and we currently have an additional 1,350 square miles of 3D onshore data in progress in those areas. We believe we are well positioned in oil- and liquids-rich plays such as the Eagle Ford/Woodbine, Niobrara/Bakken, Utica/Marcellus, Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays), Montney and Cardium with 19,000 miles of data in unconventional areas.

Our library also consists of data targeted at conventional plays and shot before we embarked on our current strategy of targeting data from unconventional plays. We also own a library of 3D offshore data covering parts of the shelf and certain deep water areas in the Western and Central U.S. Gulf of Mexico. In addition, we own or manage approximately 1.1 million linear miles of 2D data concentrated primarily in North America, both onshore and offshore.

67

The following table describes our 3D seismic data library, as of June 7, 2013:

3D Seismic library overview—as of June 7, 2013
	Completed surveys					Surveys in Progress
	Square miles(a)		% of total			Square miles(a)
Eagle Ford/Woodbine		5,500		11	%		400
Niobrara/Bakken		2,600		5	%		—
Haynesville		1,350		3	%		—
Utica/Marcellus		750		2	%		450
Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays)		650		1	%		100
Permian Basin(b)		—		—			400
Conventional 3D		15,100		30	%		—
Total U.S. onshore		25,950		52	%		1,350
Montney		3,750		8	%		—
Cardium		3,350		7	%		—
Horn River		1,050		2	%		—
Conventional 3D		4,900		10	%		—
Total Canada		13,050		27	%		—
Total onshore		39,000		79	%		1,350
U.S. offshore		10,500		21	%		—
Worldwide total		49,500		100	%		1,350

(a) Square miles reflect mileage net to our revenue interest.

(b) Existing surveys in the Permian have not yet been reclassified from U.S. conventional 3D pending identification of the areal extent of the play.

The following chart depicts our unconventional 3D libraries by plays as a percentage of total square miles of unconventional 3D data, as of June 7, 2013:

Unconventional 3D library by play

68

19,000 square miles—unconventional onshore 3D data

Our data library is a highly valuable asset that has historically generated strong returns on capital. As of March 7, 2012, the appraised value of our data library was $467.0 million. Since then, we have committed approximately $60 million net investment and approximately $150 million gross investment towards acquiring approximately 2,800 square miles of additional data. The technical and informational usefulness of our data has generally not declined over time. Demand for data is driven by the level and location of customer exploration and development activity and not the age of the data. Because of our positioning in favorable geographies and the long life of the data, there is significant built-in potential for repeat licensing of data at little or no marginal cost. The existing library is highly defensible as the customer’s cost of licensing data is typically much lower than the cost of creating a new survey, thus there is little incentive for competitors to survey areas where we already have data.

Virtually all capital expenditures are additive to our library, as we have minimal true “maintenance” capital expenditure requirements. However, we estimate that approximately $25 million of net cash capital expenditures are required annually to offset declines in contribution from older data, depending on the areas in which customers are focusing their exploration and production activity. In 2012, we invested $87.5 million of net cash capital expenditures (defined as total capital expenditures net of client-funded cash underwriting and non-cash additions to the library) to grow our 3D data library and for 2013, our budgeted net cash capital expenditures are $60.0 million. We have $25.5 million net cash capital expenditures in our data acquisition backlog as of June 7, 2013. In 2012, we completed approximately 2,800 square miles of 3D data that was added to our library. In 2013, we expect to add approximately 2,400 square miles to our library, of which 1,800 had been added to our library as of June 7, 2013. See pages 17 and 19 for an explanation of net cash capital expenditures.

Onshore U.S. and Canada: Since 2008, our capital investment in both the U.S. and Canada has been focused on unconventional plays, initially in the shale gas areas and, since 2011, shifting towards oil- and liquids-rich objectives. These shifts in focus are made in accordance with the activity of our clients and our ability to serve them is an important component of our growth strategy.

The U.S. 3D onshore conventional sector of our seismic data library is mainly comprised of our Gulf Coast Texas and southern Louisiana/Mississippi components, which we began accumulating in 1993. We also have relatively small amounts of 3D seismic data in other areas, such as Alabama, California, Michigan, Northern Louisiana and West Texas, as well as an extensive 2D data library that continues to contribute to our licensing sales.

The Canadian 3D onshore conventional sector of our seismic data library is mainly comprised of data within the Western Canadian Basin, which we began accumulating in 1998. We also have an extensive 2D data library that continues to contribute to our licensing sales.

Offshore U.S. Gulf of Mexico: Our library of offshore data covers parts of the U.S. Gulf of Mexico shelf and certain deep water areas in the Western and Central U.S. Gulf of Mexico. We have accumulated our U.S. Gulf of Mexico 3D offshore data since 1993. Although we have not shot new offshore surveys since 2002, on occasion, we add offshore Gulf of Mexico data through non-monetary exchanges.

Data Library Growth

We regularly add to our library of seismic data by: (1) recording new data, (2) buying ownership of existing data for cash, (3) acquiring ownership of existing data through non-monetary exchanges or (4) creating new value-added products from data existing within our library.

69

Underwritten Data Acquisitions: We design and manage new seismic surveys that are specifically suited to the geology and environmental conditions of the area using the most appropriate technology available. Typically, one or more customers will underwrite or fund a significant portion of the direct cost in exchange for a license or licenses to use the resulting data. Under the terms of these licenses, the customers may occasionally have a limited exclusivity period. We consider the contracts signed up to the time we make a firm commitment to create the new seismic survey as underwriting or pre-funding. Any subsequent licensing of the data while it is in progress or once it is completed is considered a resale license. All of our data acquisition activity during 2012 occurred in unconventional plays, primarily the Eagle Ford/Woodbine in Texas, Utica/Marcellus in Pennsylvania and West Virginia, Niobrara in Colorado, Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays) in North Texas and Oklahoma, and both Montney and Cardium in Western Canada. All field work on these projects is outsourced to subcontractors. A significant percentage of the data processing for our U.S. projects is processed by our wholly-owned subsidiary Seitel Data Processing, Inc. Until 2012, all of the data processing for our Canadian projects had been outsourced to local subcontractors. In 2012, we formed an internal data processing group in Canada that began processing data acquired in Canada and will continue to undertake a high percentage of the processing work on our Canadian projects. We employ experienced geoscientists who design seismic programs and oversee field acquisition and data processing to ensure the quality and longevity of the data created.

Cash Purchases: We purchase data for cash from oil and gas companies, other seismic companies or financial investors in seismic data when opportunities arise and that meet our investment criteria.

Non-Monetary Exchanges: We grant our customers a non-exclusive license to selected data from our library in exchange for ownership of seismic data from the customer. The data that we receive is distinct from the data that is licensed to the customer. These transactions will tend to be for individual surveys or groups of surveys, rather than whole libraries. Occasionally, we also use non-monetary exchanges in conjunction with data acquisitions and cash purchases. In addition, we may receive advanced data processing services on selected existing data in exchange for a nonexclusive license to selected data from our library.

Value-Added Products: We create new products from existing seismic surveys in our library by extracting a variety of additional information from these surveys that was not readily apparent in the initial products. Opportunities to extract such additional information and create such additional products may result from information from secondary sources, alternative conclusions regarding the initial products and applying alternate or more complex processes to the initial products, or some combination of these factors. Additional products may include Pre-Stack Depth Migration volumes, Amplitude Versus Offset volumes, Complex Attribute volumes, and Rock Property volumes. Typically, one or more customers will underwrite a portion of the direct cost involved in these products in exchange for a license or licenses to use the resulting data. Under such licenses, the customers may have exclusive access to the newly acquired data for a limited term. After this limited term of exclusivity, the data is added to our library for licensing to the industry on a non-exclusive basis. Work on these projects may be performed by our internal processing groups, outsourced to specific specialists in the arena or conducted under an alliance with a particular specialist. We employ experienced geoscientists who design these value-added products and oversee the processing to ensure the quality and longevity of the data created.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths:

Large and Diverse Data Library with Leading Market Position in Key Oil- and Gas-Producing Regions: We believe we have the largest 3D onshore seismic data library available for licensing in North America. Our 3D onshore library has been built through a gross investment of over $1.5 billion, over $700 million net of underwriting, since 1994. Our data covers a diverse range of oil- and gas-producing regions in the United States and Canada and we believe it provides us with leading positions in oil- and liquids-rich unconventional plays. As of June 7, 2013, we have 19,000 square miles of unconventional 3D onshore data, and all of our data acquisition backlog as of June 7, 2013 is directed to oil- and liquids-rich unconventional plays. We

70

have grown our 3D onshore unconventional library by 12.5% compounded annually since the beginning of 2008, including surveys in progress. Moving forward, further development of existing plays, as well as exploration of new unconventional plays, including the Mowry, Point Pleasant and Woodbine in the U.S. and Duvernay in Canada, represent areas of key growth potential.

The size and coverage of our seismic data library enables us to capitalize on the favorable trends in the North American oil- and gas-exploration market. Our competitive advantage is driven by our ability to:

• Successfully bid for new seismic surveys that are in our areas of focus as a result of our knowledge of data return characteristics for similar data in our existing library;

• Creatively market our data library with an innovative strategy, which includes tailoring licenses to meet our clients’ needs;

• Generate client trust by delivering surveys on time that meet oil and gas client requirements particularly those clients that are early participants; and

• Retain and grow valuable client relationships.

Significant Market Opportunity: We believe we are positioned to benefit from the expected long-term growth in North American onshore oil and gas exploration and production activity. Because of their favorable production economics, unconventional plays have attracted substantial long-term investment from high quality E&P companies, including major oil companies, large independents and national oil companies. Seismic data is critical to oil and gas exploration and development in unconventional plays, since it provides a wealth of insight into the structure and properties of producing formations. Such insight enhances customers’ ability to design efficient and productive horizontal drilling programs.

Continued improvement in technology is expanding the size of producible formations in the unconventional plays and making previously undeveloped plays economically viable for production. Many of these areas have little to no 3D data available, setting the stage for long-term future demand for our services and growth of our data library. Furthermore, many of our top acquisition and resale customers are active in the growing and emerging unconventional plays, positioning us for new survey opportunities with existing customers. We believe we are well positioned to acquire new data selectively in emerging unconventional plays where there is limited existing data. We are able to utilize our proprietary information gathering tools, expertise, customer relationships and insights gained from licensing activity in the existing library to identify and select surveys that have attractive return potential. In addition, several major North American resource plays, including the Eagle Ford, have emerged in areas that were historically targets for conventional production of oil and gas. In such areas, our existing library of data has generated substantial customer demand and allowed us to identify adjacent areas for further data acquisition.

With one of the largest onshore seismic data libraries in the active North American oil and natural gas basins, we have an established competitive position within this growing market. Since 1994, we have invested approximately $1.8 billion to build our data library. Over 80% of this investment has been in 3D onshore data. We believe that the current replacement cost of our seismic library significantly exceeds our original investment, and that our broad geographic coverage and strong presence in the active North American onshore oil and gas basins, coupled with our domain expertise, creates significant barriers to replication and a defensible market position. We believe competitors will generally not shoot over areas already in our library because it is not economically viable to do so.

Multiple Revenue Opportunities Lead to Strong Returns on New and Existing Data: We derive revenue from the non-exclusive licensing of our data. Importantly, data within our library can be licensed on a non-exclusive basis multiple times over a span of many years. Several factors lead to multiple licensing of our data, which drives high returns on our investments over time. An area captured by a 3D survey may have multiple mineral holders within a particular stratigraphic layer, as well as vertically across layers. Also, new oil and gas field

71

discoveries, new drilling technologies and pipeline and oil and gas infrastructure expansion can cause renewed exploration activity in a previously assessed surrounding area. Due to the capital intensive nature of developing unconventional plays, many oil and gas companies seek partners to share in the cost of development and these partners will often need to purchase licenses for their own use. In addition, merger and acquisition activity often requires re-licensing of data following a change in field ownership. Moreover, prospective developers and investors without mineral rights may seek our data.

Our payback on investments in unconventional plays has been very short and we have proven our ability to license onshore data for extended periods after creation. For the year ended December 31, 2012, 52% of total resale revenue for 3D onshore data came from data acquired before 2008, and we are still licensing data from 1994, our first 3D onshore vintage year. For new data, we have a rapid payback period of less than three years on average, with annual returns on investments averaging approximately 38% in the first three years of an investment.

Ability to Adjust Quickly to E&P Industry Cycles: Our variable operating structure allows us to curtail overhead costs quickly during cyclical downturns in the industry, and most of our capital expenditures are discretionary additions to our seismic data library with significant underwriting commitments from customers. During the downturn in 2008-2009, because we had no fixed overhead costs related to maintaining seismic equipment or crews and because of our commission-based, bonus-centric employee compensation structure, we were able to reduce cash operating expenses from $30.0 million to $20.9 million. Also from 2008-2009, we were able to react quickly to reduce net cash capital expenditures from $44.6 million to $17.5 million. In contrast to our business model, the majority of seismic companies own and operate seismic equipment and crews, creating fixed operating expenses and less flexible cost structures.

We operate with a low cost structure by maintaining an efficient base of assets and employees. We do not own seismic acquisition equipment or employ seismic acquisition crews, but engage, as required, third-party contractors with qualified equipment to shoot new data. In addition, the majority of our capital expenditures for data acquisitions are discretionary. We believe this minimizes ongoing capital requirements and results in substantially less volatility in cash flows by enabling us to respond quickly to changes in demand. In addition, the creation of new surveys provides cost-effective growth opportunities since we impose strict capital investment thresholds with targeted underwriting levels averaging 60% to 65% and typically do not start work on new acquisition programs without an underwriting commitment. On occasion, when our underwriting customer owns other attractive seismic data that we want to obtain, we may decide to take ownership in this data to cover part of the customer’s underwriting obligation. For the years 2012, 2011 and 2010, we achieved 61%, 56% and 68% average underwriting levels, respectively, for new seismic acquisition projects.

Seismic Data Has an Attractive Value Proposition Among Our Blue Chip Customer Base: Our data is critical to oil and gas exploration and development activity. Understanding geological structure maximizes production and returns on client investments; however, seismic data purchases represent a small fraction of total drilling and completion costs, generally less than 1%. Our customer base ranges from some of the largest independent oil companies in the world to small, single-basin E&P companies, with very little customer concentration. As we have grown our presence in unconventional plays, our customer base has shifted towards larger producers, which are better positioned to maintain a consistent seismic spending plan. In addition, our revenue stream remains highly diversified. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue for 2010 or 2012, while in 2011 our top customer accounted for approximately 11% of revenue. Cumulatively over our three most recent fiscal years, our top customer represented 6.7% of our total revenue.

We serve a market which includes over 1,600 companies in the oil and gas industry and our customers range from small exploration and production companies and private prospecting individuals to large independent oil and gas companies and also include global oil and gas companies. We believe that the quality of our data, the breadth of its coverage in the major active onshore basins in North America, and our longstanding commitment to client service enables us to attract top-tier clients and maintain and grow existing client relationships. These relationships also create access to additional data surveys and sales opportunities.

72

Experienced Management Team: Our senior management team is comprised of individuals with an average of over 30 years of relevant experience. Robert Monson, our President and CEO, has over 28 years of industry experience, while Marcia Kendrick, our CFO, joined us in 1993 from Arthur Andersen and has over 22 years of industry experience. Kevin Callaghan, our Chief Operating Officer, joined Seitel in 1995 from Digicon Geophysical and has over 40 years of relevant industry experience. Our expertise is in the selection, design and management of seismic surveys. We also believe we maintain the largest sales and marketing group in the industry.

Corporate Strategy

Underwritten Data Acquisitions: We add data to our library primarily by contracting with third-party specialist service providers to create new subsurface geological data, which we design and own. Typically, one or more customers will underwrite or fund a significant portion of the direct cost of a seismic survey in exchange for a license or licenses to use the resulting data. The relatively high level of underwritten acquisition costs, approximately 50-70% of the cost of the survey, lowers our initial capital requirements and enhances our return on investment. We will maintain a disciplined return on investment approach to operating and capital expenditures. We only intend to pursue new acquisition projects if we believe that conditions exist for repeated licensing of the same data over an extended period of time. We typically seek significant underwriting commitments before undertaking new acquisition projects, as underwriting levels are generally a predictor of long-term demand for seismic data. We target an average of 60% to 65% underwriting level for all new seismic acquisition projects on an aggregate basis. For the years 2012, 2011 and 2010, we achieved 61%, 56% and 68% average underwriting levels, respectively, for new seismic acquisition projects. Additionally, when acquiring 3D surveys, we consider the proximity to 3D surveys already in the library. We believe that there is greater value in contiguous data, or reasonably close concentrations of surveys in a single area.

We own 100% of acquired data and license it to additional parties on a non-exclusive basis. Such resales are unlimited in both time and amount and require minimal incremental cash costs, leading to a rapid payback period on new investments of typically less than three years, with high returns thereafter. Our long-lived, diverse data library built over three decades continues to provide value to our customers, with 52% of our 2012 3D onshore resale revenue coming from data over five years old, including resales of data from vintages as early as 1994.

Provide Value to Customers through Deep Industry Knowledge and Technical Expertise: As a provider of multi-client data services, we deliver value to our clients through several aspects of our business. Our extensive expertise and local intelligence in designing and managing surveys is not generally available to our client base. We also create value-added products from the data in our library, primarily by applying complex imaging technology, such as complex depth imaging. These value-added products enhance the useful information that can be extracted from a given data set. As a large onshore data library owner, we have an existing data “footprint,” often providing further cost efficiencies and higher-quality data for new surveys. Clients are disposed to underwrite our surveys, as the cost to license multi-client data is significantly less than the cost to commission a proprietary survey. Finally, our clients maintain anonymity both within the local community and amongst competitors through contracting with us.

Continue to Grow and Increase Library Footprint in Unconventional Plays: We focus our data acquisition efforts on oil- and natural gas-producing areas that we believe are well suited to benefit from current and emerging trends in the E&P industry. In 2008, we began making strategic investments in unconventional plays which substantially contributed to our Cash Resales in 2010, 2011 and 2012. We have expertise and data in key unconventional plays including the Eagle Ford/Woodbine, Niobrara/Bakken, Utica/Marcellus, Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays), Montney and Cardium. We work closely with our customers to determine specific areas of interest and future investment and, when suitable, grow with them into emerging unconventional plays. We believe our leading position in many unconventional plays, compared with our competitors, positions us to continue to be the seismic data provider of choice in these plays. Including data in progress, we have grown our 3D onshore unconventional library by 12.5% compounded annually since the beginning of 2008, an average increase of 1,662 square miles per year.

73

Expand Library in a Disciplined and Cost-effective Way: The substantial majority of our library additions come from new seismic data creation. We also grow our data library through cash purchases of existing seismic data, non-monetary data exchanges and new, value-added products created from existing data. The decision to make capital investments is weighed against the estimated length of the payback period and projected return on capital. Additionally, when acquiring 3D surveys, we consider the proximity to 3D surveys already in our library, as we believe that there is greater value in contiguous data, or close concentrations of surveys in a single area. We believe the continued expansion of North American onshore oil and gas activity provides a substantial white space opportunity for new data acquisition, and we use proprietary information tools and apply our management expertise to select among our pipeline of new survey opportunities. We typically pursue a new acquisition project only if it has a significant underwriting commitment from our customers, and if we believe that conditions exist for repeated licensing of the data over an extended period of time. We are thorough in our evaluation of survey opportunities and are selective in adding prospective surveys to our pipeline and, therefore, not all surveys will meet our return requirements.

Leverage Internal Geophysical and Operations Management Expertise while Outsourcing Lower Margin Services: Our strong geophysical, technical and field operating management expertise is essential in maintaining our leadership through our ability to design surveys with attractive return potential and manage their creation. We will continue to outsource the non-core, fixed-cost intensive services, including surveying, permitting and data capture involving field equipment and crews. This strategy enables us to select vendors that we believe offer the best price, equipment and skill sets for a particular environment, geographical location or geophysical objective and provides us with access to state-of-the-art equipment and emerging technologies. We believe this operating model also gives us the flexibility to control costs to respond appropriately to changing market conditions, thus contributing to more stable performance.

Maintain a Strong Balance Sheet and Ample Liquidity: We believe a strong balance sheet and ample liquidity are critical elements to positioning the business for future growth, given the substantial market opportunity. We intend to fund data acquisitions with the cash flow generated from operations. As of March 31, 2013, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $25.5 million and a $30.0 million Credit Facility, subject to certain limitations on availability.

Industry Overview

Overview of Seismic Data: Oil and gas companies consider seismic data an essential tool in finding and exploiting hydrocarbons. Companies use seismic data in oil and gas exploration and development efforts to increase the probability of drilling success. Further, seismic data analysis can increase recoveries of reserves from existing, mature oil fields by optimizing the drilling location of development wells and by revealing additional, or “step-out,” locations that would not otherwise be apparent. Historically, seismic data was tied to exploration capital expenditures, which are significantly more volatile, as E&P companies used seismic data to increase the success rate of discovering hydrocarbon deposits. With the shift to unconventional plays, E&P companies now use seismic data in unconventional plays as a development tool to better identify efficient drilling plans and maximize production by identifying and understanding a series of critical characteristics of the targeted resource. Therefore, seismic data is increasingly tied to relatively stable development capital expenditures. The cost of seismic data is less than 1% of the total cost of drilling and completion for most projects, but provides substantial benefits to operators, including minimizing potential for uneconomic wells.

Drivers of Ongoing Demand for Seismic Data: There are many drivers which cause seismic data to be licensed repeatedly by different customers over a long time period, including fractured mineral positions, stratified mineral interests, partnerships, lease and option turnover, correlation to well analogs, commodity pricing, improvements in data processing techniques and developments in drilling and production technology.

Additionally, the explosion of activity in unconventional plays has generated opportunities for further resales of data that was created in the search for conventional resources. For example, in Texas, we have a

74

number of surveys that were initially created for the Austin Chalk or the Central Edwards Reefs but are ideally positioned for Eagle Ford applications. Similarly, in British Columbia, our surveys in conventionally-directed areas later proved ideally positioned for applications in the Montney formation.

Increased M&A activity, including joint ventures, also generates increased licensing fees for seismic data providers. Licenses to seismic data are generally structured such that they do not transfer in the case of a change of control and they are not accessible to partners. Both circumstances require additional payments for new licenses.

Long-Term Growth Trend in North American Oil and Gas Production: The emergence of shale and other unconventional plays has brought about fundamental changes for the North American E&P industry, which we believe is driving a favorable long-term outlook for seismic data demand. Because of advancements in horizontal drilling and fracturing technologies, unconventional plays are more economically viable at lower commodity prices than most conventional basins in North America, which has led to a resurgence in North American production of oil and natural gas. According to Wall Street research, E&P spending in North America is expected to grow 6% compounded annually through 2016, having grown 7% compounded annually between 2006 and 2012.

The majority of land drilling activity in North America in 2012 was focused on areas with oil- and liquids-rich hydrocarbons, with oil directed rigs representing approximately 75% of the activity at the end of 2012. The focus on oil- and liquids-rich activity is expected to continue in 2013 in North America. Drilling activity in dry gas areas continues to be depressed until demand and gas prices strengthen.

The Energy Information Administration (“EIA”) expects a loosening of world oil markets over the next two years. Based on the EIA’s Short-Term Energy Outlook dated May 7, 2013, world oil consumption grew by an annual average of 0.7 million barrels per day in 2012. This growth is expected to increase to 0.9 million barrels per day in 2013 and 1.2 million barrels per day in 2014 due to a moderate global economic recovery. The EIA expects that global supply will increase by 0.6 million barrels per day in 2013 and 1.8 million barrels per day in 2014. The report states that most of this increase in supply will come from outside the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC), with North America accounting for much of the growth. Based on its May 7, 2013 report, the EIA predicts the price of West Texas Intermediate crude oil to average about $93 per barrel in 2013 and $92 per barrel in 2014, as compared to the average of $94 in 2012.

In this same report, the EIA projects that total U.S. natural gas consumption in 2013 and 2014 will be relatively unchanged from 2012. The EIA expects U.S. production growth to continue in 2013 and 2014, largely driven by onshore production in unconventional areas. The EIA expects natural gas working inventories to remain at high levels, after setting a record high in November 2012. The EIA predicts that natural gas spot prices will gradually rise but remain relatively low through 2014, with an average of $3.80 per million British thermal units (MMBtu) in 2013 and $4.00 per MMBtu in 2014 as compared to the average of $4.00 per MMBtu in 2011 and $2.75 per MMBtu in 2012.

Continued improvement in technology is expanding the size of producible formations in the unconventional plays and making previously undeveloped plays economically viable for production. There are multiple new unconventional plays emerging in North America which are becoming increasingly economical to develop.

Early activity in the unconventional plays was concentrated in shale gas areas such as the Barnett, Woodford and Fayetteville. Increased confidence in the industry’s ability to extract gas from unconventional plays such as these led to a dramatic increase in the number of exploration and production companies participating in new plays, such as the Eagle Ford, Haynesville, Marcellus, Southern Montney and Horn River. Strong oil and natural gas liquids prices, along with increased sophistication of simulation and extraction techniques drew industry attention towards oil-weighted unconventional plays, such as the Upper Eagle Ford/Woodbine, Utica, Niobrara/Bakken, Granite Wash (Panhandle Plays), Northern Montney and Cardium, with several additional plays

75

emerging, including Mowry and Point Pleasant in the U.S. and Duvernay in Canada. Continued development of extraction techniques and increased geological understanding of the targets has also led to the expansion of the areal extent of the active unconventional plays as well as additional prospective plays. The area defined by these plays, along with the pace of defining additional ones presents a tremendous opportunity for creating new 3D seismic programs. The majority of the land on which these new plays are located has little to no 3D data available, which is expected to create significant demand over the mid- to long-term. Further exploration and development within known plays is also expected to generate demand for our existing library as well as for new surveys.

Seitel Uniquely Positioned to Benefit from Growth in North American Production: We believe the use of 3D seismic data will continue to be an important part of oil and gas companies’ exploration and development spending, as they are continually looking to reduce drilling risk, decrease oil and natural gas finding costs and increase the efficiencies of reservoir location, delineation, completion and management. In addition, we believe that seismic data is an essential component of oil and gas production activity in the unconventional plays. Seismic data can provide a wealth of insight into the targeted resource, including areal extent, depth, thickness, faulting patterns and a number of complex rock properties. Such insights enhance our customers’ ability to design efficient and productive horizontal drilling and fracking programs. Understanding these unique features is critical for our customers as they develop their horizontal drilling plans, which can result in lateral drilling that reaches over one mile in each direction.

The continued expansion of exploration and production activity in North America has revealed objectives in areas where little seismic data had previously existed, such as Utica/Marcellus, as well as areas where we had extensive existing data available, such as Eagle Ford/Woodbine and Montney. In either case, we have utilized our unique industry position to generate Cash Resales from existing data as well as acquire new, high-return surveys. Continued growth in North American production will enable us to generate further returns on our existing library as well as provide numerous opportunities for new data acquisition.

Licenses and Marketing

We actively market data from our library to customers under non-exclusive license agreements using a well-developed marketing strategy combined with strong geophysical expertise. Our licenses are generally non-assignable and typically provide that in the event of a change of control of a customer-licensee, the surviving entity must pay a fee to maintain a license for any data it seeks to continue to use and for which such entity previously did not have a license. We employ an experienced sales force and it is our operating philosophy to actively market our seismic library. Our team of dedicated marketing specialists seeks to maximize license sale opportunities and create innovative methods of contracting opportunities by monitoring petroleum industry exploration and development activities through close interaction with oil and gas companies on a daily basis.

Licenses generally are granted for cash, payable within 30 days of invoice, although we occasionally permit a customer to make an initial payment upon inception of the license followed by periodic payments over time, usually not more than 12 months. Some licenses provide for additional payments to us if the licensee acquires additional mineral leases, drills wells or achieves oil or gas production in the areas covered by the licensed data.

Fundamental to our business model is the concept that once seismic data is created it is owned by us and added to our library for licensing to customers in the oil and gas industry on a non-exclusive basis. Since the data is a long lived asset, such data can be licensed repeatedly and over an extended period of time to different customers at the same time.

76

Backlog

At June 7, 2013, we had capital expenditure commitments related to data creation projects of approximately $83.9 million, of which we have obtained approximately $58.4 million of underwriting. We anticipate that the majority of this backlog will be recognized in 2013. This is compared to capital expenditure commitments at May 9, 2012 of $128.8 million with underwriting of approximately $79.1 million.

Seitel Solutions

To support our seismic data licensing business and our clients, we maintain warehouse and electronic storage facilities at our Houston, Texas headquarters and our Calgary, Alberta location. Through our Solutions business unit, we offer the ability to access and interact with the seismic data we own and market via a standard web browser and the Internet. Using proprietary technology, we store, manage, access and deliver data, tapes and graphic cross-sections to our licensees. In addition, Solutions offers use of its proprietary display and inventory software to certain customers, and the use of its proprietary quality control software to the seismic brokerage community principally in Calgary, Alberta, Canada. We also offer data management services to select clients.

Customers

We market our seismic data to a varied customer base. Our customers include independent oil and gas companies, major integrated oil and gas companies and national oil companies, as well as small- and mid-cap exploration and production companies and private prospect-generating individuals. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2010, no one customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue. One customer accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue during the year ended December 31, 2011. We believe that the quality of our data, the breadth of its coverage in the major active North American basins and our longstanding commitment to client service enables us to attract top-tier clients. Because we do not acquire data speculatively, strategic relationships with our customers have been and will continue to be critical to our growth. We do not believe that the loss of any single customer would have a material adverse impact on our seismic business, cash flows or results of operations.

Competition

The creation and licensing of seismic data is competitive. Customers consider several factors, including location of data, price, technological expertise and reputation for quality and dependability, when choosing a service provider. There are a number of geophysical companies that create, market and license seismic data and maintain seismic data libraries. Rather than outsourcing their seismic data activities, some oil and gas companies create their own seismic data libraries, which they license to others. Our largest competitors, many of whom are engaged in acquiring seismic data, as well as maintaining a data library, are: CGG; Geokinetics, Inc.; Global Geophysical Services, Inc.; Pulse Seismic Inc.; Seismic Exchange, Inc. (a private company based in New Orleans, Louisiana); TGS Nopec; and WesternGeco. Many of our competitors have substantially larger revenues and resources than we do.

Regulation

Our operations are subject to a variety of federal, provincial, state, foreign and local laws and regulations, including environmental and health and safety laws. We invest financial and managerial resources to comply with these laws and related permit requirements. Various governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these regulations and the permits issued under them, and violators are subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, including civil fines, injunctions or both. In addition, failure to timely obtain required permits may result in delays in acquiring new data for our data library or cause operating losses. Because these laws and our business may change from time to time, we cannot predict the future cost of complying with these laws, and expenditures to ensure our compliance could be material in the future.

77

Modification of existing laws or regulations or adoption of new laws or regulations limiting exploration or production activities by oil and gas companies could adversely affect us by reducing the demand for our seismic data. Specifically, hydraulic fracturing has become the subject of increased regulation due to public concerns that the practice may adversely affect drinking water supplies, increase emissions of perceived greenhouse gases, and/or adversely affect local communities. The adoption of legislation or regulations imposing reporting obligations or placing restrictions on hydraulic fracturing activities could burden operators and adversely affect the production of crude oil and natural gas, which would, in turn, adversely affect our revenues and results of operations by decreasing the demand for our seismic data and related services. For more information on hydraulic fracturing, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22.

Seasonality and Timing Factors

Our results of operations fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors. Our results are influenced by oil and gas industry capital expenditure budgets and spending patterns. These budgets are not necessarily spent in equal or progressive increments during the year, with spending patterns affected by individual oil and gas company requirements as well as industry-wide conditions. In addition, under our revenue recognition policy, revenue recognition from data licensing contracts is dependent upon, among other things, when the customer selects the data or when the data becomes available for delivery. As a result, our seismic data revenue does not necessarily flow evenly or progressively during a year or from year to year. Although the majority of our data licensing transactions provide for fees to us of under $750,000 per transaction, occasionally a single data license transaction from our library, including those resulting from the merger and acquisition or property sales activity of our oil and gas customers, may be substantially larger. Such large license transactions, the completion and delivery of data or an unusually large number of, or reduction in, data selections by customers can materially impact our results during a quarter, creating an impression of a revenue trend that may not be repeated in subsequent periods. In our data creation activities, weather-related or other events outside our control may impact or delay surveys during any given quarter.

Employees

As of March 31, 2013, we and our subsidiaries had 126 full-time employees, including six executive officers, 18 marketing staff and 37 geotechnical staff. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Raw Material and Proprietary Information

We are not dependent on any particular raw materials, patents, trademarks or copyrights for our business operations. Our seismic data library is proprietary confidential information, which is not generally available to the public and is subject to confidentiality agreements with our employees and customers. We believe that our seismic data library is also protected by common law copyright.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters are located at 10811 South Westview Circle Drive, Suite 100, Building C, Houston, Texas 77043, which also serves as administrative and financial offices, warehouse space and storage. We maintain domestic marketing offices in Denver, Colorado, Irving, Texas, New Orleans, Louisiana, and Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. We recently opened data processing and marketing offices in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. We also lease office and warehouse space in two separate locations in Calgary, Alberta, Canada, where our Canadian operations are headquartered. We consider our business facilities adequate and suitable for our present and anticipated future needs, but may seek to expand our facilities from time to time.

78

The following table sets forth the locations of our offices and warehouses, the approximate square footage of space we maintain at such locations, our use of such space and whether it is owned or leased by us:

Location	Approximate Square Footage		Use	Owned/ Leased
Houston, Texas		80,125	Administrative; Financial; Marketing; Operations; Warehouse		Leased
Denver, Colorado		1,506	Marketing		Leased
Irving, Texas		610	Marketing		Leased
New Orleans, Louisiana		364	Marketing		Leased
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma		234	Marketing		Leased
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania		290	Marketing; Data Processing		Leased
Calgary, Alberta, Canada		14,909	Administrative; Financial; Marketing; Operations		Leased
Calgary, Alberta, Canada		42,985	Warehouse		Leased

Legal Proceedings

We are involved from time to time in ordinary, routine claims and lawsuits incidental to our business. In the opinion of management, uninsured losses, if any, resulting from the ultimate resolutions of these matters should not be material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, it is not possible to predict or determine the outcomes of the legal actions brought against us or by us, or to provide an estimate of all additional losses, if any, that may arise. At March 31, 2013, we have recorded the estimated amount of potential exposure we may have with respect to litigation and claims. Such amounts are not material to the financial statements.

79

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the name, age, and position of each person who is currently an executive officer or director of our company, as of June 7, 2013:

Name	Age		Position(s) held
Robert D. Monson		58	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Kevin P. Callaghan		60	Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and Director
Marcia H. Kendrick		52	Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Assistant Secretary and Treasurer
JoAnn Lippman		60	General Counsel, Senior Vice President and Secretary
Stephen G. Hallows		59	Health Safety Security Environment & Sustainable Development Senior Vice President
David A. Richard		55	President-Olympic Seismic Ltd.
Randall A. Sides		46	President-Seitel Data, Ltd.
Allison A. Bennington		49	Director
Ryan M. Birtwell		30	Director
Dalton J. Boutte		58	Director
Kyle N. Cruz		37	Director
Jay H. Golding		68	Director
John E. Jackson		54	Director
Daniel R. Osnoss		31	Director
Gregory P. Spivy		44	Chairman of the Board of Directors

Robert D. Monson has been our President and Chief Executive Officer and one of our directors since December 15, 2004. He previously served as our Chief Financial Officer from May 10, 2004 until December 15, 2004 and served as Secretary from August 31, 2004 until December 15, 2004. Mr. Monson has over 25 years of experience in the oil and gas industry, including over 12 years in the international seismic industry. Prior to joining Seitel, he served in various capacities with Schlumberger Limited (“Schlumberger”), a New York Stock Exchange, Inc. listed company, since 1985. In his last position with Schlumberger, Mr. Monson served as business segment chief financial officer for Schlumberger Well Services and the worldwide controller for Oilfield Technology Centers. Prior to this, he served as worldwide director of human resources for financial personnel of Schlumberger Limited. From 1998 to 2000, he served as chief financial officer of Schlumberger Oilfield Services-UK. From 1985 to 1998, he served as either treasurer or controller to other Schlumberger entities, including assignments in the New York headquarters and various international locations. Since May 2011, Mr. Monson has also served on the board of Holdings. Mr. Monson’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors (the “Board”) include his long tenure as one of our directors, as well as his extensive background in the oil and gas industry and his many years of business experience.

Kevin P. Callaghan has been our Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President since June 2002 and one of our directors since January 2010. Since joining Seitel in 1995, Mr. Callaghan has held various positions with Seitel Data, Ltd. and Olympic Seismic, Ltd., both wholly-owned subsidiaries. He has been Executive Vice President of Seitel Data, Ltd. since May 2003 and has been Executive Vice President of Olympic Seismic Ltd. since December 2004. Before joining us, he spent 24 years in the seismic industry in various operational and managerial positions in several companies, including his last position as Vice President of North and South American Operations for Digicon Geophysical Corporation. He has been a director of Wandoo Energy LLC, a privately owned oil and gas prospecting company in which Seitel has a 20% ownership interest, since November 2005. Since May 2011, Mr. Callaghan has also served on the board of Holdings. Mr. Callaghan’s extensive seismic industry experience and his various operational and management positions bring valuable managerial and corporate governance skills to the full Board.

80

Marcia H. Kendrick, CPA, has been our Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President since October 2009, and our Treasurer since May 2005. She has been our Assistant Secretary since February 2012 and was Secretary from October 2009 to January 2012. She was our Chief Accounting Officer and Assistant Secretary from August 1993 to October 2009 and Senior Vice President from September 2001 to October 2009. Ms. Kendrick also served as our interim Chief Financial Officer from December 2004 to July 2005 and from June 2002 to May 2004. Prior to joining Seitel in 1993, she was employed by Arthur Andersen LLP, where her last position was Director of Finance and Administration.

JoAnn Lippman joined Seitel as its General Counsel, Senior Vice President and Secretary in February 2012, bringing to Seitel more than 25 years of legal experience and expertise. Prior to joining Seitel, Ms. Lippman served as General Counsel, Head of Legal Affairs-North America for CGG, a leading global seismic geophysical company, which she joined in 2006. Prior to going in-house, Ms. Lippman was in private practice from 1995 to 2006 with the law firm Haynes & Boone, LLP, which included Ms. Lippman and other members of Verner, Liipfert, Bernhard, McPherson and Hand, Chartered when the two firms partially merged in 2001.

Stephen G. Hallows joined Seitel in April 2013 as our Health Safety Security Environment & Sustainable Development Senior Vice President. For the past two years, Mr. Hallows has held the title of HSSE Specialist, Western Hemisphere at BP America Inc., Subsurface (“BP”), an oil and gas exploration company. Prior to joining BP, Mr. Hallows held a number of strategic health, safety and environmental (“HSE”) positions with CGGVeritas, now known as CGG, a leading global provider of seismic services. These positions included Group Senior Vice President, Sustainable Development and Health Safety Environment (SD & HSE) and Vice President QHSES. Prior to his 11 year tenure with CGG, Mr. Hallows served as Principal OHS Advisor for Santos Limited, an Australian hydrocarbon production company. Mr. Hallows’ international industry experience also includes service as a geophysical and HSE consultant/manager with hydrocarbon exploration companies including Geophysical Consultants Limited in Axminster, UK, and Geosource/Halliburton Geophysical Services.

David A. Richard has been President of Olympic Seismic Ltd. since July 2009. From June 2008 to July 2009, he was our Senior Vice President responsible for corporate business development activities in both the United States and Canada. Prior to joining us in June 2008, Mr. Richard was co-founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of FX Energy Ltd, a private junior oil and gas company, from 2005 to 2008. He was President and Chief Executive Officer of Kelman Technologies Inc., an oil and gas technology company which performs seismic data processing and data management services, from 1999 to 2005. In addition, Mr. Richard was Chief Executive Officer of IHS Energy Group, a global energy information and software company, from 1996 to 1999. Mr. Richard was a director of Boyd Exploration Consultants Ltd., a seismic interpretation and field operations consulting company, from June 2006 until September 2010, at which time it was sold.

Randall A. Sides has been President of Seitel Data, Ltd. since July 2009. He joined us in July 1996 as Manager of Onshore Operations for Seitel Data, Ltd. In November 2002, he was promoted to Vice President-Onshore Operations for Seitel Data, Ltd. and in January 2005 he was promoted to Senior Vice President-Operations for Seitel Data, Ltd. He was appointed President of Olympic Seismic Ltd. in May 2007, where he served until becoming president of Seitel Data, Ltd. Prior to joining Seitel, he was a geophysical analyst with Western Geophysical, Inc. from 1991 to 1996.

Allison A. Bennington has been one of our directors since January 2010 and one of Holdings’ directors since May 2011. She is the General Counsel and a Partner of VA Partners I, LLC (“VA Partners”), the General Partner of ValueAct. Ms. Bennington is a member of the Advisory Board of Harvard Law School’s Program on Corporate Governance. Prior to joining ValueAct in April 2004, Ms. Bennington was the General Counsel of Atriax, Ltd., a joint venture of Deutsche Bank, J.P. Morgan Chase, Citibank and Reuters that was formed to establish a global foreign exchange internet trading market. From January 1999 to May 2000, Ms. Bennington was a Managing Director of Robertson Stephens, a full service investment bank. Previous to joining Robertson Stephens, she was an associate, and then a partner in the London office of Brobeck Hale and Dorr International,

81

where she specialized in cross-border mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance transactions. Ms. Bennington was with Brobeck Hale and Dorr International from January 1993 to November 1998. Before joining Brobeck Hale and Dorr International, Ms. Bennington was an Associate with Brobeck Phleger and Harrison in San Francisco from 1990 to 1993. Ms. Bennington’s qualifications to serve on our Board include her extensive background in legal and corporate matters.

Ryan M. Birtwell, CFA, has been one of our directors since January 2010 and one of Holdings’ directors since May 2011. He is a Partner at VA Partners, having joined in June 2004. He received a B.A. from Middlebury College in 2004 and is a CFA charterholder. Mr. Birtwell’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his extensive experience in the financial services industry, together with his background in advising portfolio companies of ValueAct Capital.

Dalton J. Boutte has been one of our directors and one of Holdings’ directors since July 2011. He retired from Schlumberger after 32 years of service. Mr. Boutte joined Schlumberger in 1980. Most recently, he was Executive Vice President from 2004 to 2010, and President of WesternGeco, Schlumberger’s seismic data services subsidiary, from 2003 to 2009. Prior to this, he was worldwide Vice President of Operations for Schlumberger’s Oilfield Services from 2001 to 2003 and President of Europe/Africa/CIS from 2000 to 2001. Mr. Boutte’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his extensive and varied experience in the seismic industry.

Kyle N. Cruz has been one of our directors and one of Holdings’ directors since May 2011. Mr. Cruz joined Centerbridge in 2007 and is a Senior Managing Director. He currently focuses on investments in the Industrials, Media, Telecom & Technology and Energy & Power sectors. Prior to joining Centerbridge, Mr. Cruz was a Vice President at Diamond Castle Holdings (“Diamond Castle”), a private equity firm founded by former senior professionals of DLJMB. Prior to Diamond Castle, Mr. Cruz had worked as an Associate at DLJMB and J.W. Childs Associates, a Boston-based private equity firm. Mr. Cruz began his career as an Analyst in the Mergers & Acquisitions department of Goldman Sachs. Mr. Cruz graduated Phi Beta Kappa from the University of Michigan where he earned a B.B.A., with high distinction, and received an M.B.A., with honors, from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, where he was a Palmer Scholar. Mr. Cruz serves on the Boards of Directors of Patriot Container Corp., Aquilex Holdings LLC, and Penhall Holding Company. Mr. Cruz’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his experience as a director of other companies, his advisory experience with Centerbridge Partners, L.P.’s investments as well as his extensive financial services industry experience generally.

Jay H. Golding has been one of our directors since April 2007 and one of Holdings’ directors since May 2011. He was also previously one of our directors from December 2004 until February 2007. Mr. Golding currently serves as President of Port Chester Industries, a privately held merchant banking entity. From 1981 to 1989, he served as either president or chairman and chief executive officer of Hi-Port Industries. Mr. Golding serves on the boards of multiple privately held companies and is a former director of publicly traded companies Sterling Electronics, Data Transmission Network Corp. and Falcon Oil & Gas. Mr. Golding serves on the board of the Congregation Beth Israel as well as other non-profit organizations. Mr. Golding’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his varied experience as a director on the boards of several private companies, his financial literacy and his extensive business experience in the financial industry.

John E. Jackson has been one of our directors since August 2007. Mr. Jackson has also served on the board of Holdings since May 2011. Mr. Jackson is currently President and Chief Executive Officer of Spartan Energy Partners, LP, a gas gathering, treating and processing company. Mr. Jackson was Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Price Gregory Services, Inc., a pipeline-related infrastructure service provider in North America, from February 2008 until its sale in October of 2009. He became a director of Hanover Compressor Company (“Hanover”), now known as Exterran Holdings, Inc., in July 2004. Mr. Jackson served as Hanover’s President and Chief Executive Officer from October 2004 to August 2007 and as Chief Financial Officer from January 2002 to October 2004. Mr. Jackson has been a director of Select Energy Services, a privately owned total

82

water management company for oil and gas companies, since January 2012. He also serves on the board of a non-profit organization. Mr. Jackson’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his many years as an executive and director with companies in the oil and gas industry and his in-depth knowledge of our business.

Daniel R. Osnoss has been one of our directors and one of Holdings’ directors since May 2011. Mr. Osnoss joined Centerbridge in 2009 and is a Principal. He focuses on investments in a variety of industry sectors. Prior to joining Centerbridge, Mr. Osnoss was an Associate at Berkshire Partners LLC (“Berkshire”), a private equity firm. Prior to Berkshire, he was an Investment Banking Analyst in the Leveraged Finance Group at Goldman Sachs. Mr. Osnoss graduated with a B.A. in Economics, summa cum laude, Phi Beta Kappa from Yale College in 2003. He received his M.B.A with distinction from the Harvard Business School . Mr. Osnoss serves on the Boards of Directors of Champion Enterprises Holdings, LLC, and Culligan Newco Ltd. Mr. Osnoss’ qualifications to serve on our Board include his extensive experience in the financial services industry, together with his advisory experience with Centerbridge Partners, L.P’s investments.

Gregory P. Spivy has been one of our directors since March 2006 and Chairman of the Board since October 2011. Mr. Spivy has also served on the board of Holdings since February 2007. He is a Partner of VA Partners, having joined in 2004. Mr. Spivy also currently serves as a director of KAR Auction Services, Inc. and formerly served as a director of MDS, Inc., PRA International and MSC Software Corp. Mr. Spivy’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his tenure as a director here, his experience as a director of other public and private corporations, his advisory experience with ValueAct Capital’s portfolio companies as well as his extensive financial services industry experience generally.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Compensation Committee

Although we are a privately owned company that is not required to have a formal compensation committee in place, our compensation decisions have been made by a committee consisting of two members of the Board, Messrs. Spivy and Cruz. This committee is empowered to review and approve the annual compensation and compensation structure of our executive officers and management compensation generally.

Audit Committee

We continue to have a standing audit committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act, of which Mr. Jackson is the chairman and Mr. Golding is a member. The audit committee reviews and monitors our financial reporting, external audits, internal control functions and compliance with laws and regulations that could have a significant effect on our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the audit committee has the responsibility to consider and appoint, and to review fee arrangements with, our independent registered public accounting firm. Messrs. Jackson and Golding each qualify as an audit committee financial expert, within the meaning of Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC. Messrs. Jackson and Golding are each “independent” (as that term is defined in Section 303A of the New York Stock Exchange’s Listed Company Manual), and are each able to read and understand fundamental financial statements.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or any person performing similar functions (the “Code of Ethics”). The Code of Ethics is available on the Corporate Governance page of our website at www.seitel.com/investor-relations/Pages/Corporate-Governance.aspx. If we ever were to amend or waive any provision of the Code of Ethics, we intend to satisfy our disclosure obligations with respect to any such waiver or amendment by posting such information on our internet website set forth above rather than by filing a Form 8-K.

83

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

The compensation committee of the Board (the “Committee”) is empowered to review and approve the annual compensation and compensation structure of our executive officers and management compensation generally. The Committee approves and recommends to the Board the compensation for all executive officers and does not delegate any of its functions to others. The Chief Executive Officer, however, makes recommendations to both the Committee and the Board with respect to the compensation of the Company’s senior management (other than with respect to the Chief Executive Officer).

The principal objectives of our compensation program are to provide an overall compensation package that will attract and retain the most highly qualified executives and provide incentives to create value for our stockholders. In 2012, the total compensation program for our executive officers consisted of five primary components: base salary, annual cash incentive bonuses, equity awards under the Seitel Holdings, Inc. 2012 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the “Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan”) and the Seitel Holdings, Inc. 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Holdings 2007 Stock Option Plan”), long-term cash incentive bonuses under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) and perquisites/personal benefits. While accounting treatment is considered when structuring the components of our compensation program, these considerations are secondary to the overall objectives of the compensation program described above.

The Committee does not engage in benchmarking or conduct peer group comparisons or studies in approving the compensation of our executive officers. In addition, the Committee did not engage a compensation consultant during 2012 to assist in determining appropriate levels of compensation. Instead, the type and amount of compensation paid to our executive officers is determined based on the extensive industry experience of the members of the Committee, with the goal of setting compensation at levels that are sufficient to attract and retain the most highly qualified executives who will help create shareholder value. In determining appropriate levels of compensation, the Committee may consider overall past compensation and incentives. Furthermore, the Committee does not target a specified percentage of compensation as short-term or long-term compensation, or cash or equity-based compensation.

The disclosure that follows relates to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our three highest compensated executive officers during 2012 other than our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. We refer to these individuals throughout the disclosure as our “named executive officers.” This disclosure contains statements regarding certain performance targets and goals we have used or may use to determine appropriate compensation. These targets and goals are disclosed in the limited context of our compensation program and should not be understood to be statements of management’s expectations or estimates of financial results or other guidance. We specifically caution investors not to apply these statements to other contexts.

Risk Assessment

The Company has reviewed its compensation policies and practices for all employees and has concluded that any risks arising from such policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. We believe that our compensation policies and practices (x) provide an appropriate mix of short-term and long-term compensation and (y) promote a focus on strategic goals and long-term success, and therefore limit the incentive of our employees to take excessive risks.

Compensation Elements

As described above, during 2012, the compensation of our named executive officers consisted of five primary elements: base salary, annual cash incentive bonuses, equity awards, long-term cash incentive bonuses and perquisites/personal benefits. Each of these elements of compensation is described in detail below. 2012 base

salaries and bonus opportunities for the named executive officers were determined pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements with the Company.

84

Base Salary

We believe that base salaries for named executive officers should adequately compensate them for their day-to-day work for us and should be set at levels that allow us to compete for, and retain, executive talent. During 2012, the base salaries for the named executive officers were determined in accordance with the terms of their employment agreements, which allows for increases by the Board or the Committee. The Committee continues to evaluate our named executive officers’ base salaries to ensure that they are competitive and that we are able to attract and retain talented executives. Effective as of January 1, 2013, the base salaries of the named executive officers were increased as follows: Mr. Monson from $648,900 to $668,000; Ms. Kendrick from $309,000 to $319,000; Mr. Callaghan from $482,040 to $497,000; Mr. Sides from $309,000 to $319,000; and Mr. Richard from $313,635 (CAD) to $323,000 (CAD). These increases were made in recognition of the named executive officers contributions to the Company, as well as to provide a cost-of-living increase to the named executive officers.

Annual Bonuses

We pay cash bonuses to our named executive officers pursuant to the terms and conditions of an annual incentive plan approved by the Committee. Under this plan, company-wide financial performance goals are pre-established and a named executive officer’s bonus is based on our performance in relation to these pre-established goals. Bonuses are based on a percentage of the executive’s base salary. If the target financial performance goal is achieved, the executive is entitled to a “target bonus.” If the maximum financial performance goal is achieved or exceeded, the executive is eligible to earn the “maximum bonus.” The percentages of base salary payable to each named executive officer with respect to 2012 performance under the “threshold bonus,” the “target bonus” and the “maximum bonus” are set forth in the table below.

Name	Threshold Bonus %			Target Bonus %			Maximum Bonus %
Mr. Monson		0	%		100	%		158	%
Ms. Kendrick		0	%		70	%		110	%
Mr. Callaghan		0	%		80	%		120	%
Mr. Sides		0	%		70	%		110	%
Mr. Richard		0	%		70	%		110	%

The “target” and “maximum” bonus opportunities for Mr. Callaghan represent an increase from 2011 (70% and 110%, respectively) in recognition of his contributions to the Company.

For 2012, the Committee determined that the annual bonus for Messrs. Monson and Callaghan and Ms. Kendrick would be based on Cash EBITDA as defined and calculated under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Financial Measures, Cash EBITDA” before consideration of 2012 bonus expense (“Cash EBITDA before bonus”). The Committee determined that 50% of Mr. Sides’ annual bonus would be based on Cash EBITDA before bonus and 50% would be based on “U.S.” Cash EBITDA before bonus, a component of Cash EBITDA before bonus generated solely by our U.S. operations. The Committee determined that 50% of Mr. Richard’s annual bonus would be based on Cash EBITDA before bonus and 50% would be based on “Canadian” Cash EBITDA before bonus, a component of Cash EBITDA before bonus generated solely by our Canadian operations. In establishing these performance measures, the Committee determined that Cash EBITDA before bonus was an appropriate performance goal because it reflects the level of cash generated by the Company available for debt service and growing the business. The Committee determined that it was appropriate to base a portion of the annual bonus for Mr. Sides on U.S. Cash EBITDA before bonus because his job responsibilities are primarily directed towards the Company’s U.S. operations. The Committee determined that it was appropriate to base a portion of the annual bonus for Mr. Richard on Canadian Cash EBITDA before bonus because his job responsibilities are primarily directed towards the Company’s Canadian operations.

85

In determining the financial performance levels under the annual incentive plan, the Committee established a threshold, target and maximum level of performance for each performance goal. Where the level achieved under a financial performance goal falls between the threshold level and target or target and maximum level, the bonus is determined by interpolation (specifically, if performance exceeds target but is less than maximum, the bonus equals the target bonus, plus the product of (x) the difference between the maximum bonus and the target bonus and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which equals the excess of actual performance over target performance and the denominator of which equals the excess of the maximum performance goal over the target performance goal). No bonuses are payable with respect to a performance goal if the level of performance attained is below the threshold level. The chart below contains the threshold, target and maximum performance goals established by the Committee for 2012 under our annual incentive plan for each performance measure (in thousands):

Performance Measure	Threshold		Target		Maximum
Cash EBITDA before bonus	$	112,000	$	124,500	$	137,000
U.S. Cash EBITDA before bonus		80,064		89,000		97,936
Canadian Cash EBITDA before bonus		31,936		35,500		39,064

During 2012, the Company achieved Cash EBITDA before bonus, U.S. Cash EBITDA before bonus and Canadian Cash EBITDA before bonus of $117.7 million, $88.3 million and $29.5 million, respectively. Accordingly, each of the named executive officers received the 2012 bonuses (in U.S. dollars) set forth in the “Summary Compensation Table” in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.” The bonuses for fiscal year 2012 were paid in February 2013.

Equity-Based Compensation

In May 2012, Holdings, our parent company, adopted the Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan. The purpose of the Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan is to provide incentives to present and future employees through the grant of common stock options. Each named executive officer received a grant of non-qualified stock options under the Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan on May 1, 2012 at an exercise price of $258.37 per share as follows:

Name	Number of Options Granted
Mr. Monson		9,000
Ms. Kendrick		4,500
Mr. Callaghan		6,800
Mr. Sides		4,500
Mr. Richard		4,500

The options issued in 2012 under the Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan provide for the options to be vested in three different tranches:

• one-third of the total grant vests 20 percent on each anniversary of the grant date for five years provided the employee has provided continued service through the vesting date (the “Time-Based Portion”);

• one-third of the total grant vests based on achieving the first level of shareholder return on investment (the “First Level Portion”); and

• one-third of the total grant vests based on achieving the second level of shareholder return on investment (the “Second Level Portion”).

The First Level Portion will become vested based on ValueAct and certain of its affiliates and Centerbridge and certain of its affiliates realizing both (x) a 2x cash on cash (or equivalent) return on their investment in securities in Holdings (based on the value of such investment as of, and future investments made after, May 23, 2011) and (y) an internal rate of return with respect to their securities in Holdings since May 23, 2011 of at least

86

15%. If only one of ValueAct and its affiliates or Centerbridge and its affiliates achieves their cash on cash and internal rate of return goals, then the First Level Portion will vest in a percentage equal to the ownership interest of the applicable investor as of May 23, 2011. The Second Level Portion vests in the same manner as the First Level Portion, except that the cash on cash and internal rate of return goals are 2.5x and 20%, respectively.

As a condition to vesting with respect to the First Level Portion and the Second Level Portion, continued employment is required on the date on which the vesting determination is made (which is generally any date on which there is an inflow or outflow of cash in respect of securities held by ValueAct and certain of its affiliates or Centerbridge and certain of its affiliates). However, if the optionholder’s employment is terminated without cause, then a specified percentage of both the First Level Portion and the Second Level Portion will remain outstanding for six months following such termination and will be eligible to vest as if no termination of employment had occurred.

Generally, the vested portion of any such options will remain exercisable following termination of employment for (i) up to one year in the case of termination due to death or disability, (ii) up to 90 days in the case of a termination without cause and (iii) up to 30 days in the event of a voluntary termination by the optionee. Special post-termination exercise periods may apply with respect to the First Level Portion and the Second Level Portion. Furthermore, upon a termination of employment, common stock acquired upon the exercise of such options are subject to repurchase as provided in the Securities Holders Agreement.

Holdings also maintains the Holdings 2007 Stock Option Plan and the Holdings Amended and Restated 2008 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units Plan (the “Holdings Restricted Stock Plan”). The Holdings Restricted Stock Plan was amended and restated in 2012 to make certain modifications to reflect changes to Holdings’ ownership structure and governing documents. Pursuant to the terms of these plans, our key employees and non-employee directors are eligible to receive awards of stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units. No equity-based awards were granted to the named executive officers during 2012 under the Holdings 2007 Stock Option Plan or the Holdings Restricted Stock Plan.

See “Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” below for more on the stock options granted under the Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan.

Long-Term Incentive Bonuses

In 2011, we adopted the Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), which was approved by the Board on January 31, 2011. Under the LTIP, our named executive officers, as well as other participants, were eligible to receive additional cash bonuses from a bonus pool based on the Company’s achievement of target levels of Cash EBITDA before bonuses related to the LTIP less net cash capital expenditures (“Fiscal Year Net Cash”) over a three year period. Although the LTIP was formally adopted in 2011, the LTIP and the applicable targets under the LTIP for the 2010 fiscal year were selected in 2010 prior to the formalization of the LTIP. In 2012, the Board suspended new awards under the LTIP because 2012 long-term compensation was granted to the named executive officers under the Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan. However, the LTIP established for 2010 and 2011 remained in place, with payouts for the 2010-2012 performance period being made in January 2013 and payouts for the 2011-2013 performance period scheduled to be paid in 2014.

The bonus pool for each three-year bonus period under the LTIP equals 15% of the difference between the Company’s actual Fiscal Year Net Cash for the first year of the bonus period and the target Fiscal Year Net Cash for such year. Each participant’s bonus under the LTIP for a three-year bonus period equals the product of (x) the total bonus pool for such bonus period and (y) the ratio of the participant’s target bonus under our annual cash incentive plan for the first fiscal year of the bonus period to the aggregate target bonuses of all participants under our annual cash incentive plan for the first fiscal year of the bonus period, provided that each participant’s bonus for the three year bonus period is limited to his or her target bonus under our annual cash incentive plan for the first fiscal year of the bonus period.

87

One-third of the bonus, if any, determined as provided above for a three-year bonus period is earned immediately upon completion of the first year of the bonus period, one-third of such bonus is earned if the cumulative Fiscal Year Net Cash after the first two years of the bonus period equals or exceeds the cumulative target Fiscal Year Net Cash for such two-year period and one-third of such bonus is earned if the cumulative Fiscal Year Net Cash during the entire bonus period equals or exceeds the cumulative target Fiscal Year Net Cash for the entire bonus period. If the cumulative Fiscal Year Net Cash after two or three years does not equal or exceed target cumulative Fiscal Year Net Cash for years two or three of the bonus period, respectively, then the portion of the bonus scheduled to be earned for such period will be forfeited. Bonuses earned under the LTIP will be paid within 60 days following the end of the three year bonus period, provided that the participant remains employed on such date. If a participant in the LTIP is not employed on such date for any reason, the bonus applicable to such individual will be forfeited.

As described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (as amended), due to our 2010 performance, the bonus for each participant under the LTIP for the 2010-2012 bonus period was fully earned in 2010 (with payment having been made to the named executive officers in early 2013). Accordingly, no portion of the 2010-2012 bonus period LTIP was earned in 2011 or 2012.

The year one Fiscal Year Net Cash target under the LTIP for the three-year bonus period commencing in 2011 (the “2011 Plan Year”) was $32,640,000. The Company’s 2011 actual results exceeded the goal resulting in a bonus pool for eligible participants for the 2011 Plan Year of approximately $1,796,000. One-third of the bonus pool, or approximately $599,000, was earned in 2011 and will be paid during the first two months of 2014, subject to continued employment with the Company on such date. Because the Company’s cumulative actual Fiscal Year Net Cash for 2011-2012 was less than the pre-established cumulative target Fiscal Year Net Cash for 2011-2012, one-third of the bonus pool for the 2011 Plan Year, or approximately $599,000, was forfeited in 2012. The remaining one-third of the 2011 Plan Year bonus pool, or approximately $599,000, will be earned if the Company’s cumulative actual Fiscal Year Net Cash for 2011-2013 exceeds the pre-established cumulative target Fiscal Year Net Cash for 2011-2013.

Each named executive officer’s share of the 2011 Plan Year bonus pool, as well as the portion of such share (i) earned in 2011, (ii) forfeited during 2012 and (iii) eligible to be earned in 2013, is as follows:

Name	Share of 2011 Plan Year Bonus Pool		Bonus Earned in 2011		Forfeited Bonus in 2012		Bonus Available to be Earned in 2013
Mr. Monson	$	500,796	$	166,932	$	166,932	$	166,932
Ms. Kendrick		166,932		55,644		55,644		55,644
Mr. Callaghan		260,412		86,804		86,804		86,804
Mr. Sides		166,932		55,644		55,644		55,644
Mr. Richard		166,602		55,534		55,534		55,534

Other Benefits and Perquisites

All employees, including named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare benefit programs and to participate in and receive employer matching contributions under our 401(k) plan in the U.S. or the Registered Retirement Savings Plan (“RRSP”) in Canada.

For 2012, we provided named executive officers with perquisites and other personal benefits that we and the Committee believed to be reasonable and consistent with the goal of enabling us to attract and retain highly qualified employees for key positions. The Committee periodically reviews the levels of perquisites and other personal benefits provided to named executive officers.

Named executive officers were provided with company-paid life insurance. Mr. Richard also receives certain automobile related allowances.

88

Attributed costs of the personal benefits described above for the named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, are included in the Summary Compensation Table below.

Employment and Severance Arrangements

Each of the named executive officers is party to an employment agreement with the Company that provides certain severance benefits in the event of a termination of the named executive officer’s employment in limited circumstances. The employment agreements with Ms. Kendrick and Messrs. Sides and Richard were entered into on February 15, 2012.

These employment agreements, including the severance provisions, are described below in “Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”

In addition, each of our named executive officers is entitled to receive payment of his or her vested restricted stock units in the event of disability or any termination of employment, and is entitled to receive accelerated vesting of his or her unvested stock options other than those granted under the Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan (those stock options not granted under the Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan, the “Non-2012 Stock Options”) in the event of certain terminations of employment. For more on these arrangements, see “Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control” below.

IRS Limits on Deductibility

Our equity securities are not publicly held. Accordingly, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which limits the deductibility by publicly held corporations of certain compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to certain employees, does not apply to us and as a result, our compensation program is not structured to comply with it.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the current members of the Board serving on the Committee are or have been at any time one of the Company’s officers or employees. None of the Company’s executive officers currently serves, or have served during the last completed fiscal year, as a member of the compensation committee of an entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of the Board. Two of the Company’s executive officers, Mr. Monson and Mr. Callaghan, serve on the board of directors of Holdings, and Mr. Spivy, one of the members of the Board currently serving on the Committee, is the President and a director of Holdings.

Compensation Committee Report

The members of the Board currently serving as the Company’s compensation committee have reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and discussions, have recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this report.

The Board members serving as the compensation committee:

Gregory P. Spivy

Kyle N. Cruz

89

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)		Bonus ($)			Option Awards ($)(1)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(2)		All Other Compensation ($)(3)		Total ($)
Robert D. Monson, President and Chief Executive Officer		2012		648,900		—			849,150		297,663		12,282		1,807,995
		2011		630,000		—			—		1,142,219		12,032		1,784,251
		2010		567,000		—			496,067		1,625,400		12,032		2,700,499
Marcia H. Kendrick, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President		2012		309,000		—			424,575		99,221		11,802		844,598
		2011		297,083		75,000	(4)		—		375,894		11,552		759,529
		2010		295,000		—			313,686		531,000		11,552		1,151,238
Kevin P. Callaghan, Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President		2012		482,040		—			641,556		176,897		12,834		1,313,327
		2011		468,000		—			—		591,300		12,032		1,071,332
		2010		421,200		—			165,356		842,400		12,032		1,440,988
Randall A. Sides, President Seitel Data, Ltd.		2012		309,000		—			424,575		148,986		8,860		891,421
		2011		294,167		—			—		337,858		8,490		640,515
		2010		272,500		—			66,148		502,750		64,160		905,558
David A. Richard, President Olympic Seismic(5)		2012		313,823		—			424,575		50,385		19,286		808,069
		2011		308,855		—			—		391,874		19,444		720,173
		2010		274,881		—			55,186		430,119		18,531		778,717

(1) These amounts represent the grant date fair value of stock options granted by Holdings during 2012 (as well as 2010 for Ms. Kendrick only) and the incremental compensation cost associated with the May 2010 stock option re-pricing, as determined in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718. The grant date fair value and the incremental compensation cost of the options that vest only upon continued service were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The grant date fair value of the portion of the options containing both a market and a service condition were valued by using the Monte Carlo simulation method. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see “Note H—Stock-Based Compensation” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts disclosed in 2012 in the “Option Awards” column assume the maximum achievement of the performance goals under the 2012 stock options.

(2) Includes (x) for 2012, 2011 and 2010, the performance-based cash bonus earned pursuant to the annual incentive plan and (y) for 2011 and 2010 the long-term incentive bonuses earned under the LTIP in 2010 and 2011, respectively. Under the LTIP, no portion of the bonus for the 2010-2012 bonus period was earned in 2011 or 2012 and no portion of the bonus for the 2011-2013 bonus period was earned in 2012.

(3) See the table below, titled “Details of All Other Compensation” for details regarding the amounts reported in this column and see the discussion of perquisites and other personal benefits in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section above for an explanation of these benefits.

(4) Ms. Kendrick received a $75,000 discretionary cash bonus related to the successful completion of the May 2011 minority equity investment in Seitel by Centerbridge.

(5) Mr. Richard’s salary, performance-based cash bonus pursuant to the annual incentive plan and “all other compensation” denominated in Canadian dollars were converted to U.S. dollars based on an average of the month-end exchange rates during the twelve months of 2012, 2011 and 2010 (as applicable). Option awards are in U.S. dollars and required no conversion. Mr. Richard’s long-term incentive bonus under the LTIP denominated in Canadian dollars was converted to U.S. dollars based on the year-end 2011 and 2010 exchange rates (as applicable).

90

Detail of All Other Compensation

Name	Life Insurance Premiums(1)		Automobile Related Allowances(1)		401(k) or RRSP Matching Contributions
Robert D. Monson	$	1,032	$	—	$	11,250
Marcia H. Kendrick		552		—		11,250
Kevin P. Callaghan		1,584		—		11,250
Randall A. Sides		360		—		8,500
David A. Richard		—		11,781		7,505

(1) Messrs. Monson, Callaghan and Sides and Ms. Kendrick were entitled to life insurance coverage during 2012 which, when combined with the $50,000 of minimum coverage the Company provided to all U.S. employees totaled $250,000. Accordingly, Messrs. Monson, Callaghan and Sides and Ms. Kendrick had $200,000 in supplemental life insurance protection during 2012. Mr. Richard, as well as all of the Company’s Canadian employees, was entitled to life insurance coverage equal to three times annual salary to a maximum of $200,000 (Canadian). In addition, Mr. Richard is entitled to an annual car and parking allowance in the amount of $11,773 (Canadian). The amounts reported in the table above for Mr. Richard were converted to U.S. dollars based on an average of the month-end exchange rates during the twelve months of 2012.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The following table represents the threshold, target and maximum bonus award that each named executive officer was eligible to earn in 2012 under the annual incentive plan and summarizes the grants of stock options during 2012 to the named executive officers under the Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan:

			Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)						Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)						All Other Option Awards; Number of Securities Underlying Options (#)		Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh)		Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)
Name	Grant Date(2)		Threshold ($)(3)		Target ($)(3)		Maximum $(3)		Threshold (#)		Target (#)		Maximum (#)
Robert D. Monson				—		648,900		1,025,262
		5/1/2012								3,000		3,000		6,000				258.37		495,510
		5/1/2012														3,000		258.37		353,640
Marcia H. Kendrick				—		216,300		339,900
		5/1/2012								1,500		1,500		3,000				258.37		247,755
		5/1/2012														1,500		258.37		176,820
Kevin P. Callaghan				—		385,632		578,448
		5/1/2012								2,267		2,267		4,534				258.37		374,440
		5/1/2012														2,266		258.37		267,116
Randall A. Sides				—		216,300		339,900
		5/1/2012								1,500		1,500		3,000				258.37		247,755
		5/1/2012														1,500		258.37		176,820
David A. Richard(4)				—		219,676		345,205
		5/1/2012								1,500		1,500		3,000				258.37		247,755
		5/1/2012														1,500		258.37		176,820

(1) The threshold, target and maximum amounts in these columns have been provided in accordance with Item 402(d) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act and show the range of potential payouts. With respect to the Equity Incentive Plan Awards columns, there is no threshold or target payout. However, the amounts disclosed in the

91

“Threshold” and “Target” columns represent the number of options that would be earned if only the first level of cash on cash and internal rate of return targets are achieved, and the amount disclosed in the “Maximum” column represents the number of options that would be earned if the second level of cash on cash and internal rate of return targets are achieved.

(2) Only one equity award was granted to each named executive officer in 2012. However, for purposes of this table, each such award has been disclosed as two separate awards—one that becomes vested based on the passage of time and one that becomes earned based on the achievement of performance metrics.

(3) Represents the range of payouts under the annual incentive plan as discussed in further detail in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The bonus amounts earned for 2012 are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

(4) Mr. Richard’s range of payouts under the annual incentive plan was converted to U.S. dollars based on an average of the month-end exchange rates during the twelve months of 2012.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table

The following table summarizes certain information regarding option awards outstanding as of December 31, 2012 for each of the named executive officers:

Name	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable			Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unearned Unexercised Options (#)			Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date
Robert D. Monson		32,787		—						193.13		02/15/2017
Robert D. Monson		—		3,000	(1)		6,000	(2)		258.37		05/01/2022
Marcia H. Kendrick		4,372		—						193.13		02/15/2017
Marcia H. Kendrick		2,625		2,625	(3)					193.13		05/03/2020
Marcia H. Kendrick		—		1,500	(1)		3,000	(2)		258.37		05/01/2022
Kevin P. Callaghan		10,929		—						193.13		02/15/2017
Kevin P. Callaghan		—		2,266	(1)		4,534	(2)		258.37		05/01/2022
Randall A. Sides		4,372		—						193.13		02/15/2017
Randall A. Sides		—		1,500	(1)		3,000	(2)		258.37		05/01/2022
David A. Richard		3,279		—						193.13		06/30/2018
David A. Richard		—		1,500	(1)		3,000	(2)		258.37		05/01/2022

(1) The unexercisable options will vest and become exercisable in five equal increments on May 1, 2013; May 1, 2014; May 1, 2015; May 1, 2016 and May 1, 2017.

(2) These options will become earned and vested based on the achievement of certain cash on cash and internal rate of return targets, as described above in the Section “Equity-Based Compensation.”

(3) The unexercisable options will vest and become exercisable in two equal increments on May 3, 2013 and May 3, 2014.

92

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

Name	Aggregate Earnings in  Last Fiscal Year		Aggregate Balance at  Last Fiscal Year End(1)
Robert D. Monson	$	—	$	165,098
Marcia H. Kendrick		—		41,339
Kevin P. Callaghan		—		88,879
Randall A. Sides		—		49,607

(1) The following portion of the amounts described in the “Aggregate Balance at Last FYE” column were reported in our Summary Compensation Table (2008) for the named executive officers: Mr. Monson - $164,862; Ms. Kendrick - $41,280; Mr. Callaghan - $88,752; and Mr. Sides - $49,536.

Holdings maintains the Holdings Restricted Stock Plan, pursuant to which it is authorized to grant restricted stock units to certain eligible individuals. In 2008, each of the named executive officers was granted a certain number of restricted stock units under the Holdings Restricted Stock Plan except for Mr. Richard whose employment with the Company began after the restricted stock units issuance. The value of those restricted stock units as of December 31, 2012 is set forth in the table above. Because there was no change in the value of the restricted stock units during 2012, no amount is reported in the “Aggregate Earnings in Last Fiscal Year” column above.

A restricted stock unit is not an actual share of Holdings’ common stock, and thus does not confer any shareholder rights on its holder. Rather, a restricted stock unit represents the right to receive one share of Holdings’ common stock on the settlement date, which is generally the earlier of a termination of employment, death, disability or a change in control. Following a grantee’s termination of employment, all shares of Holdings’ common stock received in settlement of restricted stock units are subject to Holdings’ repurchase right. Until restricted stock units are settled, they are credited to a book-keeping account and track the value of Holdings’ common stock. In addition, each time a dividend is declared on Holdings’ common stock, the Committee may credit each outstanding restricted stock unit with dividend equivalents that are deemed to be reinvested in restricted stock units. As of December 31, 2012, Messrs. Monson, Callaghan and Sides and Ms. Kendrick were credited with 639, 344, 192 and 160 restricted stock units, respectively.

For purposes of the restricted stock units, a “change in control” generally means (i) the acquisition by any person or group of more than 50% of the voting power of Holdings, (ii) a sale of more than 40% of Holdings’ assets during any period of 12 consecutive months or (iii) a change in the composition of a majority of the Board during any period of 12 consecutive months.

Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers Upon Termination or Change in Control

In 2007, we entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Monson and Callaghan. In February 2012, we entered into employment agreements with Ms. Kendrick and Messrs. Sides and Richard. These employment agreements provide for certain payments upon termination of employment as described below. In addition, each of our named executive officers is entitled to receive payment of his or her restricted stock units upon a termination of employment, death, disability or a change in control, and is entitled to receive accelerated vesting of his or her Non-2012 Stock Options upon certain terminations of employment and upon a change in control. The amount that each named executive officer would have received with respect to his or her restricted stock units in the event of a termination of employment, death, disability or change in control, in any case, on December 31, 2012, is set forth in the “Aggregate Balance at Last FYE” column in the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table above.

Robert D. Monson

On January 30, 2007, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Monson that was effective February 14, 2007. The agreement provides for Mr. Monson to continue as our President and Chief

93

Executive Officer for an initial term of two years with a mechanism providing automatic one-year extensions. The agreement provides an initial annual base salary of $600,000, subject to increase by the Board or the Committee, and an annual cash bonus of up to 158% of his base salary under the Company’s annual incentive plan. Under the agreement, Mr. Monson received options to purchase 3% of the then outstanding Holdings common stock. The options vested 25% annually.

Upon a termination without cause or a resignation by Mr. Monson with or without good reason following a change in control, Mr. Monson would be entitled to receive three times his base salary and target bonus payable in a lump sum, all of his Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest and he and his eligible dependents would continue to participate in group medical and dental plans for twelve months. Upon a termination without cause, or resignation by Mr. Monson for good reason prior to a change in control, he would receive two times his base salary plus target bonus payable in a lump sum, all of his Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest and he and his eligible dependents would continue to participate in group medical and dental plans for twelve months. Upon a termination of Mr. Monson’s employment for disability, he would be entitled to receive his base salary and annual bonus through the earlier of the end of the term of his employment agreement or one year, reduced by disability insurance payments, if any, received by him, and all of his unvested Non-2012 Stock Options would vest in full. Upon a termination of Mr. Monson’s employment for death, all of his unvested Non-2012 Stock Options would vest in full. Receipt of severance benefits is contingent upon the execution of a release of claims. Mr. Monson is also subject to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants for one year after termination.

In the event that payments and benefits payable upon a change in control subject Mr. Monson to a 20% excise tax under section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, Mr. Monson would receive a “gross-up” payment so that he receives the same amount after-taxes that he would have received had the excise tax not applied.

“Cause” is generally defined in Mr. Monson’s employment agreement as Mr. Monson’s (i) willful misconduct or gross negligence, (ii) breach of the employment agreement, (iii) failure to perform his duties, (iv) material violation of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct or other policies or procedures, (v) conviction of a felony or (vi) misconduct that injures the Company.

A “change in control” is generally defined in Mr. Monson’s employment agreement as (i) the acquisition by any person or entity of more than 50% of the voting stock of the Company, (ii) a change in the composition of a majority of the Board during any period of two consecutive years, (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (iv) a merger or consolidation of the Company or (v) the Company or its stockholders approve a plan of liquidation or dissolution.

“Disability” is generally defined in Mr. Monson’s employment agreement as Mr. Monson’s inability to substantially perform his duties for a period of 90 days during any 12 month period.

“Good reason” is generally defined in Mr. Monson’s employment agreement as any of the following actions without Mr. Monson’s consent: (i) a material diminution in his title or duties, (ii) a reduction in his base salary, (iii) a change in his reporting structure, (iv) the relocation of his principal place of employment to a location that is more than 50 miles from his principal place of employment as of the date of the employment agreement or (v) the failure of the Company to extend his employment agreement.

Marcia H. Kendrick

On February 15, 2012, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Kendrick that was immediately effective. The agreement provides for Ms. Kendrick to continue as our Chief Financial Officer for an initial term of two years with a mechanism providing automatic one-year extensions. The agreement provided an initial annual base salary of $309,000, subject to increase by the Board or the Committee, and an annual cash bonus of up to 110% of her base salary under the Company’s annual incentive plan.

94

Upon a termination without cause prior to or following a change in control or a resignation by Ms. Kendrick with good reason following a change in control, Ms. Kendrick would be entitled to receive one times her base salary payable in a lump sum and all of her Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest. Upon a resignation by Ms. Kendrick for good reason prior to a change in control, she would receive one times her base salary payable in a lump sum. Upon a termination of Ms. Kendrick’s employment due to death, all of her Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest. Upon a termination of Ms. Kendrick’s employment for disability, she would be entitled to receive her base salary through the earlier of the end of the term of her employment agreement or one year, reduced by disability insurance payments, if any, received by her, and all of her Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest. In addition, Ms. Kendrick is entitled to a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination in the event of any termination of employment described in this paragraph; provided that in the case of termination due to disability, such bonus will not be prorated but will be reduced by disability insurance payments, if any, received by her. Receipt of severance benefits is contingent upon the execution of a release of claims. Ms. Kendrick is also subject to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants for one year after termination.

“Cause” is generally defined in Ms. Kendrick’s employment agreement as Ms. Kendrick’s (i) conviction of (or pleading nolo contendere to) a felony, crime of moral turpitude, or any crime involving the Company or its subsidiaries, (ii) willful or intentional misconduct or willful or gross neglect in connection with the performance of her duties to the Company or its subsidiaries, (iii) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, (iv) failure or refusal to substantially perform her duties properly assigned to her (other than any such failure resulting from her disability) after a demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Board specifically identifying the manner in which the Board believes she has not substantially performed such duties, and (v) breach in any material respect of the material terms and provisions of her employment agreement or any other agreement between her and the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

The term “change in control” generally has the same meaning in Ms. Kendrick’s employment agreement as it does in Mr. Monson’s employment agreement, as described above, except that certain transactions involving Centerbridge will not be considered for purposes of determining whether a change in control has occurred in Ms. Kendrick’s employment agreement.

“Disability” is generally defined in Ms. Kendrick’s employment agreement as Ms. Kendrick’s inability to perform her duties for a continuous period of 180 days, or periods amounting to 240 days during any 365-day period.

“Good reason” is generally defined in Ms. Kendrick’s employment agreement as any of the following actions without Ms. Kendrick’s consent: (i) assignment of duties materially inconsistent with a senior executive-level employee, (ii) a material reduction in her base salary other than a reduction that applies to similarly-situated senior executive-level employees, or (iii) the relocation of her principal place of employment to a location more than 100 miles from her then principal place of employment with the Company.

Kevin P. Callaghan

On January 30, 2007, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Callaghan that was effective February 14, 2007. The agreement provides for Mr. Callaghan to continue as our Chief Operating Officer for an initial term of two years with a mechanism providing automatic one-year extensions. The agreement provides an initial annual base salary of $446,000, subject to increase by the Board or the Committee, and an annual cash bonus of up to 110% of his base salary under the Company’s annual incentive plan. Effective January 1, 2012, his maximum annual cash bonus percentage was increased to 120% of his base salary. Under the agreement, Mr. Callaghan received options to purchase 1% of the then outstanding Holdings common stock. The options vested 25% annually.

Upon a termination without cause or a resignation by Mr. Callaghan for good reason before a change in control and upon a termination without cause or a resignation by Mr. Callaghan with or without good reason

95

following a change in control, Mr. Callaghan would be entitled to receive two times his base salary payable in a lump sum, all of his Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest and he and his eligible dependents would continue to participate in group medical and dental plans for twelve months. Upon a termination of Mr. Callaghan’s employment for disability, he would be entitled to receive his base salary and annual bonus through the earlier of the end of the term of his employment agreement or one year, reduced by disability insurance payments, if any, received by him, and all of his unvested Non-2012 Stock Options would vest in full. Upon a termination of Mr. Callaghan’s employment for death, all of his unvested Non-2012 Stock Options would vest in full. Receipt of severance benefits is contingent upon the execution of a release of claims. Mr. Callaghan is also subject to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants for one year after termination.

The terms “cause,” “change in control,” “disability” and “good reason” generally have the same meanings in Mr. Callaghan’s employment agreement as they do in Mr. Monson’s employment agreement, as described above.

Randall A. Sides

On February 15, 2012, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Sides that was immediately effective. The agreement provides for Mr. Sides to continue as President of Seitel Data, Ltd. for an initial term of two years with a mechanism providing automatic one-year extensions. The agreement provides an initial annual base salary of $309,000, subject to increase by the Board or the Committee, and an annual cash bonus of up to 110% of his base salary under the Company’s annual incentive plan.

Upon a termination without cause prior to or following a change in control or a resignation by Mr. Sides with good reason following a change in control, Mr. Sides would be entitled to receive one times his base salary payable in a lump sum and all of his Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest. Upon a resignation by Mr. Sides for good reason prior to a change in control, he would receive one times his base salary payable in a lump sum. Upon a termination of Mr. Sides’ employment due to death, all of his Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest. Upon a termination of Mr. Sides’ employment for disability, he would be entitled to receive his base salary through the earlier of the end of the term of his employment agreement or one year, reduced by disability insurance payments, if any, received by him, and all of his Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest. In addition, Mr. Sides is entitled to a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination in the event of any termination of employment described in this paragraph; provided that in the case of termination due to disability, such bonus will not be prorated but will be reduced by disability insurance payments, if any, received by him. Receipt of severance benefits is contingent upon the execution of a release of claims. Mr. Sides is also subject to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants for one year after termination.

The terms “cause,” “change in control,” “disability” and “good reason” generally have the same meaning in Mr. Sides’ employment agreement as they do in Ms. Kendrick’s employment agreement, as described above.

David A. Richard

On February 15, 2012, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Richard that was immediately effective. The agreement provides for Mr. Richard to continue as President of Olympic Seismic Ltd. for an initial term of two years with a mechanism providing automatic one-year extensions. The agreement provides an initial annual base salary of $313,635 (Canadian), subject to increase by the Board or the Committee, and an annual cash bonus of up to 110% of his base salary under the Company’s annual incentive plan.

Upon a termination without cause prior to or following a change in control or a resignation by Mr. Richard with good reason following a change in control, Mr. Richard would be entitled to receive one times his base salary payable in a lump sum and all of his Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest. Upon a resignation by Mr. Richard for good reason prior to a change in control, he would receive one times his base salary payable in a lump sum. Upon a termination of Mr. Richard’s employment due to death, all of his Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest. Upon a termination of Mr. Richard’s employment for disability, he would be

96

entitled to receive his base salary through the earlier of the end of the term of his employment agreement or one year, reduced by disability insurance payments, if any, received by him, and all of his Non-2012 Stock Options would immediately vest. In addition, Mr. Richard is entitled to a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination in the event of any termination of employment described in this paragraph; provided that in the case of termination due to disability, such bonus will not be prorated but will be reduced by disability insurance payments, if any, received by him. Receipt of severance benefits is contingent upon the execution of a release of claims. Mr. Richard is also subject to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants for one year after termination.

The terms “cause,” “change in control,” “disability” and “good reason” generally have the same meaning in Mr. Richard’s employment agreement as they do in Ms. Kendrick’s employment agreement, as described above.

The following tables set forth the cash and in-kind payments and benefits to which the named executive officers would be entitled under their employment agreements if their employment was terminated for the reasons set forth in the table as of December 31, 2012. Such table also includes the value that each named executive officer would receive upon the vesting of his or her unvested Non-2012 Stock Options, if any, upon a termination of employment or change in control.

Mr. Monson	Severance			Medical and Dental Benefits(1)		Supplemental Life Insurance Benefits(2)		280G Gross-Up		Total
Termination without Cause or for Good Reason, in either case, prior to a Change in Control	$	2,595,600		$	6,139	$	—	$	—	$	2,601,739
Termination without Cause or with or without Good Reason, in either case, following a Change in Control		3,893,400			6,139		—		—		3,899,539
Death		—			—		200,000		—		200,000
Disability		118,320	(3)		—		—		—		118,320
Change in Control		—			—		—		—		—

Ms. Kendrick	Pro-Rata Termination Bonus(5)		Severance			Value of Accelerated Options(6)		Supplemental Life Insurance Benefits(2)		Total
Termination without Cause, prior to or following a Change in Control or for Good Reason, following a Change in Control	$	99,221	$	309,000		$	171,255	$	—	$	579,476
Termination with Good Reason, prior to a Change in Control		99,221		309,000			—		—		408,221
Death		99,221		—			171,255		200,000		470,476
Disability		99,221		309,000	(3)		171,255		—		579,476
Change in Control		—		—			171,255		—		171,255

Mr. Callaghan	Severance			Medical and Dental Benefits(1)		Supplemental Life Insurance Benefits(2)		Total
Termination without Cause or for Good Reason, in either case, prior to a Change in Control; termination without Cause or with or without Good Reason, in either case, following a Change in Control	$	964,080		$	12,213	$	—	$	976,293
Death		—			—		200,000		200,000
Disability		82,367	(3)		—		—		82,367
Change in Control		—			—		—		—

97

Mr. Sides	Pro-Rata Termination Bonus(5)		Severance			Supplemental Life Insurance Benefits(2)		Total
Termination without Cause, prior to or following a Change in Control or for Good Reason, following a Change in Control	$	148,986	$	309,000		$	—	$	457,986
Termination with Good Reason, prior to a Change in Control		148,986		309,000			—		457,986
Death		148,986		—			200,000		348,986
Disability		148,986		309,000	(3)		—		457,986
Change in Control		—		—			—		—

Mr. Richard	Pro-Rata Termination Bonus(4),(5)		Severance(4)			Total
Termination without Cause, prior to or following a Change in Control or for Good Reason, following a Change in Control	$	50,613	$	315,243		$	365,856
Termination with Good Reason, prior to a Change in Control		50,613		315,243			365,856
Death		50,613		—			50,613
Disability		50,613		315,243	(3)		365,856
Change in Control		—		—			—

(1) For purposes of calculating the value of medical and dental benefits that may be received upon termination of employment, we have provided the Company’s cost of the coverage elected by the named executive officer as of December 31, 2012, less the employee’s required contribution for such coverage.

(2) Represents supplemental life insurance benefits not made available to all U.S. employees.

(3) Represents (x) continued base salary and annual bonus (based on 2012 actual cash bonus) through the end of the term of the employment agreements (February 14, 2013) for Messrs. Monson and Callaghan and (y) one year of continued base salary for Ms. Kendrick and Messrs. Sides and Richard. The actual amount to be paid would be reduced by disability insurance payments, if any.

(4) Amounts set forth in this column were converted to U.S. dollars based on the year-end 2012 exchange rate.

(5) Represents the named executive officers’ earned 2012 bonus under our annual incentive bonus plan.

(6) Represents the estimated spread on Ms. Kendricks’ Non-2012 Stock Options as of December 31, 2012.

Director Compensation

The Company uses a combination of cash and stock-based compensation to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve on the board of directors. The Company sets director compensation at a level that reflects the amount of time and skill required of directors in performing their duties to the Company and to its shareholders. Directors who are employees receive no additional compensation for serving on the board of directors. Additionally, ValueAct and Centerbridge representatives receive no additional compensation for serving on the Board.

Except as provided above, non-employee members of the Board receive an annual cash retainer of $75,000 per year. The annual cash retainer is paid quarterly in arrears. No additional compensation is paid for serving as a chair or on any additional committees, or for attending Board or committee meetings.

98

Director Compensation Table

In 2012, we provided the following annual compensation to directors who are not employees:

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash($)		Total($)
Allison A. Bennington		—		—
Ryan M. Birtwell		—		—
Dalton J. Boutte		75,000		75,000
Kyle N. Cruz		—		—
Jay H. Golding		75,000		75,000
John E. Jackson		75,000		75,000
Daniel R. Ossnoss		—		—
Gregory P. Spivy		—		—

The table below sets forth the grant date, expiration date, number of shares and exercise price for outstanding options held by directors as of December 31, 2012:

Name	Date of Grant		Number of Options Outstanding		Exercise Price		Expiration Date
Dalton J. Boutte		7/1/2011		1,000	$	258.37		7/1/2021
Jay H. Golding		4/24/2007		641		193.13		4/24/2017
Jay H. Golding		6/30/2008		3,970		193.13		6/30/2018
John E. Jackson		8/1/2007		641		193.13		8/1/2017

Equity Compensation Plans

The table below provides information relating to Holdings’ equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2012:

Plan Category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column)(1)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		130,787	$	216.62		37,623
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		—		—		—
Total		130,787	$	216.62		37,623

(1) Of these securities, 9,859 could be issued as stock options under the Holdings 2007 Stock Option Plan, 5,105 could be issued as stock options under the Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan and 22,659 could be issued as restricted stock or restricted stock units under the Holdings Restricted Stock Plan.

Equity compensation plans approved by Holdings’ stockholders include the Holdings 2007 Stock Option Plan, the Holdings 2012 Stock Option Plan and the Holdings Restricted Stock Plan. During 2012, we granted 2,000 non-qualified stock options under the Holdings 2007 Stock Option Plan with an exercise price of $258.37 per share. These options vest 25 percent on each anniversary of the grant date for four years provided continued service and will expire ten years from the grant date. Also during 2012, we granted 43,500 non-qualified stock

99

options under the Holdings 2012 Option Plan with an exercise price of $258.37 per share. One-third of these options will vest 20 percent on each anniversary of the grant date for five years provided the employee has provided continued service; one-third of these options vests on achieving the first level of shareholder return on investment and one-third vests on achieving the second level of shareholder return on investment, with these events defined in the 2012 stock option agreements. All options expire ten years after the date of grant.

The securities issued in the transactions described above were deemed exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) or Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation. The employees and non-employee directors received the securities described above in exchange for the performance of services by them for us.

Relationship with Our Equity Sponsors

ValueAct and its affiliated funds, is a British Virgin Islands limited partnership whose general partner is VA Partners, a Delaware limited liability company. ValueAct concentrates on acquiring significant ownership stakes in a limited number of companies that it believes are fundamentally undervalued. ValueAct seeks to identify companies that are out of favor, or may be undergoing significant transition. Such companies may temporarily be mispriced for a variety of reasons, including poor business performance, perceived unfavorable industry conditions, poor corporate governance, changes in management or ownership, a relatively concentrated shareholder base, reorganizations, or other external factors. ValueAct is generally one of the largest independent shareholders at each of its core company investments and works in a constructive manner with management and/or the company’s board to implement strategies in an attempt to generate a return substantially independent of the market. ValueAct initially invested in our company in 2004 and increased its ownership various times during the period after its initial investment. ValueAct currently owns approximately 67.1% of the equity interests of Holdings.

Centerbridge is an SEC-registered investment advisor with approximately $19 billion in capital under management as of March 31, 2013. Centerbridge focuses on private equity and credit investments. The Centerbridge funds that are invested in our company are Delaware limited partnerships. Certain affiliated Centerbridge funds initially invested in our company in 2011. Centerbridge currently owns approximately 32.6% of the equity interests of Holdings.

100

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings and all of the capital stock of Holdings is owned by an investor group that includes ValueAct, Centerbridge, our management investors, our outside directors and certain former management investors and directors. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership as of June 7, 2013 by (i) each person or entity who owns more than 5% of the outstanding securities of Holdings, (ii) each member of the Board and each of our named executive officers and (iii) all members of the Board and all of our executive officers as a group. To our knowledge, each of such stockholders has sole voting and investment power as to the stock shown unless otherwise noted. Beneficial ownership of the securities listed in the table has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Name of Beneficial Owner	Number of Shares			Options(1)		Total		Percentage(2)
Greater than 5% Stockholders:
ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P		995,430	(3)		—		995,430		67.1	%
Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P.		483,803	(4)		—		483,803		32.6	%
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
Robert D. Monson		1,115			33,387		34,502		2.3	%
Kevin P. Callaghan		672			11,382		12,054		*
Marcia H. Kendrick		184			8,609		8,793		*
Jay H. Golding		641	(5)		4,611		5,252		*
Randall A. Sides		176			4,672		4,848		*
David A. Richard		—			3,579		3,579		*
John E. Jackson		513			641		1,154		*
Dalton J. Boutte		193			400		593		*
Allison A. Bennington		—			—		—		—
Ryan M. Birtwell		—			—		—		—
Kyle N. Cruz		—			—		—		—
Daniel R. Ossnoss		—			—		—		—
Gregory P. Spivy		—			—		—		—
Executive officers and directors as a group (15 persons)		3,494			68,197		71,691		4.62	%(6)

* Indicates less than 1%.

(1) Pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, a person has beneficial ownership of any securities as to which such person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, undertaking, relationship or otherwise has or shares voting power and/or investment power and as to which such person has the right to acquire such voting and/or investment power within 60 days of June 7, 2013.

(2) Based on 1,484,154 outstanding shares of Holdings as of June 7, 2013.

(3) A total of 995,430 shares are owned directly by ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. and may be deemed to be beneficially owned by (i) VA Partners I, LLC as General Partner of ValueAct Capital Master Fund L.P.; (ii) ValueAct Capital Management, L.P. as the manager of ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P.; (iii) ValueAct Capital Management, LLC as General Partner of ValueAct Capital Management, L.P.; (iv) ValueAct Holdings, L.P. as the sole owner of the limited partnership interests of ValueAct Capital Management, L.P. and the membership interests of ValueAct Capital Management, LLC and as the majority owner of the membership interests of VA Partners I, LLC; and (v) ValueAct Holdings GP, LLC as General Partner of ValueAct Holdings, L.P. Jeffrey W. Ubben, George F. Hamel, Jr. and G. Mason Morfit are members of the Management Board of ValueAct Holdings GP, LLC and disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

(4) A total of 483,803 share are deemed beneficially owned by Centerbridge Capital Partners, L.P., including (i) 481,906 shares owned by Centerbridge Capital Partners II, L.P. and (ii) 1,897 shares owned by Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS II, L.P.

(5) Shares held by Golding Brothers 1996 Partners, Ltd. Mr. Golding owns a 100% interest in the general partner of Golding Brothers 1996 Partners, Ltd. The limited partnership interests are 99% owned in trust for the benefit of lineal descendants of Mr. Golding with the remaining 1% owned by the general partner.

(6) Includes options to purchase an aggregate of 68,197 shares of common stock that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 7, 2013.

101

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The Company has several written policies applicable to the review and approval of related party transactions. Pursuant to the Company’s Audit Committee Charter, the Audit Committee reviews reports and disclosures of insider and affiliated party transactions. The Company’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct provides that no officer, director or employee of the Company or a family member of such officer, director or employee shall personally benefit, directly or indirectly, or derive any other personal gain from any business transaction or activity of the Company, except when the transaction or activity has been fully disclosed to and approved in writing by the Audit Committee.

Director Independence

Applying the New York Stock Exchange’s independence standard in Section 303A of the Listed Company Manual, Messrs. Boutte, Golding and Jackson each met the applicable independence standard. When making an independence determination, the Board endeavors to consider all relevant facts and circumstances.

Securities Holders Agreement

In May 2011, Centerbridge purchased a minority interest in Holdings (the “Minority Interest Purchase”). In connection with the Minority Interest Purchase, Holdings, ValueAct, Centerbridge and each of the named management investors entered into the Amended and Restated Securities Holders Agreement (the “Securities Holders Agreement”), which contains certain agreements described below with respect to the capital stock and corporate governance of Holdings.

Governance Provisions

The Securities Holders Agreement provides that each stockholder agrees that it shall take all action necessary to ensure that the board of directors of Holdings (the “Holdings Board”) is composed of ten directors.

The Securities Holders Agreement designates the initial members of the Holdings Board and provides that (A) while ValueAct’s ownership percentage in Holdings is greater than or equal to (i) 50%, ValueAct is entitled to designate five members of the Holdings Board (one of whom shall be the chairman of the Holdings Board and two of whom shall be individuals not employed by or affiliated with ValueAct or its affiliates or Holdings); (ii) 40% but less than 50%, ValueAct is entitled to designate four members of the Holdings Board (two of whom shall be individuals not employed by or affiliated with ValueAct or its affiliates or Holdings); (iii) 25% but less than 40%, ValueAct is entitled to designate three members of the Holdings Board (one of whom shall be an individual not employed by or affiliated with ValueAct or its affiliates or Holdings); (iv) 10% but less than 25%, ValueAct shall be entitled to designate two members of the Holdings Board; and (v) 5% but less than 10%, ValueAct shall be entitled to designate one member of the Holdings Board; (B) while Centerbridge’s ownership percentage in Holdings is greater than or equal to (i) 25%, Centerbridge is entitled to designate three members of the Holdings Board (one of whom shall be an individual not employed by or affiliated with Centerbridge or its affiliates or Holdings), provided that for so long as Centerbridge has not transferred any shares, Centerbridge shall be entitled to elect three members of the Holdings Board and clauses (ii) and (iii) of this clause (B) shall not apply; (ii) 10% but less than 25%, Centerbridge is entitled to designate two members of the Holdings Board; (iii) 5% but less than 10%, Centerbridge is entitled to designate one member of Holdings Board; and (C) the management investors as a group are entitled to designate two members of the Holdings Board, one of whom shall be the Chief Executive Officer of Holdings. The Securities Holders Agreement provides that each stockholder agrees that it will not vote any of its stock in favor of the removal of any member of the Holdings Board as designated above unless the stockholder entitled to designate such member of Holdings Board shall have consented to such removal in writing. The Securities Holders Agreement also provides that the Board shall consist of directors designated by the stockholders in proportion to their right to designate members of Holdings Board. No stockholder shall consent in writing or vote or cause to be voted any shares of Holdings common

102

stock currently or in the future owned or controlled by it in favor of any amendment, repeal, modification, alteration or rescission of, or the adoption of any provision in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Holdings inconsistent with certain provisions of the Securities Holders Agreement unless the Holdings Board (including at least one member of the Holdings Board designated by Centerbridge) consents in writing thereto.

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Holdings filed on May 23, 2011, so long as ValueAct’s ownership percentage in Holdings is greater than or equal to 50%: (i) the chairman of the Holdings Board is entitled to cast three votes on every matter presented to the Holdings Board for consideration; (ii) each of the directors who are employed by or affiliated with ValueAct, its affiliates or Holdings, is entitled to cast two votes on every matter presented to the Holdings Board for consideration; and (iii) all other directors are entitled to cast one vote each on every matter presented to the Holdings Board for consideration.

Centerbridge has veto rights over certain material activities and transactions for so long as it maintains a 15% ownership percentage.

Approved Sale

So long as ValueAct ownership percentage in Holdings is greater than or equal to 50%, ValueAct shall have the right, by delivery of a written notice to Holdings and Centerbridge, to elect to require that Holdings be sold to a person or group that is not an affiliate of ValueAct, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of outstanding capital stock, sale of all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise, or consummate an initial public offering, in each case, if such transaction is effected prior to the fourth anniversary of the Minority Interest Purchase, certain financial conditions have been satisfied, and each stockholder will be obligated to consent to, vote for and raise no objections against, and will waive dissenters and appraisal rights (if any) with respect to, such approved sale, and, as applicable, will sell, exchange, redeem, agree to cancel or otherwise dispose of its securities, options, warrants or other rights relating to Holdings on the terms and conditions approved by ValueAct.

Requested Sale

Following the fifth anniversary of the Minority Interest Purchase, so long as Centerbridge and its affiliates own at least 50% of the common stock purchased in the Minority Interest Purchase, Centerbridge shall have the right, by delivery of a written notice to Holdings and ValueAct, to elect to require that Holdings be sold to a person or group that is not an affiliate of Centerbridge, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of outstanding capital stock, sale of all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise, or consummate an initial public offering, and each stockholder will be obligated to consent to, vote for and raise no objections against, and will waive dissenters and appraisal rights (if any) with respect to, such approved sale, and, as applicable, will sell, exchange, redeem, agree to cancel or otherwise dispose of its securities, options, warrants or other rights relating to Holdings on the terms and conditions approved by Centerbridge.

Right of First Offer

In the event that ValueAct or Centerbridge desires (i) to sell any common stock of Holdings to a third party or (ii) to cause Holdings to effect an Approved Sale or a Requested Sale (other than a public offering), as applicable, both of which are defined in the Securities Holders Agreement and described above, ValueAct or Centerbridge, as applicable, must provide the other party with the first opportunity to purchase such shares or acquire Holdings on the same terms and conditions applicable to the third party.

Call and Put Options

If a management investor of Holdings is no longer an employee or director, as applicable, of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries for any reason, all of the securities held by that management investor (whether held directly by the management investor or by one or more of his or her affiliates or permitted transferees, other than

103

Holdings, ValueAct or a ValueAct Affiliate, Centerbridge or a Centerbridge affiliate), will be subject to repurchase by ValueAct and Centerbridge, in the first instance, and Holdings, in the second instance, at their option, pursuant to certain terms and conditions set forth in the Securities Holders Agreement. If the repurchase option is not exercised with regard to all applicable securities consisting of common stock or other shares of capital stock of Holdings following a termination, then all, but not less than all, of such remaining securities consisting of common stock or other shares of capital stock of Holdings held by such management investor will be required to be repurchased by ValueAct and Centerbridge, on a pro-rata basis (based upon their respective ownership percentages in Holdings at the time of repurchase), if so elected by such holder (which option may only be exercised with respect to all such securities held by the holder), pursuant to certain terms and conditions set forth in the Securities Holders Agreement.

Tag-along rights

After the first anniversary of the Minority Interest Purchase, neither ValueAct nor Centerbridge nor their respective permitted transferees or assignees, shall sell or otherwise effect the transfer of any common stock or other securities of Holdings, in either one or a series of transactions, to a third-party other than a permitted transferee unless the other stockholders of Holdings at such time are offered an opportunity to participate ratably in such transaction on the same terms as are to be received by the selling stockholder.

Corporate Opportunity

To the fullest extent permitted by any applicable law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any other analogous doctrine, does not apply with respect to ValueAct or Centerbridge or their respective affiliates or representatives, including any directors of Holdings designated by such persons with respect to their relationship with Holdings and its subsidiaries. ValueAct, Centerbridge and any of their respective representatives shall have the right to engage in business activities, whether or not in competition with Holdings, any of its subsidiaries or their respective business activities, without consulting any other stockholder, and ValueAct and Centerbridge do not have any obligation to any other stockholder with respect to any opportunity to acquire property or make investments at any time.

Transfer Restrictions

Generally, no stockholder or permitted transferee other than ValueAct and Centerbridge may transfer, other than in connection with a redemption of shares of common stock or securities of Holdings, unless such transfer is to a person approved in advance in writing by the Holdings Board, and such transfer complies with the notice and other covenants and representations requirements contained in the Securities Holders Agreement.

Each of Centerbridge and ValueAct may in certain circumstances without prior approval of the other, assign their rights under the Securities Holders Agreement in connection with certain material transfers of shares of common stock of Holdings.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Minority Interest Purchase, Holdings, ValueAct, Centerbridge and each of the management investors named therein entered into an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), which became effective upon consummation of the Minority Interest Purchase. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, if at any time after an initial public offering of Holdings common stock, Holdings proposes or is required to register any offer or sale of the common stock of Holdings under the Securities Act (subject to certain exceptions), Holdings shall give at least 30 days’ prior written notice to all holders of registrable securities. Upon written request by holders within 20 days of such notice, Holdings shall use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the offer and sale of all registrable securities which Holdings has been so requested to register by such security holders, to the extent

104

required to permit the public distribution of such registrable securities subject to such requests and subject to customary cutback provisions; provided, however, that (i) if, any time after giving written notice of its intention to register the offer and sale of shares of common stock and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, Holdings shall determine for any reason not to register the common stock of Holdings, Holdings shall give written notice of such determination to each holder of registrable securities and, thereupon, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any offer and sale of registrable securities in connection with such registration; (ii) if a registration undertaken shall involve an underwritten offering, any holder of registrable securities requesting to be included in such registration may elect, in writing at least 20 days prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, not to register the offer and sale of such holder’s registrable securities in connection with such registration; and (iii) if, at any time after a period of 180 days or a shorter period as specified in the Registration Rights Agreement, the sale of the securities has not been completed, Holdings may withdraw from the registration on a pro rata basis (based on the number of registrable securities requested by each holder of registrable securities to be subject to such registration) of the offer and sale of the registrable securities of which Holdings has been requested to register and which have not been sold.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, after an initial public offering of Holdings common stock, each of ValueAct and Centerbridge, so long as it, together with its affiliates, holds at least 15% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings, is entitled to make a written request to Holdings for registration with the SEC under and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of the offer and sale of all or a part of the registrable securities owned by it, subject to customary cutback provisions. Each of ValueAct and Centerbridge is entitled to three effective demand registrations, provided that Holdings shall not be required to effect a demand registration within 180 days of the effective date of any demand registration. Additionally, after completion of Holdings’ initial public offering, subject to the availability of a registration by Holdings on Form S-3 (or any successor form), each of ValueAct and Centerbridge, so long as it together with its affiliates holds at least 15% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings, has the right at any time, and from time to time, to request, in connection with the delivery of a demand registration request, that Holdings prepare and file with the SEC a “shelf” registration statement on the appropriate form for an offering to be made, covering the registrable securities requested to be included therein, on a continuous or delayed basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule or similar provision then in effect) in the manner or manners designed by ValueAct or Centerbridge, as applicable.

Employment Agreements

For a description of the terms of our employment agreements with Messrs. Monson, Callaghan, Sides and Richard and Ms. Kendrick, see “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”

Advisory Agreement

In connection with the Minority Interest Purchase, ValueAct Capital Management, L.P. (“ValueAct Capital Management”), Centerbridge Advisors II, L.L.C. (“Centerbridge Advisors”), the Company and Holdings entered into an Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”), dated May 23, 2011, pursuant to which ValueAct Capital Management and Centerbridge Advisors may provide financial, advisory and consulting services to the Company. There are no minimum levels of service required to be provided pursuant to the Advisory Agreement. The services that may be provided include executive and management services, support and analysis of financing alternatives and assistance with various finance functions. In exchange for these services, Holdings, ValueAct Capital Management and Centerbridge Advisors will be reimbursed for all of their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. None of Holdings, ValueAct Capital Management or Centerbridge Advisors are liable for any losses, liabilities or damages under the Advisory Agreement unless resulting from their gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Advisory Agreement has an initial term of ten years and automatically renews for successive one-year terms, subject to termination by ValueAct Capital Management or

105

Centerbridge Advisors upon written notice 90 days prior to the expiration of the initial term or any extension thereof, in which case the Advisory Agreement shall terminate with respect to such requesting party only. The Advisory Agreement shall automatically terminate in its entirety upon the consummation of an initial public offering of Holdings and as to either ValueAct Capital Management or Centerbridge Advisors if such party’s ownership percentage in Holdings is less than 5%. The Advisory Agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of ValueAct Capital Management and Centerbridge Advisors.

Other Related Party Transactions

Holdings does not maintain a cash account. Consequently, we make payments, as needed, on Holdings’ behalf for corporate expenditures such as taxes and share repurchases from employees who have left our employment and who held equity instruments in Holdings. In the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we made payments of approximately $246,000, $13,000 and $755,000 respectively on behalf of Holdings. We received $50,000 from Holdings in 2011 which was applied toward the outstanding balance. The balance due from Holdings as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $1,120,000, $874,000 and $861,000, respectively.

We own 20% of Wandoo Energy LLC (“Wandoo”), a privately owned oil and gas prospecting company. We received $552,000, $67,000 and $40,000 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, in cash dividends from Wandoo. In 2011, we received $335,000 for a licensing agreement with Texoz E&P, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Texon Petroleum Ltd. (“Texon”). Texon was formed in 2006 as a spinoff from Wandoo. We received shares and stock options in Texon in connection with its formation. As of December 31, 2012, we have sold all of Texon shares and stock options that had a strike price below market price prior to their expiration.

106

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

The following description of some important terms of some of our indebtedness is not complete and does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of our indebtedness, we encourage you to obtain and read the agreements and documents governing this indebtedness, which we will provide to you upon your request. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Credit Facility

On May 25, 2011, we entered into the Credit Facility, which provides us with the ability to borrow up to $30.0 million. The Credit Facility provides a $30.0 million revolving credit facility with a Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, subject to borrowing base limitations based on our seismic data assets and eligible accounts receivable, each as defined in the Credit Facility, calculated on a monthly basis. U.S. borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) the LIBOR rate plus 3.50% or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus ¹/₂ of 1%, (ii) the three-month LIBOR rate plus 1% and (iii) the prime rate of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, plus 2.50%. Canadian borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest based on a Canadian base rate, as defined in the Credit Facility. In addition, we are required to pay an unused line fee of 0.50% per annum in respect of any unutilized commitments under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility expires on May 25, 2016. The Credit Facility contains certain affirmative and negative covenants and requires that we maintain minimum excess availability (as defined in the Credit Facility) of $10.0 million or, if such excess availability is not maintained, then our fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility) may not be less than 1.00 to 1.00. As of March 31, 2013, no amounts were outstanding under the Credit Facility and there was $20.0 million of availability.

Note Payable

We are party to a note payable to a former executive with a remaining principal balance of $12,000 as of March 31, 2013, with payments of $6,000 per month being due until May 2013. The note is non-interest bearing and is guaranteed by Olympic Seismic Ltd.

107

DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES

In this Description of the New Notes, the term “Issuer” refers only to Seitel, Inc., and any successor obligor to Seitel, Inc. on the Notes, and not to any of its Subsidiaries.

The Issuer issued the old notes and will issue the new notes described in this prospectus under an Indenture, dated March 20, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as trustee (the “Trustee”). The old notes were issued in a private transaction that was not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The notes offered hereby are referred to in this prospectus as the “new notes.” The old notes and the new notes are referred to together as the “Notes.” The terms of the notes will include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the Notes. The following summary does not purport to be a complete description of the Notes and is subject to the detailed provisions of, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Indenture. You can find definitions of certain terms used in this description under the heading “—Certain Definitions.”

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Notes will mature on April 15, 2019. The Notes will bear interest at the rate shown on the cover page of this prospectus, payable on April 15, and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2013, to Holders of record at the close of business on April 1 and October 1, as the case may be, immediately preceding the relevant interest payment date. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

The Notes will be issued in registered form, without coupons, and in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

An aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to $250.0 million is being issued in this offering. The Issuer may issue additional Notes having identical terms and conditions to the Notes being issued in this offering, except for issue date, issue price and first interest payment date, in an unlimited aggregate principal amount (the “Additional Notes”), subject to compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”, and as a result, may not be fungible with or treated as the same issue as the Notes offered hereby for United States federal income tax purposes. Additional Notes may also have different CUSIP numbers. Any Additional Notes will be part of the same issue as the Notes being issued in this offering and will be treated as one class with the Notes being issued in this offering, including for purposes of voting and offers to purchase. For purposes of this “Description of the New Notes,” except for the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” references to the Notes include Additional Notes, if any.

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

If a Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer at least 10 Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Issuer will make all payments on such Holder’s Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified in those instructions. Otherwise, payments on the Notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent (the “Paying Agent”) and registrar (the “Registrar”) for the Notes within the City and State of New York unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.

108

Ranking

The Notes will be general unsecured unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer. The Notes will rank senior in right of payment to all future obligations of the Issuer that, by their terms, are expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured obligations of the Issuer that are not so subordinated. Each Note Guarantee (as defined below) will be a general unsecured obligation of the Guarantor thereof and will rank senior in right of payment to all future obligations of such Guarantor that, by their terms, are expressly subordinated in right of payment to such Note Guarantee and pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured obligations of such Guarantor that are not so subordinated.

The Notes and each Note Guarantee will be effectively subordinated to secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness. The Credit Agreement is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its domestic and foreign Subsidiaries.

The Notes will also be structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations, including Indebtedness, of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Foreign Subsidiaries, none of which will provide Note Guarantees. Claims of creditors of these Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, will generally have priority as to the assets of these Subsidiaries over the claims of the Issuer and the holders of the Issuer’s Indebtedness, including the Notes.

As of March 31, 2013, we and the Guarantors had approximately $253.0 million of total Indebtedness, $3.0 million of which was secured Indebtedness. In addition, as of such date, we and the Guarantors had $20.0 million of additional secured borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement. Although the Indenture will contain limitations on the amount of additional secured Indebtedness that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries may incur, under certain circumstances, the amount of this Indebtedness could be substantial. See “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and “—Limitation on Liens.”

Note Guarantees

The Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture will be jointly and severally guaranteed (the “Note Guarantees”) by each existing and future Domestic Subsidiary that is a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) and guarantees U.S. Indebtedness under a Credit Facility (each, a “Guarantor”).

Not all of our Subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes. Unrestricted Subsidiaries, Foreign Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries that do not guarantee U.S. Indebtedness under a Credit Facility will not be Guarantors under the Indenture. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, these non-guarantor Subsidiaries will be required to pay the holders of their debts and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us. The non-guarantor Subsidiaries generated $18.6 million, or 36% of our consolidated revenues and had net income of $2.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and owned 41% of our consolidated assets as of March 31, 2013. As of March 31, 2013, our non-guarantor subsidiaries had $25.3 million of consolidated liabilities (excluding intercompany liabilities).

As of the date of the Indenture, all of our Subsidiaries (including Foreign Subsidiaries) except for Seitel LLC will be “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under the circumstances described below under the subheading “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” the Issuer will be permitted to designate any of its Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” The effect of designating a Subsidiary as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” will be that:

• an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture;

• a Subsidiary that previously had been a Guarantor but which is subsequently designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be released from its Note Guarantee and its obligations under the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; and

109

• the assets, income, cash flows and other financial results of an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be consolidated with those of the Issuer for purposes of calculating compliance with any of the restrictive covenants contained in the Indenture, including those relating to the incurrence of Indebtedness and those relating to the making of loans, investments, advances and the payment of dividends or other distributions.

The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees under the Credit Agreement) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under U.S. federal or state law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment for distribution under its Note Guarantee is entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the percentage that the adjusted net assets of such Guarantor bears to the aggregate adjusted net assets of all Guarantors.

A Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee and its obligations under the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement:

(1) upon (a) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Equity Interests of such Guarantor or (b) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b) to a Person other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (and in the case of clause (b) provided that such Guarantor would not be required to continue to provide a Note Guarantee of the Notes as a result of being an Immaterial Subsidiary) and as otherwise permitted by the Indenture;

(2) if such Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or otherwise ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, upon effectiveness of such designation or when it first ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, respectively;

(3) upon defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in “—Defeasance” and “—Satisfaction and Discharge;”

(4) to the extent that such Guarantor becomes an Immaterial Subsidiary; or

(5) to the extent such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower of Indebtedness issued in the United States under a Credit Facility and, at the time of release of its Guarantee, has been released from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with such Credit Facility (except a release by or as a result of a payment thereon) and does not guarantee any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the other Guarantors.

Optional Redemption

Ordinary Redemption

The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or after April 15, 2016. The redemption price for the Notes (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) will be as follows, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on April 15 of any year set forth below:

Year	Redemption Price
2016		104.750	%
2017		102.375	%
2018 and thereafter		100.000	%

110

At any time prior to April 15, 2016, the Notes may also be redeemed by or on behalf of the Issuer, in whole, or in part, at the Issuer’s option (a “Make-Whole Redemption”), at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption pursuant to such Make-Whole Redemption (the “Make-Whole Redemption Date”).

Redemption with Proceeds of Certain Equity Offerings

At any time prior to April 15, 2016, the Issuer may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 109.500% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date; provided that not less than 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued on the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after each such redemption and notice of any such redemption is mailed within 90 days of each such Equity Offering.

Selection and Notice of Redemption

Selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not then listed on a national security exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided, however, that no Notes of a principal amount of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Selection of the Notes or portions thereof for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable or by lot, (subject to the procedures of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)), unless that method is otherwise prohibited.

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the date of redemption to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. The notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount of the Note to be redeemed. In the case of certificated Notes, a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Note will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Note upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent for the Notes funds in satisfaction of the redemption price (including accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed) pursuant to the Indenture.

Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering).

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption,” each Holder will have the right to require that the Issuer offer to purchase that Holder’s Notes for a cash price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail, or cause to be mailed, to the Holders a notice (or deliver a notice pursuant to the procedures of the DTC):

(1) describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control;

111

(2) offering to purchase, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in the notice (a “Change of Control Offer”), on a date specified in the notice (which shall be a Business Day not earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed) and for the Change of Control Purchase Price, all Notes properly tendered by such Holder pursuant to such Change of Control Offer; and

(3) describing the procedures that Holders must follow to accept the Change of Control Offer.

The Change of Control Offer is required to remain open for at least 20 Business Days or for such longer period as is required by law.

The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the date of purchase.

If a Change of Control Offer is made, there can be no assurance that the Issuer will have sufficient assets to satisfy the repayment of outstanding Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and to pay for all or any of the Notes that might be delivered by Holders seeking to accept the Change of Control Offer. The terms of the Credit Agreement deem a Change of Control as an event of default and also prohibit the consummation of a Change of Control. The terms of other agreements governing our future Indebtedness may contain similar provisions. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, we could seek to refinance the Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or obtain a waiver from the lenders thereunder. We cannot assure you, however, that in the event of a Change of Control the Issuer will be able to obtain the consents necessary to consummate a Change of Control Offer from the lenders under agreements governing outstanding Indebtedness, including the Credit Agreement, which may prohibit the offer or refinance our Indebtedness on commercially reasonable or other terms acceptable to us, if at all.

The provisions described above that require us to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of whether any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable to the transaction giving rise to the Change of Control. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that the Issuer purchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The Issuer’s obligation to make a Change of Control Offer will be satisfied if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner and at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

With respect to any disposition of assets, the phrase “all or substantially all” as used in the Indenture (including as set forth under the definition of “Change of Control” and “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.” below) varies according to the facts and circumstances of the subject transaction, has no clearly established meaning under New York law (which governs the Indenture) and is subject to judicial interpretation. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Issuer, and therefore it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether the Holders have the right to require the Issuer to purchase Notes.

The Issuer will comply with applicable tender offer rules, including the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the “Change of Control” provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the “Change of Control” provisions of the Indenture by virtue of this compliance.

112

Certain Covenants

Overview

In the Indenture, the Issuer will agree to covenants that limit its and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ ability, among other things, to:

• incur additional Indebtedness and issue certain preferred stock;

• pay certain dividends, acquire shares of capital stock, make payments on subordinated debt or make investments;

• place limitations on distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries;

• issue or sell capital stock of Restricted Subsidiaries;

• guarantee indebtedness;

• sell or exchange assets;

• enter into transactions with affiliates;

• create certain liens;

• engage in unrelated businesses; and

• consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets and the assets of its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Covenant Suspension

During any period of time (the “Suspension Period”) that the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from the Required Rating Agencies, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following provisions of the Indenture:

• “—Limitation on Indebtedness,”

• “—Limitation on Layering Indebtedness,”

• “—Limitation on Restricted Payments,”

• “—Limitation on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries,”

• “—Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates,”

• “—Limitation on Asset Sales,” and

• Clause (3) of the first paragraph and the fourth paragraph of “—Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.,”

(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). In the event that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the preceding sentence and, subsequently, a Required Rating Agency withdraws its rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes so that the Notes no longer have Investment Grade Ratings from the Required Rating Agencies, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to any incurrences, actions or other events undertaken by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from that time forward, and compliance with the Suspended Covenants with respect to Restricted Payments made after the time of such withdrawal or downgrade will be calculated in accordance with the terms of the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” as though such covenant had been in effect during the entire period of time from the Issue Date. No Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and neither the

113

Issuer nor any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the end of a Suspension Period (the last day of a Suspension Period, a “Reversion Date”), regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period.

During any time that the Suspended Covenants are not in effect, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will continue to be subject to all other obligations under the Notes and the Indenture and the Issuer will not be permitted to designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

On the last day of a Suspension Period, a “Reversion Date”, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Indebtedness” or one of the clauses set forth in the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Indebtedness” (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to the Indebtedness incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be incurred pursuant to the first and second paragraphs of “—Limitation on Indebtedness,” such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (2) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Indebtedness.” Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” will be made as though the covenants described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

Limitation on Indebtedness

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, incur any Indebtedness (other than the Notes and the Note Guarantees existing on the Issue Date and the related Guarantees thereof and Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date); provided, however, that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Acquired Indebtedness) if, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, (a) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.0:1 and (b) the Consolidated Debt Ratio would be less than or equal to 3.0:1 (the “Ratio Exception”).

Notwithstanding the above, the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary (except as specified below) shall be permitted to incur each and all of the following (the “Permitted Indebtedness”):

(1) Indebtedness of the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary under a Credit Facility in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 85% of the net book value of trade accounts receivable of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such time;

(2) Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness referred to in clause (1) above, and after giving effect to the intended use of proceeds of the Notes);

(3) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations not for the purpose of speculation;

(4) Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to a Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (a) upon any such

114

Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or such Indebtedness being owed to any Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (4) and (b) if the Issuer or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Issuer or a Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated, in right of payment to the Notes, in the case of the Issuer, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor;

(5) Indebtedness in respect of (a) indemnity, judgment, tax, bid, performance or surety bonds issued for the account of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, and Indebtedness in respect of bankers’ acceptances, workers’ compensation claims, or appeal bonds and payment obligations in connection with self-insurance of similar obligations, including guarantees or obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to letters of credit in respect of any of the foregoing (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed); (b) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business; (c) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and (d) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and Refinancing Indebtedness thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $15.0 million;

(7) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

(8) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(9) Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Ratio Exception or clauses (1), (2), (6), (10), (12) or (14);

(10) Indebtedness of the Issuer, to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly (A) used to purchase Notes tendered in a Change of Control Offer or (B) deposited to defease the Notes as described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or “—Satisfaction and Discharge”;

(11) Guarantees of the Notes and Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that was incurred in compliance with the Indenture;

(12) the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Acquired Indebtedness of Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including by way of merger or consolidation) in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger; provided further that the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to such incurrence or issuance would be equal to or greater than the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such incurrence or issuance;

(13) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Equity Interests for the purpose of financing or in contemplation of any such acquisition; provided that (a) any amount of such obligations included on the face of

115

the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be permitted under this clause (13) and (b) in the case of a disposition, the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such obligations outstanding under this clause (13) shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

(14) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (14) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the Net Available Proceeds received by the Issuer from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date; provided, however, that (i) any such Net Available Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries incur Indebtedness in reliance thereon and (ii) any Net Available Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes of incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (14) to the extent the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries make a Restricted Payment;

(15) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to any current or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent entities (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent entities that is permitted by the covenant described below under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” provided that such promissory notes must be expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Issuer, or the Guarantees, in the case of a Guarantor;

(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(17) additional Indebtedness of the Issuer or additional Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount or liquidation preference, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness thereof, not to exceed $25.0 million at any time outstanding (which Indebtedness may, but need not be incurred, in whole or in part, under any Credit Facility); provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (17) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $15.0 million at any time outstanding.

For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this covenant, (x) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (17) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Ratio Exception, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness and may divide and classify such Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described, except that Indebtedness incurred under any Credit Facility on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been incurred under clause (1) above, and may later reclassify any item of Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (17) above as having been incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs of this covenant so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification. Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness.

The amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP. In addition, for purposes of

116

determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this covenant, guarantees, Liens or letter of credit obligations supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included so long as incurred by a Person that could have incurred such Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this “Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be outstanding pursuant to this “Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant will be deemed not to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies.

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness, the reclassification of Preferred Stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Equity Interests in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Equity Interests will be deemed not to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

Limitation on Layering Indebtedness

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or of such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to such other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior priority lien, (ii) by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them or (iii) by virtue of the fact that there are distinctions between categories of Indebtedness that exist by reason of any Liens or Guarantees arising or created in respect of some but not all such Indebtedness.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) the Issuer cannot incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Ratio Exception; or

(3) the amount of such Restricted Payment, when added to the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made after the Issue Date (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clause (2), (3), (6), (7), (8), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14) or (16) of the next paragraph), exceeds the sum (the “Restricted Payments Basket”) of (without duplication):

(a) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to and including the last day of the first full fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such calculation for which consolidated financial statements are available (or, if such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such aggregate deficit), plus

117

(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property and marketable securities received by the Issuer either (x) as contributions to the capital of the Issuer after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions) or (y) from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests after the Issue Date, other than (A) any such proceeds which are used to redeem Notes in accordance with the third paragraph under the caption “—Optional Redemption” or (B) any such proceeds or assets received from a Subsidiary of the Issuer, plus

(c) the aggregate amount by which Indebtedness (other than any Subordinated Indebtedness) permitted by the Indenture to be incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date is reduced on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Issuer) into Qualified Equity Interests (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of assets, distributed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange), plus

(d) in the case of the disposition or repayment of or return on (including but not limited to payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances, other transfers of assets or releases of any guarantees) any Investment that was treated as a Restricted Payment made after the Issue Date, an amount (to the extent not included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income) equal to the lesser of (i) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash, marketable securities or other property (in each case valued at the Fair Market Value thereof) as the return of capital with respect to such Investment and (ii) the amount of such Investment that was treated as a Restricted Payment, in either case, less the cost of the disposition of such Investment, plus

(e) In the event that the Issuer and/or any Restricted Subsidiary has made Investments (the “Initial Investments”) in a Person that were previously treated as Restricted Payments and the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary makes a subsequent Investment (the “Subsequent Investment”) in such Person that, as a consequence of or in connection with the Subsequent Investment, results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Initial Investments immediately prior to the consummation of the Subsequent Investment, and (ii) the amount of the Initial Investments to the extent such Investments reduced the Restricted Payments Basket and were not previously repaid or otherwise reduced, plus

(f) upon a Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary immediately following such Redesignation, and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Issuer’s Investments in such Subsidiary to the extent such Investments reduced the Restricted Payments Basket and were not previously repaid or otherwise reduced, plus

(g) $25.0 million.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if on the date of declaration the payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2) the redemption of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 120 days of, Qualified Equity Interests or capital contribution to the Issuer;

(3) the redemption of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 120 days of, Qualified Equity Interests, (b) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 120 days of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the “Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant and the other terms of the Indenture or (c) out of the proceeds of a capital contribution to the Issuer;

118

(4) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries from employees, former employees, consultants, directors or former directors of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees, directors or former directors), and any dividend payment or other distribution by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to a Parent utilized for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of such Parent held by employees, former employees, directors or former directors of a Parent or its Subsidiaries or permitted transferees, heirs or estates of such employees, former employees, directors or former directors pursuant to the terms of the agreements (including employment agreements) or plans (or amendments thereto) approved by the Board of Directors of a Parent of the Issuer under which such individuals purchase or sell, or are granted the option to purchase or sell, such Equity Interests; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of such repurchases and other acquisitions shall not exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year (it being understood, however, that unused amounts permitted to be paid pursuant to this proviso are available to be carried over, but only to the next calendar year);

(5) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 120 days of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness” above;

(6) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if the Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price thereof;

(7) payments or distributions, to dissenting stockholders required by applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets of the Issuer that complies with the provisions of the Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer;

(8) Investments acquired as a capital contribution to the Issuer, or in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 120 days of, Qualified Equity Interests;

(9) the payment (A) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to a Parent, which payment is used by a Parent, following an initial Public Equity Offering by a Parent, to pay dividends of up to 6% of the net cash proceeds received by a Parent in such Public Equity Offering (or any subsequent Public Equity Offering) that are contributed to the Issuer by such Person, in any form other than Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness, or (B) by the Issuer, following an initial Public Equity Offering by the Issuer, to pay dividends of up to 6% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer in such initial Public Equity Offering (or any subsequent Public Equity Offering by the Issuer);

(10) Permitted Payments to Parent;

(11) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accumulated dividends to holders of (i) any class or series of Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, which Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock were issued after the Issue Date in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(12) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days after completion of a Change of Control Offer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer that is required to be repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of a Change of Control, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the outstanding principal amount or liquidation preference thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest or accumulated dividends thereon);

(13) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the aggregate amount of Excluded Contributions;

119

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the caption “—Limitation on Asset Sales,” provided that a Net Proceeds Offer has been made in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with such offers, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

(15) dividends or other distributions of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

(16) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount with all other Restricted Payments described in this clause (16) not to exceed $16.5 million.

For purposes of determining compliance with this “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant, (x) the amount, if other than in cash, of any Restricted Payment shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a board resolution and (y) in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Restricted Payments described in the above clauses, including, without limitation, the first paragraph of this “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may order and classify, and from time to time may reclassify, such Restricted Payment if it would have been permitted at the time such Restricted Payment was made and at the time of such reclassification.

Limitation on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Equity Interests;

(b) make loans or advances or pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

(c) transfer any of its assets to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

The provisions of the preceding paragraph will not prohibit:

(1) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order;

(2) encumbrances or restrictions existing under the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

(3) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(4) encumbrances or restrictions existing under agreements existing on the date of the Indenture (including, without limitation, the Credit Facility) as in effect on that date;

(5) restrictions relating to any Lien permitted under the Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien;

120

(6) restrictions imposed under any agreement to sell such assets permitted under the Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale, including, but not limited to, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, restrictions imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of, or property and assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary;

(7) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of the acquisition of, or a merger with, the Person being acquired), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired;

(8) any other agreement governing Indebtedness entered into after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not materially more restrictive taken as a whole (determined in good faith by the Issuer) with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date with respect to that Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date;

(9) customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational governance documents, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict the transfer of (i) ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or similar Person or (ii) other assets that are the subject of such agreements or documents;

(10) encumbrances or restrictions:

(A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset,

(B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture,

(C) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or

(D) arising under Purchase Money Indebtedness for property acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(11) encumbrances or restrictions contained in (i) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the Indenture or (ii) Indebtedness incurred by a Guarantor after the Issue Date in compliance with the Ratio Exception; provided, that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such agreements taken as a whole are no more restrictive in any material respect than those contained in the agreements described in clause (4) of this paragraph; provided further that any such encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and customary with respect to the type of Indebtedness being incurred under the relevant circumstances and do not, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, materially impair the Issuer’s ability to make payment on the Notes when due;

(12) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to the Hedging Obligations; and

(13) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendment, refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement of or with respect to the agreements, contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above; provided that such amendments, refinancings, extensions, renewals or replacements are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, no more materially restrictive taken as a whole with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment, refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement.

121

Nothing contained in this “Limitation on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant shall prevent the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted in the “Limitation on Liens” covenant or (2) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to, or purchase any assets from, or enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer or of any Restricted Subsidiary (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of $5.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that, taken as a whole, are materially no less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time (or, if such transaction is pursuant to a written agreement, at the time of the execution of the agreement providing therefor) on an arm’s-length basis by the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary; and

(2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million, a Secretary’s Certificate which sets forth and authenticates a resolution that has been adopted by the Board of Directors with respect to such transaction, approving such Affiliate Transaction.

Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in clause (2) of this paragraph if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, if any.

The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

(1) transactions exclusively between or among (a) the Issuer and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, in each case, that no Affiliate of the Issuer (other than another Restricted Subsidiary) owns Equity Interests of any such Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans and issuances of securities related thereto) and indemnification arrangements, in each case, approved by the Issuer’s Board of Directors or an officer;

(3) the issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors and loans to employees of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries which are approved by the Board of Directors;

(4) any Permitted Investments or any Restricted Payments not prohibited by the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant;

(5)(x) any agreement in effect on the Issue Date and disclosed in or expressly contemplated by the Offering Memorandum, as in effect on the Issue Date or any date that it is disclosed in the Offering Memorandum that such agreement shall become effective or as thereafter amended or replaced in any manner, that, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders or the Issuer taken as a whole in any material respect than such agreement as it was in effect on the Issue Date or (y) any transaction pursuant to any agreement referred to in the immediately preceding clause (x);

122

(6) any transaction with a joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity; provided that no Affiliate of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall have a beneficial interest in such joint venture or similar entity;

(7) transactions with Affiliates that are customers, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case which are in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture;

(8)(a) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of their obligation, if any, or obligations of the Issuer under the terms of, any subscription, registration rights or stockholders agreements, partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, and (b) issuances or sales of Equity Interests of the Issuer or options (in each case, other than Disqualified Equity Interests), warrants or other rights to acquire such Equity Interests and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(9) any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or any other investment banking, banking or similar services involving the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including without limitation any payments in cash, Equity Interests or other consideration made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith) on the one hand and the Permitted Holders and any of their Affiliates, on the other hand, which services (and payments and other transactions in connection therewith) are approved as fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or, if there is only one disinterested member of the Board of Directors with respect to such transaction, such member;

(10) transactions with Persons in their capacity as holder of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary where such Persons are treated no more favorably than holders of such Indebtedness or Equity Interests generally;

(11) payment to any Permitted Holder of all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holder in connection with its direct or indirect investment in the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

(12) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (1) of the preceding paragraph;

(13) any purchases by the Issuer’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(14)(a) any transaction with an Affiliate of the Issuer or of a Restricted Subsidiary where the only consideration paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is Qualified Equity Interests, or (b) the issuance or sale of any Qualified Equity Interests.

123

Limitation on Liens

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Lien (an “Initial Lien”) of any nature whatsoever (other than a Permitted Lien) against any assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, or any proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom (other than Permitted Liens), which Lien secures any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously therewith:

(1) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a Note Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on the same collateral; and

(2) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same collateral that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated obligation,

in each case, for so long as such obligation is secured by such Lien.

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

Limitation on Asset Sales

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets included in such Asset Sale; and

(2) at least 75% of the total consideration received in such Asset Sale consists of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (2), the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(a) the amount (without duplication) of any liabilities (other than Subordinated Indebtedness, a contingent obligation or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and with respect to which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is irrevocably and unconditionally released by the holder of such Indebtedness,

(b) the amount of any obligations received from such transferee that are within 180 days converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to cash (to the extent of the cash actually so received),

(c) the Fair Market Value of (i) any assets (other than securities) received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to be used by it in a Permitted Business, (ii) Equity Interests in a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the acquisition of such Person by the Issuer or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii); and

(d) any combination of the consideration specified in the foregoing clauses (a) through (c).

If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to clause (b) above in connection with any Asset Sale is repaid or converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then the date of such repayment, conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Available Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this covenant.

124

If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, no later than 365 days following the consummation thereof, apply all or any of the Net Available Proceeds therefrom to:

(1) repay, prepay or repurchase any Indebtedness under any secured Credit Facility or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that has not guaranteed the Notes, in each case, owing to a Person other than a Parent, the Issuer or any Affiliate of a Parent (except to an Affiliate of a Parent solely in its capacity as a lender under the Credit Agreement);

(2) repay any Indebtedness which was secured solely by the assets sold in such Asset Sale;

(3)(A) invest all or any part of the Net Available Proceeds thereof in the purchase of assets (other than securities) to be used by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business, (B) acquire Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) in a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the consummation of such acquisition or (C) a combination of (A) and (B); and/or

(4) a combination of the repayment and reinvestment permitted by the foregoing clauses (1) through (3).

Pending the final application of any Net Available Proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Available Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

The amount of Net Available Proceeds not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested within the 365-day period as provided in the paragraph above and remaining unapplied, uninvested and uncommitted at the end of such 365-day period will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $15.0 million, the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase from all Holders on a pro rata basis and, if applicable, redeem (or make an offer to purchase) any Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer the provisions of which require the Issuer to redeem such Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Sales (or offer to do so), in an aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness equal to the amount of such Excess Proceeds as follows:

(1) the Issuer will (a) make an offer to purchase (a “Net Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture, and (b) redeem (or make an offer to purchase) any such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amounts of the Notes and such other Indebtedness required to be redeemed, the maximum principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be redeemed out of the amount (the “Payment Amount”) of such Excess Proceeds;

(2) the offer price for the Notes will be payable in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date such Net Proceeds Offer is consummated (the “Offered Price”), in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and the redemption or purchase price for such Pari Passu Indebtedness (the “Pari Passu Indebtedness Price”) shall be as set forth in the related documentation governing such Indebtedness;

(3) if the aggregate Offered Price of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by Holders thereof exceeds the pro rata portion of the Payment Amount allocable to the Notes, Notes to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis; and

(4) upon completion of such Net Proceeds Offer in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Excess Proceeds subject to such Net Proceeds Offer will no longer be deemed to be Excess Proceeds.

125

To the extent that the sum of the aggregate Offered Price of Notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer and the aggregate Pari Passu Indebtedness Price paid to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness is less than the Payment Amount relating thereto (such shortfall constituting a “Net Proceeds Deficiency”), the Issuer may use the Net Proceeds Deficiency, or a portion thereof, for general corporate purposes, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

The Issuer will comply with applicable tender offer rules, including the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the “Limitation on Asset Sales” provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the “Limitation on Asset Sales” provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Board of Directors may designate (a “Designation”) any Restricted Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Issuer) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Equity Interests of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) any Guarantee by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed an incurrence of such Indebtedness and an “Investment” by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such designation, (B) either (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (II) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted under the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant, and (C) if applicable, the incurrence of Indebtedness and the Investment referred to in clause (A) of this paragraph would be permitted under the “Limitation on Indebtedness” and “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenants.

If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary and any Liens on assets of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if the Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred under the covenant described under “—Limitation on Additional Indebtedness” or the Lien is not permitted under the covenant described under “—Limitation on Liens,” the Issuer shall be in default of the applicable covenant.

The Issuer may redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Redesignation”) only if:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such Redesignation; and

(2) all Liens, Indebtedness and Investments of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Redesignation would, if incurred or made at such time, have been permitted to be incurred or made for all purposes of the Indenture.

All Designations and Redesignations must be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions.

126

Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.

The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, (a) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (other than a merger with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of and with the effect of changing the Issuer’s jurisdiction of incorporation to another State of the United States), or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of or assign all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) or (b) adopt a Plan of Liquidation unless, in either case:

(1) either:

(a) the Issuer will be the surviving or continuing Person; or

(b) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall be made (or, in the case of a Plan of Liquidation, any Person to which assets are transferred) (collectively, the “Successor”) is an entity organized and existing under the laws of any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, and the Successor expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; provided that at any time the Successor is a Person other than a corporation, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation that satisfies the requirements of this clause (1) (b) of this covenant;

(2) immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption of the obligations as set forth in clause (1)(b) above and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(3) immediately after and giving effect to such transaction and the assumption of the obligations set forth in clause (1)(b) above and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, either (a) the Issuer or the Successor, as the case may be, could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Ratio Exception or (b) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would not be less than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction.

For purposes of this covenant, any Indebtedness of the Successor which was not Indebtedness of the Issuer immediately prior to the transaction shall be deemed to have been incurred in connection with such transaction.

For the avoidance of doubt, this covenant shall not apply to any action taken by the Issuer not involving any other Person (other than in its capacity as a regulatory or legal authority and other than an Affiliate of the Issuer) resulting in the conversion of the Issuer from a corporation to a limited liability company or a limited partnership organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof, provided that upon consummation of any such conversion there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation that satisfies the requirements of clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of this covenant.

Except as provided in the fifth paragraph under the caption “—Note Guarantees,” no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person unless:

(1) either:

(a) such Guarantor will be the surviving or continuing Person; or

(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger is another Guarantor or assumes, by supplemental indenture, all of the obligations of such Guarantor under the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, and the Indenture;

127

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(3) the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied and that such supplemental indenture is enforceable.

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, the Equity Interests of which constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer, will be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer.

The foregoing requirements of this covenant shall not apply to (x) a consolidation or merger of any Guarantor with and into the Issuer or any other Guarantor, so long as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, survives such consolidation or merger, (y) the sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not a Subsidiary of the Issuer, of all of the Issuer’s and each Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interest in, or all or substantially all of the assets of, a Guarantor in compliance with the “Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant, or (z) a reincorporation or conversion of a Guarantor if such reincorporated entity or entity resulting from such conversion succeeds to the liabilities of such Guarantor and in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Guarantor, whose determination shall be evidenced by a board resolution, any such transaction shall not have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations of this covenant.

Upon any consolidation, combination or merger of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with the foregoing, in which the Issuer or such Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under the Notes or its Note Guarantee, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor is merged or to which the conveyance, lease or transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named therein as the Issuer or such Guarantor and, except in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes or in respect of its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s other obligations and covenants under the Notes, the Indenture and its Note Guarantee, if applicable.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may consolidate with, merge with or into or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary.

Additional Note Guarantees

If, after the Issue Date, (a) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall acquire or create another Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary that has been designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Foreign Subsidiary or Immaterial Subsidiary), (b) any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary is redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary or (c) the Issuer otherwise elects to have any Restricted Subsidiary become a Guarantor, then, in each such case, the Issuer shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) execute and deliver to the Trustee (a) a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture and (b) a notation of guarantee in respect of its Note Guarantee; and

(2) deliver to the Trustee one or more Opinions of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate that such supplemental indenture (a) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and (b) constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms.

128

Reports

Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, from and after the date of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders of Notes upon request and the Trustee and file electronically with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such filing) through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system), in each case within the time periods applicable to the Issuer under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (whether or not the Issuer is then subject to such Sections):

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file these Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file these reports.

In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, at all times prior to the earlier of the date of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuer shall, at its cost, deliver to each Holder of the Notes all of the information and reports substantially equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above within the time periods applicable to the Issuer under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (whether or not the Issuer is then subject to such Sections). The Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In the event that any Parent provides a Note Guarantee and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to Holders pursuant to this covenant may, at the option of the Issuer, be filed by and be those of such Parent rather than the Issuer.

Events of Default

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) failure by the Issuer to pay interest on any of the Notes when it becomes due and payable and the continuance of any such failure for 30 days;

(2) failure by the Issuer to pay the principal on any of the Notes when it becomes due and payable, whether at stated maturity, upon redemption, upon purchase, upon acceleration or otherwise;

(3) failure by the Issuer to comply with any of its agreements or covenants described above under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.,” or in respect of its obligations to make a Change of Control Offer as described under “—Change of Control”;

(4) failure by the Issuer to comply with any other agreement or covenant in the Indenture and continuance of this failure for 60 consecutive days after notice of the failure has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

129

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or other instrument or agreement under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness now exists or is incurred after the Issue Date, which default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay at final (but not any interim) fixed maturity principal on such Indebtedness and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such payment default, or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express final maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration, and in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with any other Indebtedness with respect to which an event described in clause (a) or (b) has occurred and is continuing, aggregates $16.5 million or more;

(6) one or more final judgments or orders that exceed $16.5 million in the aggregate (net of amounts covered by insurance or bonded pursuant to an executed written agreement) for the payment of money have been entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and there shall be any period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgments or orders, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;

(7) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(a) commences a voluntary case,

(b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its assets, or

(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(a) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary as a debtor in an involuntary case,

(b) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or a Custodian for all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, or

(c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(9) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and the Indenture) or is declared null and void and unenforceable or found to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under its Note Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Note Guarantee).

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) above with respect to the Issuer) shall have occurred and be continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee, by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may declare all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon such declaration of acceleration, the aggregate principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes shall immediately become due and payable; provided that after any such acceleration the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration and

130

its consequences and waive all past Defaults if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal and interest, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture and such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree based on such acceleration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in clause (5) above has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) above shall be remedied or cured by the Issuer, the relevant Guarantor or the relevant Significant Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been paid in full within 60 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto. If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) with respect to the Issuer occurs, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without any further action or notice.

The Trustee shall, within 30 days after the occurrence of any Default with respect to the Notes, give the Holders notice of all uncured Defaults thereunder known to it; provided, however, that, except in the case of an Event of Default in payment with respect to the Notes or a Default in complying with “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.,” the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a committee of its trust officers in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders.

No Holder will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless the Trustee:

(1) has failed to act for a period of 60 days after receiving written notice of a continuing Event of Default by such Holder and a request to act by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding;

(2) has been offered indemnity satisfactory to it in its reasonable judgment; and

(3) has not received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request.

However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of or interest on such Note on or after the due date thereof (after giving effect to the grace period specified in clause (1) of the first paragraph of this “—Events of Default” section).

The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture and, upon any Officer of the Issuer becoming aware of any Default, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee of any Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes (“Legal Defeasance”). Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Note Guarantees, and the Indenture shall cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, except as to

(1) rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of and interest on the Notes when such payments are due from the trust funds referred to below,

(2) the Issuer^’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust,

131

(3) the rights, powers, trust, duties, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligation in connection therewith, and

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors released with respect to most of the covenants under the Indenture, except as described otherwise in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”), and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain Events of Default (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) will no longer apply. Covenant Defeasance will not be effective until such bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events no longer apply. The Issuer may exercise its Legal Defeasance option regardless of whether it previously exercised Covenant Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without reinvestment) in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Issuer, to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the stated date for payment or on the redemption date of the principal or installment of principal of or interest on the Notes,

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States confirming that:

(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon this opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Legal Defeasance and, assuming no subsequent change in applicable law, will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred,

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and, assuming no subsequent change in applicable law, will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the Covenant Defeasance had not occurred,

(4) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit),

(5) the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under, the Indenture or a default under any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound (other than any such Default or default resulting solely from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit),

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by it with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other of its creditors or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other of its creditors or others, and

132

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the conditions provided for in, in the case of the Officers’ Certificate, clauses (1) through (6) and, in the case of the opinion of counsel, clauses (2) and/or (3) and (5) of this paragraph have been complied with.

If the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes when due, then our obligations and the obligations of Guarantors under the Indenture will be revived and no such defeasance will be deemed to have occurred.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, which shall survive until all Notes have been canceled) as to all outstanding Notes when either

(1) all the Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from this trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or

(2)(a) all Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation otherwise have become due and payable pursuant to an optional redemption notice or otherwise, or will become due and payable within one year, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness (including all principal and accrued interest) on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,

(b) the Issuer has paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture, and

(c) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the date of redemption, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been complied with.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder will be able to register the transfer of, or exchange, Notes only in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Without the prior consent of the Issuer, the Registrar is not required (1) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption, (2) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or (3) to register the transfer or exchange of a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

The Notes will be issued in registered form and the registered Holder will be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the consent (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default under, or compliance with any provision of, the Indenture may be waived (other than any continuing Default in the payment of the principal

133

or interest on the Notes) with the consent (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; provided that without the consent of each Holder affected, no amendment or waiver may:

(1) reduce, or change the maturity of, the principal of any Note;

(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(3) reduce any premium payable upon optional redemption of the Notes or change the date on which any Notes are subject to redemption (other than provisions relating to the purchase of Notes described above under “—Change of Control” and “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales,” except that if a Change of Control has occurred, no amendment or other modification of the obligation of the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer relating to such Change of Control shall be made without the consent of each Holder of the Notes affected);

(4) make any Note payable in money or currency other than that stated in the Notes;

(5) modify or change any provision of the Indenture or the related definitions to affect the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner that adversely affects the Holders (it being understood that the ranking of the Notes and Note Guarantees shall not, for the purposes of this clause (5), be deemed to be affected by the granting of any collateral to secure any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor);

(6) reduce the percentage of Holders necessary to consent to an amendment or waiver to the Indenture or the Notes;

(7) waive a default in the payment of principal of or premium or interest on any Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders thereof as provided in the Indenture and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

(8) impair the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or interest on the Notes on or after the due date therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on the Notes;

(9) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture, except as permitted by the Indenture; or

(10) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to comply with the provisions set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.,” or “—Certain Covenants—Additional Note Guarantees,” to release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture (to the extent permitted by the Indenture), to make any change that in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors of the Issuer does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder, to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of this Description of the New Notes, in the case of the Indenture, to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, to provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance with the Covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or

134

securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under the Indenture, or to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture or of any Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. It is the view of the SEC that this type of waiver is against public policy.

Concerning the Trustee

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is the Trustee under the Indenture and has been appointed by the Issuer as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Notes. The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain assets received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the Indenture), it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue, or resign.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that, in case an Event of Default occurs and is not cured, the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in similar circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all such terms.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means (1) with respect to any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Indebtedness expressly assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of an asset or assets from another Person.

135

“Acquisition Revenue” means, for any period, the amount of revenue (whether received in the form of cash or non-cash consideration) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries recognized related to the creation of new seismic data surveys to the extent of the portion of the costs of such newly created surveys funded or underwritten by clients.

“Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, the referent Person. For purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates,” Affiliates shall be deemed to include, with respect to any Person, any other Person (1) which beneficially owns or holds, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of the Voting Stock of the referent Person, (2) of which 10% or more of the Voting Stock is beneficially owned or held, directly or indirectly, by the referent Person or (3) with respect to an individual, any immediate family member of such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify, including successively, and “amendment” shall have a correlative meaning.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any Make-Whole Redemption Date, the excess of (A) the present value (discounted semi-annually) at such Make-Whole Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on April 15, 2016 (as set forth in the first paragraph under “—Optional Redemption”) plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Notes through April 15, 2016, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such Make-Whole Redemption Date. Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate.

“asset” means any asset or property.

“Asset Sale” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease, assignment or other disposition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including by means of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or a merger or consolidation) (collectively, for purposes of this definition, a “transfer”), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business. For purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include:

(1) transfers of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(2) transfers of assets (including Equity Interests) that are governed by, and made in accordance with, the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.”;

(3) transfers constituting Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(4) the creation or realization of any Permitted Lien;

(5) transfers of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in the Issuer’s reasonable judgment, are no longer used or useful in the business of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6) licenses and Non-Monetary Exchanges of inventory or data assets in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the inventory, patents, trade secrets,

136

know-how and other intellectual property, and licenses, leases or subleases of other assets, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or not materially interfering with the business of Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(7) sales or other dispositions of inventory, receivables and other current assets (other than any seismic data library assets);

(8) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(9) any other transfer or series of related transfers that, but for this clause (9), would be Asset Sales, if the aggregate Fair Market Value of the assets transferred in such transaction or any such series of related transactions does not exceed $2.5 million;

(10) foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

(11) any disposition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(12) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a similar business;

(13) any financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Leaseback Transactions and asset securitizations, permitted by the Indenture; and

(14) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind.

“Attributable Indebtedness”, when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the total obligations of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the sole manager or the board of managers of such Person, as applicable (or the sole member or members holding a majority of the membership interests of such Person, as applicable, if such Person has elected not to be managed by any manager), (iii) in the case of any partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of such Person and (iv) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing or, in each case, other than for purposes of the definition of “Change of Control,” any duly authorized committee of such body.

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or required by law to close.

“Capitalized Lease” means a lease required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

137

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a Capitalized Lease, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) securities or other marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof), in each case, maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof, unless such obligations are deposited by the Issuer (x) to defease any Indebtedness of (y) in a collateral or escrow account or similar arrangement to prefund the payment of interest on any Indebtedness;

(2) demand and time deposits and certificates of deposit or acceptances, maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof, of any financial institution that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or Canada or any province thereof, having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $100.0 million (or the equivalent thereof in Canadian currency) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money market fund sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;

(3) commercial paper maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by a corporation that is not the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer, and is organized under the laws of any State of the United States of America, the District of Columbia or Canada and rated at least A-1 by S&P or at least P-1 by Moody’s;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any commercial bank meeting the specifications of clause (2) above;

(5) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or Moody’s; and

(6) investments in money market or other mutual funds at least 95% of whose assets comprise securities or other investments of the types described in clauses (1) through (5) above.

“Centerbridge” means Centerbridge Partners, L.P. and its Affiliates and successors.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer;

(2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Issuer was approved by a vote of the majority of the directors of the Issuer then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer; or

138

(3) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders.

For purposes of this definition, (i) a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement and (ii) any holding company whose only significant asset is Equity Interests of the Issuer shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group” for purposes of clause (1) or (2) above.

“Consolidated Debt Ratio” means, for any period, the ratio of (A) Consolidated Total Indebtedness to (B) Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters immediately preceding the calculation date for which financial statements are available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income for such period plus:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (plus amounts excluded from Consolidated Interest Expense pursuant to clauses (A)-(E) thereof), plus

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital paid or accrued during and deducted and not added back in such period when computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(3) the amount of Permitted Tax Payments to Parent to the extent such amounts were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(4) depreciation expense to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(5) amortization expense to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(6) the Deferred Revenue Amount to the extent such amounts were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, less

(7) Acquisition Revenue to the extent such amounts increased Consolidated Net Income, less

(8) Non-Monetary Exchanges to the extent such transactions increased Consolidated Net Income, less

(9) the Data Selection Amount to the extent such amounts increased Consolidated Net Income, less

(10) recognition of revenue previously deferred because such data was not available for delivery to the extent such amounts increased Consolidated Net Income, plus

(11) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and any Credit Facility and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes or Credit Facility, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

139

(12) any payments, fees and other expenses permitted under clause (10) of the second paragraph of the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant, but only with respect to paragraphs (1) and (2) of the definition of “Permitted Payments to Parent.” plus

(13) all other non-cash items (including non-cash asset impairment charges) to the extent such items were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (other than amortization of pre-paid cash expenses and items that will require cash payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required by GAAP to be, made), less all other non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (other than items which represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for anticipated cash charges in any prior period), plus

(14) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to a Permitted Holder to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder; plus

(15) the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions either taken or initiated prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized or expected to be realized prior to or during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions have been taken or initiated no later than 12 months after the Issue Date and (z) the aggregate amount of such cost savings does not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (calculated prior to giving any effect to any adjustment pursuant to this clause (vii)); plus

(16) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments;” plus

(17) any net loss included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 810; plus

(18) net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements.

“Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of (x) Consolidated EBITDA during the most recent four consecutive full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available (the “Four-Quarter Period”) ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (the “Transaction Date”), to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for the Four-Quarter Period.

In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock, as if the same

140

had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided, however, that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness.”

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Investment, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” for any period means the sum, without duplication, of the total interest expense of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and including without duplication,

(1) imputed interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness,

(2) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit securing financial obligations, bankers’ acceptance financing and receivables financings,

(3) the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations,

(4) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations,

(5) all other non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), and

(6) capitalized interest, and excluding

(A) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness;

(B) any expenses resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition;

(C) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses;

(D) any expenses of commitment or other financing fees; and

(E) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any Parent of such person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP.

For purposes of this definition, imputed interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For the avoidance of doubt, no item, cost or expense that is subject to clauses (1)-(6) hereof shall also be deemed excluded by clauses (A)-(E) hereof.

141

“Consolidated Net Income” for any period means the net income (or loss) of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:

(1) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which any Person other than the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest; provided that Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by cash or Cash Equivalents that have actually been distributed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment or otherwise) or could have been so distributed, as reasonably determined by an Officer of the Issuer (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (3) below);

(2) except to the extent includible in the consolidated net income of the Issuer pursuant to the foregoing clause (1), the net income (or loss) of any Person that accrued prior to the date that (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) the assets of such Person are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary during such period (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (b) restrictions pursuant to any Credit Facility, the Notes or the Indenture, and (c) any amendment restatement or modification of the agreements listed in subclause (b) of this clause (3) that would otherwise comply with clause (13) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries,” except that the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause);

(4) in the case of a successor to the Issuer by consolidation, merger or transfer of its assets, any income (or loss) of the successor prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets;

(5) gains and losses due to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP (including unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies and any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary);

(6) unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Obligations;

(7) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles;

(8) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual, or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or any charges, expenses (including any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments);

(9) income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (as defined by GAAP) (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued);

142

(10)(x) (x) any non-cash impairment charges resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topics 350 and 360 and (y) the impact resulting from the change in asset or liability valuations required by Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805 (and related accounting pronouncements and conventions);

(11)(i) non-cash compensation charges relating to stock appreciation rights, stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs and (ii) any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions;

(12)(i) the amortization of any premiums, fees or expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions and (ii) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness;

(13) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves and costs and expenses in connection with retention, severance, termination of future lease commitments and costs and expenses to consolidate facilities and relocate employees;

(14) any goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charge or write-off; and

(15) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments, and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer and all Preferred Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries, with the amount of such Disqualified Equity Interests and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and their Maximum Fixed Repurchase Prices, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis and in the amount reflected on the face of a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

For purposes hereof, (a) the “Maximum Fixed Repurchase Price” of any Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock means the price at which such Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock could be redeemed or repurchased by the Issuer thereof in accordance with its terms or, if such Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock cannot be so redeemed or repurchased, the Fair Market Value of such Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock, in each case, determined on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined and (b) the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving Credit Facility shall be computed based upon the average balance of such Indebtedness at the end of each month during such period).

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2011 and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and among Seitel and Olympic Seismic Ltd., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Alberta, Canada, as borrowers, the lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as U.S. Agent, Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada, as Canadian Agent, and the other parties thereto from time to time, including, without limitation, any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, modified, amended and restated, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time (including, without limitation, to increase the amount of available borrowings thereunder or to add additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder).

143

“Credit Facility” means one or more debt facilities or subfacilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or letters of credit (including any notes, guarantees, collateral and security documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith (including Hedging Obligations related to the Indebtedness incurred thereunder)), in each case as such facilities may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, modified, refinanced, replaced or otherwise restructured, in whole or in part from time to time (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) with respect to all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

“Data Selection Amount” for any period means the amount of revenue of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries recognized for accounting purposes by reason of selections of data from the data library by customers during such period.

“Default” means (1) any Event of Default or (2) any event, act or condition that, after notice or the passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default.

“Deferred Revenue Amount” for any period means the amount of revenue of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period that is non-refundable, but not recognized for accounting purposes due to the fact that either (i) data selections from the data library relating to such revenue have not yet been made or (ii) the agreement pursuant to which such revenue is earned relates to data that is not yet available.

“Designation” has the meaning given to this term in the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”

“Disinterested Directors” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests of the Issuer or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Equity Interests.

“Disqualified Equity Interests” of any Person means any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, or by the terms of any related agreement or of any security into which it is convertible, puttable or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of any event or the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed by such Person, whether or not at the option of the holder thereof, or matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the final maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, authorizes such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with respect to the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof or otherwise by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests, and that is not convertible, puttable or exchangeable for Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness, will not be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests so long as such Person satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests; provided further, however, that any Equity Interests that would not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Interests is convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the Issuer to redeem such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change in control occurring prior to the final maturity date of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if the change in control provisions applicable to such Equity Interests are no more favorable to such holders than the provisions described under “—Change of Control” and “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales,” respectively, and such Equity Interests specifically provide that the Issuer will not redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions prior to the Issuer’s purchase of the Notes as required pursuant to the provisions described under “—Change of Control” and “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales,” respectively.

144

“Equity Interests” of any Person means (1) any and all shares or other equity interests (including common stock, Preferred Stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such Person and (2) all rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into Equity Interests.

“Equity Offering” means (x) a sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or Parent (other than Disqualified Equity Interests), or (y) the sale of Equity Interests or other securities, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer or Parent or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of (x) and (y) other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Excluded Contributions” means cash, Cash Equivalents, property or assets (valued at their Fair Market Value as determined in good faith by the Issuer) received by the Issuer as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Issuer, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset, the price that would be negotiated (after taking into account any liabilities relating to such asset) in an arm’s-length transaction for cash between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any compulsion to complete the transaction, as such price is determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or a duly authorized committee thereof, whose determination shall be conclusive if evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is an entity which is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, as in effect on the Issue Date.

“guarantee” means a direct or indirect guarantee by any Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person and includes any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business), to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); “guarantee,” when used as a verb, and “guaranteed” have correlative meanings.

“Guarantors” means each Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Foreign Subsidiary) of the Issuer on the Issue Date, and each other Person that is required to, or at the election of the Issuer does, become a Guarantor by the terms of the Indenture after the Issue Date, in each case, until such Person is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person under swap, cap, collar, forward purchase or similar agreements or arrangements dealing with interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices, either generally or under specific contingencies.

145

“Holder” means any registered holder, from time to time, of the Notes.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that (i) has not guaranteed any other Indebtedness of the Issuer and (ii) has Total Assets together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and Consolidated EBITDA of less than 5.0% of the Issuer’s Total Assets and Consolidated EBITDA (measured, in the case of Total Assets, at the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available and, in the case of Consolidated EBITDA, for the four quarters ended most recently for which internal financial statements are available, in each case measured on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or depositions of Issuer, division or lines of business since such balance sheet date or the start of such four quarter period, as applicable, and on or prior to the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary).

“incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or Obligation, incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become, directly or indirectly, liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to such Indebtedness or Obligation; provided that (1) the Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary and (2) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount or the accretion or accumulation of dividends on any Equity Interests shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness.

“Indebtedness” of any Person at any date of determination means, without duplication:

(1) all liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such Person for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof);

(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions;

(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than 12 months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services, except trade payables (including but not limited to accounts payable or any other indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors) and accrued expenses incurred by such Person in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services;

(5) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person, less accrued dividends, if any;

(6) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(7) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;

(8) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent of such guarantee; provided that Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries that is guaranteed by the Issuer or the Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall be counted only once in the calculation of the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis;

(9) all Attributable Indebtedness;

(10) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person; and

146

(11) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to assets purchased by such Person;

provided, in the case of the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (6) of this definition of “Indebtedness”, if and only to the extent that the obligations in such clauses would appear as liabilities on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The amount of any Indebtedness which is incurred at a discount to the principal amount at maturity thereof as of any date is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at such date and, in the case of clause (7), the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of any asset subject to a Lien securing the Indebtedness of others on the date that the Lien attaches and (b) the amount of the Indebtedness secured. For purposes of clause (5), the “maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price” of any Disqualified Equity Interests that do not have a fixed redemption or repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Equity Interests as if such Disqualified Equity Interests were redeemed or repurchased on any date on which an amount of Indebtedness outstanding shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture. Money borrowed and set aside at the time of the incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to prefund the payment of the interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness” so long as such money is held to secure the payment of such interest.

Indebtedness shall not include (x) any liability for federal, state, or local or other taxes, or (y) performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the ordinary course of business.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and disinterested and independent with respect to the Issuer and its Affiliates.

“Initial Purchasers” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

“interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes.

“Investment Grade Ratings” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, subject in each case to the proviso included in the definition of “Required Rating Agencies.”

“Investments” of any Person means:

(1) all direct or indirect investments by such Person in any other Person in the form of loans, advances or capital contributions or other credit extensions constituting Indebtedness of such other Person, and any guarantee of Indebtedness of any other Person;

(2) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration) by such Person of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities of any other Person (other than any such purchase that constitutes a Restricted Payment of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof);

(3) all other items that would be classified as investments on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP (including, if required by GAAP, purchases of assets outside the ordinary course of business); and

147

(4) the Designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Except as otherwise expressly specified in this definition, the amount of any Investment (other than an Investment made in cash) shall be the Fair Market Value thereof on the date such Investment is made. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Restricted Subsidiary issues any Equity Interests, in either case, such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or other disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of and all other Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary retained. Notwithstanding the foregoing, purchases or redemptions of Equity Interests of the Issuer shall be deemed not to be Investments.

“Issue Date” means March 20, 2013.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or other), pledge, lease, easement, restriction, covenant, charge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind or nature in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

“Net Available Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, net of

(1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees, discounts and expenses of legal counsel, accountants and investment banks, consultants and Initial Purchasers) of such Asset Sale;

(2) provisions for taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements);

(3) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale or having a Lien thereon;

(4) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Indebtedness) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or within 30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale; and

(5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve required in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment in the sale price of such asset or assets or liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, immediately after such Asset Sale, including pensions and other postemployment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as reflected in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided, however, that any amounts remaining after adjustments, revaluations or liquidations of such reserves shall constitute Net Available Proceeds.

“Non-Monetary Exchange” means the grant by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to a customer of a non-exclusive license to selected data from the data library in exchange for ownership of separate seismic data supplied by such customer.

“Obligation” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursements, costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Offering Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum of the Issuer relating to the old notes dated March 15, 2013.

148

“Officer” means any of the following of the Issuer: the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President (to the extent an officer of the Issuer), the Treasurer or the Secretary.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers.

“Parent” means Seitel Holdings, Inc., or any other direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer.

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable.

“Permitted Business” means (a) the business of Seitel and its Subsidiaries engaged in on the Issue Date and (b) any business or other activities that are related, ancillary or complementary to or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, any such business.

“Permitted Holders” means any of (a) ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P., ValueAct Capital Partners, L.P., ValueAct Capital Partners II, L.P., ValueAct Capital International, Ltd. and its successor ValueAct Capital International I, L.P., ValueAct Capital International II, L.P., VA Partners, LLC, ValueAct Capital Management, LLC or any of their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “ValueAct Entities”), (b) Centerbridge or any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “Centerbridge Entities”), (c) any present or former managing director, director, general partner, member, limited partner, officer, stockholder or employee of any ValueAct Entity and/or Centerbridge Entity, (d) any present or former officers and directors of the Issuer any direct or indirect parent or Affiliate thereof, (e) any (x) spouse, lineal descendant (in each case, natural or adopted), siblings, or ancestors of the Persons in clause (b) and (c) above, and (y) estate or trust, the beneficiaries of which, or corporation, partnership, limited liability corporation or other entity, the stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons holding a controlling interest of which, consist of one or more Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (x), (f) any Parent of the Issuer that directly or indirectly is the beneficial owner of 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Issuer and (g) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members and any Affiliate of such group.

“Permitted Investment” means:

(1) Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in (a) any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) in any Person that will become immediately after such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary or that will merge or consolidate into, or transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) Investments in the Issuer by any Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) loans and advances to directors, employees and officers of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for bona fide business purposes and to purchase Equity Interests of the Issuer not in excess of $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(4) Hedging Obligations incurred pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(5) cash and Cash Equivalents;

(6) receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms, provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

149

(7) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers;

(8) Investments made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales”;

(9) lease, utility, prepaid expenses and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(10) stock, obligations, securities or other Investments received in settlement of debts or other obligations, created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments;

(11) Investments of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or at the time such Person merges or consolidates with the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case, in compliance with the Indenture; provided that such Investments were not made by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or such merger or consolidation;

(12) obligations of one or more officers or other employees of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such officer’s or employee’s acquisition of Equity Interests of a Parent or Equity Interests of the Issuer so long as no cash or other assets are paid by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to such officers or employees pursuant to any such obligations;

(13) Investments existing on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing as of the Issue Date (excluding any such extension, modification or renewal involving additional advances, contributions or other investments of cash or property or other increases thereof unless it is (a) a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or payment-in-kind pursuant to the terms, as of the Issue Date, of the original Investment so extended, modified or renewed or (b) required by the terms of a joint venture agreement as in existence on the Issue Date);

(14) Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under the “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant and performance guarantees in the ordinary course of business;

(15) commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP;

(16) an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary consisting solely of an Investment in another Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(17) repurchases of the Notes and if issued, any Additional Notes;

(18) any Investment to the extent made using Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or Equity Interests of any Parent as consideration;

(19) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the Indenture;

(20) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

150

(21) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(22) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Issuer; and

(23) other Investments (including, without limitation, Investments in joint ventures but excluding Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding (with each Investment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value); provided that, in the event of an Investment in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, such Person shall not use the proceeds of such Investment to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Equity Interests of the Issuer.

The amount of Investments outstanding at any time pursuant to clause (23) above shall be deemed to be reduced:

(a) upon the disposition or repayment of or return on any Investment made pursuant to clause (23) above, by an amount equal to the return of capital with respect to such Investment to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent not included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income), less the cost of the disposition of such Investment and net of taxes; and

(b) upon a Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, by an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary immediately following such Redesignation, and (y) the aggregate amount of Investments in such Subsidiary that increased (and did not previously decrease) the amount of Investments outstanding pursuant to clause (23) above.

“Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:

(1) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims either (a) not delinquent or (b) contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP;

(2) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;

(3) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

(4) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(5) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which the proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(6) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges, restrictions or encumbrances in respect of real property or immaterial imperfections of title which do not, in the aggregate, impair in any material respect the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

151

(7) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other assets relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;

(8) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including surety bonds incurred in the ordinary course of business), including rights of offset and setoff;

(9) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more of accounts maintained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness;

(10) leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(11) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;

(12) Liens securing all of the Notes and Liens securing any Note Guarantee;

(13) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(14) Liens in favor of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(15) Liens securing (a) Indebtedness under any Credit Facility incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the “—Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant and (b) Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture and (c) Indebtedness incurred under clause (10)(B) of the second paragraph of the “—Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant.

(16) Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided that such Liens shall not extend to any asset other than the specified asset being financed and additions and improvements thereon;

(17) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, the acquisition of, or a merger with, the Person being acquired) permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided that the Liens do not extend to assets not subject to such Lien at the time of acquisition (other than improvements thereon) and are no more favorable to the lienholders than those securing such Acquired Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(18) Liens on assets or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and not created in anticipation or contemplation thereof);

(19) Liens to secure Refinancing Indebtedness of Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (13), (16), (17) and (18); provided that in the case of Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness of Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (16), (17) and (18), such Liens do not extend to any additional assets (other than improvements thereon and replacements thereof);

(20) Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

152

(21) Liens to secure Attributable Indebtedness and/or that are incurred pursuant to the Indenture; provided that any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets which are the subject of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which the Attributable Indebtedness is incurred;

(22) Liens on cash set aside at the time of the incurrence of any Indebtedness, or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case, to the extent that such cash or government securities pre-fund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in a collateral or escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose;

(23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(24) Liens on or sales of receivables;

(25) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the normal course of business in accordance with the past practices of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the Issue Date;

(26) Liens encumbering property or assets being created, constructed or developed arising from progress or partial payments by a customer of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets;

(27) Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by the Indenture;

(28) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(29) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock,” in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien; and

(30) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations (other than Indebtedness) that do not in the aggregate exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding.

“Permitted Payments to Parent” means:

(1) Permitted Tax Payments to Parent;

(2)(a) the payment by the Issuer to any Affiliate of the Issuer of management fees of not more than $1.5 million or (b) the reimbursement to any such Affiliate of related expenses of not more than $1.0 million, in the case of (a) or (b), in the aggregate in any calendar year;

(3) payments, directly or indirectly, to a Parent if the proceeds are used to pay general corporate and overhead expenses (including, without limitation, in respect of administrative, legal and accounting services) incurred in the ordinary course of its business as a holding company of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; and

153

(4) payments, directly or indirectly, to a Parent if the proceeds are used to pay reasonable and customary directors fees payable to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, the Board of Directors of such Parent, indemnity provided on behalf of officers of Parent, and customary reimbursement of travel and similar expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business.

“Permitted Tax Payments to Parent” means payments, directly or indirectly, to a Parent to be used by a Parent to pay (x) consolidated, combined or similar federal, state and local taxes payable by a Parent and directly attributable to (or arising as a result of) the operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and (y) franchise or similar taxes and fees of a Parent required to maintain such Parent’s corporate or other existence and other taxes; provided that:

(a) for so long as the Issuer is the only direct subsidiary of a Parent, (i) the amount of such dividends, distributions or advances paid shall not exceed the amount (x) that is the lesser of (1) the amount that would be due with respect to a consolidated, combined or similar federal, state or local tax return that included the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for which the Issuer would be the corporate parent and (2) the net amount of the relevant tax that a Parent actually owes to the relevant taxing authority, plus (y) the actual amount of such franchise or similar taxes and fees of a Parent required to maintain such Parent’s corporate or other existence; and (ii) such payments are used by a Parent for such purposes within 60 days of the receipt of such payment; and

(b) if there is any direct subsidiary of a Parent other than the Issuer, the amount of such dividends, distributions or advances paid shall not exceed the amount that would be due with respect to a consolidated, combined or similar federal, state or local tax return that included the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for which the Issuer would be the corporate parent.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

“Plan of Liquidation” with respect to any Person, means a plan that provides for, contemplates or the effectuation of which is preceded or accompanied by (whether or not substantially contemporaneously, in phases or otherwise): (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person otherwise than as an entirety or substantially as an entirety; and (2) the distribution of all or substantially all of the proceeds of such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the remaining assets of such Person to holders of Equity Interests of such Person.

“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all preferred or preference stock or other equity interests (however designated) of such Person whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date.

“principal” means, with respect to the Notes, the principal of, and premium, if any, on the Notes.

“Public Equity Offering” means an underwritten primary public offering of common stock of Parent or the Issuer pursuant to (x) applicable Canadian securities laws or (y) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than public offerings of common stock of a Parent or the Issuer registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8.

“Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness, including Capitalized Lease Obligations, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of property, plant or equipment (including, without limitation, acquisitions of the Equity Interests of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent of the Fair Market Value of the real or personal property so acquired, plus goodwill associated therewith) used in the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the cost of installation, construction or improvement thereof; provided, however, that (1) the amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed such purchase price or cost and (2) such Indebtedness shall be incurred not later than 120 days after such acquisition of such asset by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or such installation, construction or improvement.

154

“Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests of the Issuer other than Disqualified Equity Interests; provided that such Equity Interests shall not be deemed Qualified Equity Interests to the extent sold or owed to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or financed, directly or indirectly, using funds (1) borrowed from the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid or (2) contributed, extended, guaranteed or advanced by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including, without limitation, in respect of any employee stock ownership or benefit plan).

“redeem” means to redeem, repurchase, purchase, defease, retire, discharge or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including the payment of any premium or payment of accrued interest); and “redemption” shall have a correlative meaning; provided that this definition shall not apply for purposes of the third paragraph under the caption “—Optional Redemption.”

“Redesignation” has the meaning given to such term in the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.”

“refinance” means to refinance, repay, prepay, replace, renew or refund.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used, within 120 days of such issuance or receipt of such proceeds, to redeem, refund, defease or refinance in whole or in part, any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (the “Refinanced Indebtedness”); provided that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) or liquidation preference of the Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, as the case may be) or liquidation preference of the Refinanced Indebtedness plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest or accumulated and unpaid dividends on the Refinanced Indebtedness, any premium paid to the holders of the Refinanced Indebtedness and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of the Refinancing Indebtedness;

(2) the obligor of Refinancing Indebtedness does not include any Person (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor) that is not an obligor of the Refinanced Indebtedness;

(3) if the Refinanced Indebtedness was subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, then such Refinancing Indebtedness, by its terms, is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as the Refinanced Indebtedness;

(4) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final stated maturity either (a) no earlier than the final stated maturity of the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid or amended or (b) after the maturity date of the Notes; and

(5) the portion, if any, of the Refinancing Indebtedness that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the Notes has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the portion of the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the Notes.

“Registered Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Initial Purchasers.

155

“Required Rating Agencies” means both Moody’s and S&P or their respective successors; provided that if either Moody’s or S&P (or their respective successors) is no longer conducting business or is no longer rating companies in the Issuer’s industry generally, then Required Rating Agencies means either Moody’s or S&P (or their respective successors), as applicable.

“Restricted Payment” means any of the following:

(1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or any other distribution on Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any payment made to the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary held by Persons other than the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer but excluding (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests or through accretion or accumulation of such dividends on such Equity Interests and (b) in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries, dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary and pro rata dividends or distributions payable to minority stockholders of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) the redemption of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer but excluding any such Equity Interests held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) any Investment other than a Permitted Investment; or

(4) any voluntary or optional principal repayment, or voluntary or optional redemption, of any Subordinated Indebtedness (in each case, other than intercompany Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Guarantor) prior to the scheduled maturity or prior to any scheduled repayment of principal, sinking fund payment, or amortization or other installment payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the redemption of any Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity, sinking fund, principal or amortization or other installment obligation, in each case due within 180 days of the date of such redemption).

“Restricted Payments Basket” has the meaning given to such term in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means with respect to any Person an arrangement with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by such Person of any asset of such Person which has been or is being sold or transferred by such Person to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such asset.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secretary’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer.

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

156

“Significant Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary that, together with its Subsidiaries, (1) for the most recent fiscal year of the Issuer, accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Issuer and the Guarantors or (2) as of the end of such fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors, all as set forth on the most recently available consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for such fiscal year provided that, in the case of clause (9) of the provisions described under “—Amendment, Supplement and Waiver,” any reference in this definition to 10% shall be substituted with a reference to 5%.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Note Guarantee.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of the Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors thereof are at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Issuer.

“Total Assets” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Issue Date, as shown on the most recent internal balance sheet of such Person available as of such date, prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by (i) the offering of the Notes and (ii) the redemption of the Issuer’s 9.75% Senior Notes due 2014.

“Treasury Rate” means with respect to a Make-Whole Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to either, at the sole discretion of the Issuer, (a) such Make-Whole Redemption Date or (b) the date a notice of redemption is delivered (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) as determined by the Issuer, most nearly equal to the period from such Make-Whole Redemption Date to April 15, 2016; provided, however, that if the period from such Make-Whole Redemption Date to April 15, 2016 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries” and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct noncallable obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.

157

“ValueAct” means ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. and its Affiliates and successors.

“Voting Stock” with respect to any Person, means securities of any class of Equity Interests of such Person entitling the holders thereof (whether at all times or for only so long as no senior class of stock or other relevant equity interest has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of members of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” when applied to any Indebtedness at any date means the number of years obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of which 100% of the Equity Interests (except for directors’ qualifying shares or certain minority interests owned by other Persons solely due to local law requirements that there be more than one stockholder, but which interest is not in excess of what is required for such purpose) are owned directly by the Issuer or through one or more Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.

158

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM OF SECURITIES

The certificates representing the notes will be issued in fully registered form without interest coupons.

Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A will initially be represented by permanent global notes in fully registered form without interest coupons, or Restricted Global Notes, and will be deposited with the trustee as a custodian for The Depositary Trust Company, or DTC, and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC.

Notes sold in offshore transactions to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S under the Securities Act will initially be represented by temporary global notes in fully registered form without interest coupons, or Temporary Regulation S Global Notes, and will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC, as depositary, and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. Each Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be exchangeable for a single permanent global note, or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note, after the expiration of the “distribution compliance period” (as defined in Regulation S) and the certification required by Regulation S. Prior to such time, a beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Restricted Global Note only upon receipt by the trustee of a written certification from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A. Beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note whether before, on or after such time, only upon receipt by the trustee of a written certification to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S.

Any beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Global Note that is transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Restricted Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note, respectively, will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in the type of global note previously held and become an interest in the other type of global note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other type of global note for as long as it remains such an interest.

The global notes (and any notes issued in exchange therefor) will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer set forth therein and in the Indenture and will bear the legend regarding such restrictions set forth under the heading “Transfer Restrictions” herein. Subject to such restrictions, QIBs or non-U.S. purchasers may elect to take physical delivery of their certificates, or a certificated security, which are instead of holding their interests through the global notes (and which are then ineligible to trade through DTC), which are collectively referred to herein as the Non-Global Purchasers. Upon the transfer to a QIB of any certificated security initially issued to a Non-Global Purchaser, such certificated security will, unless the transferee requests otherwise or the global notes have previously been exchanged in whole for certificated securities, be exchanged for an interest in the global notes. For a description of the restrictions on transfer of certificated securities and any interest in the global notes, see “Transfer Restrictions.”

The Global Notes

We expect that pursuant to procedures established by DTC (i) upon the issuance of the global notes, DTC or its custodian will credit, on its internal system, the principal amount at maturity of the individual beneficial interests represented by such global notes to the respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the global notes will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). Such accounts initially will be designated by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, and ownership of beneficial interests in the global notes will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC, or “participants,” or to persons who hold interests through participants. Holders may hold their interests in the global notes directly through DTC if they are participants in the system, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in the system.

159

So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of the notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by such global notes for all purposes under the Indenture. No beneficial owner of an interest in the global notes will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC’s procedures, in addition to those provided for under the Indenture.

Payments of the principal of, premium (if any), and interest (including additional interest) on, the global notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of us, the trustee or any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the global notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.

We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest (including additional interest) on the global notes, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the global notes as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global notes held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way through DTC’s same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds. If a holder requires physical delivery of a certificated security for any reason, including to sell notes to persons in states which require physical delivery of the notes, or to pledge such securities, such holder must transfer its interest in a global note, in accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes (including the presentation of notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the global notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an event of default under the Indenture, DTC will exchange the global notes for certificated securities, which it will distribute to its participants and which will be legended as set forth under the heading “Transfer Restrictions.”

DTC has advised us as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a “Clearing Agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly as indirect participants.

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

160

Certificated Securities

Certificated securities shall be issued in exchange for beneficial interests in the global notes (i) if requested by a holder of such interests or (ii) if DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the global notes and we do not appoint a successor depositary within 90 days.

161

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to the exchange of old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change at any time. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of the notes. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances or to United States holders subject to special rules, such as banks, financial institutions, U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, partnerships or other pass-through entities or investors in such entities, holders who are U.S. persons and whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, real estate investment trusts and persons holding the notes as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other integrated transaction. Moreover, the effect of any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws is not discussed. The discussion applies only to holders that exchange old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

No rulings from the IRS have or will be sought with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the exchange of old notes for new notes or that any such position would not be sustained. Holders of notes should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the application of the tax consequences discussed below to their particular situations as well as the application of any state, local, foreign or other tax laws, including gift and estate tax laws, and any tax treaties.

Exchange Pursuant to the Exchange Offer

The exchange of the old notes for the new notes in the exchange offer will not be treated as an “exchange” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, because the new notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the old notes. Accordingly, the exchange of old notes for new notes will not be a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Moreover, the new notes will have the same tax attributes as the old notes exchanged therefor and the same tax consequences to holders as the old notes have to holders, including the same adjusted tax basis and holding period.

162

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where the old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of those methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any of the new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the new notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the old notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

163

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the new notes offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The consolidated financial statements of Seitel, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, included in this prospectus have been audited by BKD, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly, and current reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we have filed at the SEC’s public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus has been delivered, who makes a written or oral request, a copy of any and all of the documents referred to herein, which are summarized in this prospectus, by writing or calling us at the following address or telephone number:

SEITEL, INC.

10811 South Westview Circle Drive

Suite 100, Building C

Houston, Texas 77043

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Telephone: (713) 881-8900

INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

We “incorporate by reference” information into this prospectus, which means that we disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this prospectus, except for any information superseded by information contained expressly in this prospectus, and the information that we file later with the SEC will automatically supersede this information. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is current as of any date other than the date on the front page of this prospectus. You should not assume that the information contained in the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the respective dates of those documents.

We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any documents subsequently filed with the SEC by us pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (excluding any information furnished and not filed with the SEC), from the date of this prospectus until we have sold all of the Notes to which this prospectus relates or the offering is otherwise terminated:

• our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013;

• our Amendment to the Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed with the SEC on April 24, 2013;

• our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, filed with the SEC on May 10, 2013; and

• our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2013, March 21, 2013 and April 4, 2013.

164

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statements	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the last three years in the period ended December 31, 2012	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of the last three years in the period ended December 31, 2012	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity for each of the last three years in the period ended December 31, 2012	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the last three years in the period ended December 31, 2012	F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2012	F-44
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited) for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012	F-45
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Unaudited) for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012	F-46
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Equity (Unaudited) for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013	F-47
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)	F-49

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholder

Seitel, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Houston, Texas

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Seitel, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholder’s equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits also included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Seitel, Inc. and Subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BKD, LLP

Houston, Texas

February 22, 2013

F-2

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	December 31,
	2012			2011
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	61,891		$	74,894
Receivables
Trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $737 and $1,043, respectively		61,195			51,306
Notes and other, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $988 and $1,501, respectively		2,143			4,322
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc. (Note K)		874			861
Seismic data library (Note B)		1,069,921			872,674
Less: Accumulated amortization		(889,804	)		(751,980	)
Net seismic data library		180,117			120,694
Property and equipment		18,279			16,921
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(13,461	)		(11,882	)
Net property and equipment		4,818			5,039
Investment in marketable securities		—			262
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other		10,774			10,244
Intangible assets, net (Note C)		20,828			26,814
Goodwill (Note C)		208,020			205,838
Deferred income taxes (Note D)		84			56
TOTAL ASSETS	$	550,744		$	500,330
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable	$	37,521		$	36,593
Accrued liabilities		19,569			16,856
Employee compensation payable		5,693			7,101
Income taxes payable		4,134			1,464
Debt (Note E)
Senior Notes		275,000			275,000
Notes payable		29			95
Obligations under capital leases (Note F)		3,113			3,161
Deferred revenue (Note A)		52,857			48,845
Deferred income taxes (Note D)		2,470			1,375
TOTAL LIABILITIES		400,386			390,490
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note G)
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011		—			—
Additional paid-in capital		398,772			398,011
Retained deficit		(272,135	)		(309,185	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		23,721			21,014
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY		150,358			109,840
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	550,744		$	500,330

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
REVENUE	$	240,458		$	218,008		$	175,556
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization		139,754			142,963			175,592
Cost of sales		464			100			97
Selling, general and administrative		29,088			31,649			31,831
		169,306			174,712			207,520
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS		71,152			43,296			(31,964	)
Interest expense		(29,143	)		(35,246	)		(41,094	)
Interest income		132			479			558
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)		681			(726	)		441
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			(7,912	)		—
Gain on sale of marketable securities		230			2,467			4,188
Other income		780			250			446
Income (loss) before income taxes		43,832			2,608			(67,425	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		6,782			392			(4,008	)
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	37,050		$	2,216		$	(63,417	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Net income (loss)	$	37,050		$	2,216		$	(63,417	)
Unrealized losses on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding gains (losses) arising during the period		(32	)		(373	)		4,117
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings		(230	)		(2,467	)		(4,188	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments		2,969			(3,037	)		6,948
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	39,757		$	(3,661	)	$	(56,540	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

(In thousands, except share amounts)

	Common Stock				Additional Paid-In Capital		Retained Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
	Shares		Amount
Balance, December 31, 2009		100	$	—	$	274,331	$	(247,984	)	$	20,014
Amortization of stock-based compensation costs		—		—		3,157		—			—
Net loss		—		—		—		(63,417	)		—
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		—		—		—			6,948
Unrealized gains on securities held as available for sale, net of tax		—		—		—		—			4,117
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on securities held as available for sale included in earnings, net of tax		—		—		—		—			(4,188	)
Balance, December 31, 2010		100		—		277,488		(311,401	)		26,891
Investment by Parent, net		—		—		120,070		—			—
Amortization of stock-based compensation costs		—		—		453		—			—
Net income		—		—		—		2,216			—
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		—		—		—			(3,037	)
Unrealized losses on securities held as available for sale, net of tax		—		—		—		—			(373	)
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on securities held as available for sale included in earnings, net of tax		—		—		—		—			(2,467	)
Balance, December 31, 2011		100		—		398,011		(309,185	)		21,014
Amortization of stock-based compensation costs		—		—		761		—			—
Net income		—		—		—		37,050			—
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		—		—		—			2,969
Unrealized losses on securities held as available for sale, net of tax		—		—		—		—			(32	)
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on securities held as available for sale included in earnings, net of tax		—		—		—		—			(230	)
Balance, December 31, 2012		100	$	—	$	398,772	$	(272,135	)	$	23,721

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Cash flows from operating activities:
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	37,050		$	2,216		$	(63,417	)
Depreciation and amortization		139,754			142,963			175,592
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		—			7,912			—
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)		1,222			(289	)		(4,053	)
Foreign currency exchange losses (gains)		(681	)		726			(441	)
Amortization of deferred financing costs		2,044			1,999			1,753
Amortization of debt premium		—			(56	)		(98	)
Amortization of stock-based compensation		761			453			3,157
Amortization of favorable facility lease		393			290			276
Increase (decrease) in allowance for doubtful accounts		(461	)		12			1,524
Non-cash other income		(208	)		(98	)		(124	)
Non-cash revenue		(8,518	)		(9,514	)		(9,864	)
Gain on sale of marketable securities		(230	)		(2,467	)		(4,188	)
Increase in receivables		(8,365	)		(20,277	)		(7,285	)
Decrease (increase) in other assets		(43	)		(471	)		(156	)
Increase in deferred revenue		6,520			11,108			12,811
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other liabilities		2,243			(7,684	)		3,393
Net cash provided by operating activities		171,481			126,823			108,880
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data		(183,244	)		(126,979	)		(49,465	)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other		(1,422	)		(2,121	)		(527	)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities		230			2,467			4,188
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other		90			122			86
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.		(13	)		(755	)		(9	)
Repayment from Seitel Holdings, Inc.		—			50			—
Net cash used in investing activities		(184,359	)		(127,216	)		(45,727	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Contributed capital		—			125,000			—
Repayment of 9.75% Senior Notes		—			(131,094	)		—
Repayment of 11.75% Senior Notes		—			(2,000	)		—
Principal payments on notes payable		(66	)		(59	)		(54	)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		(212	)		(164	)		(146	)
Borrowings on line of credit		—			737			10
Payments on line of credit		—			(737	)		(10	)
Costs of debt and equity transactions		—			(6,338	)		(65	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(278	)		(14,655	)		(265	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		153			(29	)		813
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(13,003	)		(15,077	)		63,701
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		74,894			89,971			26,270
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	61,891		$	74,894		$	89,971
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest	$	27,099		$	37,981		$	39,440
Income taxes, net of refunds received	$	2,258		$	7,979		$	(53	)
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Additions to seismic data library	$	3,376		$	10,215		$	10,545
Capital lease obligations incurred	$	95		$	—		$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

NOTE A—BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization: On February 14, 2007, Seitel Acquisition Corp. (“Acquisition Corp.”) was merged with and into Seitel, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to a merger agreement between the Company, Acquisition Corp. and Seitel Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) dated October 31, 2006 (the “Merger”). Pursuant to the merger agreement, the Company continued as the surviving corporation and became a privately owned corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. Holdings is an investment entity in which ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. (“ValueAct Capital”) owns a majority interest. In May 2011, Centerbridge Capital Partners II, L.P. and Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS II, L.P. (together with Centerbridge Capital Partners II, L.P., “Centerbridge”) purchased a minority interest in Holdings.

Nature of Operations: The Company owns an extensive library of proprietary onshore and offshore seismic data that it offers for license to oil and gas companies. The Company’s library includes a vast amount of data across both unconventional plays and conventional oil and gas basins. Unconventional plays are those that cannot be produced at economic flow rates, nor in economic volumes without the use of advanced stimulation techniques, usually for reasons of low permeability. The more common of these advanced stimulation techniques are horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing or any others that would enhance recovery rates. Included in these unconventional resources are heavy oil, tar sands, shale gas and oil, gas hydrates and coalbed methane. The Company has leading seismic market positions in key North American unconventional plays, including oil and liquids-rich plays such as the Eagle Ford/Woodbine, Utica/Marcellus and Niobrara/Bakken in the United States and Montney and Cardium in Canada. The majority of the Company’s conventional seismic data covers onshore regions within North America with the remainder covering offshore United States. To support its seismic data licensing business and its clients, the Company maintains warehouse and electronic storage facilities in Houston, Texas and Calgary, Alberta, Canada and offers, through its Seitel Solutions business unit (“Solutions”), the ability to access and interact, via a standard web browser and the Internet, with the seismic data library owned and marketed by the Company.

Basis of Presentation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made to the amounts in the prior year’s financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation.

The Company presents its consolidated balance sheets on an unclassified basis. The portion of seismic data library costs to be amortized during the next year cannot be classified as a current asset due to Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) guidance. Classification of all of these costs as noncurrent would be misleading to the reader because it would not indicate the level of assets expected to be converted into cash in the next year.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions: The preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the accounting for and recognition of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These estimates and assumptions must be made because certain information that is used in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements is dependent on future events, cannot be calculated with a high degree of precision from data available or is not otherwise capable of being readily calculated based on generally accepted methodologies. In some cases, these estimates are particularly difficult to determine and the Company must exercise significant judgment.

The most difficult, subjective and complex estimates and assumptions that deal with the greatest amount of uncertainty are related to the Company’s accounting for its seismic data library and goodwill.

F-8

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company’s accounting for its seismic data library requires it to make significant subjective estimates and assumptions relative to future sales and cash flows from such library. These cash flows impact amortization rates, as well as potential impairment charges. Any changes in the Company’s estimates or underlying assumptions will impact the Company’s income from operations prospectively from the date changes are made. To the extent that such estimates, or the assumptions used to make those estimates, prove to be significantly different than actual results, the carrying value of the seismic data library may be subject to higher prospective amortization rates, additional straight-line amortization or impairment losses.

In a portion of its seismic data library activities, the Company engages in certain non-monetary exchanges and records a data library asset for the seismic data received and recognizes revenue on the transaction in accordance with its policies on revenue recognition. These transactions are valued at the fair value of the data received by the Company or licenses or services granted by the Company, whichever is more readily determinable. The Company’s estimate of the value of these transactions is highly subjective and based, in large part, on data sales transactions between the Company and a limited number of customers over a limited time period.

When required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test, the Company estimates the fair value of the reporting unit using discounted cash flow analysis which requires significant judgments and estimates about the future performance of the Company. If these projected cash flows change materially, the Company may be required to record impairment losses relative to goodwill.

Actual results could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions that the Company uses in the preparation of its financial statements. To the extent management’s estimates and assumptions change in the future, the effect on the Company’s reported results could be significant to any particular reporting period.

Revenue Recognition:

Revenue from Data Acquisition

The Company generates revenue when it creates a new seismic survey that is initially licensed by one or more of its customers to use the resulting data. The payments for the initial licenses are sometimes referred to as underwriting or prefunding. Customers make periodic payments throughout the creation period, which generally correspond to costs incurred and work performed. These payments are non-refundable. The Company considers the contracts signed up to the time the Company makes a firm commitment to create the new seismic survey as underwriting. Any subsequent licensing of the data while it is in progress is considered a resale license (see “Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses”).

Underwriting revenue is recognized throughout the creation period using the proportional performance method based upon costs incurred and work performed to date as a percentage of total estimated costs and work required. Management believes that this method is the most reliable and representative measure of progress for its data creation projects. On average, the duration of the data creation process is approximately one year. Under these contracts, the Company creates new seismic data designed in conjunction with its customers and specifically suited to the geology of the area using the most appropriate technology available.

The Company outsources the substantial majority of the work required to complete data acquisition projects to third party contractors. The Company’s payments to these third party contractors comprise the substantial majority of the total estimated costs of the project and are paid throughout the creation period. A typical survey includes specific activities required to complete the survey, each of which has value to the customers. Typical activities, that often occur concurrently, include:

• permitting for land access, mineral rights, and regulatory approval;

F-9

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

• surveying;

• drilling for the placement of energy sources;

• recording the data in the field; and

• processing the data.

The customers paying for the initial licenses receive legally enforceable rights to any resulting product of each activity described above. The customers also receive access to and use of the newly acquired, processed data.

The customers’ access to and use of the results of the work performed and of the newly acquired, processed data is governed by a license agreement, which is a separate agreement from the acquisition contract. The Company’s acquisition contracts require the customer either to have a license agreement in place or to execute one at the time the acquisition contract is signed. The Company maintains sole ownership of the newly acquired data, which is added to its library, and is free to license the data to other customers.

Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses

The Company recognizes a substantial portion of its revenue from licensing of data once it is available for delivery. These are sometimes referred to as resale licensing revenue, post-acquisition license sales or shelf sales.

These sales fall under the following four basic forms of non-exclusive license contracts.

• Specific license contract—The customer licenses and selects data from the data library, including data currently in progress, at the time the contract is entered into and holds this license for a long-term period.

• Library card license contract—The customer initially receives only access to data. The customer may then select specific data, from the collection of data to which it has access, to hold long-term under its license agreement. The length of the selection periods under the library card contracts is limited in time and varies from customer to customer.

• Review and possession license contract—The customer obtains the right to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time. During the review period, the customer may select specific data from that available for review to hold long-term under its license agreement. Any data not selected for long-term licensing must be returned to the Company at the end of the review period.

• Review only license contract—The customer obtains rights to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time, but does not obtain the right to select specific data to hold long-term.

The Company’s non-exclusive license contracts specify the following:

• that all customers must also execute a master license agreement that governs the use of all data received under the Company’s non-exclusive license contracts;

• the specific payment terms, generally ranging from 30 days to 12 months, and that such payments are non-cancelable and non-refundable;

• the actual data that is accessible to the customer; and

• that the data is licensed in its present form, where is and as is and the Company is under no obligation to make any enhancements, modifications or additions to the data unless specific terms to the contrary are included.

F-10

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Revenue from the non-exclusive licensing of seismic data is recognized when the following criteria are met:

• the Company has an arrangement with the customer that is validated by a signed contract;

• the sales price is fixed and determinable;

• collection is reasonably assured;

• the customer has selected the specific data or the contract has expired without full selection;

• the data is currently available for delivery; and

• the license term has begun.

Copies of the data are available to the customer immediately upon request.

For licenses that have been invoiced for which payment is due or has been received, but have not met the aforementioned criteria, the revenue is deferred along with the related direct costs (primarily sales commissions). This normally occurs under the library card, review and possession or review only license contracts because the data selection may occur over time. Additionally, if the contract allows licensing of data that is not currently available or enhancements, modifications or additions to the data are required per the contract, revenue is deferred until such time that the data is available.

Revenue from Non-Monetary Exchanges

In certain cases, the Company will take ownership of a customer’s seismic data or revenue interest (collectively referred to as “data”) in exchange for a non-exclusive license to selected seismic data from the Company’s library and, in some cases, services provided by Solutions. In connection with specific data acquisition contracts, the Company may choose to receive both cash and ownership of seismic data from the customer as consideration for the underwriting of new data acquisition. In addition, the Company may receive advanced data processing services on selected existing data in exchange for a non-exclusive license to selected data from the Company’s library. These exchanges are referred to as non-monetary exchanges. A non-monetary exchange for data always complies with the following criteria:

• the data license delivered is always distinct from the data received;

• the customer forfeits ownership of its data; and

• the Company retains ownership in its data.

In non-monetary exchange transactions, the Company records a data library asset for the seismic data received or processed at the time the contract is entered into or the data is completed, as applicable, and recognizes revenue on the transaction in equal value in accordance with its policy on revenue from data licenses, which is, when the data is selected by the customer, or revenue from data acquisition, as applicable, or as services are provided by Solutions. The data license to the customer is in the form of one of the four basic forms of contracts discussed above. These transactions are valued at the fair value of the data received or delivered, whichever is more readily determinable.

Fair value of the data exchanged is determined using a multi-step process as follows:

• First, the Company considers the value of the data or services received from the customer. In determining the value of the data received, the Company considers the age, quality, current demand and future marketability of the data and, in the case of 3D seismic data, the cost that would be required to create the data. In addition, the Company applies a limitation on the value it assigns per square mile

F-11

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

on the data received. In determining the value of the services received, the Company considers the cost of such similar services that it could obtain from a third party provider.

• Second, the Company determines the value of the license granted to the customer. Typically, the range of cash transactions by the Company for licenses of similar data during the prior six months are evaluated. In evaluating the range of cash transactions, the Company does not consider transactions that are disproportionately high or low.

Due to the Company’s revenue recognition policies, revenue recognized on non-monetary exchange transactions may not occur at the same time the seismic data acquired is recorded as an asset. The activity related to non-monetary exchanges was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Seismic data library additions	$	3,376	$	10,215	$	10,545
Revenue recognized on specific data licenses or selections of data		3,046		7,169		7,187
Revenue recognized related to acquisition contracts		5,452		2,274		2,677
Revenue recognized related to Solutions		20		71		—

Revenue from Solutions

Revenue from Solutions is recognized as the services for reproduction and delivery of seismic data are provided to customers.

Trade Receivables: The Company extends credit to various companies in the oil and gas industry for the licensing of seismic data, which results in a concentration of credit risk. This concentration of credit risk may be affected by changes in economic or other conditions and may accordingly impact the Company’s overall credit risk. However, management believes that the risk is mitigated by the number, size, reputation, and diversified nature of the companies to which they extend credit. Historical credit losses incurred on receivables by the Company have not been significant relative to sales. The Company determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts based on a periodic review of specific receivables for which revenue has been recognized.

In certain transactions, the Company may permit a customer to make payments on receivables over a period of time. If such payments extend beyond one year from the transaction date, the Company discounts such receivable and recognizes interest income over the term of the payments.

The Company includes taxes, such as sales tax or goods and services tax, as required, on certain invoices to its customers in order to remit payment to applicable governmental authorities. Tax amounts charged to our customers are excluded from revenues.

Major Customers: No single customer accounted for 10% or more of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2010. One customer accounted for approximately 11% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment consists primarily of computer equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures stated at historical cost through February 13, 2007, at which time the Company adjusted its property and equipment to fair value in accordance with purchase accounting. Subsequent additions are stated at historical cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, the majority of which are three to five years. Leasehold

F-12

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the underlying lease. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $1.1 million, $2.2 million, and $2.1 million, respectively.

Marketable Equity Securities: Management determines the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable securities are categorized as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income included in stockholder’s equity until realized. Due to the Company having a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax asset, no income tax expense (benefit) was recognized and recorded to comprehensive income (loss) in the three years ended December 31, 2012. For the purpose of computing realized gains and losses, cost is identified on a specific identification basis.

During the three years ended 2012, the Company sold its marketable equity securities through a series of transactions. Proceeds from the sales were $0.2 million, $2.5 million and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total realized gains were equal to proceeds received. As of December 31, 2011, total unrealized gains on marketable securities were $0.3 million.

Debt Issue Costs: Debt issue costs related to the Company’s senior notes and revolving credit facility are included in prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Such costs are amortized over the scheduled maturities of the debt. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, unamortized debt issue costs were $2.4 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. The Company does not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles but, at least annually, evaluates whether goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are impaired. Goodwill is considered impaired if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. The Company conducts a qualitative goodwill impairment assessment as of October 1 of each year by examining relevant events and circumstances which could have a negative impact on its goodwill such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows, overall financial performance, and other relevant entity-specific events. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances described above, the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the two-step goodwill test is performed. The two-step goodwill impairment test is also performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If it is necessary to perform an analysis to determine if the Company’s goodwill is impaired, the Company utilizes discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant judgments and estimates about future operations, to develop the Company’s estimates of fair value.

The cost of intangible assets with determinable lives is amortized to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed, on a straight-line basis, over the estimated periods benefited, ranging from 6 to 10 years.

Income Taxes: The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the future income consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws.

The Company regularly evaluates valuation allowances established for deferred tax assets for which future realization is uncertain. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, the

F-13

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Company considered whether it was more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets would not be realized. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Company and all of its U.S. subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company does not provide U.S. taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries whose earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested in foreign operations. At December 31, 2012, there were no accumulated net earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries.

Foreign Currency Translation: For subsidiaries that have functional currency which is deemed to be other than the U.S. dollar, asset and liability accounts are translated at period-end exchange rates and revenue and expenses are translated at the current exchange rates as of the dates on which they are recognized. Resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholder’s equity. Accumulated translation gains were $23.7 million and $20.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Cumulative translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. Any gains or losses realized on transactions or monetary assets or liabilities in currencies other than the functional currency are included in net income (loss) in the current period. Transaction gains (losses) totaled $0.7 million, $(0.7) million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation: The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award.

Employee Benefit Plans: The Company maintains savings plans in the United States and Canada that allow employees to contribute a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax and/or after-tax basis in accordance with specified guidelines. The Company matches a percentage of the employee contributions up to certain limits. Savings plan expense amounted to $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income” requiring entities to report components of other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements of net income and other comprehensive income. This ASU does not change the items that must be reported in comprehensive income, how these items are measured, or when these items must be classified to net income. The Company has provided the required financial reporting presentation pursuant to ASU 2011-05 herein.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” The ASU was issued to simplify the testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment and to improve consistency in impairment testing guidance among long-lived asset categories. The standard permits an entity first to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 350-30, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-General Intangibles Other than Goodwill.” An entity will have an option not to calculate annually the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset if the entity determines that it is not more likely than not that the asset is impaired. This ASU is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2013. The Company does not expect the standard to have a significant impact on its financial statements or financial statement disclosures.

F-14

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” This ASU does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the financial statements. However, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about those amounts. This standard is effective prospectively for the Company beginning January 1, 2013. The Company is evaluating the effect, if any, the adoption of ASU 2013-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE B—SEISMIC DATA LIBRARY

The Company’s seismic data library consists of seismic surveys that are offered for license to customers on a non-exclusive basis. Costs associated with creating, acquiring or purchasing the seismic data library are capitalized and amortized principally on the income forecast method subject to a straight-line amortization period of four years, applied on a quarterly basis at the individual survey level.

The following table sets forth a summary of the net book value of the Company’s seismic data library (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2012		2011
U.S. Onshore:
Unconventional 3D	$	94,553	$	43,106
Conventional 3D		8,628		21,166
Canadian:
Unconventional 3D		76,335		55,738
Conventional 3D		294		513
2D		126		171
U.S. Offshore		181		—
Total	$	180,117	$	120,694

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately 26% and 34%, respectively, of the net book value of the seismic data library were projects in progress.

Costs of Seismic Data Library

For purchased seismic data, the Company capitalizes the purchase price of the acquired data.

For data received through a non-monetary exchange, the Company capitalizes an amount equal to the fair value of the data received by the Company or the fair value of the license granted to the customer, whichever is more readily determinable. See Note A for discussion of the process used to determine fair value.

For newly created data, the capitalized costs include costs paid to third parties for the acquisition of data and related permitting, surveying and other activities associated with the data creation activity. In addition, the Company capitalizes certain internal costs related to processing the created data. Such costs include salaries and

F-15

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

benefits of the Company’s processing personnel and certain other costs incurred for the benefit of the processing activity. The Company believes that the internal processing costs capitalized are not greater than, and generally are less than, those that would be incurred and capitalized if such activity were performed by a third party. Capitalized costs for internal data processing were $3.0 million, $1.9 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Data Library Amortization

The Company amortizes its seismic data library investment using the greater of the amortization that would result from the application of the income forecast method subject to a minimum amortization rate or a straight-line basis over the useful life of the data. With respect to each survey in the data library, the straight-line policy is applied from the time such survey is available for licensing to customers on a non-exclusive basis.

The Company applies the income forecast method by forecasting the ultimate revenue expected to be derived from a particular data library component over the estimated useful life of each survey comprising part of such component. This forecast is made by the Company annually and reviewed quarterly. If, during any such review, the Company determines that the ultimate revenue for a library component is expected to be significantly different than the original estimate of total revenue for such library component, the Company revises the amortization rate attributable to future revenue from each survey in such component. The lowest amortization rate the Company applies using the income forecast method is 70%. In addition, in connection with the forecast reviews and updates, the Company evaluates the recoverability of its seismic data library investment, and if required, records an impairment charge with respect to such investment. See discussion on “Seismic Data Library Impairment” below.

Amortization expense totaled $132.8 million, $135.0 million and $167.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The actual aggregate rate of amortization as a percentage of total seismic revenue was 57%, 63% and 98% for the same periods, respectively. The actual aggregate rate of amortization depends on the specific seismic surveys licensed and selected by the Company’s customers during the period and the amount of straight-line amortization recorded. The income forecast amortization rates can vary by component and, as of January 1, 2013, the amortization rate utilized under the income forecast method is 70% for all components. Additionally, certain seismic surveys have been fully amortized; consequently, no amortization expense is required on revenue recorded for these seismic surveys.

The greater of the income forecast or straight-line amortization policy is applied quarterly on a cumulative basis at the individual survey level. Under this policy, the Company first records amortization using the income forecast method. The cumulative amortization recorded for each survey is then compared with the cumulative straight-line amortization. If the cumulative straight-line amortization is higher for any specific survey, additional amortization expense is recorded, resulting in accumulated amortization being equal to the cumulative straight-line amortization for such survey. This requirement is applied regardless of future-year revenue estimates for the library component of which the survey is a part and does not consider the existence of deferred revenue with respect to the library component or to any survey.

Seismic Data Library Impairment

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment by grouping individual surveys into components based on its operations and geological and geographical trends, resulting in the following data library segments for purposes of evaluating impairments: (I) North America 3D onshore comprised of the following components: (a) Texas Gulf Coast, (b) Eastern Texas, (c) Southern Louisiana/Mississippi, (d) Northern Louisiana, (e) Rocky

F-16

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Mountains, (f) Utica/Marcellus in Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia, (g) Panhandle Plays in North Texas/Oklahoma, (h) other United States, (i) Montney in British Columbia and Alberta, (j) Horn River in British Columbia, (k) Cardium in Alberta and (l) other Canada; (II) United States 2D; (III) Canada 2D; (IV) Gulf of Mexico offshore; and (V) international data outside North America. The Company believes that these library components constitute the lowest levels of independently identifiable cash flows.

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company considers the level of sales performance in each component compared to projected sales, as well as industry conditions, among others, to be key factors in determining when its seismic data investment should be evaluated for impairment. In evaluating sales performance of each component, the Company generally considers five consecutive quarters of actual performance below forecasted sales to be an indicator of potential impairment.

The impairment evaluation is based first on a comparison of the undiscounted future cash flows over each component’s remaining estimated useful life with the carrying value of each library component. If the undiscounted cash flows are equal to or greater than the carrying value of such component, no impairment is recorded. If undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of any component, the forecast of future cash flows related to such component is discounted to fair value and compared with such component’s carrying amount. The difference between the library component’s carrying amount and the discounted future value of the expected revenue stream is recorded as an impairment charge.

For purposes of evaluating potential impairment losses, the Company estimates the future cash flows attributable to a library component by evaluating, among other factors, historical and recent revenue trends, oil and gas prospectivity in particular regions, general economic conditions affecting its customer base and expected changes in technology and other factors that the Company deems relevant. The cash flow estimates exclude expected future revenues attributable to non-monetary data exchanges and future data creation projects.

The estimation of future cash flows and fair value is highly subjective and inherently imprecise. Estimates can change materially from period to period based on many factors, including those described in the preceding paragraph. Accordingly, if conditions change in the future, the Company may record impairment losses relative to its seismic data library investment, which could be material to any particular reporting period.

The Company did not have any impairment charges during the three years ended December 31, 2012.

NOTE C—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

The Company performs an annual assessment of the recoverability of goodwill as of October 1 each year. Additionally, the Company assesses goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such carrying values may not be recoverable. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. After assessing the totality of events and circumstances for the qualitative impairment assessment at October 1, 2012, the Company determined that performing the two-step goodwill impairment test was unnecessary and no goodwill impairment was recognized. Additionally, the Company incurred no impairment as a result of the annual tests in prior years. There were no events or changes in circumstances that indicated that an impairment was more likely than not during interim periods in 2012, 2011, or 2010. However, there can be no assurance that goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles will not be impaired at any time in the future.

F-17

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
Balance beginning of year	$	205,838	$	208,050
Translation adjustments		2,182		(2,212	)
Balance end of year	$	208,020	$	205,838

The recorded carrying amount will change at each balance sheet date due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. The following is a summary of the Company’s intangible assets other than goodwill (in thousands):

	Weighted Average Amortization  Period		December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
Amortized intangible assets:
Cost:
Favorable facility lease		6 years	$	—		$	1,752
Customer relationships		10 years		44,669			44,397
Internally developed software		7 years		9,346			9,143
				54,015			55,292
Accumulated Amortization:
Favorable facility lease		6 years		—			(1,367	)
Customer relationships		10 years		(26,243	)		(21,644	)
Internally developed software		7 years		(7,844	)		(6,367	)
				(34,087	)		(29,378	)
Net book value				19,928			25,914
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Trade names				900			900
Total intangible assets at net book value			$	20,828		$	26,814

The Company’s trade name assets have an indefinite life and are not amortized, but are reviewed annually on October 1 and tested for impairment. The trade names were determined to have indefinite lives due to the length of time the trade names have been in place. The Company’s current intentions are to maintain the trade names indefinitely. All other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives. As of December 31, 2012, the weighted average amortization period for these intangible assets was 9.5 years.

Amortization expense for the Company’s intangible assets was $6.2 million, $6.1 million, and $6.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense is as follows: fiscal year ending 2013 -$5.8 million, fiscal year ending 2014—$4.6 million, fiscal year ending 2015—$4.5 million, fiscal year ending 2016—$4.5 million and fiscal year ending 2017—$0.5 million.

The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of these intangible assets on an annual basis. The Company also reviews for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying values may not be recoverable.

F-18

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE D—INCOME TAXES

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Income (loss) before income taxes is comprised of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
U.S.	$	22,020	$	330	$	(53,038	)
Foreign		21,812		2,278		(14,387	)
	$	43,832	$	2,608	$	(67,425	)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	342		$	—		$	—
State		1,093			(713	)		—
Foreign		4,125			1,394			45
		5,560			681			45
Deferred:
Federal		—			(1	)		(369	)
State		(28	)		270			1
Foreign		1,250			(558	)		(3,685	)
		1,222			(289	)		(4,053	)
Tax provision (benefit):
Federal		342			(1	)		(369	)
State		1,065			(443	)		1
Foreign		5,375			836			(3,640	)
	$	6,782		$	392		$	(4,008	)

F-19

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The differences between the U.S. Federal income taxes computed at the statutory rate (35%) and the Company’s income taxes for financial reporting purposes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Statutory Federal income tax	$	15,341		$	913		$	(23,599	)
Change in unrecognized tax benefits		189			235			83
State income tax, less Federal benefit		128			(193	)		—
Foreign investment in U.S. property		1,094			—			—
Tax difference on foreign earnings		(2,258	)		(245	)		949
Change in foreign taxes		2			156			64
Canadian withholding tax		(30	)		26			45
Change in valuation allowance		(7,666	)		(513	)		18,050
Tax credits		(401	)		(366	)		(384	)
Non-deductible expenses		342			280			233
Other, net		41			99			551
Income tax provision (benefit)	$	6,782		$	392		$	(4,008	)

Deferred Tax Asset/Liability

The components of the net deferred income tax asset (liability) reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

	Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities)
	December 31,
	2012			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Deferred revenue	$	1,044		$	2,158
Depreciation and amortization		19,378			18,941
Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward		2,124			1,782
Net operating loss carryforwards		75,873			84,413
Research and development tax credit carryforward		1,078			1,055
Accrued expenses and other		8,572			8,349
Total deferred tax assets		108,069			116,698
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		(2,791	)		(973	)
Intangible assets		(6,595	)		(8,315	)
Unrealized gain on marketable securities		—			(92	)
Deferred expenses and other		(577	)		(571	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(9,963	)		(9,951	)
Valuation allowance:
Beginning balance		(108,066	)		(107,490	)
Decrease (increase) during the period		7,574			(576	)
Total valuation allowance		(100,492	)		(108,066	)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(2,386	)	$	(1,319	)

F-20

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Deferred income taxes have been classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as:

Deferred income tax asset	$	84		$	56
Deferred income tax liability		(2,470	)		(1,375	)
Net deferred income tax liability	$	(2,386	)	$	(1,319	)

During 2012, the Company’s valuation allowance provided against its U.S. net deferred tax asset decreased by $8.2 million primarily due to utilization of net operating loss carryforwards to offset current taxable income generated in 2012. Additionally, during 2012, the Company’s valuation allowance provided against its state deferred tax asset increased by $0.6 million due to the uncertainty of recovery of the deferred tax asset. During 2011, the Company’s valuation allowance provided against its U.S. net deferred tax asset increased by $0.6 million primarily related to U.S. net operating losses incurred in 2011 for which utilization is uncertain and the change in deferred taxes on unrealized gain on marketable securities.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a U.S. Federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward of approximately $199.0 million which can be used to offset U.S. income taxes payable in future years. This U.S. NOL carryforward will expire in periods beginning 2025 through 2031. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has an alternative minimum tax (AMT) credit carryforward of approximately $2.1 million which can be used to offset regular U.S. Federal income taxes payable in future years and which has an indefinite carryforward period. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a Colorado state NOL carryforward of $2.8 million which can be used to offset Colorado state income taxes payable in future years. This state NOL carryforward will expire in periods beginning 2027 through 2033 and has annual usage limitations in tax years 2012 and 2013.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has Canadian NOL carryforwards of approximately $0.3 million (Canadian) which can be used to offset Canadian income taxes payable in future years. These Canadian NOL carryforwards will expire in 2029.

In February 2006, Olympic Seismic Ltd. (“Olympic”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was notified by Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) that CRA was going to perform an audit of certain aspects of Olympic’s tax returns for the years 2003 and 2004. In February 2009, CRA notified the Company that the audit was expanded to include years from 2005 through 2007. In April 2011, the Company received notification that CRA concluded their audits, disallowing Olympic’s deductions for certain royalties payable to the Company’s U.S. entities for years 2003 to 2007. Olympic and the Company object to and are appealing the audit results. As a condition to appeal the audit results, Olympic was required to pay $7.6 million (Canadian) to CRA and did so in May 2011 and made an additional $0.1 million payment in the third quarter of 2011. These payments, which included amounts for taxes, penalties and interest assessed by CRA, have been shown as income tax payments in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows because the amounts paid can be applied interchangeably to the amounts which may ultimately be due to CRA. As of December 31, 2012, the appeal process has not been concluded. The Company has recorded liabilities associated with potential adjustments that may occur as a result of the appeal based on management’s assessment of the probability of the outcome of the appeal, net of certain payments made to CRA. See “Uncertain Tax Benefits” below.

F-21

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Uncertain Tax Benefits

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax position must meet before being recognized in the financial statements. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011			2010
Balance at beginning of year	$	6,016	$	6,151		$	5,545
Additions based on prior year tax positions		—		—			310
Foreign currency translation		134		(135	)		296
Balance at end of year	$	6,150	$	6,016		$	6,151

As of December 31, 2012, approximately $6.2 million of the total unrecognized tax benefits would impact the effective income tax rate, if recognized in future periods. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, the Company has recorded $5.9 million in related assets which are fully offset with a valuation allowance.

Uncertain tax positions are reflected as income tax assets and liabilities. Income tax-related interest and penalty expenses are recorded as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2012, we had $0.7 million of accrued interest and $1.0 million of accrued penalties. As of December 31, 2011, we had $0.5 million of accrued interest and $1.0 million of accrued penalties. Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 included $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $(0.2) million, respectively, related to interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits.

With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2008, 2008 and 2005, respectively.

NOTE E—DEBT

The following is a summary of the Company’s debt (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
9.75% Senior Notes	$	275,000	$	275,000
Credit Facility		—		—
Note payable to former executive		29		95
	$	275,029	$	275,095

9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes: On February 14, 2007, the Company issued, in a private placement, $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.75% senior notes due 2014 (the “9.75% Senior Notes”). The proceeds from the 9.75% Senior Notes were used to partially fund the transactions in connection with the Merger. As required by their terms, the 9.75% Senior Notes were exchanged for senior notes of like amounts and terms in a publicly registered exchange offer in August 2007. On July 1, 2011, the Company redeemed $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 9.75% Senior Notes outstanding in accordance with the terms and conditions of the indenture governing the 9.75% Senior Notes. The redemption price was equal to 104.875% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Accordingly, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $7.9 million, which included the write-off of unamortized issue expenses, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The remaining notes mature on February 15, 2014. Interest is payable in cash, semi-

F-22

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, accrued interest totaled $10.1 million and was included in accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The 9.75% Senior Notes are unsecured and are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries on a senior basis. The 9.75% Senior Notes contain restrictive covenants which limit the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends and complete mergers, acquisitions and sales of assets.

Upon a change of control (as defined in the indenture), each holder of the 9.75% Senior Notes will have the right to require the Company to offer to purchase all of such holder’s notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Credit Facility: On May 25, 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (the “U.S. Lender”) and Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada (the “Canadian Lender,” and collectively with the U.S. Lender, the “Lenders”). The Credit Facility provides a $30.0 million revolving credit facility with a Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, subject to borrowing base limitations. The Credit Facility expires on November 15, 2013, which date will be extended upon the occurrence of certain refinancing of the Company’s 9.75% Senior Notes. Each existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiary of the Company (collectively, the “U.S. Guarantors”) is a guarantor of payment of the U.S. obligations under the Credit Facility and each future direct and indirect wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary of Olympic is a guarantor of payment of the Canadian obligations under the Credit Facility.

The borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by a perfected first priority lien and security interest (subject to certain exceptions) in favor of the U.S. Lender in all present and future assets and equity of the Company and each U.S. Guarantor and 65% of the equity in Olympic, and borrowings by Olympic are secured by a perfected first priority lien and security interest (subject to certain exceptions) in favor of the Canadian Lender in all present and future assets of Olympic. The Credit Facility has a variable interest rate depending on certain factors.

The Credit Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants, representations and warranties, borrowing conditions, events of default and remedies for the Lenders. The aggregate loan or any individual loan made under the Credit Facility may be prepaid at any time subject to certain restrictions. The Credit Facility is also subject to the payment of upfront, letter of credit, administrative and certain other fees. The Credit Facility requires the payment of an unused line fee of 0.5% per annum payable in arrears.

Note Payable: The Company is party to a note payable to a former executive with remaining payments of $6,000 per month until May 2013. The note is non-interest bearing and is guaranteed by Olympic.

Aggregate Maturities: The aggregate maturities of the Company’s debt are: $29,000 in 2013 and $275.0 million in 2014.

NOTE F—LEASE OBLIGATIONS

Assets recorded under capital lease obligations of $3.8 million and $3.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are included in property and equipment. Accumulated depreciation related to such assets was $1.5 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Depreciation on the assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

The Company leases office space under operating leases, some of which include renewal options. Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $1.8 million, $1.7 million, and $1.7 million, respectively. The Company received income from subleases of approximately $0.3 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

F-23

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Future minimum lease payments for the five years subsequent to December 31, 2012, thereafter and in the aggregate are as follows (in thousands):

	Capital Leases			Operating Leases
2013	$	446		$	1,010
2014		446			696
2015		430			672
2016		412			471
2017		440			53
Thereafter		1,970			—
Total minimum lease payments		4,144		$	2,902
Less amount representing interest		(1,031	)
Present value of net minimum lease payments	$	3,113

Capital leases are comprised mostly of a sale leaseback agreement entered into by Olympic in 2002 on a building and land located in Calgary, Alberta, Canada. The term of the lease is 20-years with remaining lease payments of: $409,500 (Canadian dollars) in years 11-15 and $452,340 (Canadian dollars) in years 16-20.

NOTE G—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is involved from time to time in ordinary, routine claims and lawsuits incidental to its business. In the opinion of management, uninsured losses, if any, resulting from the ultimate resolutions of these matters should not be material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, it is not possible to predict or determine the outcomes of the legal actions brought against it or by it, or to provide an estimate of all additional losses, if any, that may arise. At December 31, 2012, the Company has recorded the estimated amount of potential exposure it may have with respect to litigation and claims. Such amounts are not material to the financial statements.

NOTE H—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company maintains various stock-based compensation plans administered by the board of directors of Holdings, the Company’s parent, for the benefit of the Company’s key employees and non-employee directors as discussed below.

Total stock-based compensation cost recognized and included in selling, general and administrative expenses was $0.8 million, $0.5 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company has not recognized any tax benefits related to stock based compensation for the three years ended December 31, 2012.

Restricted Stock Units

In April 2008, Holdings adopted the 2008 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan which is designed to provide incentives to present and future employees of the Company through the grant of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards. The 2008 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 25,000 shares of Holdings’ common stock pursuant to such grants. The restricted stock units are convertible into common shares of Holdings within 30 days of one of the following events: termination of employment, death, disability or upon a change in control of the Company. During the years ended December 31,

F-24

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

2012, 2011 and 2010, 106, 221 and 241 restricted stock units, respectively, were converted into shares of Holdings. A total of 22,659 restricted shares were available for grant at December 31, 2012.

Stock Options

2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

In February 2007, Holdings adopted the 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Option Plan”) in order to provide an equity component to management compensation following the Merger. The board of directors of Holdings may issue options to purchase up to 105,200 shares of Holdings’ common stock.

The options issued under the 2007 Stock Option Plan contain only service condition requirements. The issuances in 2007 through 2010 and the issuances in 2012 vest 25 percent on each anniversary of the grant date for four years provided the employee has provided continued service. The 2011 issuances vest 20 percent on each anniversary of the grant date for five years provided the employee has provided continued service. The options provide for certain acceleration of vesting and cancellation of options under different circumstances, such as a change in control, death, disability and termination of service. The Company recognizes compensation expense for these options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separate vesting portion of the option as if the option was, in substance, multiple options (graded vesting). The options expire 10 years after the date of grant. Upon exercise of the options, shares will be issued from authorized but unissued shares of Holdings. A total of 9,859 shares of Holdings common stock were available for grant as options at December 31, 2012.

2012 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

In May 2012, Holdings adopted the 2012 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the “2012 Option Plan”) to provide incentives to present and future employees of the Company through the grant of Holdings’ common stock options. The board of directors of Holdings may issue options to purchase up to 48,605 shares of Holdings’ common stock.

The options issued in 2012 under the 2012 Stock Option Plan provide for the options to be vested in three different tranches:

• one-third of the total grant vests 20 percent on each anniversary of the grant date for five years provided the employee has provided continued service (service condition)

• one-third of the total grant vests on a 2.0X event, as defined in the applicable stock option agreement (market and performance conditions)

• one-third of the total grant vests on a 2.5X event, as defined in the applicable stock option agreement (market and performance conditions)

The options provide for certain acceleration of vesting and cancellation of options under different circumstances, such as a change in control, death, disability and termination of service. For the portion of the options that vest only based upon a service condition, the Company recognizes compensation expense using graded vesting over the requisite service period. For the options containing market and performance conditions, the Company defers all stock-based compensation until the consummation of the performance condition. The options expire 10 years after the date of grant. Upon exercise of the options, shares will be issued from authorized but unissued shares of Holdings. A total of 5,105 shares of Holdings common stock were available for grant under the 2012 Stock Option Plan at December 31, 2012.

The Company estimated the fair value of the options on each grant date by using the Monte Carlo simulation method for the portion of the options that contain both a market and a performance condition and the

F-25

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Black-Scholes option pricing method for options (or the portion of the options) that contain only a service condition. The assumptions used in the option valuation models are outlined in the following table:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Weighted average grant date fair value per share	$	95.25		$	123.29		$	47.15
Weighted average assumptions used:
Expected volatility		45	%		45	%		45	%
Expected life (in years)		6.47			6.50			6.63
Risk-free interest rate		1.70	%		2.36	%		3.23	%
Expected dividend yield		—			—			—

The computation of the expected volatility assumptions used in the option valuation models was based on historical volatilities and implied volatilities of peer companies. The Company utilized the volatilities of peer companies due to its lack of extensive history. The expected life was used for options valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing method. The Company used the “simplified” method prescribed in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 110, for companies that do not have adequate historical data. The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield at the time of grant. The expected dividend yield of 0% was based on the fact that the Company does not currently pay dividends, nor does it intend to pay a dividend in the future.

In May 2010, the Company cancelled and reissued all of its then outstanding stock options in order to reduce the exercise price of the options to $193.13. The vesting conditions and the expiration dates were not changed from the original grant of each option. The modification affected 16 employees and 2 non-employee directors who had a total of 86,135 options outstanding as of the modification date. The incremental compensation cost as a result of the modified exercise price was $1.3 million, of which $0.9 million was expensed immediately for vested options at the date of modification. The remaining $0.4 million incremental cost along with the remaining unrecognized compensation cost prior to the modification is being recognized using the graded vesting attribution method over the remaining vesting periods of stock options. The incremental compensation cost as a result of the re-pricing was calculated as the difference in the fair value of the stock options immediately before the re-pricing and the fair value of the stock options at the new exercise price. The fair value was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing method. The assumptions used in the model are outlined in the following table:

	Prior to Re-pricing			After Re-pricing
Weighted average grant date fair value per share	$	21.43		$	36.74
Weighted average assumptions used:
Expected volatility		45	%		45	%
Expected life (in years)		5.97			4.97
Risk free interest rate		3.01	%		2.60	%
Expected dividend yield		—			—

F-26

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table summarizes stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (shares in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31, 2012				Year Ended December 31, 2011					Year Ended December 31, 2010
	Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of period		84	$	193.91		91		$	193.13		92		$	392.07
Granted		45	$	258.37		1		$	258.37		91		$	193.13
Exercised		—	$	—		(8	)	$	193.13		—		$	—
Cancelled		—	$	—		—		$	—		(91	)	$	392.09
Forfeited		—	$	—		—		$	—		(1	)	$	389.42
Outstanding at end of period(1)		129	$	216.62		84		$	193.91		91		$	193.13
Options exercisable at end of period(2)		80	$	193.29		76		$	193.13		62		$	193.13
Available for grant at end of period		15				12					13

(1) Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2012 have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 6.2 years.

(2) Exercisable stock options at December 31, 2012 have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 4.4 years.

As of December 31, 2012, the total future compensation cost related to non-vested options not yet recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations was $3.8 million, of which $2.4 million is attributable to vesting upon contingent events and $1.4 million is attributable to time-based vesting. The compensation costs associated with time-based vesting will be recognized using graded vesting over a weighted average period of 3.5 years. The Company did not receive any cash from option exercises during the three years ended December 31, 2012.

NOTE I—STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

In May 2011, Centerbridge purchased a minority interest in Holdings for $125.0 million. Concurrently with the closing of this transaction, Holdings contributed $125.0 million to the Company. Holdings incurred approximately $4.9 million in professional fees associated with this transaction, which are reflected as a reduction to Holdings’ contribution to the Company. The funds received were used to redeem $125.0 million of the Company’s 9.75% Senior Notes in July 2011.

NOTE J—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Authoritative guidance on fair value measurements provides a framework for measuring fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 inputs) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs).

The Company uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. In measuring the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, market data or assumptions are used that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability,

F-27

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

including assumptions about risk when appropriate. The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)		Significant  Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
At December 31, 2012:
Cash equivalents	$	61,272	$	61,272	$	—	$	—
At December 31, 2011:
Cash equivalents	$	74,421	$	74,421	$	—	$	—
Investment in stock options related to equity securities		262		—		262		—

The Company had no transfers of assets between any of the above levels during the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011.

Cash equivalents include treasury bills and money market funds that invest in United States government obligations and a Canadian dollar investment account, all with original maturities of three months or less. The original costs of these assets approximate fair value due to their short-term maturity.

Investment in stock options related to equity securities are measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on observable market inputs such as stock prices, interest rates and expected volatility assumptions. Based on these inputs, these assets are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company sold a portion of its investment in stock options for proceeds totaling $0.2 million. The remaining stock options expired unexercised in May 2012.

Other Financial Instruments:

Based upon the rates available to the Company, the fair value of the 9.75% Senior Notes and the note payable to a former executive approximated $274.6 million as of December 31, 2012, compared to the book value of $275.0 million. The quoted market price of the 9.75% Senior Notes was $274.6 million at December 31, 2012. The fair value of the 9.75% Senior Notes and the note payable to a former executive approximated $273.0 million as of December 31, 2011, compared to the book value of $275.1 million. The quoted market price of the 9.75% Senior Notes was $272.9 million at December 31, 2011. The fair value for the Company’s most significant debt balance, the 9.75% Senior Notes, was estimated using Level 1 inputs whereas the estimate of fair value for the note payable to a former executive was calculated using Level 2 inputs.

NOTE K—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Holdings does not maintain a cash account. Consequently, the Company makes payments, as needed, on Holdings’ behalf for corporate expenditures such as taxes and share repurchases for employees that have left the Company and who held equity instruments in Holdings. The Company receives payments on the outstanding balance only when Holdings receives cash from stock issuances. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company made payments of approximately $13,000, $755,000 and $9,000, respectively on behalf of Holdings. The Company received $50,000 from Holdings in 2011 which was applied toward the outstanding balance. The balance due from Holdings as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $874,000 and $861,000, respectively.

F-28

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company owns 20% of Wandoo Energy LLC (“Wandoo”), a privately owned oil and gas prospecting company. The Company’s Chief Operating Officer serves as the Company’s representative on the board of directors of Wandoo. The Company received $552,000, $67,000 and $40,000 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, in cash dividends from Wandoo. Additionally, Wandoo reimbursed the Company in 2010 for $133,000 in geophysical consulting services previously paid to Wandoo’s president in 2005 and 2006. In 2011, the Company received $335,000 for a licensing agreement with Texoz E&P, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Texon Petroleum Ltd. (“Texon”). Texon was formed in 2006 as a spinoff from Wandoo. The Company received shares and stock options in Texon in connection with its formation. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has sold all of its Texon shares and stock options that had a strike price below market price prior to their expiration.

NOTE L—STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 included $651,000 and $122,000, respectively of restricted cash related to collateral on seismic operations bonds. The balances at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 also included $125,000 (Canadian) of restricted cash posted as security against Company issued credit cards for Olympic.

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments or debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its day-to-day operating cash and temporary excess cash with various banking institutions that, in turn, invest in time deposits and U.S. Treasury bills.

Income taxes paid during 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $3.2 million, $8.1 million and $15,000, respectively. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company received income tax refunds of $1.0 million, $0.1 million, and $68,000, respectively.

The Company had non-cash additions to its seismic data library comprised of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Non-monetary exchanges related to resale licensing revenue	$	1,554		$	7,609		$	4,000
Non-monetary exchanges from underwriting of new data acquisition		4,122			2,687			3,222
Other non-monetary exchanges		—			98			124
Completion of data in progress from prior non-monetary exchanges		142			—			3,199
Less: Non-monetary exchanges for data in progress		(2,442	)		(179	)		—
Total non-cash additions to seismic data library	$	3,376		$	10,215		$	10,545

Non-cash revenue consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Acquisition revenue on underwriting from non-monetary exchange contracts	$	5,452	$	2,274	$	2,677
Licensing revenue from specific data licenses and selections on non-monetary exchange contracts		3,046		7,169		7,187
Solutions revenue recognized from non-monetary exchange contracts		20		71		—
Total non-cash revenue	$	8,518	$	9,514	$	9,864

F-29

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE M—INDUSTRY SEGMENTS

The Company operates in one business segment, which is made up of seismic data acquisition, seismic data licensing, seismic data processing and seismic reproduction service.

Geographic information for the periods presented was as follows (in thousands):

	United States		Canada		Total
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenue	$	157,381	$	83,077	$	240,458
Assets(1)		102,212		82,723		184,935
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Revenue	$	152,792	$	65,216	$	218,008
Assets(1)		65,156		60,577		125,733
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Revenue	$	129,888	$	45,668	$	175,556
Assets(1)		76,121		35,429		111,550

(1) Assets include net seismic data library and net property and equipment.

The Company’s revenues may be divided into two major categories: (i) acquisition and licensing of seismic data and (ii) reproduction and delivery of seismic data and other services. Revenue by type of service for the periods presented was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Acquisition and licensing of seismic data	$	234,785	$	213,656	$	171,778
Reproduction and delivery of seismic data and other services		5,673		4,352		3,778
Total revenue	$	240,458	$	218,008	$	175,556

NOTE N—SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTORS CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

On February 14, 2007, the Company completed a private placement of 9.75% Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million. As of December 31, 2012, $275.0 million aggregate principal amount remains outstanding. The Company’s payment obligations under the 9.75% Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of its 100% owned U.S. subsidiaries (“Guarantor Subsidiaries”). All subsidiaries of the Company that do not guaranty the 9.75% Senior Notes are referred to as Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.

The consolidating condensed financial statements are presented below and should be read in connection with the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. Separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented because (i) the Guarantor Subsidiaries are wholly-owned and have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the 9.75% Senior Notes on a joint and several basis, and (ii) the Company’s management has determined such separate financial statements are not material to investors.

The following consolidating condensed financial information presents the consolidating condensed balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the consolidating condensed statements of operations, statements of comprehensive income (loss) and statements of cash flows for the years ended

F-30

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 of (a) the Company; (b) the Guarantor Subsidiaries; (c) the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries; (d) elimination entries; and (e) the Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for on the equity method. The principal elimination entries eliminate investments in subsidiaries, intercompany balances, intercompany transactions and intercompany sales.

F-31

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	60,533		$	1,358		$	—		$	61,891
Receivables
Trade, net		—			43,806			17,389			—			61,195
Notes and other, net		—			9			2,134			—			2,143
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.		—			874			—			—			874
Intercompany receivables (payables)		75,688			(49,827	)		(25,861	)		—			—
Investment in subsidiaries		332,819			432,870			1,590			(767,279	)		—
Net seismic data library		—			100,087			80,030			—			180,117
Net property and equipment		—			2,125			2,693			—			4,818
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other		2,644			5,122			3,008			—			10,774
Intangible assets, net		900			13,250			6,678			—			20,828
Goodwill		—			107,688			100,332			—			208,020
Deferred income taxes		—			84			—			—			84
TOTAL ASSETS	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	10,049		$	38,179		$	14,555		$	—		$	62,783
Income taxes payable		336			900			2,898			—			4,134
Senior Notes		275,000			—			—			—			275,000
Notes payable		29			—			—			—			29
Obligations under capital leases		—			81			3,032			—			3,113
Deferred revenue		—			45,320			7,537			—			52,857
Deferred income taxes		—			—			2,470			—			2,470
TOTAL LIABILITIES		285,414			84,480			30,492			—			400,386
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock		—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital		398,772			—			—			—			398,772
Parent investment		—			764,752			156,918			(921,670	)		—
Retained deficit		(272,135	)		(132,611	)		(21,780	)		154,391			(272,135	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		—			—			23,721			—			23,721
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY		126,637			632,141			158,859			(767,279	)		150,358
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744

F-32

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	61,612		$	13,282		$	—		$	74,894
Receivables
Trade, net		—			32,129			19,177			—			51,306
Notes and other, net		520			1,606			2,196			—			4,322
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.		—			861			—			—			861
Intercompany receivables (payables)		95,955			(78,614	)		(17,341	)		—			—
Investment in subsidiaries		272,268			416,322			1,448			(690,038	)		—
Net seismic data library		—			63,259			57,435			—			120,694
Net property and equipment		—			1,897			3,142			—			5,039
Investment in marketable securities		—			262			—			—			262
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other		4,409			5,078			757			—			10,244
Intangible assets, net		900			16,462			9,452			—			26,814
Goodwill		—			107,688			98,150			—			205,838
Deferred income taxes		—			56			—			—			56
TOTAL ASSETS	$	374,052		$	628,618		$	187,698		$	(690,038	)	$	500,330
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	10,050		$	23,563		$	26,937		$	—		$	60,550
Income taxes payable		81			—			1,383			—			1,464
Senior Notes		275,000			—			—			—			275,000
Notes payable		95			—			—			—			95
Obligations under capital leases		—			—			3,161			—			3,161
Deferred revenue		—			33,340			15,505			—			48,845
Deferred income taxes		—			—			1,375			—			1,375
TOTAL LIABILITIES		285,226			56,903			48,361			—			390,490
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock		—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital		398,011			—			—			—			398,011
Parent investment		—			764,752			156,913			(921,665	)		—
Retained deficit		(309,185	)		(193,299	)		(38,328	)		231,627			(309,185	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		—			262			20,752			—			21,014
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY		88,826			571,715			139,337			(690,038	)		109,840
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	374,052		$	628,618		$	187,698		$	(690,038	)	$	500,330

F-33

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	157,324		$	84,435		$	(1,301	)	$	240,458
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization		—			88,724			51,030			—			139,754
Cost of sales		—			446			18			—			464
Selling, general and administrative		2,117			17,607			10,665			(1,301	)		29,088
		2,117			106,777			61,713			(1,301	)		169,306
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS		(2,117	)		50,547			22,722			—			71,152
Interest expense, net		(21,542	)		(6,015	)		(1,454	)		—			(29,011	)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)		—			(4	)		685			—			681
Gain on sale of marketable securities		—			230			—			—			230
Other income		21			759			—			—			780
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries		(23,638	)		45,517			21,953			—			43,832
Provision for income taxes		—			1,377			5,405			—			6,782
Equity in income of subsidiaries		60,688			16,548			—			(77,236	)		—
NET INCOME	$	37,050		$	60,688		$	16,548		$	(77,236	)	$	37,050

F-34

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries		Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	37,050	$	60,688		$	16,548	$	(77,236	)	$	37,050
Unrealized losses on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding losses arising during the period		—		(32	)		—		—			(32	)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings		—		(230	)		—		—			(230	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		—			2,969		—			2,969
Comprehensive income	$	37,050	$	60,426		$	19,517	$	(77,236	)	$	39,757

F-35

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	152,759		$	66,644		$	(1,395	)	$	218,008
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization		—			92,106			50,857			—			142,963
Cost of sales		—			88			12			—			100
Selling, general and administrative		1,503			19,626			11,915			(1,395	)		31,649
		1,503			111,820			62,784			(1,395	)		174,712
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS		(1,503	)		40,939			3,860			—			43,296
Interest expense, net		(14,124	)		(19,805	)		(838	)		—			(34,767	)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)		—			4			(730	)		—			(726	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		(7,912	)		—			—			—			(7,912	)
Gain on sale of marketable securities		—			2,467			—			—			2,467
Other income		4			67			179			—			250
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries		(23,535	)		23,672			2,471			—			2,608
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		—			(418	)		810			—			392
Equity in income of subsidiaries		25,751			1,661			—			(27,412	)		—
NET INCOME	$	2,216		$	25,751		$	1,661		$	(27,412	)	$	2,216

F-36

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	2,216	$	25,751		$	1,661		$	(27,412	)	$	2,216
Unrealized losses on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding losses arising during the period		—		(373	)		—			—			(373	)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings		—		(2,467	)		—			—			(2,467	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		(1	)		(3,036	)		—			(3,037	)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	2,216	$	22,910		$	(1,375	)	$	(27,412	)	$	(3,661	)

F-37

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	131,417		$	47,892		$	(3,753	)	$	175,556
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization		—			126,593			48,999			—			175,592
Cost of sales		—			87			10			—			97
Selling, general and administrative		3,219			19,612			12,753			(3,753	)		31,831
		3,219			146,292			61,762			(3,753	)		207,520
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS		(3,219	)		(14,875	)		(13,870	)		—			(31,964	)
Interest expense, net		(20,115	)		(20,173	)		(248	)		—			(40,536	)
Foreign currency exchange gains		—			24			417			—			441
Gain on sale of marketable securities		—			4,188			—			—			4,188
Other income		2			319			125			—			446
Loss before income taxes and equity in loss of subsidiaries		(23,332	)		(30,517	)		(13,576	)		—			(67,425	)
Benefit for income taxes		—			(328	)		(3,680	)		—			(4,008	)
Equity in loss of subsidiaries		(40,085	)		(9,896	)		—			49,981			—
NET LOSS	$	(63,417	)	$	(40,085	)	$	(9,896	)	$	49,981		$	(63,417	)

F-38

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Net loss	$	(63,417	)	$	(40,085	)	$	(9,896	)	$	49,981	$	(63,417	)
Unrealized gains on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding gains arising during the period		—			4,117			—			—		4,117
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings		—			(4,188	)		—			—		(4,188	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—			1			6,947			—		6,948
Comprehensive loss	$	(63,417	)	$	(40,155	)	$	(2,949	)	$	49,981	$	(56,540	)

F-39

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(27,325	)	$	133,731		$	65,075		$	—	$	171,481
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data		—			(100,280	)		(82,964	)		—		(183,244	)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other		—			(1,278	)		(144	)		—		(1,422	)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities		—			230			—			—		230
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other		—			90			—			—		90
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.		—			(13	)		—			—		(13	)
Net cash used in investing activities		—			(101,251	)		(83,108	)		—		(184,359	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on notes payable		(66	)		—			—			—		(66	)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		—			(14	)		(198	)		—		(212	)
Intercompany transfers		27,391			(33,541	)		6,150			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		27,325			(33,555	)		5,952			—		(278	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			(4	)		157			—		153
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		—			(1,079	)		(11,924	)		—		(13,003	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—			61,612			13,282			—		74,894
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	60,533		$	1,358		$	—	$	61,891

F-40

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(39,324	)	$	120,404		$	45,743		$	—	$	126,823
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data		—			(68,145	)		(58,834	)		—		(126,979	)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other		—			(1,856	)		(265	)		—		(2,121	)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities		—			2,467			—			—		2,467
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other		—			121			1			—		122
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.		—			(755	)		—			—		(755	)
Repayment from Seitel Holdings, Inc.		—			50			—			—		50
Net cash used in investing activities		—			(68,118	)		(59,098	)		—		(127,216	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Contributed capital		125,000			—			—			—		125,000
Repayment of 9.75% Senior Notes		(131,094	)		—			—			—		(131,094	)
Repayment of 11.75% Senior Notes		(2,000	)		—			—			—		(2,000	)
Principal payments on notes payable		(59	)		—			—			—		(59	)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		—			—			(164	)		—		(164	)
Borrowings on line of credit		—			—			737			—		737
Payments on line of credit		—			—			(737	)		—		(737	)
Costs of debt and equity transactions		(6,268	)		—			(70	)		—		(6,338	)
Intercompany transfers		53,745			(65,745	)		12,000			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		39,324			(65,745	)		11,766			—		(14,655	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			3			(32	)		—		(29	)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		—			(13,456	)		(1,621	)		—		(15,077	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—			75,068			14,903			—		89,971
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	61,612		$	13,282		$	—	$	74,894

F-41

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(39,719	)	$	115,561		$	33,038		$	—	$	108,880
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data		—			(33,287	)		(16,178	)		—		(49,465	)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other		—			(380	)		(147	)		—		(527	)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities		—			4,188			—			—		4,188
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other		—			86			—			—		86
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.		—			(9	)		—			—		(9	)
Return of capital from subsidiary		—			4,501			(4,501	)		—		—
Net cash used in investing activities		—			(24,901	)		(20,826	)		—		(45,727	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on notes payable		(54	)		—			—			—		(54	)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		—			—			(146	)		—		(146	)
Borrowings on line of credit		—			—			10			—		10
Payments on line of credit		—			—			(10	)		—		(10	)
Costs of debt and equity transactions		(65	)		—			—			—		(65	)
Intercompany transfers		39,838			(39,838	)		—			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		39,719			(39,838	)		(146	)		—		(265	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			25			788			—		813
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		—			50,847			12,854			—		63,701
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—			24,221			2,049			—		26,270
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	75,068		$	14,903		$	—	$	89,971

F-42

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

NOTE O—QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30			Sept. 30			Dec. 31
	(In thousands)
2012
Revenue	$	72,547	$	46,028		$	51,556		$	70,327
Operating income		24,974		8,335			8,904			28,939
Net income		14,706		1,270			1,129			19,945
	Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30			Sept. 30			Dec. 31
	(In thousands)
2011
Revenue	$	59,496	$	35,545		$	52,208		$	70,759
Operating income		9,501		4,335			10,506			18,954
Net income (loss)		511		(5,026	)		(5,111	)		11,842

F-43

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	(Unaudited) March 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	25,544		$	61,891
Receivables
Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $352 and $737, respectively		43,595			61,195
Notes and other, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $988		2,101			2,143
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.		1,120			874
Seismic data library, net of accumulated amortization of $911,781 and $889,804, respectively		197,221			180,117
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $13,755 and $13,461, respectively		4,651			4,818
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other		11,040			10,774
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $35,214 and $34,087, respectively		19,255			20,828
Goodwill		205,974			208,020
Deferred income taxes		84			84
TOTAL ASSETS	$	510,585		$	550,744
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
LIABILITIES
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	53,122		$	62,783
Income taxes payable		972			4,134
Debt
Senior Notes		250,000			275,000
Notes payable		12			29
Obligations under capital leases		2,990			3,113
Deferred revenue		51,348			52,857
Deferred income taxes		2,896			2,470
TOTAL LIABILITIES		361,340			400,386
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012		—			—
Additional paid-in capital		398,998			398,772
Retained deficit		(270,397	)		(272,135	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		20,644			23,721
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY		149,245			150,358
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	510,585		$	550,744

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-44

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013			2012
REVENUE	$	51,351		$	72,547
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization		29,338			39,384
Cost of sales		39			97
Selling, general and administrative		7,387			8,092
		36,764			47,573
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS		14,587			24,974
Interest expense, net		(9,315	)		(7,219	)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)		(647	)		411
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		(1,504	)		—
Other income		1			81
Income before income taxes		3,122			18,247
Provision for income taxes		1,384			3,541
NET INCOME	$	1,738		$	14,706

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-45

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Net income	$	1,738		$	14,706
Unrealized gains on securities held as available for sale, net of tax		—			85
Foreign currency translation adjustments		(3,077	)		2,556
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(1,339	)	$	17,347

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-46

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share amounts)

	Common Stock				Additional Paid-In Capital		Retained Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
	Shares		Amount
Balance, December 31, 2012		100	$	—	$	398,772	$	(272,135	)	$	23,721
Amortization of stock-based compensation costs		—		—		226		—			—
Net income		—		—		—		1,738			—
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		—		—		—			(3,077	)
Balance, March 31, 2013		100	$	—	$	398,998	$	(270,397	)	$	20,644

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-47

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013			2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Net income	$	1,738		$	14,706
Depreciation and amortization		29,338			39,384
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		1,504			—
Deferred income tax provision		523			1,065
Foreign currency exchange losses (gains)		647			(411	)
Amortization of deferred financing costs		502			492
Amortization of stock-based compensation		226			73
Amortization of favorable facility lease		—			72
Non-cash revenue		(635	)		(2,115	)
Decrease (increase) in receivables		17,520			(1,092	)
Decrease (increase) in other assets		287			(543	)
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue		(1,146	)		985
Decrease in accounts payable and other liabilities		(15,092	)		(7,534	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		35,412			45,082
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data		(40,132	)		(56,420	)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other		(336	)		(250	)
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.		(246	)		(4	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(40,714	)		(56,674	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuance of 9 1/2% Senior Notes		250,000			—
Repayment of 9.75% Senior Notes		(275,000	)		—
Principal payments on notes payable		(17	)		(16	)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		(62	)		(42	)
Costs of debt transactions		(5,822	)		—
Net cash used in financing activities		(30,901	)		(58	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		(144	)		171
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		(36,347	)		(11,479	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		61,891			74,894
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	25,544		$	63,415
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest	$	18,253		$	13,475
Income taxes, net of refunds received	$	3,770		$	1,462
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Additions to seismic data library	$	2,716		$	709

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-48

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

March 31, 2013

NOTE A-BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements of Seitel, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with the instructions of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Certain reclassifications have been made to the amounts in the prior year’s financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation. In preparing the Company’s financial statements, a number of estimates and assumptions are made by management that affect the accounting for and recognition of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other quarter of 2013 or for the year ending December 31, 2013. The condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2012 has been derived from the audited balance sheet of the Company as of that date. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

NOTE B-REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue from Data Acquisition

The Company generates revenue when it creates a new seismic survey that is initially licensed by one or more of its customers to use the resulting data. The payments for the initial licenses are sometimes referred to as underwriting or prefunding. Customers make periodic payments throughout the creation period, which generally correspond to costs incurred and work performed. These payments are non-refundable. The Company considers the contracts signed up to the time the Company makes a firm commitment to create the new seismic survey as underwriting. Any subsequent licensing of the data while it is in progress is considered a resale license (see “Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses”).

Underwriting revenue is recognized throughout the creation period using the proportional performance method based upon costs incurred and work performed to date as a percentage of total estimated costs and work required. Management believes that this method is the most reliable and representative measure of progress for its data creation projects. On average, the duration of the data creation process is approximately one year. Under these contracts, the Company creates new seismic data designed in conjunction with its customers and specifically suited to the geology of the area using the most appropriate technology available.

The Company outsources the substantial majority of the work required to complete data acquisition projects to third party contractors. The Company’s payments to these third party contractors comprise the substantial majority of the total estimated costs of the project and are paid throughout the creation period. A typical survey includes specific activities required to complete the survey, each of which has value to the customers. Typical activities, that often occur concurrently, include:

• permitting for land access, mineral rights, and regulatory approval;

• surveying;

• drilling for the placement of energy sources;

• recording the data in the field; and

• processing the data.

F-49

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

The customers paying for the initial licenses receive legally enforceable rights to any resulting product of each activity described above. The customers also receive access to and use of the newly acquired, processed data.

The customers’ access to and use of the results of the work performed and of the newly acquired, processed data is governed by a license agreement, which is a separate agreement from the acquisition contract. The Company’s acquisition contracts require the customer either to have a license agreement in place or to execute one at the time the acquisition contract is signed. The Company maintains sole ownership of the newly acquired data, which is added to its library, and is free to license the data to other customers.

Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses

The Company recognizes a substantial portion of its revenue from licensing of data once it is available for delivery. These are sometimes referred to as resale licensing revenue, post-acquisition license sales or shelf sales.

These sales fall under the following four basic forms of non-exclusive license contracts.

• Specific license contract—The customer licenses and selects data from the data library, including data currently in progress, at the time the contract is entered into and holds this license for a long-term period.

• Library card license contract—The customer initially receives only access to data. The customer may then select specific data, from the collection of data to which it has access, to hold long-term under its license agreement. The length of the selection periods under the library card contracts is limited in time and varies from customer to customer.

• Review and possession license contract—The customer obtains the right to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time. During the review period, the customer may select specific data from that available for review to hold long-term under its license agreement. Any data not selected for long-term licensing must be returned to the Company at the end of the review period.

• Review only license contract—The customer obtains rights to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time, but does not obtain the right to select specific data to hold long-term.

The Company’s non-exclusive license contracts specify the following:

• that all customers must also execute a master license agreement that governs the use of all data received under the Company’s non-exclusive license contracts;

• the specific payment terms, generally ranging from 30 days to 12 months, and that such payments are non-cancelable and non-refundable;

• the actual data that is accessible to the customer; and

• that the data is licensed in its present form, where is and as is and the Company is under no obligation to make any enhancements, modifications or additions to the data unless specific terms to the contrary are included.

Revenue from the non-exclusive licensing of seismic data is recognized when the following criteria are met:

• the Company has an arrangement with the customer that is validated by a signed contract;

F-50

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

• the sales price is fixed and determinable;

• collection is reasonably assured;

• the customer has selected the specific data or the contract has expired without full selection;

• the data is currently available for delivery; and

• the license term has begun.

Copies of the data are available to the customer immediately upon request.

For licenses that have been invoiced for which payment is due or has been received, but have not met the aforementioned criteria, the revenue is deferred along with the related direct costs (primarily sales commissions). This normally occurs under the library card, review and possession or review only license contracts because the data selection may occur over time. Additionally, if the contract allows licensing of data that is not currently available or enhancements, modifications or additions to the data are required per the contract, revenue is deferred until such time that the data is available.

Revenue from Non-Monetary Exchanges

In certain cases, the Company will take ownership of a customer’s seismic data or revenue interest (collectively referred to as “data”) in exchange for a non-exclusive license to selected seismic data from the Company’s library and, in some cases, services provided by Seitel Solutions (“Solutions”). In connection with specific data acquisition contracts, the Company may choose to receive both cash and ownership of seismic data from the customer as consideration for the underwriting of new data acquisition. In addition, the Company may receive advanced data processing services on selected existing data in exchange for a non-exclusive license to selected data from the Company’s library. These exchanges are referred to as non-monetary exchanges. A non-monetary exchange for data always complies with the following criteria:

• the data license delivered is always distinct from the data received;

• the customer forfeits ownership of its data; and

• the Company retains ownership in its data.

In non-monetary exchange transactions, the Company records a data library asset for the seismic data received or processed at the time the contract is entered into or the data is completed, as applicable, and recognizes revenue on the transaction in equal value in accordance with its policy on revenue from data licenses, which is, when the data is selected by the customer, or revenue from data acquisition, as applicable, or as services are provided by Solutions. The data license to the customer is in the form of one of the four basic forms of contracts discussed above. These transactions are valued at the fair value of the data received or delivered, whichever is more readily determinable.

Fair value of the data exchanged is determined using a multi-step process as follows:

• First, the Company considers the value of the data or services received from the customer. In determining the value of the data received, the Company considers the age, quality, current demand and future marketability of the data and, in the case of 3D seismic data, the cost that would be required to create the data. In addition, the Company applies a limitation on the value it assigns per square mile on the data received. In determining the value of the services received, the Company considers the cost of such similar services that it could obtain from a third party provider.

F-51

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

• Second, the Company determines the value of the license granted to the customer. Typically, the range of cash transactions by the Company for licenses of similar data during the prior six months are evaluated. In evaluating the range of cash transactions, the Company does not consider transactions that are disproportionately high or low.

Due to the Company’s revenue recognition policies, revenue recognized on non-monetary exchange transactions may not occur at the same time the seismic data acquired is recorded as an asset. The activity related to non-monetary exchanges was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Seismic data library additions	$	2,716	$	709
Revenue recognized on specific data licenses or selections of data		578		827
Revenue recognized related to acquisition contracts		57		1,268
Revenue recognized related to Solutions		—		20

Revenue from Solutions

Revenue from Solutions is recognized as the services for reproduction and delivery of seismic data are provided to customers.

NOTE C-SEISMIC DATA LIBRARY

The Company’s seismic data library consists of seismic surveys that are offered for license to customers on a non-exclusive basis. Costs associated with creating, acquiring or purchasing the seismic data library are capitalized and amortized principally on the income forecast method subject to a straight-line amortization period of 4 years, applied on a quarterly basis at the individual survey level.

Costs of Seismic Data Library

For purchased seismic data, the Company capitalizes the purchase price of the acquired data.

For data received through a non-monetary exchange, the Company capitalizes an amount equal to the fair value of the data received by the Company or the fair value of the license granted to the customer, whichever is more readily determinable. See Note B – Revenue Recognition – Revenue from Non-Monetary Exchanges for discussion of the process used to determine fair value.

For newly created data, the capitalized costs include costs paid to third parties for the acquisition of data and related permitting, surveying and other activities associated with the data creation activity. In addition, the Company capitalizes certain internal costs related to processing the created data. Such costs include salaries and benefits of the Company’s processing personnel and certain other costs incurred for the benefit of the processing activity. The Company believes that the internal processing costs capitalized are not greater than, and generally are less than, those that would be incurred and capitalized if such activity were performed by a third party. Capitalized costs for internal data processing were $0.9 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-52

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Data Library Amortization

The Company amortizes its seismic data library investment using the greater of the amortization that would result from the application of the income forecast method subject to a minimum amortization rate or a straight-line basis over the useful life of the data. With respect to each survey in the data library, the straight-line policy is applied from the time such survey is available for licensing to customers on a non-exclusive basis.

The Company applies the income forecast method by forecasting the ultimate revenue expected to be derived from a particular data library component over the estimated useful life of each survey comprising part of such component. This forecast is made by the Company annually and reviewed quarterly. If, during any such review, the Company determines that the ultimate revenue for a library component is expected to be significantly different than the original estimate of total revenue for such library component, the Company revises the amortization rate attributable to future revenue from each survey in such component. The lowest amortization rate the Company applies using the income forecast method is 70%. In addition, in connection with the forecast reviews and updates, the Company evaluates the recoverability of its seismic data library investment, and if required, records an impairment charge with respect to such investment. See discussion on “Seismic Data Library Impairment” below.

The actual aggregate rate of amortization depends on the specific seismic surveys licensed and selected by the Company’s customers during the period and the amount of straight-line amortization recorded. The income forecast amortization rates can vary by component and, as of April 1, 2013, is 70% for all components. For those seismic surveys which have been fully amortized, no amortization expense is required on revenue recorded.

The greater of the income forecast or straight-line amortization policy is applied quarterly on a cumulative basis at the individual survey level. Under this policy, the Company first records amortization using the income forecast method. The cumulative amortization recorded for each survey is then compared with the cumulative straight-line amortization. If the cumulative straight-line amortization is higher for any specific survey, additional amortization expense is recorded, resulting in accumulated amortization being equal to the cumulative straight-line amortization for such survey. This requirement is applied regardless of future-year revenue estimates for the library component of which the survey is a part and does not consider the existence of deferred revenue with respect to the library component or to any survey.

Seismic Data Library Impairment

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment by grouping individual surveys into components based on its operations and geological and geographical trends, resulting in the following data library segments for purposes of evaluating impairments: (I) North America 3D onshore comprised of the following components: (a) Texas Gulf Coast, (b) Eastern Texas, (c) Southern Louisiana/Mississippi, (d) Northern Louisiana, (e) Rocky Mountains, (f) Utica/Marcellus in Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia, (g) Panhandle Plays in North Texas/Oklahoma, (h) other United States, (i) Montney in British Columbia and Alberta, (j) Horn River in British Columbia, (k) Cardium in Alberta and (l) other Canada; (II) United States 2D; (III) Canada 2D; (IV) Gulf of Mexico offshore; and (V) international data outside North America. The Company believes that these library components constitute the lowest levels of independently identifiable cash flows.

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company considers the level of sales performance in each component compared to projected sales, as well as industry conditions, among others,

F-53

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

to be key factors in determining when its seismic data investment should be evaluated for impairment. In evaluating sales performance of each component, the Company generally considers five consecutive quarters of actual performance below forecasted sales to be an indicator of potential impairment.

The impairment evaluation is based first on a comparison of the undiscounted future cash flows over each component’s remaining estimated useful life with the carrying value of each library component. If the undiscounted cash flows are equal to or greater than the carrying value of such component, no impairment is recorded. If undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of any component, the forecast of future cash flows related to such component is discounted to fair value and compared with such component’s carrying amount. The difference between the library component’s carrying amount and the discounted future value of the expected revenue stream is recorded as an impairment charge.

For purposes of evaluating potential impairment losses, the Company estimates the future cash flows attributable to a library component by evaluating, among other factors, historical and recent revenue trends, oil and gas prospectivity in particular regions, general economic conditions affecting its customer base and expected changes in technology and other factors that the Company deems relevant. The cash flow estimates exclude expected future revenues attributable to non-monetary data exchanges and future data creation projects.

The estimation of future cash flows and fair value is highly subjective and inherently imprecise. Estimates can change materially from period to period based on many factors, including those described in the preceding paragraph. Accordingly, if conditions change in the future, the Company may record impairment losses relative to its seismic data library investment, which could be material to any particular reporting period.

The Company did not have any impairment charges during the three months ended March 31, 2013 or 2012.

NOTE D-DEBT

The following is a summary of the Company’s debt (in thousands):

	March 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
9 1/2% Senior Notes	$	250,000	$	—
9.75% Senior Notes		—		275,000
Credit Facility		—		—
Note payable to former executive		12		29
	$	250,012	$	275,029

9 ¹/₂% Senior Unsecured Notes: On March 20, 2013, the Company issued, in a private placement, $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9 ¹/₂% senior notes (the “9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes”). The proceeds from the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes, together with $29.8 million cash on hand, were used to satisfy and discharge the 9.75% senior notes due 2014 (the “9.75% Senior Notes”), including accrued interest of $4.8 million. The 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes mature on April 15, 2019. Interest is payable in cash, semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2013. The 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes are unsecured and are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s significant domestic subsidiaries on a senior basis. The 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes contain restrictive covenants which limit the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, pay dividends and make other restricted payments, engage in transactions with affiliates, and complete mergers, acquisitions and sales of assets.

F-54

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

The Company is obligated to use its reasonable best efforts to offer to exchange the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes under the Securities Act or otherwise register the resale of such notes no later than 240 days after their issuance. If this requirement is not met, then the annual interest on the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes will increase by (1) 0.25 percentage points for the first 90 days following the end of such period and (2) 0.25 percentage points at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum of 1.0 percentage point.

From time to time on or before April 15, 2016, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes with the net proceeds of equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 109.50% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Upon a change of control (as defined in the indenture), each holder of the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes will have the right to require the Company to offer to purchase all of such holder’s notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes: The Company had $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 9.75% Senior Notes outstanding until these notes were satisfied and discharged in connection with the issuance of the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes. On March 20, 2013, the noteholders were issued a notice of redemption and the 9.75% Senior Notes were redeemed at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest through April 18, 2013. In accordance with the terms and conditions of the indenture governing the 9.75% Senior Notes, this payment satisfied and discharged the entire indebtedness under the 9.75% Senior Notes. Accordingly, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $1.5 million, which included the write-off of unamortized issue expenses, for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Credit Facility: On May 25, 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (the “U.S. Lender”) and Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada (the “Canadian Lender,” and collectively with the U.S. Lender, the “Lenders”). The Credit Facility provides a $30.0 million revolving credit facility with a Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, subject to borrowing base limitations. The Credit Facility expires on May 25, 2016, which represents an extended date upon the March 2013 amendment to the Credit Facility and closing of the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes. Each existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiary of the Company (collectively, the “U.S. Guarantors”) is a guarantor of payment of the U.S. obligations under the Credit Facility and Olympic Seismic Ltd. (“Olympic”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and each future direct and indirect wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary of the Company (such subsidiaries together with Olympic, the “Canadian Guarantors”) are guarantors of payment of the Canadian obligations under the Credit Facility.

The borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by a perfected first priority lien and security interest (subject to certain exceptions) in favor of the U.S. Lender in all present and future assets and equity of the Company and each U.S. Guarantor and 65% of the equity in Olympic, and borrowings by Olympic are secured by a perfected first priority lien and security interest (subject to certain exceptions) in favor of the Canadian Lender in all present and future assets of Olympic and each Canadian Guarantor. The Credit Facility has a variable interest rate depending on certain factors.

The Credit Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants, representations and warranties, borrowing conditions, events of default and remedies for the Lenders. The aggregate loan or any individual loan made under the Credit Facility may be prepaid at any time subject to certain restrictions. The Credit Facility is also subject to the payment of upfront, letter of credit, administrative and certain other fees.

Note Payable: The Company is party to a note payable to a former executive with remaining payments of $6,000 per month until May 2013. The note is non-interest bearing and is guaranteed by Olympic.

F-55

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

NOTE E-FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Authoritative guidance on fair value measurements provides a framework for measuring fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 inputs) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs).

The Company uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. In measuring the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, market data or assumptions are used that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, including assumptions about risk when appropriate. The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
At March 31, 2013:
Cash equivalents	$	25,397	$	25,397	$	—	$	—
At December 31, 2012:
Cash equivalents	$	61,272	$	61,272	$	—	$	—

The Company had no transfers of assets between any of the above levels during the three months ended March 31, 2013 or March 31, 2012.

Cash equivalents include money market funds that invest in United States government obligations and a Canadian dollar investment account, all with original maturities of three months or less. The original costs of these assets approximate fair value due to their short-term maturity.

Other Financial Instruments:

Debt – In March 2013, the Company refinanced the $275.0 million outstanding principal amount of its 9.75% Senior Notes due 2014 with the issuance of $250.0 million 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes due 2019. Based upon the rates available to the Company, the fair value of the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes and the note payable to a former executive approximated $251.3 million as of March 31, 2013, compared to the book value of $250.0 million. The quoted market price of the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes was $251.3 million at March 31, 2013. The fair value of the 9.75% Senior Notes and the note payable to a former executive approximated $274.6 million as of December 31, 2012, compared to the book value of $275.0 million. The quoted market price of the 9.75% Senior Notes was $274.6 million at December 31, 2012. The fair value for the Company’s most significant debt balance, the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes (at March 31, 2013) and 9.75% Senior Notes (at December 31, 2012), was estimated using Level 1 inputs whereas the estimate of fair value for the note payable to a former executive was calculated using Level 2 inputs.

NOTE F-STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 include $651,000 of restricted cash related to collateral on seismic operations bonds. The balances at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 also include $125,000 (Canadian) of restricted cash posted as security against Company issued credit cards for Olympic.

F-56

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

The Company had non-cash additions to its seismic data library comprised of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Non-monetary exchanges related to resale licensing revenue	$	324	$	709
Completion of data in progress from prior non-monetary exchanges		2,392		—
Total non-cash additions to seismic data library	$	2,716	$	709

Non-cash revenue consisted of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Acquisition revenue on underwriting from non-monetary exchange contracts	$	57	$	1,268
Licensing revenue from specific data licenses and selections on non-monetary exchange contracts		578		827
Solutions revenue recognized from non-monetary exchange contracts		—		20
Total non-cash revenue	$	635	$	2,115

NOTE G-COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is involved from time to time in ordinary, routine claims and lawsuits incidental to its business. In the opinion of management, uninsured losses, if any, resulting from the ultimate resolutions of these matters should not be material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, it is not possible to predict or determine the outcomes of the legal actions brought against it or by it, or to provide an estimate of all additional losses, if any, that may arise. At March 31, 2013, the Company has recorded the estimated amount of potential exposure it may have with respect to litigation and claims. Such amounts are not material to the financial statements.

NOTE H-RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” This ASU does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the financial statements. However, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about those amounts. This standard was effective prospectively for the Company beginning January 1, 2013 and did not have an effect on its financial statements or financial statement disclosures.

F-57

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

NOTE I-SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTORS CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

On March 20, 2013, the Company completed a private placement of 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million. The Company’s payment obligations under the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s significant 100% owned U.S. subsidiaries (“Guarantor Subsidiaries”). All subsidiaries of the Company that do not guaranty the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes are referred to as Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.

The consolidating condensed financial statements are presented below and should be read in connection with the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. Separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented because (i) the Guarantor Subsidiaries are wholly-owned and have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes on a joint and several basis, and (ii) the Company’s management has determined such separate financial statements are not material to investors.

The following consolidating condensed financial information presents the consolidating condensed balance sheets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and the consolidating condensed statements of income, statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 of (a) the Company; (b) the Guarantor Subsidiaries; (c) the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries; (d) elimination entries; and (e) the Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for on the equity method. The principal elimination entries eliminate investments in subsidiaries, intercompany balances, intercompany transactions and intercompany sales.

F-58

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	25,308		$	236		$	—		$	25,544
Receivables
Trade, net		—			27,026			16,569			—			43,595
Notes and other, net		—			33			2,068			—			2,101
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.		—			1,120			—			—			1,120
Intercompany receivables (payables)		26,878			437			(27,315	)		—			—
Investment in subsidiaries		344,582			434,764			1,587			(780,933	)		—
Net seismic data library		—			114,478			82,743			—			197,221
Net property and equipment		—			2,003			2,648			—			4,651
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other		7,376			3,047			617			—			11,040
Intangible assets, net		900			12,447			5,908			—			19,255
Goodwill		—			107,688			98,286			—			205,974
Deferred income taxes		—			84			—			—			84
TOTAL ASSETS	$	379,736		$	728,435		$	183,347		$	(780,933	)	$	510,585
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	720		$	37,613		$	14,789		$	—		$	53,122
Income taxes payable		403			569			—			—			972
Senior Notes		250,000			—			—			—			250,000
Notes payable		12			—			—			—			12
Obligations under capital leases		—			73			2,917			—			2,990
Deferred revenue		—			46,681			4,667			—			51,348
Deferred income taxes		—			—			2,896			—			2,896
TOTAL LIABILITIES		251,135			84,936			25,269			—			361,340
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock		—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital		398,998			—			—			—			398,998
Parent investment		—			764,752			156,918			(921,670	)		—
Retained deficit		(270,397	)		(121,253	)		(19,484	)		140,737			(270,397	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		—			—			20,644			—			20,644
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY		128,601			643,499			158,078			(780,933	)		149,245
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	379,736		$	728,435		$	183,347		$	(780,933	)	$	510,585

F-59

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	60,533		$	1,358		$	—		$	61,891
Receivables
Trade, net		—			43,806			17,389			—			61,195
Notes and other, net		—			9			2,134			—			2,143
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.		—			874			—			—			874
Intercompany receivables (payables)		75,688			(49,827	)		(25,861	)		—			—
Investment in subsidiaries		332,819			432,870			1,590			(767,279	)		—
Net seismic data library		—			100,087			80,030			—			180,117
Net property and equipment		—			2,125			2,693			—			4,818
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other		2,644			5,122			3,008			—			10,774
Intangible assets, net		900			13,250			6,678			—			20,828
Goodwill		—			107,688			100,332			—			208,020
Deferred income taxes		—			84			—			—			84
TOTAL ASSETS	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	10,049		$	38,179		$	14,555		$	—		$	62,783
Income taxes payable		336			900			2,898			—			4,134
Senior Notes		275,000			—			—			—			275,000
Notes payable		29			—			—			—			29
Obligations under capital leases		—			81			3,032			—			3,113
Deferred revenue		—			45,320			7,537			—			52,857
Deferred income taxes		—			—			2,470			—			2,470
TOTAL LIABILITIES		285,414			84,480			30,492			—			400,386
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock		—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital		398,772			—			—			—			398,772
Parent investment		—			764,752			156,918			(921,670	)		—
Retained deficit		(272,135	)		(132,611	)		(21,780	)		154,391			(272,135	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		—			—			23,721			—			23,721
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY		126,637			632,141			158,859			(767,279	)		150,358
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744

F-60

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	33,120		$	18,575		$	(344	)	$	51,351
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization		—			18,009			11,329			—			29,338
Cost of sales		—			38			1			—			39
Selling, general and administrative		285			4,463			2,983			(344	)		7,387
		285			22,510			14,313			(344	)		36,764
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS		(285	)		10,610			4,262			—			14,587
Interest expense, net		(7,831	)		(1,065	)		(419	)		—			(9,315	)
Foreign currency exchange losses		—			—			(647	)		—			(647	)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt		(1,504	)		—			—			—			(1,504	)
Other income		—			1			—			—			1
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries		(9,620	)		9,546			3,196			—			3,122
Provision for income taxes		—			484			900			—			1,384
Equity in income of subsidiaries		11,358			2,296			—			(13,654	)		—
NET INCOME	$	1,738		$	11,358		$	2,296		$	(13,654	)	$	1,738

F-61

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	1,738	$	11,358	$	2,296		$	(13,654	)	$	1,738
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		—		(3,077	)		—			(3,077	)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	1,738	$	11,358	$	(781	)	$	(13,654	)	$	(1,339	)

F-62

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	39,128		$	33,764		$	(345	)	$	72,547
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization		—			20,848			18,536			—			39,384
Cost of sales		—			86			11			—			97
Selling, general and administrative		253			5,016			3,168			(345	)		8,092
		253			25,950			21,715			(345	)		47,573
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS		(253	)		13,178			12,049			—			24,974
Interest expense, net		(2,246	)		(4,710	)		(263	)		—			(7,219	)
Foreign currency exchange gains		—			—			411			—			411
Other income		1			80			—			—			81
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries		(2,498	)		8,548			12,197			—			18,247
Provision for income taxes		—			260			3,281			—			3,541
Equity in income of subsidiaries		17,204			8,916			—			(26,120	)		—
NET INCOME	$	14,706		$	17,204		$	8,916		$	(26,120	)	$	14,706

F-63

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries		Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	14,706	$	17,204	$	8,916	$	(26,120	)	$	14,706
Unrealized gains on securities held as available for sale, net of tax		—		85		—		—			85
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		—		2,556		—			2,556
Comprehensive income	$	14,706	$	17,289	$	11,472	$	(26,120	)	$	17,347

F-64

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(17,861	)	$	42,050		$	11,223		$	—	$	35,412
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data		—			(27,629	)		(12,503	)		—		(40,132	)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other		—			(192	)		(144	)		—		(336	)
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.		—			(246	)		—			—		(246	)
Net cash used in investing activities		—			(28,067	)		(12,647	)		—		(40,714	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuance of 9 1/2% Senior Notes		250,000			—			—			—		250,000
Repayment of 9.75% Senior Notes		(275,000	)		—			—			—		(275,000	)
Principal payments on notes payable		(17	)		—			—			—		(17	)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		—			(8	)		(54	)		—		(62	)
Costs of debt transactions		(5,822	)		—			—			—		(5,822	)
Intercompany transfers		48,700			(49,200	)		500			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		17,861			(49,208	)		446			—		(30,901	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			—			(144	)		—		(144	)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		—			(35,225	)		(1,122	)		—		(36,347	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—			60,533			1,358			—		61,891
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	25,308		$	236		$	—	$	25,544

F-65

SEITEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)—(Continued)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(13,179	)	$	27,843		$	30,418		$	—	$	45,082
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data		—			(19,645	)		(36,775	)		—		(56,420	)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other		—			(201	)		(49	)		—		(250	)
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.		—			(4	)		—			—		(4	)
Net cash used in investing activities		—			(19,850	)		(36,824	)		—		(56,674	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on notes payable		(16	)		—			—			—		(16	)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		—			—			(42	)		—		(42	)
Intercompany transfers		13,195			(13,195	)		—			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		13,179			(13,195	)		(42	)		—		(58	)
Effect of exchange rate changes		—			—			171			—		171
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		—			(5,202	)		(6,277	)		—		(11,479	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		—			61,612			13,282			—		74,894
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	56,410		$	7,005		$	—	$	63,415

F-66

Until                     , 2013 (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the notes, whether or not participating in the original distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

$250,000,000

SEITEL, INC.

PROSPECTUS

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

ALL OUTSTANDING

9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes due 2019 and

Related Subsidiary Guarantees

for

9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes due 2019 and

Related Subsidiary Guarantees

                    , 2013

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, Seitel may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of Seitel) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of Seitel, or is or was serving at the request of Seitel as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Seitel, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action or suit by or in the right of Seitel, no indemnification may be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to Seitel unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or the court in which such action or suit was brought, shall determine that, despite the adjudication of liability, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that the court shall deem proper. Section 145 also provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or defense of any claim issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorney’s fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. Furthermore, Section 145 provides that nothing in the above-described provisions shall be deemed exclusive of any other rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any person may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Under Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, Seitel may in its certificate of incorporation eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability: (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (pertaining to certain prohibited acts including unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful purchase or redemption of the corporation’s capital stock); or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors shall be entitled to the benefits of all limitations on the liability of directors generally permissible under Delaware law and that we shall indemnify all persons whom we are permitted to indemnify to the full extent permitted under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, our bylaws require us to indemnify any person who was or is party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of Seitel or a constituent corporation absorbed in a consolidation or merger, or is or was serving at the request of Seitel or a constituent corporation absorbed in a consolidation or merger, as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or is or was a director or officer of Seitel serving at its request as an administrator, trustee or other fiduciary of one or more of the employee benefit plans of Seitel or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liability and loss actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection with such proceeding, whether or not the indemnified liability arises or arose from any threatened, pending or completed proceeding by or in the right of Seitel, except to the extent that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law. Seitel shall pay expenses incurred by its directors or officers in defending a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding subject to the provisions of any applicable statute. A majority vote of a quorum of the board of directors, or independent counsel if a quorum is not obtainable, will determine whether any indemnification or advance of expenses is permissible. We have purchased and maintain a primary directors and officers liability insurance policy in connection with providing indemnity protection to those officers and directors entitled to indemnification against liabilities asserted against or incurred by them in their capacity or arising out of their status, in accordance with our bylaws.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Exhibit Number	Document
3.1	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-144844, as filed with the SEC on July 25, 2007).
3.2	Bylaws of Seitel, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-144844, as filed with the SEC on July 25, 2007).
3.3	Certificate of Incorporation of Datatel, Inc., as amended.
3.4	Bylaws of Datatel, Inc., as amended.
3.5	Certificate of Incorporation of DDD Energy, Inc., as amended.
3.6	Bylaws of DDD Energy, Inc., as amended.
3.7	Articles of Organization of N360X, L.L.C., as amended.
3.8	Regulations of N360X, L.L.C., as amended.
3.9	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Canada Holdings, Inc., as amended.
3.10	Bylaws of Seitel Canada Holdings, Inc., as amended.
3.11	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Data Corp., as amended.
3.12	Bylaws of Seitel Data Corp., as amended.
3.13	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Seitel Data, Ltd., as amended.
3.14	Agreement of Limited Partnership of Seitel Data, Ltd., as amended.
3.15	Certificate of Incorporation of Matrix Geophysical, Inc., as amended.
3.15(a)	Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Matrix Geophysical, Inc.
3.16	Bylaws of Matrix Geophysical, Inc., as amended.
3.17	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Delaware, Inc., as amended.
3.18	Bylaws of Seitel Delaware, Inc., as amended.
3.19	Certificate of Formation of Seitel IP Holdings, LLC, as amended.
3.20	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Seitel IP Holdings, LLC, as amended.
3.21	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Management, Inc., as amended.
3.22	Bylaws of Seitel Management, Inc., as amended.
3.23	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Offshore Corp., as amended.
3.24	Bylaws of Seitel Offshore Corp., as amended.
3.25	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Solutions, Inc., as amended.
3.26	Bylaws of Seitel Solutions, Inc., as amended.
3.27	Certificate of Formation of Seitel Solutions, LLC, as amended.
3.28	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Seitel Solutions, LLC, as amended.
3.29	Certificate of Formation of Seitel Solutions Holdings, LLC, as amended.
3.30	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Seitel Solutions Holdings, LLC, as amended.
3.31	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Seitel Solutions, Ltd., as amended.

II-2

Exhibit Number	Document
3.32	Agreement of Limited Partnership of Seitel Solutions, Ltd., as amended.
3.33	Statement of Partnership Existence of SI Holdings, G.P., as amended.
3.34	General Partnership Agreement of SI Holdings, G.P., as amended.
4.1	Indenture dated as of March 20, 2013, by and among Seitel, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Seitel, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on March 21, 2013).
4.2	Form of 9 1/2% Senior Note due 2019 (included in Exhibit 4.1) (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the Seitel, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on March 21, 2013).
4.3	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2013, by and among Seitel, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the Seitel, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on March 21, 2013).
5.1*	Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP as to the validity of the 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2019.
10.1	Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2013, by and among Seitel, the Guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on March 21, 2013).
10.2	Credit Agreement, dated May 25, 2011, by and among Seitel, Inc. and Olympic Seismic Ltd., as borrowers, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC and Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada, as lenders (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on June 1, 2011).
10.3	Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated November 28, 2011, by and among Seitel, Inc. and Olympic Seismic Ltd., as borrowers, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC and Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada, as lenders and agents (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on November 30, 2011).
10.4	Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated March 1, 2013, by and among Seitel, Inc. and Olympic Seismic Ltd., as borrowers, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC and Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada, as lenders and agents (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Seitel, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on March 21, 2013).
10.5	Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement, dated May 23, 2011, by and among Seitel, Inc., Seitel Holdings, Inc., ValueAct Capital Management L.P., and Centerbridge Advisors II, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 25, 2011).
10.6	Amended and Restated Securities Holders Agreement, dated May 23, 2011, by and among Seitel Holdings, Inc., ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners II, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS Il, L.P. and each of the Management Investors named therein (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 25, 2011).
10.7	Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 23, 2011 by and among Seitel Holdings, Inc., ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners II, L.P., Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS II, L.P. and each of the Management Investors named therein (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 25, 2011).

II-3

Exhibit Number	Document
10.8	Joinder to Securities Holders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement of Philip B. Livingston, dated February 16, 2007 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-144844, as filed with the SEC on July 25, 2007).
10.9	Joinder to Securities Holders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement of Jay H. Golding, dated May 24, 2007 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-144844, as filed with the SEC on July 25, 2007).
10.10	Joinder to Securities Holders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement of John E. Jackson, dated August 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, as filed with the SEC on March 31, 2008).
10.11†	Seitel Holdings, Inc. 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, effective February 14, 2007, as amended as of June 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, as filed with the SEC on August 13, 2008).
10.12†	Amendment to the 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan of Seitel Holdings, Inc., dated May 23, 2011 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011, as filed with the SEC on August 12, 2011).
10.13†	Form of Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-144844, as filed with the SEC on July 25, 2007).
10.14†	Form of Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, as filed with the SEC on August 9, 2010).
10.15†	Seitel Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2008 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan, dated July 24, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on July 25, 2012).
10.16†	Form of Seitel Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, as filed with the SEC on August 13, 2008).
10.17†	Seitel Holdings, Inc. 2012 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, dated May 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2012).
10.18†	Amendment to the 2012 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan of Seitel Holdings, Inc., dated May 30, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Seitel, Inc. quarterly report on Form 10-Q, for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, as filed with the SEC on August 13, 2012).
10.19†	Form of Seitel Holdings, Inc. Stock Option Agreement for the 2012 Plan for Management Employees (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2012).
10.20†	Form of Seitel Holdings, Inc. Stock Option Agreement for the 2012 Plan for Employees (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2012).
10.21†	Summary of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.19 to the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011).
10.22†	Employment Agreement by and between Seitel, Inc. and Robert D. Monson, dated January 30, 2007 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-144844, as filed with the SEC on July 25, 2007).

II-4

Exhibit Number	Document
10.23†	Employment Agreement by and between Seitel, Inc. and Kevin P. Callaghan, dated January 30, 2007 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.15 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-144844, as filed with the SEC on July 25, 2007).
10.24†	Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on June 8, 2009).
10.25†	Form of Second Amendment to Employment Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on January 27, 2010).
10.26†	Third Amendment to Employment Agreement between Kevin P. Callaghan and Seitel, Inc., dated July 27, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. current reports on Form 8-K/A, as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2012, and Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on July 31, 2012).
10.27†	Employment Agreement by and between Seitel, Inc. and JoAnn Lippman, dated February 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2012).
10.28†	Employment Agreement by and between Seitel, Inc. and Marcia Kendrick, dated February 15, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on February 17, 2012).
10.29†	Employment Agreement by and between Seitel, Inc. and Randall Sides, dated February 15, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on February 17, 2012).
10.30†	Employment Agreement by and between Seitel, Inc. and David Richard, dated February 15, 2012 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on February 17, 2012).
10.31†	Employment Agreement between Stephen Graham Hallows and Seitel, Inc. dated April 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. current report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on April 4, 2013).
12.1	Statement of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
13.1	Seitel Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, filed with the SEC on May 10, 2013 (incorporated by reference).
21.1	Subsidiaries of Seitel, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 21.1 to the Seitel Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013).
23.1*	Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP(included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2	Consent of BKD, LLP.
24.1	Powers of Attorney (see signature pages).
25.1	Statement on Form T-1 as to eligibility of Trustee.
99.1	Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2	Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
101.INS**	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

II-5

Exhibit Number	Document
101.DEF**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

† Management contract, compensation plan or arrangement

* To be filed by amendment

** Furnished, not filed

II-6

Item 22. Undertakings

a. The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

(2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

b. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

c. The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

d. The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the corporation being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-7

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Houston, state of Texas, on June 19, 2013.

SEITEL, INC.
By:	/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON
	Robert D. Monson
	President
DATATEL, INC.
DDD ENERGY, INC.
N360X, L.L.C.
SEITEL CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
SEITEL DATA CORP.
SEITEL DELAWARE, INC.
SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC
SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC.
SEITEL OFFSHORE CORP.
SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.
SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC
SEITEL SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC
SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LTD.
SI HOLDINGS, G.P.
By:	/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN
	Kevin P. Callaghan
	President
SEITEL DATA, LTD.
By:	/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN
	Kevin P. Callaghan
	Executive Vice President
SEITEL DATA PROCESSING, INC.
By:	/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN
	Kevin P. Callaghan
	Executive Vice President

II-8

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Robert D. Monson and Marcia H. Kendrick, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments to this registration statement, including post-effective amendments, as well as any related registration statement (or amendment thereto) filed pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof. This power of attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

SEITEL, INC.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and Director	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, Assistant Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ALLISON A. BENNINGTON Allison A. Bennington	Director	June 19, 2013
/s/ RYAN M. BIRTWELL Ryan M. Birtwell	Director	June 19, 2013
/s/ DALTON J. BOUTTE Dalton J. Boutte	Director	June 19, 2013
/s/ KYLE N. CRUZ Kyle N. Cruz	Director	June 19, 2013
/s/ JAY H. GOLDING Jay H. Golding	Director	June 19, 2013
/s/ JOHN E. JACKSON John E. Jackson	Director	June 19, 2013
/s/ DANIEL R. OSNOSS Daniel R. Osnoss	Director	June 19, 2013
/s/ GREGORY P. SPIVEY Gregory P. Spivey	Chairman of the Board of Directors	June 19, 2013

II-9

DATATEL, INC.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President and Director	June 19, 2013

DDD ENERGY, INC.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President and Director	June 19, 2013

N360X, L.L.C.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President and Manager (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President	June 19, 2013

SEITEL CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President and Director	June 19, 2013

II-10

SEITEL DATA, LTD.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ RANDALL A. SIDES Randall A. Sides	President (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	Executive Vice President	June 19, 2013

SEITEL DATA CORP.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President and Director	June 19, 2013

SEITEL DATA PROCESSING, INC.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ RICHARD C. KELVIN Richard C. Kelvin	President (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President and Director	June 19, 2013
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	Executive Vice President and Director	June 19, 2013

II-11

SEITEL DELAWARE, INC.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President and Director	June 19, 2013

SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President	June 19, 2013

SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President and Director	June 19, 2013

SEITEL OFFSHORE CORP.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President and Director	June 19, 2013

II-12

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President and Director	June 19, 2013

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President	June 19, 2013

SEITEL SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President	June 19, 2013

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LTD.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President	June 19, 2013

II-13

SI HOLDINGS, G.P.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ KEVIN P. CALLAGHAN Kevin P. Callaghan	President (Principal Executive Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ MARCIA H. KENDRICK Marcia H. Kendrick	Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)	June 19, 2013
/s/ ROBERT D. MONSON Robert D. Monson	Executive Vice President	June 19, 2013

II-14

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Document
3.3	Certificate of Incorporation of Datatel, Inc., as amended.
3.4	Bylaws of Datatel, Inc., as amended.
3.5	Certificate of Incorporation of DDD Energy, Inc., as amended.
3.6	Bylaws of DDD Energy, Inc., as amended.
3.7	Articles of Organization of N360X, L.L.C., as amended.
3.8	Regulations of N360X, L.L.C., as amended.
3.9	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Canada Holdings, Inc., as amended.
3.10	Bylaws of Seitel Canada Holdings, Inc., as amended.
3.11	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Data Corp., as amended.
3.12	Bylaws of Seitel Data Corp., as amended.
3.13	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Seitel Data, Ltd., as amended.
3.14	Agreement of Limited Partnership of Seitel Data, Ltd., as amended.
3.15	Certificate of Incorporation of Matrix Geophysical, Inc., as amended.
3.15(a)	Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of Matrix Geophysical, Inc.
3.16	Bylaws of Matrix Geophysical, Inc., as amended.
3.17	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Delaware, Inc., as amended.
3.18	Bylaws of Seitel Delaware, Inc., as amended.
3.19	Certificate of Formation of Seitel IP Holdings, LLC, as amended.
3.20	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Seitel IP Holdings, LLC, as amended.
3.21	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Management, Inc., as amended.
3.22	Bylaws of Seitel Management, Inc., as amended.
3.23	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Offshore Corp., as amended.
3.24	Bylaws of Seitel Offshore Corp., as amended.
3.25	Certificate of Incorporation of Seitel Solutions, Inc., as amended.
3.26	Bylaws of Seitel Solutions, Inc., as amended.
3.27	Certificate of Formation of Seitel Solutions, LLC, as amended.
3.28	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Seitel Solutions, LLC, as amended.
3.29	Certificate of Formation of Seitel Solutions Holdings, LLC, as amended.
3.30	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Seitel Solutions Holdings, LLC, as amended.
3.31	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Seitel Solutions, Ltd., as amended.
3.32	Agreement of Limited Partnership of Seitel Solutions, Ltd., as amended.
3.33	Statement of Partnership Existence of SI Holdings, G.P., as amended.
3.34	General Partnership Agreement of SI Holdings, G.P., as amended.
5.1*	Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP as to the validity of the 9 1/2% Senior Notes due 2019.

Exhibit Number	Document
10.1	Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2013, by and among Seitel, the Guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Seitel, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on March 21, 2013).
12.1	Statement of Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
23.1*	Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP.
23.2	Consent of BKD, LLP.
24.1	Powers of Attorney (see signature pages).
25.1	Statement on Form T-1 as to eligibility of Trustee.
99.1	Form of Letter of Transmittal.
99.2	Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
101.INS**	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE**	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

* To be filed by amendment

** Furnished, not filed

EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

DATATEL, INC.

DATATEL, INC., (the “Corporation”), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 29, 1992.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore amended, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Corporation under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on July 2, 2004 (the “Effective Date”).

The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended, shall be restated and further amended, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of the Corporation is DATATEL, INC.

ARTICLE 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSES AND POWERS

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law.

ARTICLE 4. CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters required or permitted to be voted on by stockholders of the Corporation under the DGCL.

ARTICLE 5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, a Board of Directors comprised as set forth in the By-Laws of the Corporation. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be not less than three nor more than seven and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws of Corporation.

ARTICLE 6. BY-LAWS OF THE CORPORATION.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise; provided, however, that no By-Law adopted by stockholders of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 7. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; BOOKS AND RECORDS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

The directors of the Corporation shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL as from time to time in effect and any other provisions of Delaware law. If the DGCL or any other provision of Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of directors of the Corporation will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended law.

A director of the Corporation shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for those specific breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the restriction hereunder of a director’s personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

2

The Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Corporation’s By-Laws. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the right of indemnification of any director or officer hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

ARTICLE 9. NON-VOTING CAPITAL STOCK.

The Corporation shall not be authorized to issue non-voting capital stock to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”); provided, however, that this Article 9 will have no further force and effect beyond that required by Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Robert J. Simon, its President, and by Marcia H. Kendrick, its Secretary, this the 30 day of June, 2004.

DATATEL, INC.
By:	/s/ Robert J. Simon
	Name: Robert J. Simon
	Title:   President

ATTEST:
By:	/s/ Marcia H. Kendrick
	Name: Marcia H. Kendrick
	Title:   Secretary

4

EX-3.4

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

DATATEL, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Effective: July 2, 2004

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of DATATEL, INC., (the “Corporation”) required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be such registered office as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner provided by law.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other place or places, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall designate and as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stated in the notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.3. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by order of the Board of

Directors, and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders holding not less than 10% of all votes entitled to be considered at the special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.5. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.6. Quorum. The holders of stock having a majority of the voting power of the stock entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice (other than announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the time and place of the adjourned meeting) until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.7. Order of Business. The order of business at annual meetings of stockholders and, so far as practicable, at other meetings of stockholders shall be determined by the Board of Directors in consultation with the Chairman of the Board.

Section 2.8. Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall, on each matter submitted to a vote at each meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.5 of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held directly or indirectly by the Corporation, shall not be entitled to vote. Any vote by stock of the Corporation may be given at any meeting of stockholders by the stockholder entitled thereto, in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto duly authorized and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy shall provide for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Unless demanded by a stockholder of the Corporation present in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat, or so directed by the presiding officer of the meeting, the vote thereat on any question other than the election or removal of directors need not be by written ballot. Upon a demand of any such stockholder for a vote by written ballot on any question or at the direction of such presiding

2

officer that a vote by written ballot be taken on any question, such vote shall be taken by written ballot. On a vote by written ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

Section 2.9. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger, either directly or through another officer of the Corporation designated by the Secretary or through a transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors, to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days before said meeting, either at a place within the city where said meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of said meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of said meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of record who shall be present thereat. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, such list or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.10. Inspectors of Votes. The presiding officer of the meeting may appoint two inspectors of votes to act at each meeting of the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors shall have theretofore made such appointments. Each inspector of votes shall first subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector of votes at the meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Such inspectors of votes, if any, shall take charge of the ballots, if any, at the meeting, and after the balloting on any question, shall count the ballots cast and shall make a report in writing to the secretary of the meeting of the results of the balloting. An inspector of votes need not be a stockholder of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an inspector of votes on any question other than a vote for or against such officer’s election to any position with the Corporation or on any other question in which such officer may be directly interested.

Section 2.11. Stockholder Action Upon Written Consent. In accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a written vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than a minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which shall have and may exercise all powers of the Corporation and take all lawful acts as are not by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or taken by the stockholders.

3

Section 3.2. Number, Term, Election and Qualification of Directors. The number of directors comprising the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed at three (3) in number. Thereafter, the number of directors may be fixed, from time to time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders of the Corporation. Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the next succeeding annual meeting to the extent of the number of such vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or these By-Laws, the directors (other than members of the initial Board of Directors) shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws.

Section 3.3. Removal. Any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election.

Section 3.4. Resignations. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such director’s resignation to the Corporation, effective at the time specified therein or, if not specified, immediately upon its receipt by the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal (with or without cause), an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting thereof. Each director so elected shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.

Section 3.6. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 3.7. Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall be a director but need not otherwise be an officer of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall advise and counsel the President and other officers of the Corporation and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.

4

ARTICLE IV

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4.1. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, at such time and places as it determines.

Section 4.2. Annual Meetings. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the Board is elected and at the same place as such meeting, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. If such meeting is not held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 4.3. Regular Meetings—Notice. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice.

Section 4.4. Special Meetings—Notice. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of the directors on 48 hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by telephone or mail; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or two directors. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director, however, if waived by any such director in writing, or if such director shall be present at the meeting.

Section 4.5. Quorum and Manner of Acting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, 50% of the directors at the time in office (but not less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 4.6. Actions Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case maybe, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or the committee.

5

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2. Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and regularly report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3. Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.6 and Article VI of these By-Laws, with such changes in the context of these By-Laws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that: (i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee; and (ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VI

ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION AND REMOTE COMMUNICATION

Section 6.1. Electronic Transmission. For the purposes of this Article VI, “electronic transmission” shall mean any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 6.2. Notices to Directors. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.3 and 4.4 of these By-Laws, any notice permitted or required to be given to any director shall be sufficient if given, in addition to any other permitted means or manner of delivery, by electronic transmission.

Section 6.3. Action by Board of Directors Without a Meeting. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.6 of these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, in addition to any other means or manner otherwise provided for, may be taken by electronic transmission.

6

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

Section 7.1. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any applicable statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or by electronic transmission, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 7.2. Authorized Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Secretary or such other person or persons as the President designates shall be authorized to give notices for the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

OFFICERS

Section 8.1. Description. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, with or without such descriptive titles as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and, as provided in Article III, a Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors by resolution shall also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers, and such other officers and agents as from time to time may appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation. The same person may hold any two or more offices.

Section 8.2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect and appoint the officers to fill the positions designated in Section 8.1.

Section 8.3. Salaries. The Compensation Committee shall fix all salaries of all elected officers of the Corporation.

Section 8.4. Term. An officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer resigns or such officer’s successor is chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 8.5. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; to sign stock certificates; and to exercise such other powers and duties as may be designated in accordance with these By-Laws and as from time to time may be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors.

7

Section 8.6. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; and to sign stock certificates, subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.7. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

(a) The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall be under the supervision of the Chairman of the Board and the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board or the President. The Secretary shall have charge of the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to any instrument requiring it. When so affixed, the seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer, which may be a facsimile. The Secretary shall keep and account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Corporation except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. The Secretary shall have authority to sign stock certificates and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of the Secretary of a corporation.

(b) Assistant Secretaries shall assist the Secretary, and in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.8. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

(a) The Treasurer shall perform all the duties customary to that office, and shall have the responsibility for and custody over all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall have the authority to endorse for deposit or collection, or otherwise, all commercial paper payable to the Corporation, and to give proper receipts or discharges for all payments to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be responsible for all terms of credit granted by the Corporation and for the collection of all its accounts. The Treasurer shall have the authority to execute and deliver bonds, deeds, contracts and stock certificates of and for the Corporation, and to affix the corporate seal thereto by handwritten or facsimile signature and all other powers customarily appertaining to such office, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Treasurer shall be under the supervision of the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed to the Treasurer by the President.

8

(b) Assistant Treasurers shall assist the Treasurer and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

Section 8.9. Controller and Assistant Controllers.

(a) The Controller, if one is elected by the Board, shall be the Chief Accounting Officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall be responsible for all matters pertaining to the accounts of the Corporation, its subsidiaries and divisions, with the supervision of the books of account, their installation, arrangement and classification. The Controller shall maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions; see that an adequate system of internal audit thereof is regularly maintained; coordinate the efforts of the Corporation’s independent public accountants in its external audit program; receive, review, and consolidate all operating and financial statements of the Corporation and its various departments and subsidiaries; and prepare financial statements, reports and analyses. The Controller shall have supervision of the accounting practices of the Corporation and of each subsidiary and division of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties and powers of the accounting personnel of the subsidiaries and divisions. The Controller shall cause to be maintained an adequate system of financial control through a program of budgets, financial planning and interpretive reports. The Controller shall initiate and enforce accounting measures and procedures whereby the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and divisions shall be conducted with the maximum efficiency and economy. The Controller shall have all other powers customarily appertaining to the office of controller, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Controller shall be under the supervision of the President.

(b) The Assistant Controllers, if one is elected by the Board, shall assist the Controller, and if the Controller is unavailable, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to serve as a director or officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid

9

in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 9.2 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a current, former or proposed director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 9.1 or otherwise.

The Corporation may indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or otherwise in the same manner and to the extent and subject to such conditions as the Corporation shall determine as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 9.1.

Section 9.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a written claim received by the Corporation from or on behalf of an indemnified party under this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after such receipt, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

10

Section 9.3. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 9.4. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 9.5. Indemnification of Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

Section 9.6. Savings Clause. If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer of the Corporation, as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.7. Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors, after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

11

ARTICLE X

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK

Section 10.1. Right to Certificate. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, option or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section 10.2. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 10.3. New Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 10.4. Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation, subject to any proper restrictions on transfer, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 10.5. Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date for stockholders’ meetings or for any other lawful purpose, which shall be no fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting or other action. A determination of

12

stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 10.6. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors (but not any committee thereof) at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock or other securities.

Section 11.2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 11.3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 11.5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporate seal, if any, may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, reproduced or otherwise.

Section 11.6. Certificate of Incorporation. To the extent of any inconsistency between these By-Laws and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall control for all purposes.

13

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1. Amendments to By-Laws. Except as set forth below or in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote or by the majority of members of the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

14

Adopted this 2^nd day of July 2004.

Marcia H. Kendrick

Name: Marcia H. Kendrick

Title: Secretary

15

EX-3.5

Exhibit 3.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

DDD ENERGY, INC.

DDD ENERGY, INC., (the “Corporation”), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 19, 1993.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Corporation under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on July 2, 2004 (the “Effective Date”).

The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended, shall be restated and further amended, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of the Corporation is DDD ENERGY, INC.

ARTICLE 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSES AND POWERS

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law.

ARTICLE 4. CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters required or permitted to be voted on by stockholders of the Corporation under the DGCL.

ARTICLE 5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, a Board of Directors comprised as set forth in the By-Laws of the Corporation. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be not less than three nor more than seven and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws of Corporation.

ARTICLE 6. BY-LAWS OF THE CORPORATION.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise; provided, however, that no By-Law adopted by stockholders of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 7. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; BOOKS AND RECORDS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

The directors of the Corporation shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL as from time to time in effect and any other provisions of Delaware law. If the DGCL or any other provision of Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of directors of the Corporation will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended law.

A director of the Corporation shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for those specific breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the restriction hereunder of a director’s personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

2

The Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Corporation’s By-Laws. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the right of indemnification of any director or officer hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

ARTICLE 9. NON-VOTING CAPITAL STOCK.

The Corporation shall not be authorized to issue non-voting capital stock to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”); provided, however, that this Article 9 will have no further force and effect beyond that required by Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Kevin P. Callaghan, its President, and by Marcia H. Kendrick, its Secretary, this the 30 day of June, 2004.

DDD ENERGY, INC.
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Name: Kevin P. Callaghan
	Title:   President

ATTEST:
By:	/s/ Marcia H. Kendrick
	Name: Marcia H. Kendrick
	Title:   Secretary

4

EX-3.6

Exhibit 3.6

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

DDD ENERGY, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Effective: July 2, 2004

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of DDD ENERGY, INC., (the “Corporation”) required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be such registered office as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner provided by law.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other place or places, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall designate and as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stated in the notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.3. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by order of the Board of

Directors, and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders holding not less than 10% of all votes entitled to be considered at the special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.5. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.6. Quorum. The holders of stock having a majority of the voting power of the stock entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice (other than announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the time and place of the adjourned meeting) until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.7. Order of Business. The order of business at annual meetings of stockholders and, so far as practicable, at other meetings of stockholders shall be determined by the Board of Directors in consultation with the Chairman of the Board.

Section 2.8. Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall, on each matter submitted to a vote at each meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.5 of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held directly or indirectly by the Corporation, shall not be entitled to vote. Any vote by stock of the Corporation may be given at any meeting of stockholders by the stockholder entitled thereto, in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto duly authorized and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy shall provide for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Unless demanded by a stockholder of the Corporation present in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat, or so directed by the presiding officer of the meeting, the vote thereat on any question other than the election or removal of directors need not be by written ballot. Upon a demand of any such stockholder for a vote by written ballot on any question or at the direction of such presiding

2

officer that a vote by written ballot be taken on any question, such vote shall be taken by written ballot. On a vote by written ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

Section 2.9. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger, either directly or through another officer of the Corporation designated by the Secretary or through a transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors, to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days before said meeting, either at a place within the city where said meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of said meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of said meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of record who shall be present thereat. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, such list or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.10. Inspectors of Votes. The presiding officer of the meeting may appoint two inspectors of votes to act at each meeting of the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors shall have theretofore made such appointments. Each inspector of votes shall first subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector of votes at the meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Such inspectors of votes, if any, shall take charge of the ballots, if any, at the meeting, and after the balloting on any question, shall count the ballots cast and shall make a report in writing to the secretary of the meeting of the results of the balloting. An inspector of votes need not be a stockholder of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an inspector of votes on any question other than a vote for or against such officer’s election to any position with the Corporation or on any other question in which such officer may be directly interested.

Section 2.11. Stockholder Action Upon Written Consent. In accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a written vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than a minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which shall have and may exercise all powers of the Corporation and take all lawful acts as are not by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or taken by the stockholders.

3

Section 3.2. Number, Term, Election and Qualification of Directors. The number of directors comprising the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed at three (3) in number. Thereafter, the number of directors may be fixed, from time to time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders of the Corporation. Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the next succeeding annual meeting to the extent of the number of such vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or these By-Laws, the directors (other than members of the initial Board of Directors) shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws.

Section 3.3. Removal. Any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election.

Section 3.4. Resignations. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such director’s resignation to the Corporation, effective at the time specified therein or, if not specified, immediately upon its receipt by the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal (with or without cause), an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting thereof. Each director so elected shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.

Section 3.6. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 3.7. Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall be a director but need not otherwise be an officer of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall advise and counsel the President and other officers of the Corporation and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.

4

ARTICLE IV

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4.1. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, at such time and places as it determines.

Section 4.2. Annual Meetings. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the Board is elected and at the same place as such meeting, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. If such meeting is not held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 4.3. Regular Meetings—Notice. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice.

Section 4.4. Special Meetings—Notice. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of the directors on 48 hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by telephone or mail; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or two directors. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director, however, if waived by any such director in writing, or if such director shall be present at the meeting.

Section 4.5. Quorum and Manner of Acting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, 50% of the directors at the time in office (but not less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 4.6. Actions Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case maybe, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or the committee.

5

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2. Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and regularly report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3. Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.6 and Article VI of these By-Laws, with such changes in the context of these By-Laws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that: (i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee; and (ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VI

ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION AND REMOTE COMMUNICATION

Section 6.1. Electronic Transmission. For the purposes of this Article VI, “electronic transmission” shall mean any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 6.2. Notices to Directors. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.3 and 4.4 of these By-Laws, any notice permitted or required to be given to any director shall be sufficient if given, in addition to any other permitted means or manner of delivery, by electronic transmission.

Section 6.3. Action by Board of Directors Without a Meeting. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.6 of these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, in addition to any other means or manner otherwise provided for, may be taken by electronic transmission.

6

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

Section 7.1. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any applicable statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or by electronic transmission, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 7.2. Authorized Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Secretary or such other person or persons as the President designates shall be authorized to give notices for the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

OFFICERS

Section 8.1. Description. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, with or without such descriptive titles as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and, as provided in Article III, a Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors by resolution shall also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers, and such other officers and agents as from time to time may appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation. The same person may hold any two or more offices.

Section 8.2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect and appoint the officers to fill the positions designated in Section 8.1.

Section 8.3. Salaries. The Compensation Committee shall fix all salaries of all elected officers of the Corporation.

Section 8.4. Term. An officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer resigns or such officer’s successor is chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 8.5. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; to sign stock certificates; and to exercise such other powers and duties as may be designated in accordance with these By-Laws and as from time to time may be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors.

7

Section 8.6. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; and to sign stock certificates, subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.7. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

(a) The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall be under the supervision of the Chairman of the Board and the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board or the President. The Secretary shall have charge of the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to any instrument requiring it. When so affixed, the seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer, which may be a facsimile. The Secretary shall keep and account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Corporation except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. The Secretary shall have authority to sign stock certificates and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of the Secretary of a corporation.

(b) Assistant Secretaries shall assist the Secretary, and in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.8. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

(a) The Treasurer shall perform all the duties customary to that office, and shall have the responsibility for and custody over all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall have the authority to endorse for deposit or collection, or otherwise, all commercial paper payable to the Corporation, and to give proper receipts or discharges for all payments to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be responsible for all terms of credit granted by the Corporation and for the collection of all its accounts. The Treasurer shall have the authority to execute and deliver bonds, deeds, contracts and stock certificates of and for the Corporation, and to affix the corporate seal thereto by handwritten or facsimile signature and all other powers customarily appertaining to such office, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Treasurer shall be under the supervision of the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed to the Treasurer by the President.

8

(b) Assistant Treasurers shall assist the Treasurer and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

Section 8.9. Controller and Assistant Controllers.

(a) The Controller, if one is elected by the Board, shall be the Chief Accounting Officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall be responsible for all matters pertaining to the accounts of the Corporation, its subsidiaries and divisions, with the supervision of the books of account, their installation, arrangement and classification. The Controller shall maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions; see that an adequate system of internal audit thereof is regularly maintained; coordinate the efforts of the Corporation’s independent public accountants in its external audit program; receive, review, and consolidate all operating and financial statements of the Corporation and its various departments and subsidiaries; and prepare financial statements, reports and analyses. The Controller shall have supervision of the accounting practices of the Corporation and of each subsidiary and division of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties and powers of the accounting personnel of the subsidiaries and divisions. The Controller shall cause to be maintained an adequate system of financial control through a program of budgets, financial planning and interpretive reports. The Controller shall initiate and enforce accounting measures and procedures whereby the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and divisions shall be conducted with the maximum efficiency and economy. The Controller shall have all other powers customarily appertaining to the office of controller, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Controller shall be under the supervision of the President.

(b) The Assistant Controllers, if one is elected by the Board, shall assist the Controller, and if the Controller is unavailable, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to serve as a director or officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid

9

in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 9.2 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a current, former or proposed director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 9.1 or otherwise.

The Corporation may indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or otherwise in the same manner and to the extent and subject to such conditions as the Corporation shall determine as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 9.1.

Section 9.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a written claim received by the Corporation from or on behalf of an indemnified party under this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after such receipt, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

10

Section 9.3. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 9.4. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 9.5. Indemnification of Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

Section 9.6. Savings Clause. If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer of the Corporation, as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.7. Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors, after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

11

ARTICLE X

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK

Section 10.1. Right to Certificate. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, option or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section 10.2. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 10.3. New Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 10.4. Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation, subject to any proper restrictions on transfer, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 10.5. Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date for stockholders’ meetings or for any other lawful purpose, which shall be no fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting or other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

12

Section 10.6. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors (but not any committee thereof) at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock or other securities.

Section 11.2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 11.3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 11.5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporate seal, if any, may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, reproduced or otherwise.

Section 11.6. Certificate of Incorporation. To the extent of any inconsistency between these By-Laws and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall control for all purposes.

13

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1. Amendments to By-Laws. Except as set forth below or in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote or by the majority of members of the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

14

Adopted this 2^nd day of July 2004.

Marcia H. Kendrick
Name:	Marcia H. Kendrick
Title:	Secretary

15

EX-3.7

Exhibit 3.7

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

N360X, L.L.C.

N360X, L.L.C. (the “Company”), a company duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas with filing number 07089854, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Articles of Organization were filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas on May 22, 2001.

2. An Assignment of Membership Interest, dated as of September 19, 2001, was executed by Seitel, Inc., whereby it assigned its 100% right, title and interest in the Company to Seitel Management, Inc.

3. This Amended and Restated Articles of Organization, which restates and further amends the Articles of Organization as heretofore amended, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) (the “Case”) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Company under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Texas. The Bankruptcy Court has jurisdiction of this Case under federal statute.

4. This Amended and Restated Articles of Organization shall become effective at 4:00 p.m., Central Time, on July 2, 2004.

5. The Company’s Certificate of Formation shall be amended and restated, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I.

The limited liability company hereby organized shall be single member limited liability company organized for the transaction of any or all-lawful business for which limited liability companies may be organized.

ARTICLE II.

The name of the limited liability company is N360X, L.L.C. (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”).

ARTICLE III.

The period of duration of the Company shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE IV.

Nothing in these Articles of Organization shall be construed as authorizing N360X, L.L.C. to transact any business in the State of Texas expressly prohibited by any law of the State of Texas, or to engage in any activity in the State of Texas which cannot lawfully be engaged in without first obtaining a license under the laws of the State of Texas and which license cannot be granted to a Limited Liability Company or for the operation of a business which cannot be operated by a Limited Liability Company as provided in the Texas Limited Liability Company Act, or to take any action in violation of any of the laws referred to in the Texas Limited Liability Company Act.

ARTICLE V.

The principal place of business of the Company in the state of Texas is 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

ARTICLE VI.

The name of the registered agent and the address of the registered office of the Company is CT Corporation System located at 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002.

ARTICLE VII.

The Company is to be managed by a single member, as the term is used in the Texas Limited Liability Company Act. The name and address of the single member is as Seitel Management, Inc., Attn: General Counsel, 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043

ARTICLE VIII.

The single member does not have a preemptive right to acquire any membership interests or securities of any class that may at any time be issued, sold or offered for sale by the Company.

ARTICLE IX.

The power to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Regulations of the limited liability company, including the initial Regulations, is vested entirely in the single member listed in Article VII and other members as may be admitted to the limited liability company from time to time as permitted under the Act.

ARTICLE X.

The business of N360X, L.L.C. may only be continued by the unanimous consent of its remaining members in the event of dissolution.

2

ARTICLE XI.

The Company, as currently organized, is a single member limited liability company. The Regulations may, from time to time, establish one or more classes or groups of one or more members having the relative rights, powers and duties, including voting rights, and may provide for the future creation of additional classes or groups of members having the relative rights, powers and duties, expressed either in the Regulations or at the time of creation of such classes or groups of members. The rights, powers or duties of a class or group of members may be senior to those of one or more existing classes or groups of members.

ARTICLE XII.

The Regulations may provide that any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the members may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto shall be signed by members entitled to vote thereon having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting.

ARTICLE XIII.

The Articles of Organization may be amended from time to time as provided in the Regulations.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Amended and Restated Articles of Organization of N360X, L.L.C. have been executed on this the 30 day of June, 2004, by the undersigned.

SOLE MEMBER:
SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC.
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

4

EX-3.8

Exhibit 3.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGULATIONS OF

N360X, L.L.C.

(Organized under the Texas Limited Liability Company Act)

THESE AMENDED AND RESTATED REGULATIONS (these “Regulations”), of N360X, L.L.C. (the “Company”) are agreed to by Seitel Management, Inc. (the “Sole Member”) and are effective as of July 2, 2004.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a Texas limited liability company by Seitel, Inc. on May 22, 2001, and subsequently the Member entered into those certain Regulations, dated May 22, 2001.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Assignment of Membership Interest, dated as of September 19, 2001, Seitel, Inc. (“Seitel”) assigned its 100% right, title and interest in the Company to Seitel Management, Inc.;

WHEREAS, these Amended and Restated Regulations, which restate and further amend the Regulations as heretofore amended, is made and adopted pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization confirmed therein in connection with the reorganization of the Company under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Texas Limited Liability Company Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the party hereto agrees as follows:

ARTICLE I.

NAME AND LOCATION

Section 1.1. Name. The name of this limited liability company is N360X, L.L.C. (the “Company”).

Section 1.2. Principal Office. The principal office of the Company shall be located, 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

Section 1.3. Registered Agent and Address. The name of the registered agent and the address of the registered office of the Company as set forth in the Articles of Organization of the Company is The Corporation Trust Company located at 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, TX 77002. Such registered office and registered agent may be changed from time to time by a Member Interest in the manner provided by applicable law. The principal office of the Company shall be at 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

Section 1.4. Other Offices. Other offices and other facilities for the transaction of business shall be located at such places as the Managers may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II.

MEMBERSHIP

Section 2.1. Members’ Interests. The “Membership Interest” of each Member is set forth on Exhibit A.

Section 2.2. Admission to Membership. The admission of new Members shall be only by the unanimous vote of the Members. If new members are admitted, these Regulations shall be amended to reflect each Member’s revised Membership Interest.

Section 2.3. Property Rights. No Member shall have any right, title, or interest in any of the property or assets of the Company.

Section 2.4. Liability of Members. No Member of the Company shall be personally liable for any debts, liabilities, or obligations of the Company, including under a judgment decree, or order of court.

Section 2.5. Transferability of Membership. Membership in the Company is transferable only with the unanimous written consent of all Members. If such unanimous written consent is not obtained, the transferee shall be entitled to receive only the share of profits or other compensation by way of income and the return of contributions to which the transferor Member otherwise would be entitled.

Section 2.6. Resignation of Member. A Member may not withdraw from the Company except on the unanimous consent of the remaining Members. The terms of the Members withdrawal shall be determined by agreement between the remaining Members and the withdrawing Member.

ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS’ MEETINGS

Section 3.1. Time and Place of Meeting. All meetings of the Members shall be held at such time and at such place within or without the State of Texas as shall be determined by the Managers.

Section 3.2. Annual Meetings. In the absence of an earlier meeting at such time and place as the Managers shall specify, annual meetings of the Members shall be held at the principal office of the Company on the date which is thirty (30) days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next full business day following, at 10:00 a.m., at which meeting the Members may transact such business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2

Section 3.3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Members may be called at any time by any Member. Business transacted at special meetings shall be confined to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 3.4. Notice. Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of any Members’ meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) days nor more than thirty (30) days before the date of the special meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting, to each Member entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States or Canadian mail, postage prepaid, to the Member at his address as it appears on the records of the Company at the time of mailing.

Section 3.5. Quorum. Members present in person or represented by proxy, holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the total votes which may be cast at any meeting shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the Members for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the Members, the Members entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. When any adjourned meeting is reconvened and a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. Once a quorum is constituted, the Members present or represented by proxy at a meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the subsequent withdrawal there from of such number of Members as to leave less than a quorum.

Section 3.6. Voting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the Members, whether present or represented by proxy at such meeting, holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the total votes which may be cast at any meeting shall be the act of the Members, unless the vote of a different number is required by the Texas Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”), the Articles of Organization or these Regulations. Each Member shall be entitled to one vote for each percentage point represented by their Membership Interest. Fractional percentage point interests shall be entitled to a corresponding fractional vote.

Section 3.7. Proxy. Every proxy must be executed in writing by the Member or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact, and shall be filed with the Secretary of the Company prior to or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided therein. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law.

Section 3.8. Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Members may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by Members having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which all of the Members entitled to vote on the action were present and cast all of their votes. Such signed consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Members.

3

Section 3.9. Meetings by Conference Telephone. Members may participate in and hold meetings of Members by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE IV.

MEMBERSHIP CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 4.1. Capital Contributions. The initial capital contribution of each Member shall be set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

Section 4.2. Additional Contributions. No additional capital contributions shall be required of any Member without the vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the Members to raise additional capital proportionately as to each member.

Section 4.3. Loans from Members. Upon the approval of the Managers, any Member may (but shall not be obligated to) advance funds in the form of a temporary loan to the Company. All Members’ loans shall bear interest at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, compounded annually, but in no event in excess of the maximum rate of interest allowable under applicable law.

ARTICLE V.

DISTRIBUTION TO MEMBERS

The Managers shall determine, in their sole discretion, the amount and timing of all distributions from the Company. Distributions shall be divided among the Members in accordance with their Membership Interests. Distributions in kind shall be made on the basis of agreed value as determined by the Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not make a distribution to its Members to the extent that, immediately after giving effect to the distribution, all liabilities of the Company, other than liabilities to the Members with respect to their interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Company, exceed the fair value of the Company assets, except that the fair value of property that is subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is limited, shall be included in the Company assets only to the extent that the fair value of the property exceeds that liability.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATION OF NET PROFITS AND LOSSES FOR TAX PURPOSES

For accounting and income tax purposes, all items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit of the Company for any taxable year shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with their respective Membership Interests, except as may be otherwise required by Section 704(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

4

ARTICLE VII.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 7.1. Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the first of the following to occur:

(a) Thirty (30) years from the date of filing the Articles of Organization of the Company;

(b) Written consent of all Members to dissolution;

(c) The bankruptcy of a Member, unless there is at least one remaining Member and such Member or, if more than one remaining Member, all remaining Members agree to continue the Company and its business.

Section 7.2. Winding Up. Unless the Company is continued pursuant to Section 1(c) of this Article VII., in the event of dissolution of the Company, the Managers shall wind up the Company’s affairs as soon as reasonably practicable. On the winding up of the Company, the Managers shall pay and/or transfer the assets of the Company in the following order:

(a) In discharging liabilities (including loans from Members) and the expenses of concluding the Company’s affairs;

(b) The balance, if any, shall be divided between the Members in accordance with the Members’ Membership Interests.

ARTICLE VIII.

MANAGERS

Section 8.1. Selection of Managers. Management of the Company’ shall be vested in the Managers. Initially, the Company shall have only one (1) Manager. However, the Members may, by a vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Membership Interests of the Members from time to time, (i) change the number of Managers of the Company (provided, however, that any reduction in the number of Managers shall not require any existing Manager to surrender his position as Manager prior to the expiration of his then current term), and (ii) name any one or more persons to serve as Manager. A Manager shall serve as a Manager until removed pursuant to Section 2 or 3 of this Article VIII. Managers need not be residents of the State of Texas or Members of the Company.

Section 8.2. Resignations. Each Manager shall have the right to resign at any time upon written notice of such resignation to the Members. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, the resignation shall take effect upon the receipt thereof, and acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make same effective.

Section 8.3. Removal of Manager. Any Manager may be removed, for or without cause, though his term may not have expired, by the vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Membership Interests of the Members.

5

Section 8.4. General Powers. The business of the Company shall be managed by its Managers, which may each exercise any and all powers of the Company and do any and all such lawful acts and things as are not by the Act, the Articles of Organization or by these Regulations directed or required to be exercised or done by the Members, including, but not limited to, contracting for or incurring on behalf of the Company debts, liabilities and other obligations, without the consent of any other person, except as otherwise provided herein.

Section 8.5. Place of Meetings. The Managers of the Company may hold their meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Texas.

Section 8.6. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the Managers shall be held without further notice immediately following the annual meeting of the Members, and at the same place, unless by unanimous consent of the Managers that such time or place shall be changed.

Section 8.7. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Managers may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Managers.

Section 8.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Mangers may be called by any Manager on two (2) days notice to each Manager, with such notice to be given personally, by mail or by telecopy, telegraph or mailgram.

Section 8.9. Quorum and Voting. At all meetings of the Managers the presence of at least a majority of the number of Managers shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Managers present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Managers, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the Act, the Articles of Organization or these Regulations. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of Managers, the Managers present there may adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8.10. Committees. The Managers may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Managers, designate committees, each committee to consist of one or more Managers, which committees shall have such power and authority and shall perform such functions as may be provided in such resolution. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be designated by the Managers and shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Managers when required.

Section 8.11. Compensation of Managers. The Members shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Managers and such compensation may include expenses.

Section 8.12. Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Managers or of any committee designated by the Managers may be taken without a meeting if written consent, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the Managers or of such committee, and such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting.

6

Section 8.13. Meetings by Conference Telephone. Managers or members of any committee designated by the Managers may participate in and hold a meeting of the Managers or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 8.14. Liability of Managers. No Manager of the Company shall be personally liable for any debts, liabilities, or obligations of the Company, including under a judgment, decree, or order of the court.

Section 8.15. Specific Power of Managers. The Managers shall have the authority to enter into and execute all documents in relation to the formation of the Company including, but not limited to, issuance of the Articles of Organization and these Regulations.

ARTICLE IX.

NOTICES

Section 9.1. Form of Notice. Whenever under the provisions of the Act, the Articles of Organization or these Regulations notice is required to be given to any Manager or Member, and no provision is made as to how such notice shall be given, notice shall not be construed to mean personal notice only, but any such notice may also be given in writing, by mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such Manager or Member at such address as appears on the books of the Company, or by telecopy, telegraph or mailgram. Any notice required or permitted to be given by mail shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same is deposited, postage prepaid, in the United States or Canadian mail as aforesaid.

Section 9.2. Waiver. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any Manager or Member of the Company under the provision of the Act, the Articles of Organization or these Regulations, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether signed before or after the time stated in such waiver, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

ARTICLE X.

OFFICERS

All Managers are officers of the Company. The Managers may designate one or more persons who are not Managers of the Company to serve as officers. The Company hereby designates Kevin S. Fiur as the President and Craig S. Comeaux as the Vice-President.

ARTICLE XI.

INDEMNITY

Section 11.1. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify its Managers, officers, employees, agents and others as fully as, and to the same extent, a corporation may indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents under the Texas Business Corporation Act, now in effect or hereafter amended. The Company shall have the power to purchase and maintain liability insurance coverage for those persons as, and to the fullest extent, permitted by the Act, as presently in effect and as may be hereafter amended.

7

Section 11.2. Indemnification Not Exclusive. The rights of indemnification and reimbursement provided for in Section 1 of this Article XI. shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such Manager, officer, employee or agent may be entitled under the Articles of Organization, any Regulations, agreement or vote of Members, or as a matter of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Managers.

Section 12.2. Records. At the expense of the Company, the Managers shall maintain records and accounts of all operations of the Company. At a minimum, the Company shall keep at its principal place of business the following records:

(a) A current list of the name and last known mailing address of each Member;

(b) A current list of each Member’s Membership Interest;

(c) A copy of the Articles of Organization and Regulations of the Company, and all amendments thereto, together with executed copies of any powers of attorney;

(d) Copies of the Federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports for the Company’s six most recent tax years; and

(e) Correct and complete books and records of account of the Company.

Section 12.3. Seal. The Company may by resolution of the Managers adopt and have a seal, and said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced. Any officer of the Company shall have authority to affix the seal to any document requiring it.

Section 12.4. Agents. Every Manager and Officer is an agent of the Company for the purpose of the business. The act of a Manager or Officer, including the execution in the name of the Company of any instrument for carrying on in the usual way the business of the Company, binds the Company.

Section 12.5. Checks. All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Company shall be signed by such officer, officers, agent or agents of the Company and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Managers. In the absence of such determination by the Mangers, such instruments shall be signed by the Treasurer or the Secretary and countersigned by the President or a Vice President of the Company, if the Company has such officers.

8

Section 12.6. Deposits. All funds of the Company shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Company in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Mangers may select.

Section 12.7. Annual Statement. The Managers shall present at each annual meeting, and, when called for by vote of the Members, at any special meeting of the Members, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the Company.

Section 12.8. Financial Statements. As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a balance sheet as at the end of such fiscal year, and a profit and loss statement for the period ended, shall be distributed to the Members, along with such tax information (including all information returns) as may be necessary for the preparation of each Member of its Federal, state and local income tax returns. The balance sheet and profit and loss statement referred to in the previous sentence may be as shown on the Company’s federal income tax return.

ARTICLE XIII.

AMENDMENTS

Section 13.1. Amendments. These Regulations may be altered, amended or repealed and new Regulations may be adopted by the vote of a majority of the Membership Interests of the Members, at any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose.

Section 13.2. When Regulations Silent. It is expressly recognized that when the Regulations are silent or in conflict with the requirements of the Act as to the manner of performing any Company function, the provisions of the Act shall control.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Sole Member hereby adopts these Regulations as the Regulations of the Company, effective as of the above written date.

SOLE MEMBER:

SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                            

Kevin P. Callaghan, Executive Vice President

10

EXHIBIT A

OWNERSHIP INTERESTS

Name	Ownership Percentage	Initial Capital Contribution
Seitel Management, Inc.	100%	$1,000

11

EX-3.9

Exhibit 3.9

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SEITEL CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.

SEITEL CANADA HOLDINGS, INC., (the “Corporation”), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated is Seitel Canada, Inc.

2. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 30, 1997, and thereafter was amended on January 7, 1998.

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Corporation under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

4. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on July 2, 2004 (the “Effective Date”).

The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended, shall be restated and further amended, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of the Corporation is SEITEL CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSES AND POWERS

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law.

ARTICLE 4. CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters required or permitted to be voted on by stockholders of the Corporation under the DGCL.

ARTICLE 5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, a Board of Directors comprised as set forth in the By-Laws of the Corporation. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be not less than three nor more than seven and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws of Corporation.

ARTICLE 6. BY-LAWS OF THE CORPORATION.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise; provided, however, that no By-Law adopted by stockholders of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 7. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; BOOKS AND RECORDS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

The directors of the Corporation shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL as from time to time in effect and any other provisions of Delaware law. If the DGCL or any other provision of Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of directors of the Corporation will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended law.

A director of the Corporation shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for those specific breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the restriction hereunder of a director’s personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

2

The Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Corporation’s By-Laws. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the right of indemnification of any director or officer hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

ARTICLE 9. NON-VOTING CAPITAL STOCK.

The Corporation shall not be authorized to issue non-voting capital stock to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”); provided, however, that this Article 9 will have no further force and effect beyond that required by Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Kevin P. Callaghan, its President, and by Marcia H. Kendrick, its Secretary, this the 30 day of June, 2004.

SEITEL CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Name: Kevin P. Callaghan
	Title:   President

ATTEST:
By:	/s/ Marcia H. Kendrick
	Name: Marcia H. Kendrick
	Title:   Secretary

4

EX-3.10

Exhibit 3.10

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

SEITEL CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Effective: July 2, 2004

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of SEITEL CANADA HOLDINGS, INC., (the “Corporation”) required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be such registered office as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner provided by law.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other place or places, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall designate and as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stated in the notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.3. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by order of the Board of

Directors, and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders holding not less than 10% of all votes entitled to be considered at the special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.5. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.6. Quorum. The holders of stock having a majority of the voting power of the stock entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice (other than announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the time and place of the adjourned meeting) until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.7. Order of Business. The order of business at annual meetings of stockholders and, so far as practicable, at other meetings of stockholders shall be determined by the Board of Directors in consultation with the Chairman of the Board.

Section 2.8. Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall, on each matter submitted to a vote at each meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.5 of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held directly or indirectly by the Corporation, shall not be entitled to vote. Any vote by stock of the Corporation may be given at any meeting of stockholders by the stockholder entitled thereto, in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto duly authorized and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy shall provide for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Unless demanded by a stockholder of the Corporation present in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat, or so directed by the presiding officer of the meeting, the vote thereat on any question other than the election or removal of directors need not be by written ballot. Upon a demand of any such stockholder for a vote by written ballot on any question or at the direction of such presiding officer that a vote by written ballot be taken on any question, such vote shall be taken by written ballot. On a vote by written ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

2

Section 2.9. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger, either directly or through another officer of the Corporation designated by the Secretary or through a transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors, to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days before said meeting, either at a place within the city where said meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of said meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of said meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of record who shall be present thereat. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, such list or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.10. Inspectors of Votes. The presiding officer of the meeting may appoint two inspectors of votes to act at each meeting of the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors shall have theretofore made such appointments. Each inspector of votes shall first subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector of votes at the meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Such inspectors of votes, if any, shall take charge of the ballots, if any, at the meeting, and after the balloting on any question, shall count the ballots cast and shall make a report in writing to the secretary of the meeting of the results of the balloting. An inspector of votes need not be a stockholder of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an inspector of votes on any question other than a vote for or against such officer’s election to any position with the Corporation or on any other question in which such officer may be directly interested.

Section 2.11. Stockholder Action Upon Written Consent. In accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a written vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than a minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

3

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which shall have and may exercise all powers of the Corporation and take all lawful acts as are not by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or taken by the stockholders.

Section 3.2. Number, Term, Election and Qualification of Directors. The number of directors comprising the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed at three (3) in number. Thereafter, the number of directors may be fixed, from time to time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders of the Corporation. Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the next succeeding annual meeting to the extent of the number of such vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or these By-Laws, the directors (other than members of the initial Board of Directors) shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws.

Section 3.3. Removal. Any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election.

Section 3.4. Resignations. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such director’s resignation to the Corporation, effective at the time specified therein or, if not specified, immediately upon its receipt by the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal (with or without cause), an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting thereof. Each director so elected shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.

Section 3.6. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 3.7. Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall be a director but need not otherwise be an officer of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall advise and counsel the President and other officers of the Corporation and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.

4

ARTICLE IV

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4.1. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, at such time and places as it determines.

Section 4.2. Annual Meetings. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the Board is elected and at the same place as such meeting, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. If such meeting is not held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 4.3. Regular Meetings—Notice. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice.

Section 4.4. Special Meetings—Notice. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of the directors on 48 hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by telephone or mail; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or two directors. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director, however, if waived by any such director in writing, or if such director shall be present at the meeting.

Section 4.5. Quorum and Manner of Acting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, 50% of the directors at the time in office (but not less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 4.6. Actions Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case maybe, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or the committee.

5

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2. Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and regularly report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3. Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.6 and Article VI of these By-Laws, with such changes in the context of these By-Laws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that: (i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee; and (ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VI

ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION AND REMOTE COMMUNICATION

Section 6.1. Electronic Transmission. For the purposes of this Article VI, “electronic transmission” shall mean any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 6.2. Notices to Directors. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.3 and 4.4 of these By-Laws, any notice permitted or required to be given to any director shall be sufficient if given, in addition to any other permitted means or manner of delivery, by electronic transmission.

Section 6.3. Action by Board of Directors Without a Meeting. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.6 of these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, in addition to any other means or manner otherwise provided for, may be taken by electronic transmission.

6

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

Section 7.1. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any applicable statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or by electronic transmission, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 7.2. Authorized Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Secretary or such other person or persons as the President designates shall be authorized to give notices for the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

OFFICERS

Section 8.1. Description. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, with or without such descriptive titles as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and, as provided in Article III, a Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors by resolution shall also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers, and such other officers and agents as from time to time may appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation. The same person may hold any two or more offices.

Section 8.2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect and appoint the officers to fill the positions designated in Section 8.1.

Section 8.3. Salaries. The Compensation Committee shall fix all salaries of all elected officers of the Corporation.

Section 8.4. Term. An officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer resigns or such officer’s successor is chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 8.5. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; to sign stock certificates; and to exercise such other powers and duties as may be designated in accordance with these By-Laws and as from time to time may be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors.

7

Section 8.6. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; and to sign stock certificates, subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.7. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

(a) The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall be under the supervision of the Chairman of the Board and the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board or the President. The Secretary shall have charge of the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to any instrument requiring it. When so affixed, the seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer, which may be a facsimile. The Secretary shall keep and account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Corporation except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. The Secretary shall have authority to sign stock certificates and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of the Secretary of a corporation.

(b) Assistant Secretaries shall assist the Secretary, and in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.8. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

(a) The Treasurer shall perform all the duties customary to that office, and shall have the responsibility for and custody over all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall have the authority to endorse for deposit or collection, or otherwise, all commercial paper payable to the Corporation, and to give proper receipts or discharges for all payments to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be responsible for all terms of credit granted by the Corporation and for the collection of all its accounts. The Treasurer shall have the authority to execute and deliver bonds, deeds, contracts and stock certificates of and for the Corporation, and to affix the corporate seal thereto by handwritten or facsimile signature and all other powers customarily appertaining to such office, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Treasurer shall be under the supervision of the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed to the Treasurer by the President.

8

(b) Assistant Treasurers shall assist the Treasurer and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

Section 8.9. Controller and Assistant Controllers.

(a) The Controller, if the Board elects one, shall be the Chief Accounting Officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall be responsible for all matters pertaining to the accounts of the Corporation, its subsidiaries and divisions, with the supervision of the books of account, their installation, arrangement and classification. The Controller shall maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions; see that an adequate system of internal audit thereof is regularly maintained; coordinate the efforts of the Corporation’s independent public accountants in its external audit program; receive, review, and consolidate all operating and financial statements of the Corporation and its various departments and subsidiaries; and prepare financial statements, reports and analyses. The Controller shall have supervision of the accounting practices of the Corporation and of each subsidiary and division of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties and powers of the accounting personnel of the subsidiaries and divisions. The Controller shall cause to be maintained an adequate system of financial control through a program of budgets, financial planning and interpretive reports. The Controller shall initiate and enforce accounting measures and procedures whereby the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and divisions shall be conducted with the maximum efficiency and economy. The Controller shall have all other powers customarily appertaining to the office of controller, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Controller shall be under the supervision of the President.

(b) The Assistant Controllers, if one is elected by the Board, shall assist the Controller, and if the Controller is unavailable, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to serve as a director or officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid

9

in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 9.2 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a current, former or proposed director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 9.1 or otherwise.

The Corporation may indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or otherwise in the same manner and to the extent and subject to such conditions as the Corporation shall determine as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 9.1.

Section 9.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a written claim received by the Corporation from or on behalf of an indemnified party under this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after such receipt, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

10

Section 9.3. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 9.4. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 9.5. Indemnification of Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

Section 9.6. Savings Clause. If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer of the Corporation, as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.7. Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors, after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

11

ARTICLE X

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK

Section 10.1. Right to Certificate. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, option or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section 10.2. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 10.3. New Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 10.4. Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation, subject to any proper restrictions on transfer, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 10.5. Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date for stockholders’ meetings or for any other lawful purpose, which shall be no fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting or other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

12

Section 10.6. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors (but not any committee thereof) at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock or other securities.

Section 11.2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 11.3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 11.5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporate seal, if any, may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, reproduced or otherwise.

Section 11.6. Certificate of Incorporation. To the extent of any inconsistency between these By-Laws and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall control for all purposes.

13

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1. Amendments to By-Laws. Except as set forth below or in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote or by the majority of members of the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

14

Adopted this 2^nd day of July 2004.

Marcia H. Kendrick

Name:  Marcia H. Kendrick

Title:    Secretary

15

EX-3.11

Exhibit 3.11

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SEITEL DATA CORP.

SEITEL DATA CORP., (the “Corporation”), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated is SGI – Nigeria, Inc.

2. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 29, 1993, and thereafter was amended on March 9, 1994.

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Corporation under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

4. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on July 2, 2004 (the “Effective Date”).

The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended, shall be restated and further amended, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of the Corporation is SEITEL DATA CORP.

ARTICLE 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSES AND POWERS

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law.

ARTICLE 4. CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters required or permitted to be voted on by stockholders of the Corporation under the DGCL.

ARTICLE 5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, a Board of Directors comprised as set forth in the By-Laws of the Corporation. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be not less than three nor more than seven and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws of Corporation.

ARTICLE 6. BY-LAWS OF THE CORPORATION.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise; provided, however, that no By-Law adopted by stockholders of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 7. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; BOOKS AND RECORDS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

The directors of the Corporation shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL as from time to time in effect and any other provisions of Delaware law. If the DGCL or any other provision of Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of directors of the Corporation will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended law.

A director of the Corporation shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for those specific breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the restriction hereunder of a director’s personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

2

The Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Corporation’s By-Laws. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the right of indemnification of any director or officer hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

ARTICLE 9. NON-VOTING CAPITAL STOCK.

The Corporation shall not be authorized to issue non-voting capital stock to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”); provided, however, that this Article 9 will have no further force and effect beyond that required by Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Kevin P. Callaghan, its President, and by Marcia H. Kendrick, its Secretary, this the 30 day of June, 2004.

SEITEL DATA CORP.
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Name:  Kevin P. Callaghan
	Title:    President

ATTEST:
By:	/s/ Marcia H. Kendrick
	Name:  Marcia H. Kendrick
	Title:    Secretary

4

EX-3.12

Exhibit 3.12

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

SEITEL DATA CORP.

(a Delaware corporation)

Effective: July 2, 2004

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of SEITEL DATA CORP., (the “Corporation”) required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be such registered office as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner provided by law.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other place or places, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall designate and as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stated in the notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.3. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by order of the Board of

Directors, and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders holding not less than 10% of all votes entitled to be considered at the special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.5. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.6. Quorum. The holders of stock having a majority of the voting power of the stock entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice (other than announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the time and place of the adjourned meeting) until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.7. Order of Business. The order of business at annual meetings of stockholders and, so far as practicable, at other meetings of stockholders shall be determined by the Board of Directors in consultation with the Chairman of the Board.

Section 2.8. Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall, on each matter submitted to a vote at each meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.5 of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held directly or indirectly by the Corporation, shall not be entitled to vote. Any vote by stock of the Corporation may be given at any meeting of stockholders by the stockholder entitled thereto, in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto duly authorized and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy shall provide for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Unless demanded by a stockholder of the Corporation present in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat, or so directed by the presiding officer of the meeting, the vote thereat on any question other than the election or removal of directors need not be by written ballot. Upon a demand of any such stockholder for a vote by written ballot on any question or at the direction of such presiding

2

officer that a vote by written ballot be taken on any question, such vote shall be taken by written ballot. On a vote by written ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

Section 2.9. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger, either directly or through another officer of the Corporation designated by the Secretary or through a transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors, to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days before said meeting, either at a place within the city where said meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of said meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of said meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of record who shall be present thereat. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, such list or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.10. Inspectors of Votes. The presiding officer of the meeting may appoint two inspectors of votes to act at each meeting of the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors shall have theretofore made such appointments. Each inspector of votes shall first subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector of votes at the meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Such inspectors of votes, if any, shall take charge of the ballots, if any, at the meeting, and after the balloting on any question, shall count the ballots cast and shall make a report in writing to the secretary of the meeting of the results of the balloting. An inspector of votes need not be a stockholder of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an inspector of votes on any question other than a vote for or against such officer’s election to any position with the Corporation or on any other question in which such officer may be directly interested.

Section 2.11. Stockholder Action Upon Written Consent. In accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a written vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than a minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which shall have and may exercise all powers of the Corporation and take all lawful acts as are not by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or taken by the stockholders.

3

Section 3.2. Number, Term, Election and Qualification of Directors. The number of directors comprising the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed at three (3) in number. Thereafter, the number of directors may be fixed, from time to time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders of the Corporation. Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the next succeeding annual meeting to the extent of the number of such vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or these By-Laws, the directors (other than members of the initial Board of Directors) shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws.

Section 3.3. Removal. Any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election.

Section 3.4. Resignations. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such director’s resignation to the Corporation, effective at the time specified therein or, if not specified, immediately upon its receipt by the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal (with or without cause), an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting thereof. Each director so elected shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.

Section 3.6. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 3.7. Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall be a director but need not otherwise be an officer of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall advise and counsel the President and other officers of the Corporation and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.

4

ARTICLE IV

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4.1. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, at such time and places as it determines.

Section 4.2. Annual Meetings. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the Board is elected and at the same place as such meeting, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. If such meeting is not held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 4.3. Regular Meetings—Notice. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice.

Section 4.4. Special Meetings—Notice. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of the directors on 48 hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by telephone or mail; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or two directors. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director, however, if waived by any such director in writing, or if such director shall be present at the meeting.

Section 4.5. Quorum and Manner of Acting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, 50% of the directors at the time in office (but not less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 4.6. Actions Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case maybe, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or the committee.

5

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2. Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and regularly report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3. Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.6 and Article VI of these By-Laws, with such changes in the context of these By-Laws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that: (i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee; and (ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VI

ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION AND REMOTE COMMUNICATION

Section 6.1. Electronic Transmission. For the purposes of this Article VI, “electronic transmission” shall mean any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 6.2. Notices to Directors. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.3 and 4.4 of these By-Laws, any notice permitted or required to be given to any director shall be sufficient if given, in addition to any other permitted means or manner of delivery, by electronic transmission.

Section 6.3. Action by Board of Directors Without a Meeting. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.6 of these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, in addition to any other means or manner otherwise provided for, may be taken by electronic transmission.

6

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

Section 7.1. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any applicable statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or by electronic transmission, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 7.2. Authorized Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Secretary or such other person or persons as the President designates shall be authorized to give notices for the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

OFFICERS

Section 8.1. Description. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, with or without such descriptive titles as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and, as provided in Article III, a Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors by resolution shall also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers, and such other officers and agents as from time to time may appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation. The same person may hold any two or more offices.

Section 8.2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect and appoint the officers to fill the positions designated in Section 8.1.

Section 8.3. Salaries. The Compensation Committee shall fix all salaries of all elected officers of the Corporation.

Section 8.4. Term. An officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer resigns or such officer’s successor is chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 8.5. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; to sign stock certificates; and to exercise such other powers and duties as may be designated in accordance with these By-Laws and as from time to time may be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors.

7

Section 8.6. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; and to sign stock certificates, subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.7. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

(a) The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall be under the supervision of the Chairman of the Board and the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board or the President. The Secretary shall have charge of the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to any instrument requiring it. When so affixed, the seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer, which may be a facsimile. The Secretary shall keep and account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Corporation except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. The Secretary shall have authority to sign stock certificates and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of the Secretary of a corporation.

(b) Assistant Secretaries shall assist the Secretary, and in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.8. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

(a) The Treasurer shall perform all the duties customary to that office, and shall have the responsibility for and custody over all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall have the authority to endorse for deposit or collection, or otherwise, all commercial paper payable to the Corporation, and to give proper receipts or discharges for all payments to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be responsible for all terms of credit granted by the Corporation and for the collection of all its accounts. The Treasurer shall have the authority to execute and deliver bonds, deeds, contracts and stock certificates of and for the Corporation, and to affix the corporate seal thereto by handwritten or facsimile signature and all other powers customarily appertaining to such office, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Treasurer shall be under the supervision of the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed to the Treasurer by the President.

8

(b) Assistant Treasurers shall assist the Treasurer and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

Section 8.9. Controller and Assistant Controllers.

(a) The Controller, if the Board elects one, shall be the Chief Accounting Officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall be responsible for all matters pertaining to the accounts of the Corporation, its subsidiaries and divisions, with the supervision of the books of account, their installation, arrangement and classification. The Controller shall maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions; see that an adequate system of internal audit thereof is regularly maintained; coordinate the efforts of the Corporation’s independent public accountants in its external audit program; receive, review, and consolidate all operating and financial statements of the Corporation and its various departments and subsidiaries; and prepare financial statements, reports and analyses. The Controller shall have supervision of the accounting practices of the Corporation and of each subsidiary and division of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties and powers of the accounting personnel of the subsidiaries and divisions. The Controller shall cause to be maintained an adequate system of financial control through a program of budgets, financial planning and interpretive reports. The Controller shall initiate and enforce accounting measures and procedures whereby the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and divisions shall be conducted with the maximum efficiency and economy. The Controller shall have all other powers customarily appertaining to the office of controller, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Controller shall be under the supervision of the President.

(b) The Assistant Controllers, if one is elected by the Board, shall assist the Controller, and if the Controller is unavailable, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to serve as a director or officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid

9

in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 9.2 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a current, former or proposed director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 9.1 or otherwise.

The Corporation may indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or otherwise in the same manner and to the extent and subject to such conditions as the Corporation shall determine as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 9.1.

Section 9.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a written claim received by the Corporation from or on behalf of an indemnified party under this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after such receipt, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

10

Section 9.3. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 9.4. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 9.5. Indemnification of Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

Section 9.6. Savings Clause. If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer of the Corporation, as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.7. Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors, after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

11

ARTICLE X

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK

Section 10.1. Right to Certificate. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, option or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section 10.2. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 10.3. New Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 10.4. Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation, subject to any proper restrictions on transfer, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 10.5. Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date for stockholders’ meetings or for any other lawful purpose, which shall be no fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting or other action. A determination of

12

stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 10.6. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors (but not any committee thereof) at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock or other securities.

Section 11.2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 11.3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 11.5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporate seal, if any, may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, reproduced or otherwise.

Section 11.6. Certificate of Incorporation. To the extent of any inconsistency between these By-Laws and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall control for all purposes.

13

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1. Amendments to By-Laws. Except as set forth below or in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote or by the majority of members of the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

14

Adopted this 2^nd day of July 2004.

Marcia H. Kendrick
Name:	Marcia H. Kendrick
Title:	Secretary

15

EX-3.13

Exhibit 3.13

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF

SEITEL DATA, LTD.

DATED: JUNE 30, 2004

SEITEL DATA, LTD. (the “Partnership”), a limited partnership duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name under which the Partnership was originally formed is Seitel Data I, Ltd.

2. The original Certificate of Limited Partnership (the “Certificate”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas on January 5, 1996.

3. On February 13, 1996, an amendment to the Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas, changing the Partnership’s name to SEITEL DATA, LTD.

4. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership, which restates and further amends the Certificate of Limited Partnership as heretofore amended, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) (the “Case”) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Partnership under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with Section 2.02 of the Revised Limited Partnership Act of the State of Texas. The Bankruptcy Court has jurisdiction of this Case under federal statute.

5. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership shall become effective at 4:00 p.m., Central Time, on July 2, 2004.

6. The Company’s Certificate shall be amended and restated, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

NAME

The name of the limited partnership formed hereby is SEITEL DATA, LTD.

ARTICLE 2.

PRINCIPAL OFFICE.

The address of the principal office in the United States where Partnership records are to be kept or made available under Section 1.07 of the Act is 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

ARTICLE 3.

REGISTERED AGENT

The name of the registered agent and the address of the registered office of the Company as set forth in with Section 1.06 of the Act is CT Corporation System located at 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, TX 77002.

ARTICLE 4.

PRINCIPAL OFFICE

The address of the principal office in the United States where Partnership records are to be kept or made available under Section 1.07 of the Act is 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

ARTICLE 5.

GENERAL PARTNER

The name, mailing address and street address of the Sole General Partner of the Partnership is SEITEL DELAWARE, INC., Attn: General Counsel, and its mailing address and street address is 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

ARTICLE 6.

DATE OF FORMATION

In accordance with Section 2.01(b) of the Act, the Partnership shall be formed at the later of (i) the time of the filing of this Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas or (ii) the execution and delivery of an Agreement of Limited Partnership with respect to the Partnership by the partners thereof.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned general partner of the Partnership has duly executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership as of the day and year first aforesaid.

GENERAL PARTNER:
SEITEL DELAWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

3

EX-3.14

Exhibit 3.14

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF SEITEL DATA, LTD.

A Texas Limited Partnership

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (this “Agreement”) of SEITEL DATA, LTD. (the “Partnership”) is entered into effective as of July 2, 2004, by and between SEITEL DELAWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“General Partner”), and SEITEL DATA CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Limited Partner”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Partnership was formed as a Texas limited partnership named Seitel Data I, Ltd. on January 5, 1996, and subsequently the General Partner and Limited Partner (collectively the “Partners”) entered into the Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of January 5, 1996 (the “Partnership Agreement”);

WHEREAS, on February 13, 1996, pursuant to the Amendment to Agreement of Limited Partnership of Seitel Data I, Ltd. entered into by the General Partner, the name of the partnership was changed to Seitel Data, Ltd.

WHEREAS, this Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement, which restates and further amends the Partnership Agreement as heretofore amended, is made and entered into pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization confirmed therein in connection with the reorganization of the Partnership under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act (the “Act”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Formation, Name and Commencement.

(a) The parties hereto agree to amend and restate the Partnership Agreement and to continue Seitel Data, Ltd. under the Act. The rights and liabilities of the Partners shall, except as may be hereinafter expressly stated to the contrary, be as provided for in the Act.

(b) The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, SEITEL DATA LTD., or such modifications or variations thereof as the General Partner may determine from time to time.

(c) The registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas shall be at such places as the General Partner may designate from time to time. The name of the registered agent and the address of the registered office of the Company as set forth in the Articles of Organization of the Company is The Corporation Trust Company located at 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, TX 77002. The General Partner in the manner provided by applicable law may change such registered office and registered agent from time to time. The principal office of the Company shall be at 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043, but substitute or additional places of business may be established at such other locations as may, from time to time, be determined by the General Partner, which need not be in the State of Texas, and the Partnership shall maintain records there as required by Section 1.07 of the Act.

(d) The Partnership shall be effective upon the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas and shall remain effective for a period of not less than thirty (30) years or until the date the Partnership is dissolved pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement and is subsequently terminated.

2. Purposes and Powers.

(a) The Partnership is formed for the purpose of conducting and transacting any and all lawful business that may be conducted and transacted by a limited partnership created pursuant to the Act.

(b) The Partnership purposes may be accomplished by taking any action, which is permitted under the Act.

3. Contributions and Loans.

(a) By execution of this Agreement, the Limited Partner hereby agrees to contribute to the capital of the Partnership all of its assets and other rights (which are described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto), subject to the liabilities and obligations relating to such assets (which are listed and described on Exhibit “B” attached hereto). The Partnership hereby agrees to accept conveyance of the assets described on Exhibit “A” and assume the liabilities and obligations described on Exhibit “B” attached hereto upon such conveyance. The General Partner agrees to contribute to the capital of the Partnership an amount of cash equal to one percent (1%) of the total capital contributions to the Partnership.

(b) Neither the General Partner nor the Limited Partner shall have any obligation to make any further contributions to the Partnership other than as may be specifically required pursuant to the terms of the Act or any other legal requirement.

(c) The Limited Partner and the General Partner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to extend loans to the Partnership at the request of the General Partner upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed to between the lending Partner and the Partnership. The General Partner shall have the full and exclusive authority in determining whether borrowed funds are required for the continued operation of the Partnership and negotiating the terms and conditions of any loans obtained by the Partnership from the General Partner or the Limited Partners. Nothing contained in this Section 3(c) shall imply that any of the Partners has any liability or obligation whatsoever to loan any funds to the Partnership at any time.

2

4. Management of the Partnership.

Subject to the limitations imposed upon it at law, the General Partner (i) shall have full, exclusive and complete authority and discretion to manage and control, and shall make all decisions affecting, the Partnership’s business; (ii) shall have full authority to effectuate the purposes of the Partnership and to take any action required, permitted or authorized pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and (iii) shall have full power to exercise all rights and powers generally inferred or conferred by law in connection therewith. Except as may be required by the Act or other applicable law, the interest of the Limited Partner in the Partnership does not include any voting rights whatsoever. In furtherance of the management rights granted to the General Partner herein, the General Partner shall have the power to appoint any one or more of the following officers of the Partnership, who shall be employees of the Partnership and who shall have the powers and duties set forth below:

(a) Number, Titles and Term of Office. The officers of the Partnership shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers as the General Partner may from time to time appoint. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall be duly appointed or until his or her death or until he or. she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

(b) Salaries. The salaries or other compensation of the officers of the Partnership shall be fixed from time to time by the General Partner.

(c) Removal. The General Partner may remove any officer appointed by the General Partner at any time, either with or without cause. Appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

(d) Vacancies. The General Partner may fill any vacancy occurring in any office of the Partnership.

(e) Powers and Duties of the President. Subject to the control of the General Partner, the President shall have general executive charge, management and control of the properties, business and operations of the Partnership with all such powers as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities; he or she may agree upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other obligations in the name of the Partnership; and shall have such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the General Partner.

(f) Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President, or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, a Vice President designated by the General Partner shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the General Partner may from time to time prescribe.

(g) Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have responsibility for the custody and control of all the funds of the Partnership, and he or she shall have such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the General Partner. He or she shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the President and the General Partner.

3

(h) Assistant Treasurers. Each Assistant Treasurer shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to such office, together with such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or the General Partner. The Assistant Treasurers shall exercise the powers of the Treasurer during that officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

(i) Secretary. The Secretary shall keep all partnership records of the Partnership in books provided for that purpose; he or she shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices; he or she shall have charge of the partnership interest transfer books and ledgers, and such other books and papers as the General Partner may direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection of the General Partner; he or she shall have such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned by the General Partner; and he or she shall in general perform all acts incident to the office of Secretary, subject to the control of the President and the General Partner.

(j) Assistant Secretaries. Each Assistant Secretary shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to such office, together with such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or the General Partner. The Assistant Secretaries shall exercise the powers of the Secretary during that officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

(k) Officers of General Partner. Although a person may serve in both capacities, the officers of the Partnership are and shall be separate and distinct from the corporate officers of the General Partner.

5. Allocations and Distributions.

(a) Except as may otherwise be required by the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and corresponding Treasury Regulations (“Regulations”), for each fiscal year of the Partnership, the income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Partnership shall be allocated among the General Partner and the Limited Partner as follows:

General Partner    1

Limited Partner    99%

(b) Distributions of funds or other property from the Partnership (other than liquidating distributions) shall be made at such times and in such amounts as may be determined by the General Partner in the exercise of its sole discretion in the following proportions:

General Partner    1

Limited Partner    99%

4

Liquidating distributions shall be made according to capital account balances of the Partners (which capital accounts shall be kept by the General Partner).

(c) It is intended that the allocations and distributions of the Partnership comply with all requirements of the Code and corresponding Regulations.

6. Fiscal Matters.

(a) The Partnership’s fiscal year shall be the calendar year. The General Partner may at the Partnership’s expense engage accountants to keep and audit the books and records of the Partnership, prepare tax returns, and perform other accounting services’ for the Partnership.

(b) All funds of the Partnership shall be deposited in its name, in the name of the General Partner or under any assumed name of the Partnership in an account or accounts maintained at a national or state bank. Checks shall be drawn upon the Partnership and shall be signed by any authorized agent or officer of the General Partner.

(c) The General Partner shall cause to be prepared and filed all tax returns and statements, if any, which must be filed on behalf of the Partnership with any taxing authority, and shall submit copies of all such returns and statements to the Partners. The General Partner shall be the tax matters partner.

7. General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall manage, or cause to be managed, the Partnership affairs in a prudent and businesslike manner, but shall have no liability or obligation to the Limited Partner or the Partnership for any decision made or action taken in connection with the discharge of its duties hereunder if such decision or action is made or taken in good faith, irrespective of whether the same be reasonably prudent or whether bad judgment or negligence (excluding gross negligence, fraud or bad faith) was exercised or involved in connection therewith.

(b) No person, firm or corporation dealing with the Partnership shall be required to inquire into, or obtain any consents or other documentation as to, the authority of the General Partner to take any action permitted by this Agreement or to exercise any such rights or powers.

(c) The General Partner, and all officers of the General Partner or the Partnership, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, the cost of litigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees), damages and causes of action of any nature whatsoever arising out of or incidental to the management of the Partnership affairs, except where the claim at issue is based upon:

(i) the proven gross negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified party; or

(ii) the proven breach by the indemnified party of any material provision of this Agreement.

5

The indemnification rights herein contained shall be cumulative of, and in addition to, any and all rights, remedies and recourses to which the indemnified parties described herein shall be entitled, whether pursuant to some other provision of this Agreement, at law or in equity.

8. Limited Partner.

(a) The Limited Partner shall not be:

(i) except as may be required by the Act or other applicable law, entitled to vote on any subject matter or decision regarding or affecting the Partnership or the business of the Partnership, including, without limitation, any decision regarding the admission of additional Limited Partners or regarding amendments to this Agreement.

(ii) personally liable for any of the debts or losses of the Partnership (except as expressly otherwise provided by the terms of the Act);

(iii) allowed to take part in the management or control of the Partnership business, or to sign for or bind the Partnership;

(iv) entitled to be paid, in its capacity as Limited Partner, any salary or to have a Partnership drawing account;

(v) entitled to a partition of any Partnership properties, notwithstanding any other provision or law to the contrary; or

(vi) entitled to a return of its capital contributions except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or upon the dissolution of the Partnership may be considered as such by law, and then only to the extent provided in this Agreement and permitted by the Act.

(b) The Limited Partner may not sell, assign, convey, transfer, pledge or hypothecate, by operation of law or otherwise, its interest in the Partnership without the prior written approval of the General Partner acting in its sole discretion. No transfer or attempted transfer of all or any portion of a Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership in violation of the foregoing provisions shall be valid, and the Limited Partner agrees with the Partnership that the Partnership shall not be required to transfer the Limited Partner’s ownership interest in the Partnership on the books of the Partnership or recognize any rights of any purported transferee, if such transfer or attempted transfer is in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

9. Dissolution and Liquidation.

(a) Unless the Partnership is reconstituted in accordance with the terms of the Act, the Partnership shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following:

(i) the express written consent of the General Partner;

6

(ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets;

(iii) the bankruptcy, withdrawal or dissolution of the General Partner;

(iv) the occurrence of any other circumstance, which by law would require that the Partnership be dissolved; or

(v) in any event, the expiration of thirty (30) years from the date of this Agreement.

(b) Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner or, in the event that the dissolution of the Partnership is caused by the General Partner, any other person selected by the Limited Partner shall act as a liquidating trustee (hereinafter referred to as the “Liquidating Trustee”) and immediately proceed to terminate the business of the Partnership. The assets of the Partnership which shall be attempted to be sold prior to the final liquidating distribution and the assets of the Partnership which shall be distributed in kind as a part of the final liquidating distribution shall be determined by the Liquidating Trustee. The net proceeds from the sale of the assets of the Partnership and all remaining unsold assets of the Partnership shall be applied or distributed by the Liquidating Trustee in the following order of priority:

(i) in payment of all liabilities of the Partnership to creditors other than to Partners;

(ii) in payment of any loans which have been made to the Partnership by any Partner;

(iii) to the Partners according to the positive balances in their capital accounts.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement and the obligations of the General Partner and the Limited Partner hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflicts of law, rule or principle which might refer to such construction to the laws of another state.

(b) This Agreement and all the terms, provisions and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the General Partner and the Limited Partner, and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall negate or diminish the restrictions set forth in Section 8(b) hereinabove.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the General Partner and the Limited Partner relating to the subject matter hereof, and all other agreements relative hereto which are not contained herein are terminated.

(d) Except as may be otherwise explicitly provided herein, amendments, variations, modifications or changes herein may be effective and binding upon the General Partner and the Limited Partner by, and only by, setting the same forth in a document duly executed and consented to by the General Partner and mailed to the Limited Partner, and any alleged amendment, variation, modification or change herein which is not so documented shall not be effective as to any Partner.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned general partner and limited partner have duly executed this Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:

SEITEL DELAWARE, INC.

By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Name: Kevin P. Callaghan Title:   Director and President

LIMITED PARTNER:

SEITEL DATA CORP.

By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Name: Kevin P. Callaghan Title:   Director and President

8

EXHIBIT “A”

Description of Assets Contributed to the Capital of the Partnership

1. All “Assets” under (and as defined in) that certain Seismic Data Contribution Agreement (the “Contribution Agreement”) dated effective January 5, 1996 by and between Seitel Data Corp. and Seitel Data I, Ltd.

9

EXHIBIT “B”

List of Indebtedness and Liabilities Assumed by the Partnership

1. The Assumed Liabilities (as defined in the Contribution Agreement)

10

EX-3.15

Exhibit 3.15

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MATRIX GEOPHYSICAL, INC.

MATRIX GEOPHYSICAL, INC., (the “Corporation”), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on August 16, 1994.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Corporation under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on July 2, 2004 (the “Effective Date”).

The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended, shall be restated and further amended, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of the Corporation is MATRIX GEOPHYSICAL, INC.

ARTICLE 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSES AND POWERS

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law.

ARTICLE 4. CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters required or permitted to be voted on by stockholders of the Corporation under the DGCL.

ARTICLE 5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, a Board of Directors comprised as set forth in the By-Laws of the Corporation. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be not less than three nor more than seven and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws of Corporation.

ARTICLE 6. BY-LAWS OF THE CORPORATION.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise; provided, however, that no By-Law adopted by stockholders of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 7. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; BOOKS AND RECORDS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

The directors of the Corporation shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL as from time to time in effect and any other provisions of Delaware law. If the DGCL or any other provision of Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of directors of the Corporation will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended law.

A director of the Corporation shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for those specific breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the restriction hereunder of a director’s personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

2

The Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Corporation’s By-Laws. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the right of indemnification of any director or officer hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

ARTICLE 9. NON-VOTING CAPITAL STOCK.

The Corporation shall not be authorized to issue non-voting capital stock to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”); provided, however, that this Article 9 will have no further force and effect beyond that required by Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Robert T. Choate, its President, and by Marcia H. Kendrick, its Secretary, this the 30 day of June, 2004.

MATRIX GEOPHYSICAL, INC.
By:	/s/ Robert T. Choate
	Name: Robert T. Choate Title: President

ATTEST:

By:	/s/ Marcia H. Kendrick
	Name: Marcia H. Kendrick Title: Secretary

4

EX-3.15(A)

Exhibit 3.15(a)

STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware does hereby certify:

FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of

MATRIX GEOPHYSICAL, INC.

resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended by changing the Article thereof numbered “ARTICLE 1” so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

The name of the corporation is

SEITEL DATA PROCESSING, INC.

SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this certificate to be signed this 29th day of NOVEMBER, 2010.

By:	/s/ Marcia H. Kendrick
	Authorized Officer
Title:	Director, Secretary
Name:	Marcia H. Kendrick
	Print or Type

EX-3.16

Exhibit 3.16

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

MATRIX GEOPHYSICAL, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Effective: July 2, 2004

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of MATRIX GEOPHYSICAL, INC., (the “Corporation”) required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be such registered office as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner provided by law.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other place or places, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall designate and as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stated in the notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.3. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by order of the Board of

Directors, and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders holding not less than 10% of all votes entitled to be considered at the special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.5. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.6. Quorum. The holders of stock having a majority of the voting power of the stock entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice (other than announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the time and place of the adjourned meeting) until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.7. Order of Business. The order of business at annual meetings of stockholders and, so far as practicable, at other meetings of stockholders shall be determined by the Board of Directors in consultation with the Chairman of the Board.

Section 2.8. Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall, on each matter submitted to a vote at each meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.5 of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held directly or indirectly by the Corporation, shall not be entitled to vote. Any vote by stock of the Corporation may be given at any meeting of stockholders by the stockholder entitled thereto, in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto duly authorized and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy shall provide for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Unless demanded by a stockholder of the Corporation present in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat, or so directed by the presiding officer of the meeting, the vote thereat on any question other than the election or removal of directors need not be by written ballot. Upon a demand of any such stockholder for a vote by written ballot on any question or at the direction of such presiding officer that a vote by written ballot be taken on any question, such vote shall be taken by written ballot. On a vote by written ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

2

Section 2.9. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger, either directly or through another officer of the Corporation designated by the Secretary or through a transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors, to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days before said meeting, either at a place within the city where said meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of said meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of said meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of record who shall be present thereat. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, such list or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.10. Inspectors of Votes. The presiding officer of the meeting may appoint two inspectors of votes to act at each meeting of the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors shall have theretofore made such appointments. Each inspector of votes shall first subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector of votes at the meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Such inspectors of votes, if any, shall take charge of the ballots, if any, at the meeting, and after the balloting on any question, shall count the ballots cast and shall make a report in writing to the secretary of the meeting of the results of the balloting. An inspector of votes need not be a stockholder of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an inspector of votes on any question other than a vote for or against such officer’s election to any position with the Corporation or on any other question in which such officer may be directly interested.

Section 2.11. Stockholder Action Upon Written Consent. In accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a written vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than a minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which shall have and may exercise all powers of the Corporation and take all lawful acts as are not by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or taken by the stockholders.

3

Section 3.2. Number, Term, Election and Qualification of Directors. The number of directors comprising the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed at three (3) in number. Thereafter, the number of directors may be fixed, from time to time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders of the Corporation. Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the next succeeding annual meeting to the extent of the number of such vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or these By-Laws, the directors (other than members of the initial Board of Directors) shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws.

Section 3.3. Removal. Any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election.

Section 3.4. Resignations. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such director’s resignation to the Corporation, effective at the time specified therein or, if not specified, immediately upon its receipt by the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal (with or without cause), an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting thereof. Each director so elected shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.

Section 3.6. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 3.7. Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall be a director but need not otherwise be an officer of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall advise and counsel the President and other officers of the Corporation and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.

4

ARTICLE IV

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4.1. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, at such time and places as it determines.

Section 4.2. Annual Meetings. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the Board is elected and at the same place as such meeting, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. If such meeting is not held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 4.3. Regular Meetings—Notice. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice.

Section 4.4. Special Meetings—Notice. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of the directors on 48 hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by telephone or mail; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or two directors. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director, however, if waived by any such director in writing, or if such director shall be present at the meeting.

Section 4.5. Quorum and Manner of Acting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, 50% of the directors at the time in office (but not less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 4.6. Actions Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case maybe, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or the committee.

5

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2. Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and regularly report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3. Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.6 and Article VI of these By-Laws, with such changes in the context of these By-Laws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that: (i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee; and (ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VI

ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION AND REMOTE COMMUNICATION

Section 6.1. Electronic Transmission. For the purposes of this Article VI, “electronic transmission” shall mean any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 6.2. Notices to Directors. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.3 and 4.4 of these By-Laws, any notice permitted or required to be given to any director shall be sufficient if given, in addition to any other permitted means or manner of delivery, by electronic transmission.

Section 6.3. Action by Board of Directors Without a Meeting. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.6 of these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, in addition to any other means or manner otherwise provided for, may be taken by electronic transmission.

6

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

Section 7.1. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any applicable statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or by electronic transmission, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 7.2. Authorized Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Secretary or such other person or persons as the President designates shall be authorized to give notices for the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

OFFICERS

Section 8.1. Description. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, with or without such descriptive titles as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and, as provided in Article III, a Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors by resolution shall also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers, and such other officers and agents as from time to time may appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation. The same person may hold any two or more offices.

Section 8.2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect and appoint the officers to fill the positions designated in Section 8.1.

Section 8.3. Salaries. The Compensation Committee shall fix all salaries of all elected officers of the Corporation.

Section 8.4. Term. An officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer resigns or such officer’s successor is chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 8.5. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; to sign stock certificates; and to exercise such other powers and duties as may be designated in accordance with these By-Laws and as from time to time may be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors.

7

Section 8.6. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; and to sign stock certificates, subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.7. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

(a) The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall be under the supervision of the Chairman of the Board and the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board or the President. The Secretary shall have charge of the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to any instrument requiring it. When so affixed, the seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer, which may be a facsimile. The Secretary shall keep and account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Corporation except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. The Secretary shall have authority to sign stock certificates and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of the Secretary of a corporation.

(b) Assistant Secretaries shall assist the Secretary, and in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.8. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

(a) The Treasurer shall perform all the duties customary to that office, and shall have the responsibility for and custody over all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall have the authority to endorse for deposit or collection, or otherwise, all commercial paper payable to the Corporation, and to give proper receipts or discharges for all payments to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be responsible for all terms of credit granted by the Corporation and for the collection of all its accounts. The Treasurer shall have the authority to execute and deliver bonds, deeds, contracts and stock certificates of and for the Corporation, and to affix the corporate seal thereto by handwritten or facsimile signature and all other powers customarily appertaining to such office, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Treasurer shall be under the supervision of the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed to the Treasurer by the President.

8

(b) Assistant Treasurers shall assist the Treasurer and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

Section 8.9. Controller and Assistant Controllers.

(a) The Controller, if one is elected by the Board, shall be the Chief Accounting Officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall be responsible for all matters pertaining to the accounts of the Corporation, its subsidiaries and divisions, with the supervision of the books of account, their installation, arrangement and classification. The Controller shall maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions; see that an adequate system of internal audit thereof is regularly maintained; coordinate the efforts of the Corporation’s independent public accountants in its external audit program; receive, review, and consolidate all operating and financial statements of the Corporation and its various departments and subsidiaries; and prepare financial statements, reports and analyses. The Controller shall have supervision of the accounting practices of the Corporation and of each subsidiary and division of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties and powers of the accounting personnel of the subsidiaries and divisions. The Controller shall cause to be maintained an adequate system of financial control through a program of budgets, financial planning and interpretive reports. The Controller shall initiate and enforce accounting measures and procedures whereby the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and divisions shall be conducted with the maximum efficiency and economy. The Controller shall have all other powers customarily appertaining to the office of controller, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Controller shall be under the supervision of the President.

(b) The Assistant Controllers, if one is elected by the Board, shall assist the Controller, and if the Controller is unavailable, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to serve as a director or officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid

9

in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 9.2 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a current, former or proposed director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 9.1 or otherwise.

The Corporation may indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or otherwise in the same manner and to the extent and subject to such conditions as the Corporation shall determine as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 9.1.

Section 9.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a written claim received by the Corporation from or on behalf of an indemnified party under this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after such receipt, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

10

Section 9.3. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 9.4. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 9.5. Indemnification of Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

Section 9.6. Savings Clause. If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer of the Corporation, as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.7. Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors, after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

11

ARTICLE X CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK

Section 10.1. Right to Certificate. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, option or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section 10.2. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 10.3. New Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 10.4. Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation, subject to any proper restrictions on transfer, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 10.5. Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date for stockholders’ meetings or for any other lawful purpose, which shall be no fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting or other action. A determination of

12

stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 10.6. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors (but not any committee thereof) at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock or other securities.

Section 11.2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 11.3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 11.5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporate seal, if any, may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, reproduced or otherwise.

Section 11.6. Certificate of Incorporation. To the extent of any inconsistency between these By-Laws and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall control for all purposes.

13

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1. Amendments to By-Laws. Except as set forth below or in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote or by the majority of members of the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

14

Adopted this 2^nd day of July 2004.

Marcia H. Kendrick
Name:	Marcia H. Kendrick
Title:	Secretary

15

EX-3.17

Exhibit 3.17

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SEITEL DELAWARE, INC.

SEITEL DELAWARE, INC., (the “Corporation”), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 5, 1996.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Corporation under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on July 2, 2004 (the “Effective Date”).

The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended, shall be restated and further amended, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of the Corporation is SEITEL DELAWARE, INC.

ARTICLE 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSES AND POWERS

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law.

ARTICLE 4. CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters required or permitted to be voted on by stockholders of the Corporation under the DGCL.

ARTICLE 5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, a Board of Directors comprised as set forth in the By-Laws of the Corporation. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be not less than three nor more than seven and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws of Corporation.

ARTICLE 6. BY-LAWS OF THE CORPORATION.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise; provided, however, that no By-Law adopted by stockholders of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 7. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; BOOKS AND RECORDS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

The directors of the Corporation shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL as from time to time in effect and any other provisions of Delaware law. If the DGCL or any other provision of Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of directors of the Corporation will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended law.

A director of the Corporation shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for those specific breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the restriction hereunder of a director’s personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

2

The Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Corporation’s By-Laws. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the right of indemnification of any director or officer hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

ARTICLE 9. NON-VOTING CAPITAL STOCK.

The Corporation shall not be authorized to issue non-voting capital stock to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”); provided, however, that this Article 9 will have no further force and effect beyond that required by Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Kevin P. Callaghan, its President, and by Marcia H. Kendrick, its Secretary, this the 30 day of June, 2004.

SEITEL DELAWARE, INC.
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Name:  Kevin P. Callaghan
	Title:    President

ATTEST:
By:	/s/ Marcia H. Kendrick
	Name:  Marcia H. Kendrick
	Title:    Secretary

4

EX-3.18

Exhibit 3.18

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

SEITEL DELAWARE, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Effective: July 2, 2004

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of SEITEL DELAWARE, INC., (the “Corporation”) required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be such registered office as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner provided by law.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other place or places, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall designate and as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stated in the notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.3. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by order of the Board of

Directors, and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders holding not less than 10% of all votes entitled to be considered at the special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.5. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.6. Quorum. The holders of stock having a majority of the voting power of the stock entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice (other than announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the time and place of the adjourned meeting) until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.7. Order of Business. The order of business at annual meetings of stockholders and, so far as practicable, at other meetings of stockholders shall be determined by the Board of Directors in consultation with the Chairman of the Board.

Section 2.8. Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall, on each matter submitted to a vote at each meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.5 of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held directly or indirectly by the Corporation, shall not be entitled to vote. Any vote by stock of the Corporation may be given at any meeting of stockholders by the stockholder entitled thereto, in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto duly authorized and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy shall provide for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Unless demanded by a stockholder of the Corporation present in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat, or so directed by the presiding officer of the meeting, the vote thereat on any question other than the election or removal of directors need not be by written ballot. Upon a demand of any such stockholder for a vote by written ballot on any question or at the direction of such presiding

2

officer that a vote by written ballot be taken on any question, such vote shall be taken by written ballot. On a vote by written ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

Section 2.9. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger, either directly or through another officer of the Corporation designated by the Secretary or through a transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors, to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days before said meeting, either at a place within the city where said meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of said meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of said meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of record who shall be present thereat. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, such list or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.10. Inspectors of Votes. The presiding officer of the meeting may appoint two inspectors of votes to act at each meeting of the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors shall have theretofore made such appointments. Each inspector of votes shall first subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector of votes at the meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Such inspectors of votes, if any, shall take charge of the ballots, if any, at the meeting, and after the balloting on any question, shall count the ballots cast and shall make a report in writing to the secretary of the meeting of the results of the balloting. An inspector of votes need not be a stockholder of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an inspector of votes on any question other than a vote for or against such officer’s election to any position with the Corporation or on any other question in which such officer may be directly interested.

Section 2.11. Stockholder Action Upon Written Consent. In accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a written vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than a minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which shall have and may exercise all powers of the Corporation and take all lawful acts as are not by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or taken by the stockholders.

3

Section 3.2. Number, Term, Election and Qualification of Directors. The number of directors comprising the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed at three (3) in number. Thereafter, the number of directors may be fixed, from time to time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders of the Corporation. Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the next succeeding annual meeting to the extent of the number of such vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or these By-Laws, the directors (other than members of the initial Board of Directors) shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws.

Section 3.3. Removal. Any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election.

Section 3.4. Resignations. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such director’s resignation to the Corporation, effective at the time specified therein or, if not specified, immediately upon its receipt by the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal (with or without cause), an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting thereof. Each director so elected shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.

Section 3.6. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 3.7. Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall be a director but need not otherwise be an officer of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall advise and counsel the President and other officers of the Corporation and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.

4

ARTICLE IV

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4.1. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, at such time and places as it determines.

Section 4.2. Annual Meetings. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the Board is elected and at the same place as such meeting, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. If such meeting is not held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 4.3. Regular Meetings—Notice. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice.

Section 4.4. Special Meetings—Notice. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of the directors on 48 hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by telephone or mail; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or two directors. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director, however, if waived by any such director in writing, or if such director shall be present at the meeting.

Section 4.5. Quorum and Manner of Acting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, 50% of the directors at the time in office (but not less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 4.6. Actions Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case maybe, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or the committee.

5

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2. Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and regularly report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3. Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.6 and Article VI of these By-Laws, with such changes in the context of these By-Laws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that: (i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee; and (ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VI

ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION AND REMOTE COMMUNICATION

Section 6.1. Electronic Transmission. For the purposes of this Article VI, “electronic transmission” shall mean any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 6.2. Notices to Directors. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.3 and 4.4 of these By-Laws, any notice permitted or required to be given to any director shall be sufficient if given, in addition to any other permitted means or manner of delivery, by electronic transmission.

Section 6.3. Action by Board of Directors Without a Meeting. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.6 of these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, in addition to any other means or manner otherwise provided for, may be taken by electronic transmission.

6

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

Section 7.1. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any applicable statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or by electronic transmission, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 7.2. Authorized Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Secretary or such other person or persons as the President designates shall be authorized to give notices for the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

OFFICERS

Section 8.1. Description. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, with or without such descriptive titles as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and, as provided in Article III, a Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors by resolution shall also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers, and such other officers and agents as from time to time may appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation. The same person may hold any two or more offices.

Section 8.2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect and appoint the officers to fill the positions designated in Section 8.1.

Section 8.3. Salaries. The Compensation Committee shall fix all salaries of all elected officers of the Corporation.

Section 8.4. Term. An officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer resigns or such officer’s successor is chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 8.5. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; to sign stock certificates; and to exercise such other powers and duties as may be designated in accordance with these By-Laws and as from time to time may be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors.

7

Section 8.6. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; and to sign stock certificates, subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.7. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

(a) The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall be under the supervision of the Chairman of the Board and the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board or the President. The Secretary shall have charge of the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to any instrument requiring it. When so affixed, the seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer, which may be a facsimile. The Secretary shall keep and account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Corporation except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. The Secretary shall have authority to sign stock certificates and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of the Secretary of a corporation.

(b) Assistant Secretaries shall assist the Secretary, and in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.8. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

(a) The Treasurer shall perform all the duties customary to that office, and shall have the responsibility for and custody over all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall have the authority to endorse for deposit or collection, or otherwise, all commercial paper payable to the Corporation, and to give proper receipts or discharges for all payments to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be responsible for all terms of credit granted by the Corporation and for the collection of all its accounts. The Treasurer shall have the authority to execute and deliver bonds, deeds, contracts and stock certificates of and for the Corporation, and to affix the corporate seal thereto by handwritten or facsimile signature and all other powers customarily appertaining to such office, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Treasurer shall be under the supervision of the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed to the Treasurer by the President.

8

(b) Assistant Treasurers shall assist the Treasurer and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

Section 8.9. Controller and Assistant Controllers.

(a) The Controller, if one is elected by the Board, shall be the Chief Accounting Officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall be responsible for all matters pertaining to the accounts of the Corporation, its subsidiaries and divisions, with the supervision of the books of account, their installation, arrangement and classification. The Controller shall maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions; see that an adequate system of internal audit thereof is regularly maintained; coordinate the efforts of the Corporation’s independent public accountants in its external audit program; receive, review, and consolidate all operating and financial statements of the Corporation and its various departments and subsidiaries; and prepare financial statements, reports and analyses. The Controller shall have supervision of the accounting practices of the Corporation and of each subsidiary and division of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties and powers of the accounting personnel of the subsidiaries and divisions. The Controller shall cause to be maintained an adequate system of financial control through a program of budgets, financial planning and interpretive reports. The Controller shall initiate and enforce accounting measures and procedures whereby the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and divisions shall be conducted with the maximum efficiency and economy. The Controller shall have all other powers customarily appertaining to the office of controller, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Controller shall be under the supervision of the President.

(b) The Assistant Controllers, if one is elected by the Board, shall assist the Controller, and if the Controller is unavailable, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to serve as a director or officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid

9

in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 9.2 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a current, former or proposed director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 9.1 or otherwise.

The Corporation may indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or otherwise in the same manner and to the extent and subject to such conditions as the Corporation shall determine as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 9.1.

Section 9.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a written claim received by the Corporation from or on behalf of an indemnified party under this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after such receipt, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

10

Section 9.3. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 9.4. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 9.5. Indemnification of Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

Section 9.6. Savings Clause. If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer of the Corporation, as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.7. Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors, after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

11

ARTICLE X

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK

Section 10.1. Right to Certificate. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, option or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section 10.2. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 10.3. New Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 10.4. Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation, subject to any proper restrictions on transfer, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 10.5. Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date for stockholders’ meetings or for any other lawful purpose, which shall be no fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting or other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

12

Section 10.6. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors (but not any committee thereof) at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock or other securities.

Section 11.2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 11.3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 11.5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporate seal, if any, may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, reproduced or otherwise.

Section 11.6. Certificate of Incorporation. To the extent of any inconsistency between these By-Laws and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall control for all purposes.

13

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1. Amendments to By-Laws. Except as set forth below or in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote or by the majority of members of the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

14

Adopted this 2^nd day of July 2004.

Marcia H. Kendrick
Name:	Marcia H. Kendrick
Title:	Secretary

15

EX-3.19

Exhibit 3.19

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC

SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC (the “Company”), a company duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 19, 2001.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004 in connection with the reorganization of the Company under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware.

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on July 2, 2004.

ARTICLE 1.

The name of the limited liability company is SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC

ARTICLE 2.

The address of its registered office in the Company is in the State of Delaware is c/o of The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

ARTICLE 3.

The name and address of the Company’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

ARTICLE 4.

The latest date on which the Company is to dissolve is April 1, 2021.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC this 30 day of June, 2004.

MEMBERS:

By its Member, Seitel Solutions Ltd.,

an Texas limited partnership

By its General Partner,

Seitel Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                     

Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

By its Member, Seitel Solutions Canada Ltd., an Alberta corporation

By: /s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                     

Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

By its Member, Seitel International CV, an Amsterdam limited partnership

By its Managing Partner, Seitel Solutions Holdings, LLC, a Delaware

limited liability company

By its Sole Member, Seitel Solutions, LLC, a Delaware

  limited liability company

  By its Sole Member, Seitel Solutions, Inc., a Delaware

      corporation

By: /s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                     

  Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

By its Limited Partner, SI Holdings, G.P., a Delaware

general partnership

By its Managing Partner, Seitel Solutions, Inc., a Delaware

corporation

By: /s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                     

  Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

2

EX-3.20

Exhibit 3.20

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) of SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC (the “Company”), entered into by the Members on Exhibit A hereto, (the “Members”), effective date as of July 2, 2004.

WHEREAS, a Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act on April 15, 2001, and subsequently the Members entered into that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated September 7, 2001.

WHEREAS, this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement which restates and further amends the Limited Liability Company Agreement as heretofore amended, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization confirmed therein in connection with the reorganization of the Company under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledge, the party hereto agrees as follows:

Section 1. Name.

(a) The name of the limited liability company is SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC (the “Company”). The business of the Company may be conducted under any other name deemed necessary or desirable by the Members.

(b) The Members hereby agrees to form the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Act and of this Agreement. The rights, duties and liabilities of the Members and the Managers (as defined below) shall be as provided in the Act for Members and Managers except as provided herein.

Section 2. Purpose. The Company is formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

Section 3. Registered Office: Registered Agent. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New Castle.

Section 4. Principal Office. The principal office address of the Company shall be 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043 or such other place as the Members may determine from time to time.

Section 5. Members. The name and the mailing address of the Members are Seitel Solutions, Ltd., Seitel Solutions Canada, Ltd., and Seitel International, CV as set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Members are hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

Section 6. Powers. The Members shall have the power to do any and all acts necessary or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes described herein, including all powers, statutory or otherwise, possessed by Members under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Members are hereby designated as an authorized Company, within the meaning of the Act, to execute, deliver and file the Certificate of Formation of the Company (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) and any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

Section 7. Management.

(a) Without limiting the authority of the Members to take any and all actions on behalf of the Company as set forth in Section 6 above or pursuant to the Act, management of the Company shall be vested in one or more Managers who shall be appointed by the Members. The Members hereby appoints Seitel Solutions, Ltd., Seitel Solutions Canada, Ltd., and Seitel International, CV as the managers of the Company (the “Managers”) and the Managers hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. To the extent permitted by law, the Managers shall be authorized to act on behalf of and to bind the Company in all respects, without any further consent, vote or approval of the Members, and the Manager’s powers shall include, without limitation, the authority to negotiate, complete, execute and deliver any and all agreements, deeds, instruments, receipts, certificates and other documents on behalf of the Company, and to take all such other actions on behalf of the Company as the Managers may consider necessary or advisable in connection with the management of the Company.

(b) Any Manager appointed pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof may resign at any time upon written notice to the Members, and may be removed by the Members at any time upon written notice to the Managers.

(c) The Members agrees that all determinations, decisions and actions made or taken by the Managers in accordance with this Agreement shall be conclusive and absolutely binding upon the Company, the Members and their respective successors, assigns and personal representatives.

(d) Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the Managers as herein set forth.

2

(e) the delegation of power and authority to the Managers pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof shall in no way be deemed to restrict the authority of the Members to take any and all actions on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Capital Contributions. The Members has made or will make a contribution to the capital of the Company in the amount set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Members shall have no obligation to make any additional capital contributions to the Company.

Section 9. Additional Contributions.

(a) The Members may make such additional capital contributions to the Company as the Members in its discretion may deem necessary or advisable in connection with the business of the Company.

(b) The provisions of Section 8 and this Section 9 are intended solely to benefit the Members of the Company and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company other than the Members (and no such creditor of the Company other than the Members shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement), and no member of the Company shall have a duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company (other than to the Members of the Company) to make any contribution to the Company and no member of the Company shall have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company (other than to the Members of the Company) to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Section 9.

Section 10. Capital Accounts. The Company shall maintain for the Members a capital account in accordance with this Section 10 and in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The Member’s capital account shall have an initial balance equal to the amount of cash constituting the Member’s initial contribution to the capital of the Company. The Member’s capital account shall be increased by the sum of (a) the amount of cash constituting additional contributions by the Members of the capital of the Company, plus (b) any profits allocated to the Member’s Capital Account pursuant to Section 11 hereof The Member’s capital account shall be reduced by the sum of (a) the amount of cash and the fair value of any property distributed by the Company to the Members, plus (b) any losses allocated to the Member’s capital account pursuant to Section 11 hereof.

Section 11. Allocation of Profits and Losses. The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated 100% to the Members.

Section 12. Distributions.

(a) The Members shall not (i) be entitled to interest on its capital contributions to the Company, or (ii) have the right to distributions or the return of any contribution to the capital of the Company except (A) for distributions in accordance with this Section 12 or (B) upon dissolution of the Company. The entitlement to any such return at such time shall be limited to the value of the capital account of the Members. To the fullest extent permitted by the Act, the Members shall not be liable for the return of any such amounts. The Company shall not make a distribution to the Members if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act.

3

(b) Distributions shall be made to the Members at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Members.

Section 13. Fiscal Year; Tax Matters.

(a) The Fiscal Year of the Company for accounting and tax purposes shall begin on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year, except for the short taxable years in the years of the Company’s formation and termination and as otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

(b) Proper and complete records and books of account of the business of the Company shall be maintained at the Company’s principal place of business. The Members acknowledges and agrees that the Company is a domestic entity with a single owner and is to be disregarded as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes as provided in Treas. Rev. § 7701-3. The Company’s books of account shall be maintained on a basis consistent with such treatment and on the same basis utilized in preparing the Member’s federal income tax return. The Members and its duly authorized representatives may, for any reason reasonably related to its interest as a Members of the Company, examine the Company’s books of account and make copies and extracts there from at its own expense. The Members shall maintain the records of the Company for three years following the termination of the Company. The Managers shall not be permitted to keep any information confidential from the Members, including any information the Managers may have otherwise kept confidential from the Members pursuant to 18-305(c) of the Act.

Section 14. Assignment and Transfers of Interests. The Members may transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Company to any person at any time.

Section 15. Admission of Additional Members. One (1) or more additional Members may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the Members. Upon the admission to the Company of any additional Members, the Members shall cause this Agreement to be amended and restated to reflect the admission of such additional member(s), the initial capital contribution, if any, of such additional member(s) and the intention of the Members to cause the Company to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and to include such other provisions as the Members may agree to reflect the change of status of the Company from a single member Company to a Company with 2 or more Members.

Section 16. Liability of Members. The Members shall not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided in the Act. Nothing express or implied shall be construed to confer upon or to give any person except the Members or Managers, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 17. Dissolution.

(a) Subject to the occurrence of an event of dissolution pursuant to Section 17(b) hereof, the Company shall have perpetual existence.

(b) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Members, (ii) the death, retirement,

4

resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of the Members or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Members in the Company, including the disposition of all of the Member’s interest in the Company, unless the business of the Company is continued by the consent of all of any remaining Members of the Company within 90 days following the occurrence of any such event or in a manner permitted by the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

Section 18. Indemnification. To the full extent permitted by law, the Company shall (a) indemnify any person or such person’s heirs, distributees, next of kin, successors, appointees, executors, administrators, legal representatives or assigns who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such person is or was a member, manager, director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company or its members as a Member, Manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, domestic or foreign, against expense, attorneys’ fees, court costs, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and other losses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and

(b) advance expenses incurred by a member, manager, officer or director in defending such civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding to the full extent authorized or permitted by laws of the State of Delaware. A Manager shall have no personal liability to the Company or its Members for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a manager; provided, however, that the foregoing provision shall not eliminate the liability of a Managers for act or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or for any transaction from which the Managers derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 19. Amendments. Any amendments to this Agreement may be made in the sole and absolute discretion of the Members and shall be in writing signed by the Members. The Manager’s consent is not required in order to amend this Agreement.

Section 20. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws. The Members intends the provisions of the Act to be controlling as to any matters not set forth in this Agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated limited liability company agreement of SEITEL IP HOLDINGS, LLC this 2^nd day of July, 2004.

MEMBERS:

By its Member, Seitel Solutions Ltd.,

an Texas limited partnership

By its General Partner,

Seitel Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                     

Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

By its Member, Seitel Solutions Canada Ltd., an Alberta corporation

By: /s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                     

Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

By its Member, Seitel International CV, an Amsterdam limited partnership

By its Managing Partner, Seitel Solutions Holdings, LLC, a Delaware

limited liability company

By its Sole Member, Seitel Solutions, LLC, a Delaware

  limited liability company

  By its Sole Member, Seitel Solutions, Inc., a Delaware

      corporation

By: /s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                     

  Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

By its Limited Partner, SI Holdings, G.P., a Delaware

general partnership

By its Managing Partner, Seitel Solutions, Inc., a Delaware

corporation

By: /s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                     

  Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

6

EXHIBIT A

MEMBERS

Name and Address of Member	Initial Contribution	Percentage Interest
Seitel Solutions, Ltd 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C Bldg. C, Houston, TX 77043 United States of America	Obligations under the Cost Sharing Agreement dated September 7, 2001	33.33%
Seitel Solutions Canada, Ltd 1900, 407 – 2nd Avenue S.W. Calgary, Alberta AB T2P 2Y3	Obligations under the Cost Sharing Agreement dated September 7, 2001	33.33%
Seitel International, CV Strawinskylaan 3105 1077 ZX Amsterdam the Netherlands	Obligations under the Cost Sharing Agreement dated September 7, 2001	33.33%

7

EX-3.21

Exhibit 3.21

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC.

SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC., (the “Corporation”), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated is Polymer Dynamics, Inc.

2. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 22, 1995, and thereafter was amended on January 30, 1996.

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Corporation under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

4. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on July 2, 2004 (the “Effective Date”).

The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended, shall be restated and further amended, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of the Corporation is SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC.

ARTICLE 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSES AND POWERS

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law.

ARTICLE 4. CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters required or permitted to be voted on by stockholders of the Corporation under the DGCL.

ARTICLE 5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, a Board of Directors comprised as set forth in the By-Laws of the Corporation. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be not less than three nor more than seven and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws of Corporation.

ARTICLE 6. BY-LAWS OF THE CORPORATION.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise; provided, however, that no By-Law adopted by stockholders of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 7. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; BOOKS AND RECORDS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

The directors of the Corporation shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL as from time to time in effect and any other provisions of Delaware law. If the DGCL or any other provision of Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of directors of the Corporation will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended law.

A director of the Corporation shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for those specific breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the restriction hereunder of a director’s personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

2

The Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Corporation’s By-Laws. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the right of indemnification of any director or officer hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

ARTICLE 9. NON-VOTING CAPITAL STOCK.

The Corporation shall not be authorized to issue non-voting capital stock to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”); provided, however, that this Article 9 will have no further force and effect beyond that required by Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Kevin P. Callaghan, its President, and by Marcia H. Kendrick, its Secretary, this the 30 day of June, 2004.

SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC.
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Name: Kevin P. Callaghan
	Title:   President

ATTEST:
By:	/s/ Marcia H. Kendrick
	Name: Marcia H. Kendrick
	Title: Secretary

4

EX-3.22

Exhibit 3.22

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Effective: July 2, 2004

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of SEITEL MANAGEMENT, INC., (the “Corporation”) required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be such registered office as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner provided by law.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other place or places, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall designate and as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stated in the notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.3. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by order of the Board of

Directors, and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders holding not less than 10% of all votes entitled to be considered at the special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.5. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.6. Quorum. The holders of stock having a majority of the voting power of the stock entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice (other than announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the time and place of the adjourned meeting) until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.7. Order of Business. The order of business at annual meetings of stockholders and, so far as practicable, at other meetings of stockholders shall be determined by the Board of Directors in consultation with the Chairman of the Board.

Section 2.8. Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall, on each matter submitted to a vote at each meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.5 of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held directly or indirectly by the Corporation, shall not be entitled to vote. Any vote by stock of the Corporation may be given at any meeting of stockholders by the stockholder entitled thereto, in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto duly authorized and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy shall provide for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Unless demanded by a stockholder of the Corporation present in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat, or so directed by the presiding officer of the meeting, the vote thereat on any question other than the election or removal of directors need not be by written ballot. Upon a demand of any such stockholder for a vote by written ballot on any question or at the direction of such presiding officer that a vote by written ballot be taken on any question, such vote shall be taken by written ballot. On a vote by written ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

2

Section 2.9. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger, either directly or through another officer of the Corporation designated by the Secretary or through a transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors, to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days before said meeting, either at a place within the city where said meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of said meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of said meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of record who shall be present thereat. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, such list or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.10. Inspectors of Votes. The presiding officer of the meeting may appoint two inspectors of votes to act at each meeting of the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors shall have theretofore made such appointments. Each inspector of votes shall first subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector of votes at the meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Such inspectors of votes, if any, shall take charge of the ballots, if any, at the meeting, and after the balloting on any question, shall count the ballots cast and shall make a report in writing to the secretary of the meeting of the results of the balloting. An inspector of votes need not be a stockholder of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an inspector of votes on any question other than a vote for or against such officer’s election to any position with the Corporation or on any other question in which such officer may be directly interested.

Section 2.11. Stockholder Action Upon Written Consent. In accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a written vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than a minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which shall have and may exercise all powers of the Corporation and take all lawful acts as are not by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or taken by the stockholders.

3

Section 3.2. Number, Term, Election and Qualification of Directors. The number of directors comprising the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed at three (3) in number. Thereafter, the number of directors may be fixed, from time to time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders of the Corporation. Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the next succeeding annual meeting to the extent of the number of such vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or these By-Laws, the directors (other than members of the initial Board of Directors) shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws.

Section 3.3. Removal. Any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election.

Section 3.4. Resignations. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such director’s resignation to the Corporation, effective at the time specified therein or, if not specified, immediately upon its receipt by the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal (with or without cause), an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting thereof. Each director so elected shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.

Section 3.6. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 3.7. Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall be a director but need not otherwise be an officer of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall advise and counsel the President and other officers of the Corporation and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.

4

ARTICLE IV

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4.1. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, at such time and places as it determines.

Section 4.2. Annual Meetings. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the Board is elected and at the same place as such meeting, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. If such meeting is not held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 4.3. Regular Meetings—Notice. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice.

Section 4.4. Special Meetings—Notice. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of the directors on 48 hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by telephone or mail; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or two directors. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director, however, if waived by any such director in writing, or if such director shall be present at the meeting.

Section 4.5. Quorum and Manner of Acting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, 50% of the directors at the time in office (but not less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 4.6. Actions Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case maybe, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or the committee.

5

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2. Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and regularly report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3. Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.6 and Article VI of these By-Laws, with such changes in the context of these By-Laws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that: (i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee; and (ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VI

ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION AND REMOTE COMMUNICATION

Section 6.1. Electronic Transmission. For the purposes of this Article VI, “electronic transmission” shall mean any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 6.2. Notices to Directors. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.3 and 4.4 of these By-Laws, any notice permitted or required to be given to any director shall be sufficient if given, in addition to any other permitted means or manner of delivery, by electronic transmission.

Section 6.3. Action by Board of Directors Without a Meeting. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.6 of these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, in addition to any other means or manner otherwise provided for, may be taken by electronic transmission.

6

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

Section 7.1. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any applicable statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or by electronic transmission, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 7.2. Authorized Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Secretary or such other person or persons as the President designates shall be authorized to give notices for the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

OFFICERS

Section 8.1. Description. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, with or without such descriptive titles as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and, as provided in Article III, a Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors by resolution shall also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers, and such other officers and agents as from time to time may appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation. The same person may hold any two or more offices.

Section 8.2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect and appoint the officers to fill the positions designated in Section 8.1.

Section 8.3. Salaries. The Compensation Committee shall fix all salaries of all elected officers of the Corporation.

Section 8.4. Term. An officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer resigns or such officer’s successor is chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 8.5. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; to sign stock certificates; and to exercise such other powers and duties as may be designated in accordance with these By-Laws and as from time to time may be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors.

7

Section 8.6. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; and to sign stock certificates, subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.7. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

(a) The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall be under the supervision of the Chairman of the Board and the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board or the President. The Secretary shall have charge of the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to any instrument requiring it. When so affixed, the seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer, which may be a facsimile. The Secretary shall keep and account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Corporation except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. The Secretary shall have authority to sign stock certificates and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of the Secretary of a corporation.

(b) Assistant Secretaries shall assist the Secretary, and in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.8. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

(a) The Treasurer shall perform all the duties customary to that office, and shall have the responsibility for and custody over all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall have the authority to endorse for deposit or collection, or otherwise, all commercial paper payable to the Corporation, and to give proper receipts or discharges for all payments to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be responsible for all terms of credit granted by the Corporation and for the collection of all its accounts. The Treasurer shall have the authority to execute and deliver bonds, deeds, contracts and stock certificates of and for the Corporation, and to affix the corporate seal thereto by handwritten or facsimile signature and all other powers customarily appertaining to such office, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Treasurer shall be under the supervision of the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed to the Treasurer by the President.

8

(b) Assistant Treasurers shall assist the Treasurer and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

Section 8.9. Controller and Assistant Controllers.

(a) The Controller, if one is elected by the Board, shall be the Chief Accounting Officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall be responsible for all matters pertaining to the accounts of the Corporation, its subsidiaries and divisions, with the supervision of the books of account, their installation, arrangement and classification. The Controller shall maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions; see that an adequate system of internal audit thereof is regularly maintained; coordinate the efforts of the Corporation’s independent public accountants in its external audit program; receive, review, and consolidate all operating and financial statements of the Corporation and its various departments and subsidiaries; and prepare financial statements, reports and analyses. The Controller shall have supervision of the accounting practices of the Corporation and of each subsidiary and division of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties and powers of the accounting personnel of the subsidiaries and divisions. The Controller shall cause to be maintained an adequate system of financial control through a program of budgets, financial planning and interpretive reports. The Controller shall initiate and enforce accounting measures and procedures whereby the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and divisions shall be conducted with the maximum efficiency and economy. The Controller shall have all other powers customarily appertaining to the office of controller, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Controller shall be under the supervision of the President.

(b) The Assistant Controllers, if one is elected by the Board, shall assist the Controller, and if the Controller is unavailable, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to serve as a director or officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid

9

in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 9.2 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a current, former or proposed director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 9.1 or otherwise.

The Corporation may indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or otherwise in the same manner and to the extent and subject to such conditions as the Corporation shall determine as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 9.1.

Section 9.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a written claim received by the Corporation from or on behalf of an indemnified party under this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after such receipt, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

10

Section 9.3. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 9.4. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 9.5. Indemnification of Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

Section 9.6. Savings Clause. If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer of the Corporation, as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.7. Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors, after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

11

ARTICLE X

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK

Section 10.1. Right to Certificate. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, option or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section 10.2. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 10.3. New Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 10.4. Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation, subject to any proper restrictions on transfer, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 10.5. Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date for stockholders’ meetings or for any other lawful purpose, which shall be no fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting or other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

12

Section 10.6. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors (but not any committee thereof) at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock or other securities.

Section 11.2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 11.3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 11.5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporate seal, if any, may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, reproduced or otherwise.

Section 11.6. Certificate of Incorporation. To the extent of any inconsistency between these By-Laws and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall control for all purposes.

13

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1. Amendments to By-Laws. Except as set forth below or in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote or by the majority of members of the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

14

Adopted this 2^nd day of July 2004.

Marcia H. Kendrick
Name:	Marcia H. Kendrick
Title:	Secretary

15

EX-3.23

Exhibit 3.23

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SEITEL OFFSHORE CORP.

SEITEL OFFSHORE CORP., (the “Corporation”), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 4, 1990.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Corporation under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on July 2, 2004 (the “Effective Date”).

The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended, shall be restated and further amended, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of the Corporation is SEITEL OFFSHORE CORP.

ARTICLE 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSES AND POWERS

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law.

ARTICLE 4. CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters required or permitted to be voted on by stockholders of the Corporation under the DGCL.

ARTICLE 5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, a Board of Directors comprised as set forth in the By-Laws of the Corporation. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be not less than three nor more than seven and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws of Corporation.

ARTICLE 6. BY-LAWS OF THE CORPORATION.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise; provided, however, that no By-Law adopted by stockholders of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 7. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; BOOKS AND RECORDS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

The directors of the Corporation shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL as from time to time in effect and any other provisions of Delaware law. If the DGCL or any other provision of Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of directors of the Corporation will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended law.

A director of the Corporation shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for those specific breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the restriction hereunder of a director’s personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

2

The Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Corporation’s By-Laws. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the right of indemnification of any director or officer hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

ARTICLE 9. NON-VOTING CAPITAL STOCK.

The Corporation shall not be authorized to issue non-voting capital stock to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”); provided, however, that this Article 9 will have no further force and effect beyond that required by Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Kevin P. Callaghan, its President, and by Marcia H. Kendrick, its Secretary, this the 30 day of June, 2004.

SEITEL OFFSHORE CORP.
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Name: Kevin P. Callaghan
	Title:   President

ATTEST:
By:	/s/ Marcia H. Kendrick
	Name: Marcia H. Kendrick
	Title:   Secretary

4

EX-3.24

Exhibit 3.24

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

SEITEL OFFSHORE CORP.

(a Delaware corporation)

Effective: July 2, 2004

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of SEITEL OFFSHORE CORP., (the “Corporation”) required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be such registered office as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner provided by law.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other place or places, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall designate and as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stated in the notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.3. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by order of the Board of

Directors, and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders holding not less than 10% of all votes entitled to be considered at the special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.5. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.6. Quorum. The holders of stock having a majority of the voting power of the stock entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice (other than announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the time and place of the adjourned meeting) until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.7. Order of Business. The order of business at annual meetings of stockholders and, so far as practicable, at other meetings of stockholders shall be determined by the Board of Directors in consultation with the Chairman of the Board.

Section 2.8. Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall, on each matter submitted to a vote at each meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.5 of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held directly or indirectly by the Corporation, shall not be entitled to vote. Any vote by stock of the Corporation may be given at any meeting of stockholders by the stockholder entitled thereto, in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto duly authorized and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy shall provide for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Unless demanded by a stockholder of the Corporation present in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat, or so directed by the presiding officer of the meeting, the vote thereat on any question other than the election or removal of directors need not be by written ballot. Upon a demand of any such stockholder for a vote by written ballot on any question or at the direction of such presiding

2

officer that a vote by written ballot be taken on any question, such vote shall be taken by written ballot. On a vote by written ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

Section 2.9. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger, either directly or through another officer of the Corporation designated by the Secretary or through a transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors, to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days before said meeting, either at a place within the city where said meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of said meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of said meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of record who shall be present thereat. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, such list or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.10. Inspectors of Votes. The presiding officer of the meeting may appoint two inspectors of votes to act at each meeting of the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors shall have theretofore made such appointments. Each inspector of votes shall first subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector of votes at the meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Such inspectors of votes, if any, shall take charge of the ballots, if any, at the meeting, and after the balloting on any question, shall count the ballots cast and shall make a report in writing to the secretary of the meeting of the results of the balloting. An inspector of votes need not be a stockholder of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an inspector of votes on any question other than a vote for or against such officer’s election to any position with the Corporation or on any other question in which such officer may be directly interested.

Section 2.11. Stockholder Action Upon Written Consent. In accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a written vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than a minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which shall have and may exercise all powers of the Corporation and take all lawful acts as are not by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or taken by the stockholders.

3

Section 3.2. Number, Term, Election and Qualification of Directors. The number of directors comprising the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed at three (3) in number. Thereafter, the number of directors may be fixed, from time to time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders of the Corporation. Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the next succeeding annual meeting to the extent of the number of such vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or these By-Laws, the directors (other than members of the initial Board of Directors) shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws.

Section 3.3. Removal. Any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election.

Section 3.4. Resignations. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such director’s resignation to the Corporation, effective at the time specified therein or, if not specified, immediately upon its receipt by the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal (with or without cause), an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting thereof. Each director so elected shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.

Section 3.6. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 3.7. Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall be a director but need not otherwise be an officer of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall advise and counsel the President and other officers of the Corporation and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.

4

ARTICLE IV

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4.1. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, at such time and places as it determines.

Section 4.2. Annual Meetings. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the Board is elected and at the same place as such meeting, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. If such meeting is not held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 4.3. Regular Meetings—Notice. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice.

Section 4.4. Special Meetings—Notice. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of the directors on 48 hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by telephone or mail; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or two directors. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director, however, if waived by any such director in writing, or if such director shall be present at the meeting.

Section 4.5. Quorum and Manner of Acting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, 50% of the directors at the time in office (but not less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 4.6. Actions Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case maybe, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or the committee.

5

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2. Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and regularly report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3. Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.6 and Article VI of these By-Laws, with such changes in the context of these By-Laws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that: (i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee; and (ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VI

ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION AND REMOTE COMMUNICATION

Section 6.1. Electronic Transmission. For the purposes of this Article VI, “electronic transmission” shall mean any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 6.2. Notices to Directors. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.3 and 4.4 of these By-Laws, any notice permitted or required to be given to any director shall be sufficient if given, in addition to any other permitted means or manner of delivery, by electronic transmission.

Section 6.3. Action by Board of Directors Without a Meeting. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.6 of these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, in addition to any other means or manner otherwise provided for, may be taken by electronic transmission.

6

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

Section 7.1. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any applicable statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or by electronic transmission, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 7.2. Authorized Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Secretary or such other person or persons as the President designates shall be authorized to give notices for the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

OFFICERS

Section 8.1. Description. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, with or without such descriptive titles as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and, as provided in Article III, a Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors by resolution shall also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers, and such other officers and agents as from time to time may appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation. The same person may hold any two or more offices.

Section 8.2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect and appoint the officers to fill the positions designated in Section 8.1.

Section 8.3. Salaries. The Compensation Committee shall fix all salaries of all elected officers of the Corporation.

Section 8.4. Term. An officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer resigns or such officer’s successor is chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 8.5. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; to sign stock certificates; and to exercise such other powers and duties as may be designated in accordance with these By-Laws and as from time to time may be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors.

7

Section 8.6. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; and to sign stock certificates, subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.7. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

(a) The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall be under the supervision of the Chairman of the Board and the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board or the President. The Secretary shall have charge of the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to any instrument requiring it. When so affixed, the seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer, which may be a facsimile. The Secretary shall keep and account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Corporation except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. The Secretary shall have authority to sign stock certificates and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of the Secretary of a corporation.

(b) Assistant Secretaries shall assist the Secretary, and in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.8. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

(a) The Treasurer shall perform all the duties customary to that office, and shall have the responsibility for and custody over all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall have the authority to endorse for deposit or collection, or otherwise, all commercial paper payable to the Corporation, and to give proper receipts or discharges for all payments to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be responsible for all terms of credit granted by the Corporation and for the collection of all its accounts. The Treasurer shall have the authority to execute and deliver bonds, deeds, contracts and stock certificates of and for the Corporation, and to affix the corporate seal thereto by handwritten or facsimile signature and all other powers customarily appertaining to such office, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Treasurer shall be under the supervision of the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed to the Treasurer by the President.

8

(b) Assistant Treasurers shall assist the Treasurer and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

Section 8.9. Controller and Assistant Controllers.

(a) The Controller, if one is elected by the Board, shall be the Chief Accounting Officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall be responsible for all matters pertaining to the accounts of the Corporation, its subsidiaries and divisions, with the supervision of the books of account, their installation, arrangement and classification. The Controller shall maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions; see that an adequate system of internal audit thereof is regularly maintained; coordinate the efforts of the Corporation’s independent public accountants in its external audit program; receive, review, and consolidate all operating and financial statements of the Corporation and its various departments and subsidiaries; and prepare financial statements, reports and analyses. The Controller shall have supervision of the accounting practices of the Corporation and of each subsidiary and division of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties and powers of the accounting personnel of the subsidiaries and divisions. The Controller shall cause to be maintained an adequate system of financial control through a program of budgets, financial planning and interpretive reports. The Controller shall initiate and enforce accounting measures and procedures whereby the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and divisions shall be conducted with the maximum efficiency and economy. The Controller shall have all other powers customarily appertaining to the office of controller, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Controller shall be under the supervision of the President.

(b) The Assistant Controllers, if one is elected by the Board, shall assist the Controller, and if the Controller is unavailable, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to serve as a director or officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid

9

in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 9.2 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a current, former or proposed director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 9.1 or otherwise.

The Corporation may indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or otherwise in the same manner and to the extent and subject to such conditions as the Corporation shall determine as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 9.1.

Section 9.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a written claim received by the Corporation from or on behalf of an indemnified party under this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after such receipt, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

10

Section 9.3. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 9.4. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 9.5. Indemnification of Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

Section 9.6. Savings Clause. If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer of the Corporation, as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.7. Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors, after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

11

ARTICLE X

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK

Section 10.1. Right to Certificate. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, option or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section 10.2. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 10.3. New Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 10.4. Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation, subject to any proper restrictions on transfer, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 10.5. Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date for stockholders’ meetings or for any other lawful purpose, which shall be no fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting or other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

12

Section 10.6. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors (but not any committee thereof) at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock or other securities.

Section 11.2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 11.3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 11.5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporate seal, if any, may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, reproduced or otherwise.

Section 11.6. Certificate of Incorporation. To the extent of any inconsistency between these By-Laws and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall control for all purposes.

13

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1. Amendments to By-Laws. Except as set forth below or in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote or by the majority of members of the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

14

Adopted this 2^nd day of July 2004.

Marcia H. Kendrick
Name:	Marcia H. Kendrick
Title:	Secretary

15

EX-3.25

Exhibit 3.25

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC., (the “Corporation”), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 1, 2001.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Corporation under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on July 2, 2004 (the “Effective Date”).

The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as heretofore amended, shall be restated and further amended, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1. NAME

The name of the Corporation is SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.

ARTICLE 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE 3. PURPOSES AND POWERS

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law.

ARTICLE 4. CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 10,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters required or permitted to be voted on by stockholders of the Corporation under the DGCL.

ARTICLE 5. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by, or under the direction of, a Board of Directors comprised as set forth in the By-Laws of the Corporation. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be not less than three nor more than seven and may be increased or decreased from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws of Corporation.

ARTICLE 6. BY-LAWS OF THE CORPORATION.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any by-law whether adopted by them or otherwise; provided, however, that no By-Law adopted by stockholders of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 7. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS; BOOKS AND RECORDS

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

The directors of the Corporation shall be protected from personal liability, through indemnification or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL as from time to time in effect and any other provisions of Delaware law. If the DGCL or any other provision of Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of directors of the Corporation will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended law.

A director of the Corporation shall under no circumstances have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for those specific breaches and acts or omissions with respect to which the DGCL expressly provides that this provision shall not eliminate or limit such personal liability of directors. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the restriction hereunder of a director’s personal liability for any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

2

The Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as may be otherwise provided in the Corporation’s By-Laws. The modification or repeal of this paragraph of Article 8 shall not adversely affect the right of indemnification of any director or officer hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such modification or repeal.

ARTICLE 9. NON-VOTING CAPITAL STOCK.

The Corporation shall not be authorized to issue non-voting capital stock to the extent prohibited by Section 1123(a)(6) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”); provided, however, that this Article 9 will have no further force and effect beyond that required by Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by Kevin P. Callaghan, its President, and by Marcia H. Kendrick, its Secretary, this the 30 day of June, 2004.

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
Name:	Kevin P. Callaghan
Title:	President

ATTEST:
By:	/s/ Marcia H. Kendrick
Name:	Marcia H. Kendrick
Title:	Secretary

4

EX-3.26

Exhibit 3.26

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

OF

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Effective: July 2, 2004

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC., (the “Corporation”) required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be such registered office as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner provided by law.

Section 1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other place or places, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1. Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall designate and as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2.2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stated in the notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.3. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by order of the Board of

Directors, and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders holding not less than 10% of all votes entitled to be considered at the special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.5. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

Section 2.6. Quorum. The holders of stock having a majority of the voting power of the stock entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice (other than announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the time and place of the adjourned meeting) until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.7. Order of Business. The order of business at annual meetings of stockholders and, so far as practicable, at other meetings of stockholders shall be determined by the Board of Directors in consultation with the Chairman of the Board.

Section 2.8. Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall, on each matter submitted to a vote at each meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.5 of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held directly or indirectly by the Corporation, shall not be entitled to vote. Any vote by stock of the Corporation may be given at any meeting of stockholders by the stockholder entitled thereto, in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by such stockholder’s attorney thereunto duly authorized and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy shall provide for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Unless demanded by a stockholder of the Corporation present in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat, or so directed by the presiding officer of the meeting, the vote thereat on any question other than the election or removal of directors need not be by written ballot. Upon a demand of any such stockholder for a vote by written ballot on any question or at the direction of such presiding

2

officer that a vote by written ballot be taken on any question, such vote shall be taken by written ballot. On a vote by written ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

Section 2.9. List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger, either directly or through another officer of the Corporation designated by the Secretary or through a transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors, to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days before said meeting, either at a place within the city where said meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of said meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of said meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of record who shall be present thereat. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, such list or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.10. Inspectors of Votes. The presiding officer of the meeting may appoint two inspectors of votes to act at each meeting of the stockholders, unless the Board of Directors shall have theretofore made such appointments. Each inspector of votes shall first subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of an inspector of votes at the meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Such inspectors of votes, if any, shall take charge of the ballots, if any, at the meeting, and after the balloting on any question, shall count the ballots cast and shall make a report in writing to the secretary of the meeting of the results of the balloting. An inspector of votes need not be a stockholder of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an inspector of votes on any question other than a vote for or against such officer’s election to any position with the Corporation or on any other question in which such officer may be directly interested.

Section 2.11. Stockholder Action Upon Written Consent. In accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a written vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than a minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which shall have and may exercise all powers of the Corporation and take all lawful acts as are not by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or taken by the stockholders.

3

Section 3.2. Number, Term, Election and Qualification of Directors. The number of directors comprising the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed at three (3) in number. Thereafter, the number of directors may be fixed, from time to time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders of the Corporation. Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the next succeeding annual meeting to the extent of the number of such vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or these By-Laws, the directors (other than members of the initial Board of Directors) shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws.

Section 3.3. Removal. Any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election.

Section 3.4. Resignations. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such director’s resignation to the Corporation, effective at the time specified therein or, if not specified, immediately upon its receipt by the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal (with or without cause), an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting thereof. Each director so elected shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.

Section 3.6. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 3.7. Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall be a director but need not otherwise be an officer of the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall advise and counsel the President and other officers of the Corporation and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.

4

ARTICLE IV

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4.1. Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, at such time and places as it determines.

Section 4.2. Annual Meetings. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the Board is elected and at the same place as such meeting, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. If such meeting is not held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 4.3. Regular Meetings—Notice. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice.

Section 4.4. Special Meetings—Notice. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of the directors on 48 hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by telephone or mail; special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or two directors. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director, however, if waived by any such director in writing, or if such director shall be present at the meeting.

Section 4.5. Quorum and Manner of Acting. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, 50% of the directors at the time in office (but not less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 4.6. Actions Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case maybe, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or the committee.

5

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.2. Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and regularly report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3. Meetings and Action of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.6 and Article VI of these By-Laws, with such changes in the context of these By-Laws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members; provided, however, that: (i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee; and (ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VI

ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION AND REMOTE COMMUNICATION

Section 6.1. Electronic Transmission. For the purposes of this Article VI, “electronic transmission” shall mean any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 6.2. Notices to Directors. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.3 and 4.4 of these By-Laws, any notice permitted or required to be given to any director shall be sufficient if given, in addition to any other permitted means or manner of delivery, by electronic transmission.

Section 6.3. Action by Board of Directors Without a Meeting. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding in Section 4.6 of these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, in addition to any other means or manner otherwise provided for, may be taken by electronic transmission.

6

ARTICLE VII

NOTICES

Section 7.1. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any applicable statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or by electronic transmission, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 7.2. Authorized Notices. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Secretary or such other person or persons as the President designates shall be authorized to give notices for the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

OFFICERS

Section 8.1. Description. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, with or without such descriptive titles as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and, as provided in Article III, a Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors by resolution shall also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers, and such other officers and agents as from time to time may appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation. The same person may hold any two or more offices.

Section 8.2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect and appoint the officers to fill the positions designated in Section 8.1.

Section 8.3. Salaries. The Compensation Committee shall fix all salaries of all elected officers of the Corporation.

Section 8.4. Term. An officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer resigns or such officer’s successor is chosen and qualified. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 8.5. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; to sign stock certificates; and to exercise such other powers and duties as may be designated in accordance with these By-Laws and as from time to time may be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors.

7

Section 8.6. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all bonds, evidences of indebtedness, deeds, leases, contracts and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; and to sign stock certificates, subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.7. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries.

(a) The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall be under the supervision of the Chairman of the Board and the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board or the President. The Secretary shall have charge of the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to any instrument requiring it. When so affixed, the seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer, which may be a facsimile. The Secretary shall keep and account for all books, documents, papers and records of the Corporation except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. The Secretary shall have authority to sign stock certificates and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of the Secretary of a corporation.

(b) Assistant Secretaries shall assist the Secretary, and in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8.8. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers.

(a) The Treasurer shall perform all the duties customary to that office, and shall have the responsibility for and custody over all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall have the authority to endorse for deposit or collection, or otherwise, all commercial paper payable to the Corporation, and to give proper receipts or discharges for all payments to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be responsible for all terms of credit granted by the Corporation and for the collection of all its accounts. The Treasurer shall have the authority to execute and deliver bonds, deeds, contracts and stock certificates of and for the Corporation, and to affix the corporate seal thereto by handwritten or facsimile signature and all other powers customarily appertaining to such office, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Treasurer shall be under the supervision of the President and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed to the Treasurer by the President.

8

(b) Assistant Treasurers shall assist the Treasurer and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

Section 8.9. Controller and Assistant Controllers.

(a) The Controller, if one is elected by the Board, shall be the Chief Accounting Officer of the Corporation. The Controller shall be responsible for all matters pertaining to the accounts of the Corporation, its subsidiaries and divisions, with the supervision of the books of account, their installation, arrangement and classification. The Controller shall maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions; see that an adequate system of internal audit thereof is regularly maintained; coordinate the efforts of the Corporation’s independent public accountants in its external audit program; receive, review, and consolidate all operating and financial statements of the Corporation and its various departments and subsidiaries; and prepare financial statements, reports and analyses. The Controller shall have supervision of the accounting practices of the Corporation and of each subsidiary and division of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties and powers of the accounting personnel of the subsidiaries and divisions. The Controller shall cause to be maintained an adequate system of financial control through a program of budgets, financial planning and interpretive reports. The Controller shall initiate and enforce accounting measures and procedures whereby the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and divisions shall be conducted with the maximum efficiency and economy. The Controller shall have all other powers customarily appertaining to the office of controller, except to the extent otherwise limited or enlarged. The Controller shall be under the supervision of the President.

(b) The Assistant Controllers, if one is elected by the Board, shall assist the Controller, and if the Controller is unavailable, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to serve as a director or officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid

9

in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 9.2 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a current, former or proposed director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 9.1 or otherwise.

The Corporation may indemnify and hold harmless each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or otherwise in the same manner and to the extent and subject to such conditions as the Corporation shall determine as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 9.1.

Section 9.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a written claim received by the Corporation from or on behalf of an indemnified party under this Article IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after such receipt, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

10

Section 9.3. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 9.4. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 9.5. Indemnification of Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

Section 9.6. Savings Clause. If this Article IX or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer of the Corporation, as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 9.7. Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors, after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

11

ARTICLE X

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK

Section 10.1. Right to Certificate. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, option or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

Section 10.2. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 10.3. New Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 10.4. Transfers. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation, subject to any proper restrictions on transfer, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 10.5. Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date for stockholders’ meetings or for any other lawful purpose, which shall be no fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting or other action. A determination of

12

stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 10.6. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors (but not any committee thereof) at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock or other securities.

Section 11.2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 11.3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 11.5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporate seal, if any, may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, reproduced or otherwise.

Section 11.6. Certificate of Incorporation. To the extent of any inconsistency between these By-Laws and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall control for all purposes.

13

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

Section 12.1. Amendments to By-Laws. Except as set forth below or in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote or by the majority of members of the Board of Directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

14

Adopted this 2^nd day of July 2004.

Marcia H. Kendrick

Name: Marcia H. Kendrick

Title: Secretary

15

EX-3.27

Exhibit 3.27

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC (the “Company”), a company duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 8, 2001.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004 in connection with the reorganization of the Company under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware.

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on July 2, 2004.

4. The Company’s Certificate of Formation shall be amended and restated, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

The name of the limited liability company is SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC.

ARTICLE 2.

The address of its registered office in the Company is in the State of Delaware is c/o of The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

ARTICLE 3.

The name and address of the Company’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

ARTICLE 4.

The latest date on which the Company is to dissolve is March 1, 2020.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC this 30 day of June, 2004.

SOLE MEMBER:

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

2

EX-3.28

Exhibit 3.28

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) of SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC (the “Company”), dated as of July 2, 2004 is entered into by Seitel Solutions, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Member”), whose address is 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

WHEREAS, a Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act on March 8, 2001, and subsequently the Member entered into that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated March 7, 2001.

WHEREAS, this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement which restates and further amends the Limited Liability Company Agreement as heretofore amended, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization confirmed therein in connection with the reorganization of the Company under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledge, the party hereto agrees as follows:

Section 1. Name.

(a) The name of the limited liability company is SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC (the “Company”). The business of the Company may be conducted under any other name deemed necessary or desirable by the Member.

(b) The Member hereby agrees to form the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Act and of this Agreement. The rights, duties and liabilities of the Member and the Manager (as defined below) shall be as provided in the Act for Members and Managers except as provided herein.

Section 2. Purpose. The Company is formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

Section 3. Registered Office: Registered Agent. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New Castle.

Section 4. Principal Office. The principal office address of the Company shall be 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043 or such other place as the Member may determine from time to time.

Section 5. Members. The name and the mailing address of the Member is Seitel Solutions, Inc. as set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Member is hereby admitted as the sole Member of the Company and agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

Section 6. Powers. The Member shall have the power to do any and all acts necessary or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes described herein, including all powers, statutory or otherwise, possessed by Members under the laws of the State of Delaware. Seitel Solutions, Inc. is hereby designated as an authorized Company, within the meaning of the Act, to execute, deliver and file the Certificate of Formation of the Company (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) and any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

Section 7. Management.

(a) Without limiting the authority of the Member to take any and all actions on behalf of the Company as set forth in Section 6 above or pursuant to the Act, management of the Company shall be vested in one or more Managers who shall be appointed by the Member. The Member hereby appoints Seitel Solutions, Inc. a Delaware corporation as the manager of the Company (the “Manager”) and the Manager hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. To the extent permitted by law, the Manager shall be authorized to act on behalf of and to bind the Company in all respects, without any further consent, vote or approval of the Member, and the Manager’s powers shall include, without limitation, the authority to negotiate, complete, execute and deliver any and all agreements, deeds, instruments, receipts, certificates and other documents on behalf of the Company, and to take all such other actions on behalf of the Company as the Manager may consider necessary or advisable in connection with the management of the Company.

(b) Any Manager appointed pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof may resign at any time upon written notice to the Member, and may be removed by the Member at any time upon written notice to the Manager.

(c) The Member agrees that all determinations, decisions and actions made or taken by the Manager in accordance with this Agreement shall be conclusive and absolutely binding upon the Company, the Member and their respective successors, assigns and personal representatives.

(d) Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the Manager as herein set forth.

2

(e) The delegation of power and authority to the Manager pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof shall in no way be deemed to restrict the authority of the Member to take any and all actions on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Capital Contributions. The Member has made or will make a contribution to the capital of the Company in the amount set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Member shall have no obligation to make any additional capital contributions to the Company.

Section 9. Additional Contributions.

(a) The Member may make such additional capital contributions to the Company as the Member in its discretion may deem necessary or advisable in connection with the business of the Company.

(b) The provisions of Section 8 and this Section 9 are intended solely to benefit the Members of the Company and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company other than the Members (and no such creditor of the Company other than the Members shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement), and no member of the Company shall have a duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company (other than to the Members of the Company) to make any contribution to the Company and no member of the Company shall have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company (other than to the Members of the Company) to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Section 9.

Section 10. Capital Accounts. The Company shall maintain for the Member a capital account in accordance with this Section 10 and in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The Member’s capital account shall have an initial balance equal to the amount of cash constituting the Member’s initial contribution to the capital of the Company. The Member’s capital account shall be increased by the sum of (a) the amount of cash constituting additional contributions by the Members of the capital of the Company, plus (b) any profits allocated to the Member’s Capital Account pursuant to Section 11 hereof The Member’s capital account shall be reduced by the sum of (a) the amount of cash and the fair value of any property distributed by the Company to the Member, plus (b) any losses allocated to the Member’s capital account pursuant to Section 11 hereof.

Section 11. Allocation of Profits and Losses. The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 12. Distributions.

(a) The Member shall not (i) be entitled to interest on its capital contributions to the Company, or (ii) have the right to distributions or the return of any contribution to the capital of the Company except (A) for distributions in accordance with this Section 12 or (B) upon dissolution of the Company. The entitlement to any such return at such time shall be limited to the value of the capital account of the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by the Act, the Member shall not be liable for the return of any such amounts. The Company shall not make a distribution to the Member if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act.

3

(b) Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member.

Section 13. Fiscal Year; Tax Matters.

(a) The Fiscal Year of the Company for accounting and tax purposes shall begin on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year, except for the short taxable years in the years of the Company’s formation and termination and as otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

(b) Proper and complete records and books of account of the business of the Company shall be maintained at the Company’s principal place of business. The Member acknowledges and agrees that the Company is a domestic entity with a single owner and is to be disregarded as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes as provided in Treas. Rev. § 7701-3. The Company’s books of account shall be maintained on a basis consistent with such treatment and on the same basis utilized in preparing the Member’s federal income tax return. The Member and its duly authorized representatives may, for any reason reasonably related to its interest as a Member of the Company, examine the Company’s books of account and make copies and extracts there from at its own expense. The Member shall maintain the records of the Company for three years following the termination of the Company. The Manager shall not be permitted to keep any information confidential from the Member, including any information the Manager may have otherwise kept confidential from the Member pursuant to 18-305(c) of the Act.

Section 14. Assignment and Transfers of Interests. The Member may transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Company to any person at any time.

Section 15. Admission of Additional Members. One (1) or more additional Members may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the Member. Upon the admission to the Company of any additional Members, the Members shall cause this Agreement to be amended and restated to reflect the admission of such additional member(s), the initial capital contribution, if any, of such additional member(s) and the intention of the Members to cause the Company to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and to include such other provisions as the Members may agree to reflect the change of status of the Company from a single member Company to a Company with 2 or more Members.

Section 16. Liability of Member. The Member shall not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided in the Act. Nothing express or implied shall be construed to confer upon or to give any person except the Members or Managers, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 17. Dissolution.

(a) Subject to the occurrence of an event of dissolution pursuant to Section 17(b) hereof, the Company shall have perpetual existence.

(b) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member, (ii) the death, retirement,

4

resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of the Members or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Member in the Company, including the disposition of all of the Member’s interest in the Company, unless the business of the Company is continued by the consent of all of any remaining Members of the Company within 90 days following the occurrence of any such event or in a manner permitted by the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

Section 18. Indemnification. To the full extent permitted by law, the Company shall (a) indemnify any person or such person’s heirs, distributees, next of kin, successors, appointees, executors, administrators, legal representatives or assigns who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such person is or was a member, Manager, director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company or its members as a Member, Manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, domestic or foreign, against expense, attorneys’ fees, court costs, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and other losses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and (b) advance expenses incurred by a member, Manager, officer or director in defending such civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding to the full extent authorized or permitted by laws of the State of Delaware. A Manager shall have no personal liability to the Company or its Members for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a manager; provided, however, that the foregoing provision shall not eliminate the liability of a Manager for act or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or for any transaction from which the Manager derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 19. Amendments. Any amendments to this Agreement may be made in the sole and absolute discretion of the Member and shall be in writing signed by the Member. The Manager’s consent is not required in order to amend this Agreement.

Section 20. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws. The Member intends the provisions of the Act to be controlling as to any matters not set forth in this Agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the sole Member has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered on the day and year first above written.

SOLE MEMBER:

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan

Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

6

EXHIBIT A

MEMBER

Name and Address of Member	Initial Contribution	Percentage Interest
Seitel Solutions, Inc. 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, TX 77043	All of the limited partnership interest in Seitel Solutions, Ltd. This Agreement dated March 7, 2001 was transferred from Seitel Delaware, Inc. to Seitel Solutions, LLC on March 26, 2001	100%

7

EX-3.29

Exhibit 3.29

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SEITEL SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC

SEITEL SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC (the “Company”), a company duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 29, 2001.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004 in connection with the reorganization of the Company under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware.

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on July 2, 2004.

4. The Company’s Certificate of Formation shall be amended and restated, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

The name of the limited liability company is SEITEL SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC.

ARTICLE 2.

The address of its registered office in the Company is in the State of Delaware is c/o of The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

ARTICLE 3.

The name and address of the Company’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

ARTICLE 4.

The latest date on which the Company is to dissolve is May 1, 2021.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of SEITEL SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC this 30 day of June, 2004.

SOLE MEMBER:

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC,

a Delaware corporation

By its Sole Member

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.

/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                            

Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

2

EX-3.30

Exhibit 3.30

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SEITEL SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) of SEITEL SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC (the “Company”), dated as of July 2, 2004 is entered into by Seitel Solutions, LLC a Delaware corporation (the “Member”), whose address is 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

WHEREAS, a Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act on May 29, 2001, and subsequently the Member entered into that certain Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated March 30, 2001.

WHEREAS, this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement which restates and further amends the Limited Liability Company Agreement as heretofore amended, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization confirmed therein in connection with the reorganization of the Company under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the party hereto agrees as follows:

Section 1. Name.

(a) The name of the limited liability company is SEITEL SOLUTIONS HOLDINGS, LLC (the “Company”). The business of the Company may be conducted under any other name deemed necessary or desirable by the Member.

(b) The Member hereby agrees to form the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Act and of this Agreement. The rights, duties and liabilities of the Member and the Manager (as defined below) shall be as provided in the Act for Members and Managers except as provided herein.

Section 2. Purpose. The Company is formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

Section 3. Registered Office: Registered Agent. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New Castle.

Section 4. Principal Office. The principal office address of the Company shall be 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043 or such other place as the Member may determine from time to time.

Section 5. Members. The name and the mailing address of the Member is Seitel Solutions, LLC as set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Member is hereby admitted as the sole Member of the Company and agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

Section 6. Powers. The Member shall have the power to do any and all acts necessary or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purposes described herein, including all powers, statutory or otherwise, possessed by Members under the laws of the State of Delaware. Seitel Solutions, LLC is hereby designated as an authorized Company, within the meaning of the Act, to execute, deliver and file the Certificate of Formation of the Company (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) and any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

Section 7. Management.

(a) Without limiting the authority of the Member to take any and all actions on behalf of the Company as set forth in Section 6 above or pursuant to the Act, management of the Company shall be vested in one or more Managers who shall be appointed by the Member. The Member hereby appoints Seitel Solutions, LLC a Delaware corporation as the manager of the Company (the “Manager”) and the Manager hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. To the extent permitted by law, the Manager shall be authorized to act on behalf of and to bind the Company in all respects, without any further consent, vote or approval of the Member, and the Manager’s powers shall include, without limitation, the authority to negotiate, complete, execute and deliver any and all agreements, deeds, instruments, receipts, certificates and other documents on behalf of the Company, and to take all such other actions on behalf of the Company as the Manager may consider necessary or advisable in connection with the management of the Company.

(b) Any Manager appointed pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof may resign at any time upon written notice to the Member, and may be removed by the Member at any time upon written notice to the Manager.

(c) The Member agrees that all determinations, decisions and actions made or taken by the Manager in accordance with this Agreement shall be conclusive and absolutely binding upon the Company, the Member and their respective successors, assigns and personal representatives.

(d) Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the Manager as herein set forth.

2

(e) The delegation of power and authority to the Manager pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof shall in no way be deemed to restrict the authority of the Member to take any and all actions on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Capital Contributions. The Member has made or will make a contribution to the capital of the Company in the amount set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The Member shall have no obligation to make any additional capital contributions to the Company.

Section 9. Additional Contributions.

(a) The Member may make such additional capital contributions to the Company as the Member in its discretion may deem necessary or advisable in connection with the business of the Company.

(b) The provisions of Section 8 and this Section 9 are intended solely to benefit the Members of the Company and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company other than the Members (and no such creditor of the Company other than the Members shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement), and no member of the Company shall have a duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company (other than to the Members of the Company) to make any contribution to the Company and no member of the Company shall have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company (other than to the Members of the Company) to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Section 9.

Section 10. Capital Accounts. The Company shall maintain for the Member a capital account in accordance with this Section 10 and in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The Member’s capital account shall have an initial balance equal to the amount of cash constituting the Member’s initial contribution to the capital of the Company. The Member’s capital account shall be increased by the sum of (a) the amount of cash constituting additional contributions by the Members of the capital of the Company, plus (b) any profits allocated to the Member’s Capital Account pursuant to Section 11 hereof The Member’s capital account shall be reduced by the sum of (a) the amount of cash and the fair value of any property distributed by the Company to the Member, plus (b) any losses allocated to the Member’s capital account pursuant to Section 11 hereof.

Section 11. Allocation of Profits and Losses. The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 12. Distributions.

(a) The Member shall not (i) be entitled to interest on its capital contributions to the Company, or (ii) have the right to distributions or the return of any contribution to the capital of the Company except (A) for distributions in accordance with this Section 12 or (B) upon dissolution of the Company. The entitlement to any such return at such time shall be limited to the value of the capital account of the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by the Act, the Member shall not be liable for the return of any such amounts. The Company shall not make a distribution to the Member if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act.

3

(b) Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member.

Section 13. Fiscal Year; Tax Matters.

(a) The Fiscal Year of the Company for accounting and tax purposes shall begin on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year, except for the short taxable years in the years of the Company’s formation and termination and as otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

(b) Proper and complete records and books of account of the business of the Company shall be maintained at the Company’s principal place of business. The Member acknowledges and agrees that the Company is a domestic entity with a single owner and is to be disregarded as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes as provided in Treas. Rev. § 7701-3. The Company’s books of account shall be maintained on a basis consistent with such treatment and on the same basis utilized in preparing the Member’s federal income tax return. The Member and its duly authorized representatives may, for any reason reasonably related to its interest as a Member of the Company, examine the Company’s books of account and make copies and extracts there from at its own expense. The Member shall maintain the records of the Company for three years following the termination of the Company. The Manager shall not be permitted to keep any information confidential from the Member, including any information the Manager may have otherwise kept confidential from the Member pursuant to 18-305(c) of the Act.

Section 14. Assignment and Transfers of Interests. The Member may transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Company to any person at any time.

Section 15. Admission of Additional Members. One (1) or more additional Members may be admitted to the Company with the consent of the Member. Upon the admission to the Company of any additional Members, the Members shall cause this Agreement to be amended and restated to reflect the admission of such additional member(s), the initial capital contribution, if any, of such additional member(s) and the intention of the Members to cause the Company to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and to include such other provisions as the Members may agree to reflect the change of status of the Company from a single member Company to a Company with 2 or more Members.

Section 16. Liability of Member. The Member shall not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided in the Act. Nothing express or implied shall be construed to confer upon or to give any person except the Members or Managers, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 17. Dissolution.

(a) Subject to the occurrence of an event of dissolution pursuant to Section 17(b) hereof, the Company shall have perpetual existence.

4

(b) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member, (ii) the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of the Members or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Member in the Company, including the disposition of all of the Member’s interest in the Company, unless the business of the Company is continued by the consent of all of any remaining Members of the Company within 90 days following the occurrence of any such event or in a manner permitted by the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

Section 18. Indemnification. To the full extent permitted by law, the Company shall (a) indemnify any person or such person’s heirs, distributees, next of kin, successors, appointees, executors, administrators, legal representatives or assigns who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such person is or was a member, Manager, director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company or its members as a Member, Manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, domestic or foreign, against expense, attorneys’ fees, court costs, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and other losses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and

(b) advance expenses incurred by a member, Manager, officer or director in defending such civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding to the full extent authorized or permitted by laws of the State of Delaware. A Manager shall have no personal liability to the Company or its Members for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a manager; provided, however, that the foregoing provision shall not eliminate the liability of a Manager for act or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or for any transaction from which the Manager derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 19. Amendments. Any amendments to this Agreement may be made in the sole and absolute discretion of the Member and shall be in writing signed by the Member. The Manager’s consent is not required in order to amend this Agreement.

Section 20. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by said laws. The Member intends the provisions of the Act to be controlling as to any matters not set forth in this Agreement.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the sole Member has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered on the day and year first above written.

SOLE MEMBER:

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC

a Delaware corporation

By its sole Member

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.

/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                            

Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

6

EXHIBIT A

MEMBER

Name and Address of Member	Initial Contribution	Percentage Interest
Seitel Solutions, LLC 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, TX 77043	$1,000.00	100%

7

EX-3.31

Exhibit 3.31

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LTD.

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LTD. (the “Partnership”), a limited partnership duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Certificate of Limited Partnership was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas on September 8, 2000.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership, which restates and further amends the Certificate of Limited Partnership as heretofore amended, is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) (the “Case”) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 17, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Partnership under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with Section 2.02 of the Revised Limited Partnership Act of the State of Texas. The Bankruptcy Court has jurisdiction of this Case under federal statute.

3. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership shall become effective at 4:00 p.m., Central Time, on July 2, 2004.

4. The Company’s Certificate shall be amended and restated, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

NAME

The name of the Partnership is SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LTD.

ARTICLE 2.

REGISTERED OFFICE

The address of the registered office in the United States where Partnership records are to be kept or made available under Section 1.07 of the Act is 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

ARTICLE 3.

REGISTERED AGENT

The name of the registered agent and the address of the registered office of the Company as set forth in with Section 1.06 of the Act is CT Corporation System located at 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, TX 77002.

ARTICLE 4.

PRINCIPAL OFFICE

The address of the principal office in the United States where Partnership records are to be kept or made available under Section 1.07 of the Act is 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

ARTICLE 5.

GENERAL PARTNER

The name, mailing address and street address of the Sole General Partner is SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC., Attn: General Counsel, 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

[This page intentionally left blank]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership has been executed on this 30 day of June 2004.

GENERAL PARTNER:
SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

3

EX-3.32

Exhibit 3.32

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LTD.

A Texas Limited Partnership

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (this “Agreement”) of SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LTD. (the “Partnership”) is entered into effective as of July 2, 2004 by and between SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “General Partner”), and SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Limited Partner”).

WHEREAS, the Partnership was formed as a Texas limited partnership by and between Seitel Delaware, Inc as the General Partner and Seitel Data Corp., as the Limited Partner (collectively the “Partners”) entered into the Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of September 11, 2000 (the “Partnership Agreement”) pursuant to the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act, Article 6132a-1 of the Texas Revised Civil Statutes Annotated, as amended (the “Act”), pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, on March 26, 2001, pursuant to the Amendment to Agreement of Limited Partnership of SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LTD., entered into by the General Partner, there was a transfer of ownership interest of the limited partnership to SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “General Partner”) and SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Limited Partner”).

WHEREAS, this Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement, which restates and further amends the Partnership Agreement as heretofore amended, is made and entered into pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization confirmed therein in connection with the reorganization of the Partnership under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act (the “Act”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Formation, Name and Commencement.

(a) On the filing of a Certificate of Limited Partnership with the Secretary of State of Texas, the Partners do hereby form, and confirm the formation of, a limited partnership (the “Partnership”) pursuant to the Act. The rights and liabilities of the Partners shall, except as may be hereinafter expressly stated to the contrary, be as provided for in the Act.

(b) The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LTD., or such modifications or variations thereof as the General Partner may determine from time to time.

(c) The registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas shall be at such places as the General Partner may designate from time to time. The name of the registered agent and the address of the registered office of the Company as set forth in the Articles of Organization of the Company is The Corporation Trust Company located at 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, TX 77002. The General Partner in the manner provided by applicable law may change such registered office and registered agent from time to time. The principal office of the Company shall be at 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043, but substitute or additional places of business may be established at such other locations as may, from time to time, be determined by the General Partner, which need not be in the State of Texas, and the Partnership shall maintain records there as required by Section 1.07 of the Act.

(d) The Partnership shall be effective upon the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas and shall remain effective for a period of not less than thirty (30) years or until the date the Partnership is dissolved pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement and is subsequently terminated.

2. Purposes and Powers.

(a) The Partnership is formed for the purpose of conducting and transacting any and all lawful business that may be conducted and transacted by a limited partnership created pursuant to the Act.

(b) The Partnership purposes may be accomplished by taking any action that is permitted under the Act.

3. Contributions and Loans.

(a) By execution of this Agreement, the Partners hereby agree to contribute to the capital of the Partnership the dollar amounts set forth next to each Partner’s name on Exhibit A attached hereto in exchange for their interest in the Partnership.

(b) Neither the General Partner nor the Limited Partner shall have any obligation to make any further contributions to the Partnership other than as may be specifically required pursuant to the terms of the Act or any other legal requirement.

(c) The Limited Partner and the General Partner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to extend loans to the Partnership at the request of the General Partner upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed to between the lending Partner and the Partnership. The General Partner shall have the full and exclusive authority in determining whether borrowed funds are required for the continued operation of the Partnership and negotiating the terms and conditions of any loans obtained by the Partnership from the General Partner or the Limited Partners. Nothing contained in this Section 3(c) shall imply that any of the Partners has any liability or obligation whatsoever to loan any funds to the Partnership at any time.

2

4. Management of the Partnership. Subject to the limitations imposed upon it at law, the General Partner (i) shall have full, exclusive and complete authority and discretion to manage and control, and shall make all decisions affecting, the Partnership’s business; (ii) shall have full authority to effectuate the purposes of the Partnership and to take any action required, permitted or authorized pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and (iii) shall have full power to exercise all rights and powers generally inferred or conferred by law in connection therewith. Except as may be required by the Act or other applicable law, the interest of the Limited Partner in the Partnership does not include any voting rights whatsoever. In furtherance of the management rights granted to the General Partner herein, the General Partner shall have the power to appoint any one or more of the following officers of the Partnership, who shall be employees of the Partnership and who shall have the powers and duties set forth below:

(a) Number. Titles and Term of Office. The officers of the Partnership shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers as the General Partner may from time to time appoint. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall be duly appointed or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. The same person may hold any number of offices.

(b) Salaries. The salaries or other compensation of the officers of the Partnership shall be fixed from time to time by the General Partner.

(c) Removal. Any officer appointed by the General Partner may be removed at any time, either with or without cause, by the General Partner. Appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

(d) Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Partnership may be filled by the General Partner.

(e) Powers and Duties of the President. Subject to the control of the General Partner, the President shall have general executive charge, management and control of the properties, business and operations of the Partnership with all such powers as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities; he or she may agree upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other obligations in the name of the Partnership; and shall have such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the General Partner.

(f) Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President, or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, a Vice President designated by the General Partner shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the General Partner may from time to time prescribe.

(g) Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have responsibility for the custody and control of all the funds of the Partnership, and he or she shall have such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the General Partner. He or she shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the President and the General Partner.

3

(h) Assistant Treasurers. Each Assistant Treasurer shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to such office, together with such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or the General Partner. The Assistant Treasurers shall exercise the powers of the Treasurer during that officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

(i) Secretary. The Secretary shall keep all partnership records of the Partnership in books provided for that purpose; he or she shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices; he or she shall have charge of the partnership interest transfer books and ledgers, and such other books and papers as the General Partner may direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection of the General Partner; he or she shall have such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned by the General Partner; and he or she shall in general perform all acts incident to the office of Secretary, subject to the control of the President and the General Partner.

(j) Assistant Secretaries. Each Assistant Secretary shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to such office, together with such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the President or the General Partner. The Assistant Secretaries shall exercise the powers of the Secretary during that officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

(k) Officers of General Partner. Although a person may serve in both capacities, the officers of the Partnership are and shall be separate and distinct from the corporate officers of the General Partner.

5. Allocations and Distributions.

(a) Except as may otherwise be required by the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and corresponding Treasury Regulations (“Regulations”), for each fiscal year of the Partnership, the income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Partnership shall be allocated among the General Partner and the Limited Partner as follows:

General Partner    1%

Limited Partner    99%

(b) Distributions of funds or other property from the Partnership (other than liquidating distributions) shall be made at such times and in such amounts as may be determined by the General Partner in the exercise of its sole discretion in the following proportions:

General Partner    1%

Limited Partner    99%

Liquidating distributions shall be made according to capital account balances of the Partners (which capital accounts shall be kept by the General Partner).

4

(c) It is intended that the allocations and distributions of the Partnership comply with all requirements of the Code and corresponding Regulations.

6. Fiscal Matters.

(a) The Partnership’s fiscal year shall be the calendar year. The General Partner may at the Partnership’s expense engage accountants to keep and audit the books and records of the Partnership, prepare tax returns, and perform other accounting services for the Partnership.

(b) All funds of the Partnership shall be deposited in its name, in the name of the General Partner or under any assumed name of the Partnership in an account or accounts maintained at a national or state bank. Checks shall be drawn upon the Partnership and shall be signed by any authorized agent or officer of the General Partner.

(c) The General Partner shall cause to be prepared and filed all tax returns and statements, if any, which must be filed on behalf of the Partnership with any taxing authority, and shall submit copies of all such returns and statements to the Partners. The General Partner shall be the tax matters partner.

7. General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall manage, or cause to be managed, the Partnership affairs in a prudent and businesslike manner, but shall have no liability or obligation to the Limited Partner or the Partnership for any decision made or action taken in connection with the discharge of its duties hereunder if such decision or action is made or taken in good faith, irrespective of whether the same be reasonably prudent or whether bad judgment or negligence (excluding gross negligence, fraud or bad faith) was exercised or involved in connection therewith.

(b) No person, firm or corporation dealing with the Partnership shall be required to inquire into, or obtain any consents or other documentation as to, the authority of the General Partner to take any action permitted by this Agreement or to exercise any such rights or powers.

(c) The General Partner, and all officers of the General Partner or the Partnership, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, the cost of litigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees), damages and causes of action of any nature whatsoever arising out of or incidental to the management of the Partnership affairs, except where the claim at issue is based upon:

(i) the proven gross negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified party; or

(ii) the proven breach by the indemnified party of any material provision of this Agreement.

The indemnification rights herein contained shall be cumulative of, and in addition to, any and all rights, remedies and recourses to which the indemnified parties described herein shall be entitled, whether pursuant to some other provision of this Agreement, at law or in equity.

5

8. Limited Partner.

(a) The Limited Partner shall not be:

(i) except as may be required by the Act or other applicable law, entitled to vote on any subject matter or decision regarding or affecting the Partnership or the business of the Partnership, including, without limitation, any decision regarding the admission of additional Limited Partners or regarding amendments to this Agreement;

(ii) personally liable for any of the debts or losses of the Partnership (except as expressly otherwise provided by the terms of the Act);

(iii) allowed to take part in the management or control of the Partnership business, or to sign for or bind the Partnership;

(iv) entitled to be paid, in its capacity as Limited Partner, any salary or to have a Partnership drawing account;

(v) entitled to a partition of any Partnership properties, notwithstanding any other provision or law to the contrary; or

(vi) entitled to a return of its capital contributions except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or upon the dissolution of the Partnership may be considered as such by law, and then only to the extent provided in this Agreement and permitted by the Act.

(b) The Limited Partner may not sell, assign, convey, transfer, pledge or hypothecate, by operation of law or otherwise, its interest in the Partnership without the prior written approval of the General Partner acting in its sole discretion. No transfer or attempted transfer of all or any portion of a Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership in violation of the foregoing provisions shall be valid, and the Limited Partner agrees with the Partnership that the Partnership shall not be required to transfer the Limited Partner’s ownership interest in the Partnership on the books of the Partnership or recognize any rights of any purported transferee, if such transfer or attempted transfer is in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

9. Dissolution and Liquidation.

(a) Unless the Partnership is reconstituted in accordance with the terms of the Act, the Partnership shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following:

(i) the express written consent of the General Partner;

(ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets;

6

(iii) the bankruptcy, withdrawal or dissolution of the General Partner;

(iv) the occurrence of any other circumstance, which by law would require that the Partnership be dissolved; or

(v) in any event, the expiration of thirty (30) years from the date of this Agreement.

(b) Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner or, in the event that the dissolution of the Partnership is caused by the General Partner, any other person selected by the Limited Partner shall act as a liquidating trustee (hereinafter referred to as the “Liquidating Trustee”) and immediately proceed to terminate the business of the Partnership. The assets of the Partnership which shall be attempted to be sold prior to the final liquidating distribution and the assets of the Partnership which shall be distributed in kind as a part of the final liquidating distribution shall be determined by the Liquidating Trustee. The net proceeds from the sale of the assets of the Partnership and all remaining unsold assets of the Partnership shall be applied or distributed by the Liquidating Trustee in the following order of priority:

(i) in payment of all liabilities of the Partnership to creditors other than to Partners;

(ii) in payment of any loans which have been made to the Partnership by any Partner;

(iii) to the Partners according to the positive balances in their capital accounts.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement and the obligations of the General Partner and the Limited Partner hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflicts of law, rule or principle which might refer such construction to the laws of another state.

(b) This Agreement and all the terms, provisions and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the General Partner and the Limited Partner, and their respective legal representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall negate or diminish the restrictions set forth in Section 8(b) hereinabove.

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the General Partner and the Limited Partner relating to the subject matter hereof, and all other agreements relative hereto which are not contained herein are terminated.

(d) Except as may be otherwise explicitly provided herein, amendments, variations, modifications or changes herein may be effective and binding upon the General Partner and the Limited Partner by, and only by, setting the same forth in a document duly executed and consented to by the General Partner and mailed to the Limited Partner, and any alleged amendment, variation, modification or change herein which is not so documented shall not be effective as to any Partner.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

7

WITNESS THE EXECUTION hereof, as of the date and year first above written.

GENERAL PARTNER:

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation

/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                                    

Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

LIMITED PARTNER:

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By its Sole Member

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC. a Delaware corporation

/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                                    

Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

8

EXHIBIT A

Partner	Capital Contribution	Interest in Partnership
Seitel Solutions, Inc.	$10.00	1%
Seitel Solutions, LLC	$990.00	99%
	$1,000.00	100%

9

EX-3.33

Exhibit 3.33

AMENDED AND RESTATED

STATEMENT OF PARTNERSHIP EXISTENCE

OF

SI HOLDINGS, G.P.

SI HOLDINGS, G.P. (the “Partnership”), a general partnership duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The original Statement of Partnership Existence was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 29, 2001.

2. This Amended and Restated Statement of Partnership Existence is made and filed pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court (the “Bankruptcy Court”) for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization as filed with the Bankruptcy Court on January 11, 2004, as amended on February 6, 2004, and confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on March 18, 2004, in connection with the reorganization of the Partnership under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Revised Uniform Partnership Act of the State of Delaware.

3. This Amended and Restated Statement of Partnership shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on July 2, 2004.

4. The Company’s Statement of Partnership Existence is hereby amended and restated, so as to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

The name of the Partnership is SI HOLDINGS, G.P.

ARTICLE 2.

The address of its registered office in the United States where Partnership records are to be kept or made available in the State of Delaware is c/o of The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

ARTICLE 3.

The name and address of the Partnership’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amended and Restated Statement of Partnership Existence of SI HOLDINGS, G.P. this 30 day of June, 2004.

General Partner:
SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware Corporation
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

Limited Partner:
SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC
	By its Sole Member
	SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.,
	a Delaware Corporation
By:	/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan
	Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

2

EX-3.34

Exhibit 3.34

AMENDED AND RESTATED

GENERAL PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

SI HOLDINGS, G.P.

(a Delaware General Partnership)

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED GENERAL PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT of SI HOLDINGS, G.P. (the “Partnership”), a Delaware general partnership (this “Agreement”) is entered into between Seitel Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Seitel Solutions, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, effective as of July 2, 2004.

WHEREAS, a Statement of Partnership Existence of the Company (the “Statement of Partnership Existence”) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, on May 31, 2001, in accordance to Section 15-303 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act, 6 Del. C §§ 15-101, et seq. (the “Act”), in order to form a Delaware general partnership under the Act.

WHEREAS, this Amended and Restated General Partnership Agreement, which restates and further amends the General Partnership Agreement as heretofore amended, is made and entered into pursuant to the order of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware in the case styled: In re: Seitel, Inc. et al. No. 03-12227 (PJW) and the Debtors’ Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization confirmed therein in connection with the reorganization of the Partnership under title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the party hereto agrees as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Specific Defined Terms. The following are definitions of certain terms capitalized and used throughout this Agreement:

“Act.” The Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act, as amended from time to time, and any successor to such act.

“Affiliate.” With respect to another Person, any Person which directly or indirectly (through one or more intermediaries) Controls, or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person.

“Agreement.” This General Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, as amended from time to time.

“Capital Account.” The capital account established and maintained for each Partner pursuant to Section 4.2.

“Capital Contribution.” With respect to each Partner, the assets, services or cash amounts that such Partner contributes to the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.1.

“Code.” The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (or any corresponding provision of succeeding law).

“Control.” Means the ownership, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the capital stock or other equity interest of the controlled Person.

“Managing Partner.” Seitel Solutions, Inc.

“Partners.” Seitel Solutions, Inc., and Seitel Solutions, LLC.

“Partnership.” SI HOLDINGS, G.P., a general partnership formed pursuant to this Agreement and governed under the Act.

“Partnership Interest.” All ownership interest of a Partner in the capital profits, rights of management and other interests in the Partnership.

“Partnership Percentage Interest.” The respective Partners’ interests in the profits and losses of the Partnership as set out on Exhibit A hereto or as may be amended by written agreement of the Partners from time to time.

“Person.” Any individual or entity, including, without limitation, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government (or agency or political subdivision thereof).

Section 1.2 Other Defined Terms. Other terms may be defined elsewhere in the text of this Agreement and shall have the meanings indicated throughout this Agreement.

Section 1.3 Construction. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter, and the number of all words shall include the singular and plural.

Section 1.4 References. Unless otherwise specified, references in this Agreement to “Sections,” “Subsections,” or “Articles” refer to the sections, subsections or articles in this Agreement.

2

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation of Partnership. The Partners hereby form a general partnership under the Act and elect to have the Partnership governed as a general partnership pursuant to the terms of the Act. The rights and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners, except as expressly stated herein to the contrary, will be as provided in the Act.

Section 2.2 Certificates and Documents. The Managing Partner, acting on behalf of all Partners pursuant to the powers granted in Article VI, shall execute, file and publish all certificates, notices, statements or other instruments required by law for the formation or operation of a partnership in all jurisdictions where the Partnership may propose to do business.

Section 2.3 Partnership Name. The business of the Partnership will be conducted under the name “SI HOLDINGS, G.P.,” or such other name or names as the Managing Partner may determine.

Section 2.4 Term of Partnership. The term of the Partnership commenced on the effective date of this Agreement first set forth above and shall continue until the earlier of (i) 50-years from the date hereof or (ii) the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership and its business following an event of dissolution as described in Section 8.1 hereof.

Section 2.5 Business Office. The address of the principal place of business of the Partnership shall be 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr., Suite 100, Bldg. C, Houston, Texas 77043.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSES AND POWERS

Section 3.1 Purposes. The purpose for which the Partnership is organized is to transact any and all lawful business for which a partnership may be organized under the Act.

Section 3.2 General Powers. The Partnership shall have the power to enter into all transactions which, in the opinion of the Managing Partner, may be necessary or incidental to accomplish or implement the business or purposes of the Partnership as set forth in Section 3.1, in its own name or in the name of, or by or through, one or more agents, nominees or trustees, together with such other powers as may be authorized by this Agreement or permitted under the Act and which are necessary, incidental or customary to the accomplishment of the business of the Partnership.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL AND CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 4.1 Capital Contributions. To the extent the Managing Partner determines capital contributions would benefit the Partnership, the Managing Partner shall accept voluntary capital contributions from the other Partners, provided that such partners shall be given reasonable opportunity to contribute amounts pro rata with the Partner’s then-existing Partnership Percentage Interest.

Section 4.2 Capital Accounts. A separate Capital Account shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and the following terms and conditions:

3

(a) Each Partner’s Capital Account shall be (i) increased by (A) the amount of cash or cash equivalents contributed by that Partner to the Partnership (B) the net agreed value of property contributed by that Partner to the Partnership (contributions contemplated by subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall be referred to as “Capital Contributions”), and (C) allocations to that Partner of Partnership income and gain (or items thereof), including, without limitation, income and gain exempt from tax and income and gain described in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g), but excluding income and gain described in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(4)(i); and (ii) shall be decreased by (A) the amount of cash or cash equivalents distributed to that Partner by the Partnership, (B) the net agreed value of property distributed to that Partner by the Partnership, and (C) allocations of Partnership losses and deductions (or items thereof), including losses and deductions described in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) (but excluding losses or deductions described in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(4)(i) or (iii)),

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including, without limitation, any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided that:

(i) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) any interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 5.2.

(ii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.704 1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items described in section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes.

(iii) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property taxable as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s carrying value with respect to such property as of such date.

(iv) In accordance with the requirements of section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any contributed property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership was equal to the agreed value of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 4.4(c) to the carrying value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined (A) as if the adjusted basis of such

4

property were equal to the carrying value of such property immediately following such adjustment and (B) using a rate of depreciation cost recovery or amortization derived from the same method and useful life (or, if applicable, the remaining useful life) as is applied for federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that if the asset has a zero adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be determined using any reasonable method that the Managing Partner may adopt.

(c) Consistent with the provisions of Treasury Regulation section 1.704 1 (b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional partnership interests for cash or contributed property, the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the carrying value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such unrealized gain or unrealized loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated to the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 5.2.

In accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash or cash equivalents that are not in redemption or retirement of a partnership interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the carrying value of each Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any unrealized gain or unrealized loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such unrealized gain or unrealized loss had been recognized in a sale of such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value (which shall be determined by the Managing Partner using any valuation method it deems reasonable under the circumstances), and had been allocated to the Partners at such time, pursuant to Section 5.1.

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATIONS

Section 5.1 Profits. Profits for each fiscal quarter shall be allocated to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in proportion to their respective Partnership interests.

Section 5.2 Losses. If a loss is recorded for any fiscal quarter, such loss shall be allocated to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in proportion to their respective Partnership interests.

Section 5.3 Special Allocations. The following special allocations shall be made in the following order:

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V, if there is a net decrease in Partnership minimum gain during any Partnership fiscal year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such fiscal year (and, if necessary, subsequent fiscal years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership minimum gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-1(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 5.3(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-1(f) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

5

(b) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-1(i)(4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V, if there is a net decrease in Partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain attributable to a Partner nonrecourse debt during any Partnership fiscal year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain attributable to such Partner nonrecourse debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.7042(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such fiscal year (and, if necessary, subsequent fiscal years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain attributable to such Partner nonrecourse debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 5.3(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse deductions for any fiscal year shall be specially allocated among the Partners in proportion to their Partnership interests.

(d) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Any Partner nonrecourse deductions for any fiscal year shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner nonrecourse debt to which such Partner nonrecourse deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

(e) Code Section 754 Adjustment. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to a Partner in complete liquidation of his interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in accordance with their interests in the Partnership in the event Regulations Section 1.704I (b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Partners to whom such distribution was made in the event Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.

(f) Allocations Relating to Taxable Issuance of Partnership Interests. Any income, gain, loss, or deduction realized as a direct or indirect result of the issuance of an interest in the Partnership to a Partner (the “Issuance Items”) shall be allocated among the Partners so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such Issuance Items, together with all other allocations under this Agreement to each Partner, shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Partner if the Issuance Items had not been realized.

6

Section 5.4 Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 5.3(a), 5.3(b), 5.3(c), 5.3(d) and 5.3(e) hereof (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Regulations. It is the intent of the Partners that, to the extent possible, all Regulatory Allocations shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations or with special allocations of other items of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Section 5_4. Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Managing Partner shall make such offsetting special allocations of Partnership income, gain, loss, or deduction in whatever manner he determines appropriate so that, after such offsetting allocation are made, each Partner’s Capital Account balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Partner would have had if the Regulatory Allocations were not part of the Agreement and all Partnership items were allocated pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof. In exercising his discretion under this Section 5.4, the Managing Partner shall take into account future Regulatory Allocations under Section 5.3(a) and 5.3(b) that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Regulatory Allocations previously made under Section 5.3(c) and 5.3(d).

Section 5.5 Other Allocation Rules.

(a) The Partners are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Article V and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Article V in reporting their shares of Partnership income and loss for income tax purposes.

(b) For purposes of determining the profits, losses, or any other items allocable to any period, profits, losses, and any such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined by the Managing Partner using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

(c) Solely for purposes of determining a Partners’ proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Partnership, within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners’ interests in Partnership profits are in proportion to their Partnership interests.

(d) To the extent permitted by Section 1.704-2(h)(3) of the Regulations, the Managing Partner shall endeavor not to treat distributions of net cash from operations or net cash from sales or refinancing as having been made from the proceeds of a nonrecourse liability or a Partner nonrecourse debt.

Section 5.6 Tax Allocations. Code Section 704(c). In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its initial gross asset value.

In the event the gross asset value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its gross asset value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

7

Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the Managing Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.6 are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account, in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account or share of profits, losses, other items, or distributions pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement.

Section 5.7 Withdrawal of Profits. If the Managing Partner determines that the capital or cash flow requirements of the Partnership prohibit the immediate distribution of quarterly profits, such profits will remain in the Partner Capital Accounts until later approval for distribution by the Managing Partner.

Section 5.8 Tax Allocations. Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.8 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account or share of profits, losses, other items, or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Computation and Determination. The Managing Partner may rely upon, and shall have no liability to the other Partners or the Partnership if it relies upon, the advice of the independent public accountants retained by the Partnership from time to time with respect to all matters relating to computations and determinations required to be made under this Article V.

Section 5.10 Partnership Books. The Partnership’s books will be maintained in the business office of the Partnership or in the office of its accountants and during reasonable business hours will be available for inspection by the Partners for a proper purpose.

Section 5.11 Tax Matters. The Partners designate the Managing Partner as the tax matters partner of the Partnership pursuant to Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code.

ARTICLE VI

RIGHTS, POWERS, RESTRICTIONS AND

INDEMNIFICATION OF THE MANAGING PARTNER

Section 6.1 Generally.

(a) Subject to the limitations of this Agreement and applicable law, the Managing Partner (i) will have full and complete authority and discretion to manage and control, and will make all decisions affecting, the business of the Partnership; (ii) will have full authority to effectuate the purposes of the Partnership and to take any action required or permitted by Article III of this Agreement; and (iii) will have full power to exercise all rights and powers generally inferred or conferred by the Act or by other law on a general partner of a general partnership.

(b) No Person dealing with the Partnership will be required to inquire into, or obtain consents or other documentation as to, the authority of the Managing Partner to take any action allowed by this Section 6.1 or otherwise by this Agreement or to exercise any such rights or powers.

8

Section 6.2 Specific Powers of the Managing Partner. The powers of the Managing Partner shall include, but shall not be limited to, the power to:

(a) form, organize, finance, invest in, manage and control corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, joint ventures and other entities to effect the purposes set forth in Article III;

(b) open, maintain, and close bank accounts, draw checks or other orders for the payment of monies, and cause to be established letters of credit at one or more financial institutions;

(c) negotiate, prepare, enter into or file any contract, agreement or instruments as the Managing Partner shall determine to be necessary or desirable to further the purposes of the Partnership;

(d) bring, defend and settle actions and proceedings at law or in equity and before any governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission;

(e) make all filings, elections and other submissions or registration statements, schedules, forms, tax returns and other documents with any governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission;

(f) make all elections, investigations, evaluations and decisions, binding the Partnership thereby, that may in the judgment of the Managing Partner be necessary or desirable for the acquisition, management or disposition of investments by the Partnership;

(g) make any tax elections allowable under the Code on behalf of the Partnership;

(h) act and incur expenses for and on behalf of the Partnership in all matters incidental to the foregoing and use Partnership revenues or borrowings to pay such expenses; and

(i) perform any other action that is incidental or reasonably related to the foregoing or the other purposes of the partnership.

Section 6.3 Limitation of Liability of the Managing Partner.

(a) Neither the Managing Partner, its Affiliates nor its agents shall be liable to any Person (including Persons who have acquired interests in the Partnership), whether as Partners, assignees or otherwise, for errors in judgment or for any acts or omissions that do not constitute gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud.

(b) The Managing Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or indirectly or by or through its agents, and the Managing Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the Managing Partner with due care.

9

Section 6.4 Indemnification of the Managing Partner. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless the Managing Partner and its agents, and any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Partnership acting through the Managing Partner as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (individually, as “Indemnitee”), as follows:

(a) In any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, to which the Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee is or was the Managing Partner or a Person serving at the request of the Partnership in another entity in a similar capacity, involving an alleged cause of action arising from the activities of the Managing Partner or such person under this Agreement or from the management of the affairs of the Partnership, or which relates to the Partnership, its property, business or affairs, the Partnership shall indemnify such Indemnitee against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, excise and similar taxes, fines, and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense and/or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding, if (i) such Indemnitee was successful upon the merits, or otherwise, in defending any such action, suit or proceeding or (ii) such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed by such Indemnitee to be (in the case of conduct in the person’s official capacity on behalf of the Partner) in, or (i.e. all other cases) not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, and provided that the Indemnitee’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the Indemnitee did not have reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful; provided further that if the Indemnitee is found liable to the Partnership or the other Partner or is found liable on the basis that the Indemnitee improperly received personal benefit, the indemnification (A) shall be limited to reasonable expenses actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the proceeding, and (B) shall not be made in relation to a proceeding in which the Indemnitee has been found liable for willful misconduct, gross negligence or fraud in the performance of such Person’s duty to the Partnership or the other Partner. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that an Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed by such Indemnitee to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership. An Indemnitee is considered to have been found liable in relation to any claim, issue or matter only if the person has been adjudged liable by a court of competent jurisdiction and all appeals have been exhausted. The Partnership shall also provide such indemnification in any action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Partnership to procure a judgment in its favor, provided that if in such action, suit or proceeding the Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable for gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud, such indemnification shall be provided only if, and only to the extent that, the court in which such action, suit or proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

10

(b) Expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in defending any proceeding subject to subsection (a) of this Section 6.4, shall be paid by the Partnership in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding in accordance with the provisions of the Act and upon receipt of a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that it has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification hereunder and an undertaking (which need not be secured) by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined, by a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Partnership as authorized hereunder.

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.4 shall be in addition to any other rights to which each Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement between the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to any act or action in the Indemnitee’s capacity as Managing Partner or as a Person serving at the request of the Partnership as set forth above and to any act or action in another capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns, administrators and personal representatives of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any one or more Indemnitee’s and other such Persons as the Managing Partner shall determine against any liability which may be asserted against or expense which may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, whether or not the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) The provisions of this Section 6.4 are for the benefit of the Indemnitee’s and their heirs, successors, assigns, administrators and personal representatives and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

ARTICLE VII

TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 7.1 Transfer; Withdrawal.

(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Article with respect to a Partnership Percentage Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which any Partner assigns all or any part of its Partnership interests to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition.

(b) No Partnership interests shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article VII. Any transfer or purported transfer of any Interest not made in accordance with this Article VII shall be null and void ab initio.

(c) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall be entitled to withdraw from the Partnership as partner or to withdraw any amount from its Capital Account.

11

Section 7.2 Restrictions on Transfers of Partnership interests.

(a) No Partner may transfer all or any portion of its Partnership interest, other than to an Affiliate of such Partner, without the consent of the other Partner, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the other Partner.

(b) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article VII, no transfer of the Partnership interests of any Partner shall be made if such transfer (i) would violate the then applicable federal and state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authorities with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) would result in the Partnership ceasing to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or (iii) would affect the Partnership’s existence (whether for purposes of federal or state income tax, including Section 708 of the Code, or under the Act) or qualification as a partnership under the Act.

Section 7.3 Substituted Partners. Any transferee of the Partnership interests of any Partner, or any portion thereof if not prohibited hereunder, shall become a substituted partner entitled to all the rights of a Partner, if, and only if

(a) such transfer has been effected in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the transferor has granted the transferee such right;

(b) the transferor pays to the Partnership all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such substitution, including without limitation costs incurred in making any required filings; and

(c) the transferor executes and delivers such instruments, in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Partner, as the Managing Partner may deem necessary or desirable to effect such substitution and to confirm the agreement of the transferee to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

The Partnership and the Managing Partner shall be entitled to treat the Person whose name appears on the records of the Partnership as the absolute owner of a Partnership interests in all respects, and shall incur no liability for distributions of cash or other property made in good faith to such record owner until such time as a written assignment of such Partnership interests has been received and accepted by the Managing Partner and recorded on the books of the Partnership. Unless a transferee becomes a substituted Partner, any transfer by the transferring Partner of the right to receive Partnership distributions shall not release such Partner from any obligations connected with the Partnership interests being transferred. The effective date of any transfer shall be the date on which all of the prerequisites to such transfer specified in this Section 7.3 have been satisfied; provided that for purposes of any required amendment by the Partnership of any filings made in any jurisdiction, the Managing Partner may refuse to recognize the effectiveness of a transfer until the end of the next successive monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual accounting period.

12

ARTICLE VIII

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION.

FINAL ACCOUNTING AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 8.1 Dissolution and Termination of the Partnership.

(a) Dissolution. The Partnership will immediately be dissolved upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution (as defined in the Act); or

(ii) the written consent of all Partners.

(b) Winding Up. In the event of dissolution of the Partnership, no further business shall be rendered in the Partnership name except the taking of action necessary for the winding up of the affairs of the Partnership and the distribution and liquidation of its assets. Maintenance and operation of property to effectuate or facilitate the orderly winding up or the liquidation of the Partnership’s affairs shall not be construed to involve a continuation of the Partnership.

Section 8.2 Final Accounting. Upon dissolution and termination of the Partnership, an accounting will be made of the accounts of the Partnership, of each Partner and of the Partnership’s assets, liabilities and operations from the date of the last previous accounting to the date of such dissolution.

Section 8.3 Distributions Following Dissolution and Termination.

(a) Liquidating Trustee. Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the Managing Partner will act as liquidating trustee (the “Liquidating Trustee”) and proceed to terminate the business of the Partnership. The Liquidating Trustee will use its best efforts to sell all Partnership assets (except cash) in the exercise of its best judgment under the circumstances then presented, that it deems in the best interest of the Partners. The Liquidating Trustee will attempt to convert all assets of the Partnership to cash so long as it can do so consistently with prudent business practice. The Managing Partner, any Partner and their respective Affiliates will have the right to purchase any Partnership property to be sold on liquidation, provided that the terms on which such sale is made are no less favorable than would otherwise be available from third parties. The gains and losses from the sale of the Partnership assets, together with all other revenue, income, gain, deduction, expense, loss and credit during the period, will be allocated in accordance with Article V.

(b) Accounting. The Liquidating Trustee will then cause proper accounting to be made of the Capital Account of each Partner, allocating thereto the income, losses and other allocations since the last Partnership accounting, including recognition of gain or loss on any asset to be distributed in kind as if such asset had been sold for consideration equal to the fair market value of the asset at the time of the distribution.

13

(c) Liquidating Distributions. In settling accounts after dissolution of the Partnership, the assets of the Partnership shall be paid to creditors of the Partnership and to the Partners in the following order:

(i) to creditors of the Partnership (including Partners) in the order of priority as provided by law, and in connection therewith there shall be withheld such reasonable reserves for contingent and unforeseen liabilities as the Liquidating Trustee in its reasonable discretion deems adequate, such reserves (or balances thereof) to be held and distributed in such manner and at such times as the Liquidating Trustee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable; provided, however, that such amounts be maintained in a separate bank account and that any amounts in such bank account remaining after four (4) years be distributed to the Partners as if such amount had been available for distribution under Section 8.3(c)(ii) or (iii), as appropriate; then

(ii) to the Partners in the proportion to the amount of their Capital Account.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1 Amendments.

(a) Amendment by Managing Partner. The Managing Partner, without the consent of any other Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(i) a change in the name of the Partnership or the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership;

(ii) admission, substitution or termination of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(iii) a change that is necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Managing Partner so that the Partnership will not be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;

(iv) a change (x) that is of an inconsequential nature and does not adversely affect the Partners in any material respect, or (y) that is necessary or desirable to satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency compliance with any of which the Managing Partner deems to be in the best interests of the Partnership and the Partners or (z) that is required or contemplated by this Agreement; or

(v) any other amendments similar to the foregoing.

(b) Other Amendments. Except as provided in Section 9.1(a), this Agreement cannot be amended without the agreement of both Partners; provided, however, that amendments to this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Partners.

14

Section 9.2 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given if in writing and delivered personally or received via first-class, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, or by telecopier addressed as follows:

If to the Partnership or the Managing Partner:

Seitel Solutions, Inc.

10811 S. Westview Circle Dr.

Suite 100, Bldg. C

Houston, Texas 77043

Any Partner may change the address to which such communications are to be directed to it by giving notice to the other in the manner provided in this Section 9.2. All notices by telecopier shall be confirmed by the sender promptly after transmission in writing by mail or personal delivery.

Section 9.3 Law Governing. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTNERS, WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS-OF-LAWS PROVISION THEREOF THAT WOULD OTHERWISE REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 9.4 Successors and Assigns. Subject to Article VII, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Partners and their respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.

Section 9.5 Entire Agreement and Waiver.

(a) This Agreement contains the entire understanding among the parties and supersedes any prior understanding or written or oral agreements among them, or any of them, respecting the subject matter contained herein.

(b) No waiver of any provisions hereof shall be effective unless contained in a writing signed by the Person to be bound thereby.

Section 9.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which will be an original, but all of which will constitute one instrument.

Section 9.7 Severability. This Agreement is intended to be performed in accordance with, and only to the extent permitted by, all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Partner or circumstance is, for any reason and to any extent, invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will not be affected thereby, but rather will be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 9.8 Headings. The Article and Section titles used in this Agreement are solely for convenience and neither modify nor limit the provisions of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

15

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the date and year first above written.

MANAGING PARTNER:

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                            

Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

PARTNER:

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, LLC,

a Delaware corporation

By its Sole Member:

SEITEL SOLUTIONS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

/s/ Kevin P. Callaghan                            

Kevin P. Callaghan, Director and President

16

EXHIBIT A

Name and Address of Each Partner	Partnership Percentage Interest	Initial Capital Contribution
Seitel Solutions, Inc. 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr. Suite 100, Bldg. C Houston, Texas 77043	10%	$100.00
Seitel Solutions, LLC 10811 S. Westview Circle Dr. Suite 100, Bldg. C Houston, Texas 77043	90%	$900.00

17

EX-12.1

EXHIBIT 12.1

SEITEL, INC.

STATEMENT OF COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

	Year Ended December 31,													Three Months Ended March 31,
	2008			2009			2010			2011		2012		2012		2013
Fixed charges:
Interest expense	$	41,215		$	41,194		$	41,094		$	35,246	$	29,143	$	7,264	$	9,426
Capitalized interest expense		—			—			—			—		—		—		—
Portion of rental expense representative of interest factor		564			539			564			578		612		144		190
Total fixed charges	$	41,779		$	41,733		$	41,658		$	35,824	$	29,755	$	7,408	$	9,616
Earnings before fixed charges:
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	(77,622	)	$	(99,771	)	$	(67,425	)	$	2,608	$	43,832	$	18,247	$	3,122
Fixed charges		41,779			41,733			41,658			35,824		29,755		7,408		9,616
Capitalized interest expense		—			—			—			—		—		—		—
Total earnings before fixed charges	$	(35,843	)	$	(58,038	)	$	(25,767	)	$	38,432	$	73,587	$	25,655	$	12,738
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges:
Earnings before fixed charges	$	(35,843	)	$	(58,038	)	$	(25,767	)	$	38,432	$	73,587	$	25,655	$	12,738
Fixed charges		41,779			41,733			41,658			35,824		29,755		7,408		9,616
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		—			—			—			1.1		2.5		3.5		1.3
Amount of deficiency (if negative)		(77,622	)		(99,771	)		(67,425	)		—		—		—		—

	Pro forma Calculation
	Year Ended December 31, 2012		Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
Fixed charges:
Interest expense	$	26,081	$	6,520
Capitalized interest expense		—		—
Portion of rental expense representative of interest factor		612		190
Total fixed charges	$	26,693	$	6,710
Earnings before fixed charges:
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle	$	43,832	$	3,122
Fixed charges		26,693		6,710
Capitalized interest expense		—		—
Total earnings before fixed charges	$	70,525	$	9,832
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges:
Earnings before fixed charges	$	70,525	$	9,832
Fixed charges		26,693		6,710
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		2.6		1.5
Amount of deficiency (if negative)		—		—

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-            ) of our report dated February 22, 2013, on our audits of the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of Seitel, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. We also consent to the references to our firm under the caption “Independent Auditors”.

/s/ BKD, LLP

Houston, Texas

June 19, 2013

EX-25.1

Exhibit 25.1

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

(formerly BANKERS TRUST COMPANY)

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

NEW YORK	13-4941247
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or organization if not a U.S. national bank)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification no.)
60 WALL STREET NEW YORK, NEW YORK	10005
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Attention: Lynne Malina

Legal Department

60 Wall Street, 37th Floor

New York, New York 10005

(212) 250 – 0677

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

SEITEL, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	1382	76-0025431
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

10811 S. Westview Circle Drive

Building C, Suite 100

Houston, TX 77043

(713) 881-8900

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Marcia H. Kendrick

Chief Financial Officer, Executive

Vice President, Assistant Secretary and Treasurer

Seitel, Inc.

10811 S. Westview Circle Drive

Building C, Suite 100

Houston, TX 77043

(713) 881-8900

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

With a copy to:

Joshua A. Tinkelman, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 906-1200

Debt Securities

(Title of the Indenture securities)

Item 1. General Information.

Furnish the following information as to the trustee.

(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Name	Address
Federal Reserve Bank (2nd District) Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation New York State Banking Department	New York, NY Washington, D.C. Albany, NY

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

Item 3. -15. Not Applicable

Item 16. List of Exhibits.

Exhibit 1 - Restated Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated August 6, 1998, Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated September 25, 1998, Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated December 16, 1998, and Certificate of Amendment of the Organization Certificate of Bankers Trust Company dated February 27, 2002 - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 filed with
Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.

Exhibit 2 -	Certificate of Authority to commence business - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.
Exhibit 3 -	Authorization of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.
Exhibit 4 -	Existing By-Laws of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as amended on April 15, 2002 business - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.

Exhibit 5 -	Not applicable.
Exhibit 6 -	Consent of Bankers Trust Company required by Section 321(b) of the Act. - business - Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 filed with Form T-1 Statement, Registration No. 333-157637-01.
Exhibit 7 -	The latest report of condition of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas dated as of March 31, 2013. Copy attached.
Exhibit 8 -	Not Applicable.
Exhibit 9 -	Not Applicable.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on this 13th day of June, 2013.

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
By:	/s/ Carol Ng
	Name: Carol Ng
	Title: Vice President

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

Legal Title of Bank

NEW YORK

City

NY                                 10005

State                             Zip Code

FDIC Certificate Number: 00623

Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Banks and Savings Associations for March 31, 2013

All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars. Unless otherwise indicated, report the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the quarter.

Schedule RC—Balance Sheet

	Dollar Amounts in Thousands			RCFD		Tril| Bil| Mil| Thou
Assets
1. Cash and balances due from depository institutions     (from Schedule RC-A):
a. Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin (1)					0081		117,000	1.a
b. Interest-bearing balances (2)					0071		14,872,000
2. Securities:
a. Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A)					1754		0	2.a
b. Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)					1773		38,000	2.b
3. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:					RCON
a. Federal funds sold in domestic offices					B987		114,000	3.a
					RCFD
b. Securities purchased under agreements to resell (3)					B989		12,106,000	3.b
4. Loans and lease financing receivables (from Schedule RC-C):
a. Loans and leases held for sale					5369		0	4.a
b. Loans and leases, net of unearned income		B528	22,920,000					4.b
c. LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses		3123	59,000					4.c
d. Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance (item 4.b minus 4.c)					B529		22,861,000	4.d
5. Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D					3545		3,591,000	5
6. Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)					2145		57,000	6
7. Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M)					2150		3,000	7
8. Investments in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and associated companies					2130		0	8
9. Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures					3656		0	9
10. Intangible assets:
a. Goodwill					3163		0	10.a
b. Other intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M)					0426		0	10.b
11. Other assets (from Schedule RC-F)					2160		5,449,000	11
12. Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11)					2170		59,259,000	12

(1) Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.

(2) Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.

(3) Includes all securities resale agreements in domestic and foreign offices, regardless of maturity.

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

Legal Title of Bank

FDIC Certificate Number: 00623

Schedule RC—Continued

	Dollar Amounts in Thousands				Tril| Bil| Mil| Thou
Liabilities
13. Deposits:				RCON
a. In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E, part I)				2200		26,319,000	13.a
(1) Noninterest-bearing (1)		6631	19,022,000				13.a.1
(2) Interest-bearing		6636	7,297,000				13.a.2
b. In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs				RCFN
(from Schedule RC-E, part II)				2200		12,242,000	13.b
(1) Noninterest-bearing		6631	8,538,000				13.b.1
(2) Interest-bearing		6636	3,704,000				13.b.2
14. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:				RCON
a. Federal funds purchased in domestic offices (2)				B993		8,306,000	14.a
				RCFD
b. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (3)				B995		0	14.b
15. Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)				3548		118,000	15
16. Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases) (from Schedule RC-M)				3190		1,268,000	16
17. and 18. Not applicable
19. Subordinated notes and debentures (4)				3200		0	19
20. Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)				2930		2,011,000	20
21. Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20)				2948		50,264,000	21
22. Not applicable

(1) Includes noninterest-bearing demand, time, and saving deposits.

(2) Report overnight Federal Home Loan Bank advances in Schedule RC, item 16, “Other borrowed money.”

(3) Includes all securities repurchase agreements in domestic and foreign offices, regardless of maturity.

(4) Includes limited-life preferred stock and related surplus.

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

Legal Title of Bank

FDIC Certificate Numbers: 00623

Equity Capital

Bank Equity Capital

	RCFD		Tril| Bil| Mil| Thou
23. Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus		3838		0	23
24. Common stock		3230		2,127,000	24
25. Surplus (excludes all surplus related to preferred stock)		3839		594,000	25
26. a. Retained earnings		3632		6,005,000	26.a
b. Accumulated other comprehensive income (5)		B530		34,000	26.b
c. Other equity capital components (6)		A130		0	26.c
27. a. Total bank equity capital (sum of items 23 through 26.c)		3210		8,760,000	27.a
b. Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries		3000		235,000	27.b
28. Total equity capital (sum of items 27.a and 27.b)		G105		8,995,000	28
29. Total liabilities and equity capital (sum of items 21 and 28)		3300		59,259,000	29

Memoranda

To be reported with the March Report of Condition.

	RCFD	Number
1. Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes the most comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank by independent external auditors as of any date during 2012	6724		1	M.1

1 =   Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the bank

2 =   Independent audit of the bank’s parent holding company conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the consolidated holding company (but not on the bank separately)

3 =   Attestation on bank management’s assertion on the effectiveness of the bank’s internal control over financial reporting by a certified public accounting firm.

4 =   Directors’ examination of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm (may be required by state chartering authority)

5 =   Directors’ examination of the bank performed by other external auditors (may by required by state chartering authority)

6 =   Review of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors

7 =   Complation of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors

8 =   Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)

9 =   No external audit work

To be reported with the March Report of Condition.

	RCON	MM /DD
2. Bank’s fiscal year-end date	8678		12/31	M.2

(5) Includes, but is not limited to, net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, and accumulated defined benefit pension and other post retirement plan adjustments.

(6) Includes treasury stock and unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plan shares.

EX-99.1

EXHIBIT 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

SEITEL, INC.

OFFER FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING UNREGISTERED

9 ¹/₂% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019

(CUSIP NUMBER 816074AH1)

(CUSIP NUMBER U8148QAC9)

IN EXCHANGE FOR

9 ¹/₂% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019

THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [    ], 2013, (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

The Exchange Agent For The Exchange Offer Is:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

By Mail, Overnight Mail or Courier:

DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attention: Reorg. Department

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

To Confirm by Telephone

or for Information Call:

(877) 843-9767

DB.Reorg@db.com

Fax: 615-866-3889

DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE OR SHE HAS RECEIVED THE PROSPECTUS, DATED [    ], 2013 (THE “PROSPECTUS”) OF SEITEL, INC., A DELAWARE CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”), AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, WHICH TOGETHER CONSTITUTE THE COMPANY’S OFFER (THE “EXCHANGE OFFER”) TO EXCHANGE AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF UP TO $250,000,000 OF ITS 9 ¹/₂% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019 (THE “NEW NOTES”) WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF WHICH THE PROSPECTUS IS A PART, FOR A LIKE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING 9 ¹/₂% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019 (THE “OLD NOTES”) FROM THE HOLDERS THEREOF.

THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Old Notes either if Old Notes are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders of Old Notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “Exchange Agent”) at The Depository Trust Company (the “Book-Entry Transfer Facility” or “DTC”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” in the Prospectus.

Holders of Old Notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC can execute the tender through the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”), for which the transaction will be eligible. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptance to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s DTC account. DTC will then send an Agent’s Message to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance. DTC participants may also accept the Exchange Offer prior to the Expiration Date by submitting a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or Agent’s Message relating thereto as described herein under Instruction 1, “Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

Holders of Old Notes whose certificates (the “Certificates”) for such Old Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus. The Company reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the Exchange Offer at its discretion, in which event the term “Expiration Date” shall mean the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is extended.

The instructions included with this Letter of Transmittal must be followed. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal or the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be directed to the Exchange Agent. See Instruction 9 herein.

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

DESCRIPTION OF 9 ½% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s) in which Notes are Held (please fill in, if blank)	Certificate Number(s)	Aggregate Principal Amount Represented	Principal Amount   Tendered For Exchange*
	Total Principal Amount of Notes
*  Unless otherwise specified, it will be assumed that the entire aggregate principal amount represented by the Notes described above is being tendered. A tendering Holder is required to Consent to the amendments with respect to all Notes tendered by such Holder.

The minimum permitted tender is $1 in principal amount of Old Notes. All other tenders must be integral multiples of $1,000.

(BOXES BELOW TO BE CHECKED BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY)

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Tendering Institution  

Account Number   Transaction Code Number  

¨ CHECK HERE AND ENCLOSE A PHOTOCOPY OF THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Registered Holder(s)  

Window Ticket Number (if any)  

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery  

Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery  

If Guaranteed Delivery is to be made by Book-Entry Transfer:  

Name of Tendering Institution  

Account Number  

Transaction Code Number  

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND NON-EXCHANGED OLD NOTES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE.

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED THE OLD NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES (A “PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER”) AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:  

Address:  

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the above-described aggregate principal amount of the Company’s Old Notes (in exchange for a like aggregate principal amount of the Company’s New Notes which have been registered under the Securities Act, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated [    ], 2013 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), receipt of which is acknowledged, and in this Letter of Transmittal (which, together with the Prospectus, constitute the Exchange Offer).

Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Old Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including, if the Exchange Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to or upon the order of the Company all right, title and interest in and to such Old Notes as are being tendered herewith. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent is also acting as agent of the Company in connection with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered Old Notes, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest) subject only to the right of withdrawal described in the Prospectus, to (i) deliver Certificates for Old Notes to the Company together with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company, upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned’s agent, of the New Notes to be issued in exchange for such Old Notes, (ii) present Certificates for such Old Notes for transfer, and to transfer the Old Notes on the books of the Company, and (iii) receive for the account of the Company all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Old Notes, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer.

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT THE UNDERSIGNED HAS FULL POWER AND AUTHORITY TO TENDER, EXCHANGE, SELL, ASSIGN AND TRANSFER THE OLD NOTES TENDERED HEREBY AND THAT, WHEN THE SAME ARE ACCEPTED FOR EXCHANGE, THE COMPANY WILL ACQUIRE GOOD, MARKETABLE AND UNENCUMBERED TITLE THERETO, FREE AND CLEAR OF ALL LIENS, RESTRICTIONS, CHARGES AND ENCUMBRANCES, AND THAT THE OLD NOTES TENDERED HEREBY ARE NOT SUBJECT TO ANY ADVERSE CLAIMS. THE UNDERSIGNED WILL, UPON REQUEST, EXECUTE AND DELIVER ANY ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS DEEMED BY THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT TO BE NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE TO COMPLETE THE EXCHANGE, ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER OF THE OLD NOTES TENDERED HEREBY. THE UNDERSIGNED HAS READ AND AGREES TO ALL OF THE TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

The name(s) and address(es) of the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered hereby should be printed above, if they are not already set forth above, as they appear on the Certificates representing such Old Notes. The Certificate number(s) and the Old Notes that the undersigned wishes to tender should be indicated in the appropriate boxes above.

If any tendered Old Notes are not exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, or if Certificates are submitted for more Old Notes than are tendered or accepted for exchange, Certificates for such nonexchanged or nontendered Old Notes will be returned (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, such Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained at DTC), without expense to the tendering holder, promptly following the Expiration Date, at the address shown below or at such different address as may be indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions.”

The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described in “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” in the Prospectus and in the instruction attached hereto will, upon the Company’s acceptance for exchange of such tendered Old Notes, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. The undersigned recognizes that, under certain circumstances set forth in the Prospectus, the Company may not be required to accept for exchange any of the Old Notes tendered hereby.

Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” below, the undersigned hereby directs that New Notes be issued in the name(s) of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry transfer of Old Notes, that such New Notes be credited to the account indicated above maintained at DTC. If applicable, substitute Certificates representing Old Notes not exchanged or not accepted for exchange will be issued to the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry transfer of Old Notes, will be credited to the account indicated above maintained at DTC. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions,” please deliver New Notes to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned’s signature.

BY TENDERING OLD NOTES AND EXECUTING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY REPRESENTS AND AGREES THAT (I) THE UNDERSIGNED IS NOT AN “AFFILIATE” OF THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY, WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (II) ANY NEW NOTES TO BE RECEIVED BY THE UNDERSIGNED ARE BEING ACQUIRED IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF ITS BUSINESS, (III) THE UNDERSIGNED HAS NO ARRANGEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING WITH ANY PERSON TO PARTICIPATE IN A DISTRIBUTION (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES ACT) OF NEW NOTES TO BE RECEIVED IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER, AND (IV) IF THE UNDERSIGNED IS NOT A BROKER-DEALER, THE UNDERSIGNED IS NOT ENGAGED IN, AND DOES NOT INTEND TO ENGAGE IN, A DISTRIBUTION (WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES ACT) OF SUCH NEW NOTES.

BY TENDERING OLD NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND EXECUTING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, A HOLDER OF OLD NOTES WHICH IS A BROKER-DEALER REPRESENTS AND AGREES, CONSISTENT WITH CERTAIN INTERPRETIVE LETTERS ISSUED BY THE STAFF OF THE DIVISION OF CORPORATION FINANCE OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION TO THIRD PARTIES, THAT (A) SUCH OLD NOTES HELD BY THE BROKER-DEALER ARE HELD ONLY AS A NOMINEE, OR (B) SUCH OLD NOTES WERE ACQUIRED BY SUCH BROKER-DEALER FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND IT WILL DELIVER THE PROSPECTUS (AS AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME) MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IN CONNECTION WITH ANY RESALE OF SUCH NEW NOTES (PROVIDED THAT, BY SO ACKNOWLEDGING AND BY DELIVERING A PROSPECTUS, SUCH BROKER-DEALER WILL NOT BE DEEMED TO ADMIT THAT IT IS AN “UNDERWRITER” WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE SECURITIES ACT).

THE COMPANY HAS AGREED THAT THE PROSPECTUS, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME, MAY BE USED BY A PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER (AS DEFINED BELOW) IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF NEW NOTES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR OLD NOTES, WHERE SUCH OLD NOTES WERE ACQUIRED BY SUCH PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES, FOR A PERIOD ENDING 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OR, IF EARLIER, WHEN ALL SUCH NOTES HAVE BEEN DISPOSED OF BY SUCH PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER. IN THAT REGARD, EACH BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED OLD NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES (A “PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER”), BY TENDERING SUCH OLD NOTES AND EXECUTING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, AGREES THAT, UPON RECEIPT OF NOTICE FROM THE COMPANY OF THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY EVENT OR THE DISCOVERY OF ANY FACT WHICH MAKES ANY STATEMENT CONTAINED IN THE PROSPECTUS UNTRUE IN ANY MATERIAL RESPECT OR WHICH CAUSES THE PROSPECTUS TO OMIT TO STATE A MATERIAL FACT NECESSARY IN ORDER TO MAKE THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED THEREIN, IN LIGHT OF THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH THEY WERE MADE, NOT MISLEADING, SUCH PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER WILL SUSPEND THE SALE OF NEW NOTES PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS UNTIL THE COMPANY HAS AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED THE PROSPECTUS TO CORRECT SUCH MISSTATEMENT OR OMISSION AND HAS FURNISHED COPIES OF THE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED PROSPECTUS TO THE PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER OR THE COMPANY

HAS GIVEN NOTICE THAT THE SALE OF THE NEW NOTES MAY BE RESUMED, AS THE CASE MAY BE. IF THE COMPANY GIVES SUCH NOTICE TO SUSPEND THE SALE OF THE NEW NOTES IT SHALL EXTEND THE 180-DAY PERIOD REFERRED TO ABOVE DURING WHICH PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALERS ARE ENTITLED TO USE THE PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE RESALE OF NEW NOTES BY THE NUMBER OF DAYS DURING THE PERIOD FROM AND INCLUDING THE DATE OF THE GIVING OF SUCH NOTICE TO AND INCLUDING THE DATE WHEN PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALERS SHALL HAVE RECEIVED COPIES OF THE SUPPLEMENTED OR AMENDED PROSPECTUS NECESSARY TO PERMIT RESALES OF THE NEW NOTES OR TO AND INCLUDING THE DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY HAS GIVEN NOTICE THAT THE SALE OF NEW NOTES MAY BE RESUMED, AS THE CASE MAY BE.

Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive accrued interest on such Old Notes for any period from and after the last interest payment date on which interest has been paid on such Old Notes prior to the original issue date of the New Notes and the undersigned waives the right to receive any interest on such Old Notes accrued from and after such interest payment.

The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered hereby. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, trustees in bankruptcy, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Except as stated in the Prospectus, this tender is irrevocable.

For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.

THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OLD NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX.

HOLDER(S) SIGN HERE (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3, 6 AND 7)

(PLEASE COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 ON PAGE 13) (NOTE: SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 3)

	, 2013
	Date
	, 2013
(SIGNATURE(S) OF HOLDER(S)	Date

The above lines must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Old Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on Certificate(s) for the Old Notes or, if the Old Notes are tendered by a participant in DTC, as such participant’s name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Old Notes, or by a person or persons authorized to become registered holder(s) by a properly completed bond power from the registered holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted with this Letter of Transmittal. If Old Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates are held of record by two or more joint holders, then all such holders must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must (i) set forth his or her full title below and (ii) unless waived by the Company, submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person’s authority to act. See Instruction 6 regarding the completion of this Letter of Transmittal printed below.

Name(s) 

(PLEASE PRINT)

Capacity 

(PLEASE PRINT FULL TITLE)

Address 

(INCLUDED ZIP CODE)

Area Code and Telephone Number: 

Tax Identification or Social Security No. 

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES(S)

(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3 AND 6)

Authorized Signature 

Date:                                , 2013

Name of Firm 

Capacity (full title) 

(PLEASE PRINT)

Address 

(INCLUDED ZIP CODE)

Area Code and Telephone Number: 

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 10)
To be completed ONLY if the New Notes or Old Notes not tendered are to be issued in the name of someone other than the registered holder of the Old Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above or if such Old Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer, to someone other than DTC or to another account maintained by DTC. Issue Certificate to: ¨       Old Notes not tendered to:
Name(s)
	(Please Print)

Address

(Include Zip Code)

Area Code and Telephone Number

(Tax Identification Or Social Security Number (s))

¨       New Notes to:
Name(s)
	(Please Print)

Address

(Include Zip Code)

Area Code and

Telephone Number

(Tax Identification Or Social Security Number (s))

DTC Acct. No.

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 14)
To be completed ONLY if New Notes or Old Notes not tendered are to be sent to someone other than the registered holder of the Old Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above, or such registered holder(s) at an address other than that shown above. Mail Certificates to: ¨       Old Notes not tendered to:
Name(s)
	(Please Print)

Address

(Include Zip Code)

Area Code and Telephone Number

(Tax Identification Or Social Security Number (s))

¨       New Notes to:
Name(s)
	(Please Print)

Address

(Include Zip Code)

Area Code and

Telephone Number

(Tax Identification Or Social Security Number (s))

INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1. DELIVERY OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CERTIFICATES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed either if (a) Certificates are to be forwarded herewith or (b) tenders are to be pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” in the Prospectus. Certificates, or timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, as well as this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date. Old Notes may be tendered in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount.

Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who cannot complete the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Old Notes by properly completing and duly executing a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through a member firm of the Medallion System; (ii) a properly and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form made available by the Company, must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date; and (iii) the Certificates (or a book-entry confirmation (as defined in the Prospectus)) representing all tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, together with a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, all as provided in “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus.

The Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or transmitted by facsimile or mail to the Exchange Agent, and must include a guarantee by a member firm of the Medallion System in the form set forth in such Notice. For Old Notes to be properly tendered pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure, the Exchange Agent must receive a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery on or prior to the Expiration Date.

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND SOLE RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDER AND THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY SERVICE IS RECOMMENDED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

The Company will not accept any alternative, conditional or contingent tenders. Each tendering holder, by execution of a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), waives any right to receive any notice of the acceptance of such tender.

2. TENDER BY HOLDER. Only a holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer. Any beneficial holder of Old Notes who is not the registered holder and who wishes to tender should arrange with the registered holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf or must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering his or her Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such holder’s name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

3. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. No signature guarantee on this Letter of Transmittal is required if:

(i) this letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder of Old Notes tendered herewith, unless such holder(s) has completed either the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” above, or

(ii) such Old Notes are tendered for the account of a firm that is a member of the Medallion System.

In all other cases, a member firm of the Medallion System must guarantee the signature(s) on this Letter of Transmittal. See Instruction 6.

4. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided in the box captioned “Description of Old Notes” is inadequate, the Certificate number(s) and/or the principal amount of Old Notes and any other required information should be listed on a separate signed schedule which is attached to this Letter of Transmittal.

5. PARTIAL TENDERS AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS. Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount. If less than all the Old Notes evidenced by any Certificate submitted are to be tendered, fill in the principal amount of Old Notes which are to be tendered in the box entitled “Principal Amount of Old Notes Tendered.” In such case, new Certificate(s) for the remainder of the Old Notes that were evidenced by your old Certificate(s) will only be sent to the holder of the Old Notes, promptly after the Expiration Date. All Old Notes represented by Certificates delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.

Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date. In order for a withdrawal to be effective on or prior to that time, a written, telegraphic, telex or facsimile transmission of such notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth above or in the Prospectus on or prior to the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person who tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn, the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes to be withdrawn, and (if Certificates for Old Notes have been tendered) the name of the registered holder of the Old Notes as set forth on the Certificate for the Old Notes, if different from that of the person who tendered such Old Notes. If Certificates for the Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent, then prior to the physical release of such Certificates for the Old Notes, the tendering holder must submit the serial numbers shown on the particular Certificates for the Old Notes to be withdrawn and the signature on the notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by a member of the Medallion System, except in the case of Old Notes tendered for the account of a member of the Medallion System. If Old Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes,” the notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawal of Old Notes, in which case a notice of withdrawal will be effective if delivered to the Exchange Agent by written, telegraphic, telex or facsimile transmission. Withdrawals of tenders of Old Notes may not be rescinded. Old Notes properly withdrawn will not be deemed validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, but may be retendered at any subsequent time on or prior to the Expiration Date by following any of the procedures described in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.”

All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such withdrawal notices will be determined by the Exchange Agent, in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. None of the Company, any affiliates or assigns of the Company, the Exchange Agent or any other person shall be under any duty to give any notification of any irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give any such notification. Any Old Notes which have been tendered but which are withdrawn will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder promptly after withdrawal.

6. SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, ASSIGNMENTS AND ENDORSEMENTS. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature(s) must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the Certificate(s) without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

If any of the Old Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

If any tendered Old Notes are registered in different name(s) on several Certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate Letters of Transmittal (or facsimiles thereof) as there are different registrations of Certificates.

If this Letter of Transmittal or any Certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and must submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Exchange Agent, in its sole discretion, of each such Person’s authority so to act.

When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered owner(s) of the Old Notes listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsement(s) of Certificate(s) or separate bond power(s) are required unless New Notes are to be issued in the name of a person other than the registered holder(s). Signature(s) on such Certificate(s) or bond power(s) must be guaranteed by a member of the Medallion System.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered owner(s) of the Old Notes listed, the Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed exactly as the name or names of the registered owner(s) appear(s) on the Certificates, and also must be accompanied by such opinions of counsel, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee for the Old Notes may require in accordance with the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Old Notes. Signatures on such Certificates or bond powers must be guaranteed by a member of the Medallion System.

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by a member of the Medallion System unless the Old Notes are tendered (i) by a registered holder of Old Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any DTC participant whose name appears on a security position listing as the Holder of such Old Notes) who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter of Transmittal, or (ii) for the account of a member of the Medallion System.

7. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If New Notes are to be issued in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal, or if New Notes are to be sent to someone other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal or to an address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Certificates for Old Notes not exchanged will be returned by mail or, if tendered by book-entry transfer, by crediting the account indicated above maintained at DTC. See Instruction 5.

8. IRREGULARITIES. The Company and the Exchange Agent will determine, in their sole discretion, all questions as to the form of documents, validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tender of Old Notes, which determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The Company and the Exchange Agent reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders determined by either of them not to be in proper form or the acceptance of which, or exchange for which, may in the view of counsel to the Company and the Exchange Agent, be unlawful. The Company and the Exchange Agent also reserve the absolute right, subject to applicable law, to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions” or any conditions or irregularity in any tender of Old Notes of any particular holder whether or not similar conditions or irregularities are waived in the case of other holders. The Company’s and the Exchange Agent’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including this Letter of Transmittal and the instructions hereto) will be final and binding. No tender of Old Notes will be deemed to have been validly made until all irregularities with respect to such tender have been cured or waived. The Company and the Exchange Agent, any affiliates or assigns of the Company and the Exchange Agent, or any other person shall not be under any duty to give notification of any irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

9. QUESTIONS, REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE AND ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests for assistance may be directed to the Exchange Agent at its address and telephone number set forth on the front

of this Letter of Transmittal. Additional copies of the Prospectus, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and the Letter of Transmittal may be obtained from the Exchange Agent or from your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee.

10. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or all conditions enumerated in the Prospectus.

11. NO CONDITIONAL TENDERS. No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Old Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Old Notes for exchange.

Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.

12. LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES. If any Certificate(s) representing Old Notes have been lost, destroyed or stolen, the holder should promptly notify the Exchange Agent. The holder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the Certificate(s). This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing lost, destroyed or stolen Certificate(s) have been followed.

13. SECURITY TRANSFER TAXES. Except as set forth in this Instruction 14, the Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the Holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemptions therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR FACSIMILE THEREOF) AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

EX-99.2

EXHIBIT 99.2

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

FOR

TENDER OF ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING UNREGISTERED

9 ¹/₂% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019

(CUSIP NUMBER 816074AH1)

(CUSIP NUMBER U8148QAC9)

(THE “OLD NOTES”)

OF

SEITEL, INC.

As set forth in the Prospectus dated [    ], 2013 (the “Prospectus”) of Seitel, Inc. and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, or one substantially equivalent to this form, must be used to accept the Exchange Offer (as defined below) if (i) certificates for 9 ¹/₂% Senior Notes due 2019 of Seitel, Inc. (the “Old Notes”) are not immediately available, or (ii) the Old Notes, the Letter of Transmittal and any documents required thereby cannot be delivered to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “Exchange Agent”) on or prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on the Expiration Date (as defined in the Prospectus), or (iii) the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer cannot be completed prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand, overnight courier or mail, or transmitted by facsimile transmission, to the Exchange Agent. See “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” in the Prospectus. In addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated Letter of Transmittal relating to the Old Notes (or facsimile thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Prospectus.

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [    ], 2013, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDER OF OLD NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

The Exchange Agent For The Exchange Offer Is:

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS

By Mail, Overnight Mail or Courier:

DB Services Americas, Inc.

Attention: Reorg. Department

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

To Confirm by Telephone

or for Information Call:

(877) 843-9767

DB.Reorg@db.com

Fax: 615-866-3889

DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE GUARANTEED BY AN “ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION” UNDER THE INSTRUCTIONS THERETO, SUCH SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MUST APPEAR IN THE APPLICABLE SPACE PROVIDED IN THE SIGNATURE BOX ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

The undersigned hereby tenders to Seitel, Inc., a Delaware corporation, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated [    ], 2013 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), and the related Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the “Exchange Offer”), receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus and Instruction 1 to the Letter of Transmittal.

AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

NAME(S) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S)

Amount Tendered: $                                                                                                                                                                                     

Certificate No(s). for Old Notes (if available):                                                                                                                                    

TOTAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT REPRESENTED BY OLD NOTES CERTIFICATE(S)

If Old Notes will be tendered by book-entry transfer, provide the following information:

Depository Trust Company Account Number:                                                                                                                                    

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in principal amounts equal to $1,000 or integral multiples thereof. The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may not be withdrawn after 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

PLEASE SIGN HERE

SIGNATURE(S) OF OWNER(S) OR AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

X                                                                                                      Name: Address: X                                                                                                      Name: Address:	DATE DATE
Area Code and Telephone Number:

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the holder(s) of the Old Notes as its (their) name(s) appear(s) on certificates for Old Notes covered hereby or on a DTC security position listing or naming it (them) as the owner of such Old Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and

documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below.

PLEASE PRINT NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)

Name(s): 

Capacity(ies):                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Address(es):                                                                                                                                                                                                      

GUARANTEE

(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

The undersigned, a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as an “eligible guarantor institution,” including (as such terms are defined therein): (i) a bank; (ii) a broker, dealer, municipal securities broker, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer; (iii) a credit union; (iv) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or clearing agency; or (v) a savings association that is a participant in a Securities Transfer Association recognized program (each of the foregoing being referred to as an “Eligible Institution”), hereby (a) represents that the tender of Old Notes effected hereby complies with Rule 14e-4 under the Exchange Act and (b) guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent, at one of its addresses set forth above, either a certificate or certificates representing the Old Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer, or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus, in either case together with one or more properly completed and duly executed Letter(s) of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and any other required documents, within five New York Stock Exchange, Inc. trading days after the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT MUST DELIVER THE LETTER(S) OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE OLD NOTES TENDERED HEREBY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE AND THAT ANY FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN A FINANCIAL LOSS TO THE UNDERSIGNED.

Name of Firm:                                                                                    Address:                                                                                              Zip Code Area Code and Tel. No.:                                                                Authorized Signature Name:                                                                                                Title:                                                                                                  Date:                     , 2013

NOTE: DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM. CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES SHOULD ONLY BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SO THAT THEY ARE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE.

XML

Industry Segments - Revenue by type of service (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended									12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012 category	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Number of Revenue Categories by Type of Service										2
Revenue	$ 51,351	$ 70,327	$ 51,556	$ 46,028	$ 72,547	$ 70,759	$ 52,208	$ 35,545	$ 59,496	$ 240,458	$ 218,008	$ 175,556
Acquisition and Licensing of Seismic Data [Member]
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue										234,785	213,656	171,778
Reproduction and Delivery of Seismic Data and Other Services [Member]
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenue										$ 5,673	$ 4,352	$ 3,778

XML

Supplemental Guarantors Consolidating Condensed Financial Information - (Balance Sheet) (Details) (USD $)	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 25,544,000	$ 61,891,000	$ 63,415,000	$ 74,894,000	$ 89,971,000	$ 26,270,000
Receivables
Trade, net	43,595,000	61,195,000		51,306,000
Notes and other, net	2,101,000	2,143,000		4,322,000
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	1,120,000	874,000		861,000
Intercompany receivables (payables)	0	0		0
Investment in subsidiaries	0	0		0
Net seismic data library	197,221,000	180,117,000		120,694,000
Net property and equipment	4,651,000	4,818,000		5,039,000
Investment in marketable securities		0		262,000
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	11,040,000	10,774,000		10,244,000
Intangible assets, net	19,255,000	20,828,000		26,814,000
Goodwill	205,974,000	208,020,000		205,838,000	208,050,000
Deferred income taxes	84,000	84,000		56,000
TOTAL ASSETS	510,585,000	550,744,000		500,330,000
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	53,122,000	62,783,000		60,550,000
Income taxes payable	972,000	4,134,000		1,464,000
Senior Notes	250,000,000	275,000,000		275,000,000
Notes payable	12,000	29,000		95,000
Obligations under capital leases	2,990,000	3,113,000		3,161,000
Deferred revenue	51,348,000	52,857,000		48,845,000
Deferred income taxes	2,896,000	2,470,000		1,375,000
TOTAL LIABILITIES	361,340,000	400,386,000		390,490,000
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	0	0		0
Additional paid-in capital	398,998,000	398,772,000		398,011,000
Parent investment	0	0		0
Retained deficit	(270,397,000)	(272,135,000)		(309,185,000)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	20,644,000	23,721,000		21,014,000
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	149,245,000	150,358,000		109,840,000
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	510,585,000	550,744,000		500,330,000
Parent [Member]
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0	0	0	0	0
Receivables
Trade, net	0	0		0
Notes and other, net	0	0		520,000
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	0	0		0
Intercompany receivables (payables)	26,878,000	75,688,000		95,955,000
Investment in subsidiaries	344,582,000	332,819,000		272,268,000
Net seismic data library	0	0		0
Net property and equipment	0	0		0
Investment in marketable securities				0
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	7,376,000	2,644,000		4,409,000
Intangible assets, net	900,000	900,000		900,000
Goodwill	0	0		0
Deferred income taxes	0	0		0
TOTAL ASSETS	379,736,000	412,051,000		374,052,000
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	720,000	10,049,000		10,050,000
Income taxes payable	403,000	336,000		81,000
Senior Notes	250,000,000	275,000,000		275,000,000
Notes payable	12,000	29,000		95,000
Obligations under capital leases	0	0		0
Deferred revenue	0	0		0
Deferred income taxes	0	0		0
TOTAL LIABILITIES	251,135,000	285,414,000		285,226,000
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	0	0		0
Additional paid-in capital	398,998,000	398,772,000		398,011,000
Parent investment	0	0		0
Retained deficit	(270,397,000)	(272,135,000)		(309,185,000)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	0	0		0
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	128,601,000	126,637,000		88,826,000
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	379,736,000	412,051,000		374,052,000
Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	25,308,000	60,533,000	56,410,000	61,612,000	75,068,000	24,221,000
Receivables
Trade, net	27,026,000	43,806,000		32,129,000
Notes and other, net	33,000	9,000		1,606,000
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	1,120,000	874,000		861,000
Intercompany receivables (payables)	437,000	(49,827,000)		(78,614,000)
Investment in subsidiaries	434,764,000	432,870,000		416,322,000
Net seismic data library	114,478,000	100,087,000		63,259,000
Net property and equipment	2,003,000	2,125,000		1,897,000
Investment in marketable securities				262,000
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	3,047,000	5,122,000		5,078,000
Intangible assets, net	12,447,000	13,250,000		16,462,000
Goodwill	107,688,000	107,688,000		107,688,000
Deferred income taxes	84,000	84,000		56,000
TOTAL ASSETS	728,435,000	716,621,000		628,618,000
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	37,613,000	38,179,000		23,563,000
Income taxes payable	569,000	900,000		0
Senior Notes	0	0		0
Notes payable	0	0		0
Obligations under capital leases	73,000	81,000		0
Deferred revenue	46,681,000	45,320,000		33,340,000
Deferred income taxes	0	0		0
TOTAL LIABILITIES	84,936,000	84,480,000		56,903,000
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	0	0		0
Additional paid-in capital	0	0		0
Parent investment	764,752,000	764,752,000		764,752,000
Retained deficit	(121,253,000)	(132,611,000)		(193,299,000)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	0	0		262,000
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	643,499,000	632,141,000		571,715,000
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	728,435,000	716,621,000		628,618,000
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	236,000	1,358,000	7,005,000	13,282,000	14,903,000	2,049,000
Receivables
Trade, net	16,569,000	17,389,000		19,177,000
Notes and other, net	2,068,000	2,134,000		2,196,000
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	0	0		0
Intercompany receivables (payables)	(27,315,000)	(25,861,000)		(17,341,000)
Investment in subsidiaries	1,587,000	1,590,000		1,448,000
Net seismic data library	82,743,000	80,030,000		57,435,000
Net property and equipment	2,648,000	2,693,000		3,142,000
Investment in marketable securities				0
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	617,000	3,008,000		757,000
Intangible assets, net	5,908,000	6,678,000		9,452,000
Goodwill	98,286,000	100,332,000		98,150,000
Deferred income taxes	0	0		0
TOTAL ASSETS	183,347,000	189,351,000		187,698,000
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	14,789,000	14,555,000		26,937,000
Income taxes payable	0	2,898,000		1,383,000
Senior Notes	0	0		0
Notes payable	0	0		0
Obligations under capital leases	2,917,000	3,032,000		3,161,000
Deferred revenue	4,667,000	7,537,000		15,505,000
Deferred income taxes	2,896,000	2,470,000		1,375,000
TOTAL LIABILITIES	25,269,000	30,492,000		48,361,000
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	0	0		0
Additional paid-in capital	0	0		0
Parent investment	156,918,000	156,918,000		156,913,000
Retained deficit	(19,484,000)	(21,780,000)		(38,328,000)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	20,644,000	23,721,000		20,752,000
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	158,078,000	158,859,000		139,337,000
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	183,347,000	189,351,000		187,698,000
Consolidating Eliminations [Member]
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0	0	0	0	0
Receivables
Trade, net	0	0		0
Notes and other, net	0	0		0
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	0	0		0
Intercompany receivables (payables)	0	0		0
Investment in subsidiaries	(780,933,000)	(767,279,000)		(690,038,000)
Net seismic data library	0	0		0
Net property and equipment	0	0		0
Investment in marketable securities				0
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	0	0		0
Intangible assets, net	0	0		0
Goodwill	0	0		0
Deferred income taxes	0	0		0
TOTAL ASSETS	(780,933,000)	(767,279,000)		(690,038,000)
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	0	0		0
Income taxes payable	0	0		0
Senior Notes	0	0		0
Notes payable	0	0		0
Obligations under capital leases	0	0		0
Deferred revenue	0	0		0
Deferred income taxes	0	0		0
TOTAL LIABILITIES	0	0		0
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	0	0		0
Additional paid-in capital	0	0		0
Parent investment	(921,670,000)	(921,670,000)		(921,665,000)
Retained deficit	140,737,000	154,391,000		231,627,000
Accumulated other comprehensive income	0	0		0
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	(780,933,000)	(767,279,000)		(690,038,000)
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$ (780,933,000)	$ (767,279,000)		$ (690,038,000)

XML

Commitments And Contingencies

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments And Contingencies

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is involved from time to time in ordinary, routine claims and lawsuits incidental to its business. In the opinion of management, uninsured losses, if any, resulting from the ultimate resolutions of these matters should not be material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, it is not possible to predict or determine the outcomes of the legal actions brought against it or by it, or to provide an estimate of all additional losses, if any, that may arise. At March 31, 2013, the Company has recorded the estimated amount of potential exposure it may have with respect to litigation and claims. Such amounts are not material to the financial statements.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is involved from time to time in ordinary, routine claims and lawsuits incidental to its business. In the opinion of management, uninsured losses, if any, resulting from the ultimate resolutions of these matters should not be material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, it is not possible to predict or determine the outcomes of the legal actions brought against it or by it, or to provide an estimate of all additional losses, if any, that may arise. At December 31, 2012, the Company has recorded the estimated amount of potential exposure it may have with respect to litigation and claims. Such amounts are not material to the financial statements.

XML

Seismic Data Library - Summary of the net book value of the Company’s seismic data library (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Net seismic data library	$ 197,221	$ 180,117	$ 120,694
U.S. Offshore [Member]
Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Net seismic data library		181	0
Unconvential 3D [Member] | U.S. Onshore [Member]
Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Net seismic data library		94,553	43,106
Unconvential 3D [Member] | Canada [Member]
Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Net seismic data library		76,335	55,738
Conventional 3D [Member] | U.S. Onshore [Member]
Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Net seismic data library		8,628	21,166
Conventional 3D [Member] | Canada [Member]
Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Net seismic data library		294	513
2D [Member] | Canada [Member]
Long-Lived Assets Held and Used [Line Items]
Net seismic data library		$ 126	$ 171

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
REVENUE	$ 51,351	$ 72,547	$ 240,458	$ 218,008	$ 175,556
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	29,338	39,384	139,754	142,963	175,592
Cost of sales	39	97	464	100	97
Selling, general and administrative	7,387	8,092	29,088	31,649	31,831
Total operating expenses	36,764	47,573	169,306	174,712	207,520
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	14,587	24,974	71,152	43,296	(31,964)
Interest expense			(29,143)	(35,246)	(41,094)
Interest income			132	479	558
Interest expense, net	(9,315)	(7,219)	(29,011)	(34,767)	(40,536)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)	(647)	411	681	(726)	441
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	(1,504)	0	0	(7,912)	0
Gain on sale of marketable securities			230	2,467	4,188
Other income	1	81	780	250	446
Income (loss) before income taxes	3,122	18,247	43,832	2,608	(67,425)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	1,384	3,541	6,782	392	(4,008)
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$ 1,738	$ 14,706	$ 37,050	$ 2,216	$ (63,417)

XML

Basis Of Presentation

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Basis Of Presentation

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements of Seitel, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with the instructions of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Certain reclassifications have been made to the amounts in the prior year's financial statements to conform to the current year's presentation. In preparing the Company’s financial statements, a number of estimates and assumptions are made by management that affect the accounting for and recognition of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other quarter of 2013 or for the year ending December 31, 2013. The condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2012 has been derived from the audited balance sheet of the Company as of that date. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

XML

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

New Accounting Pronouncements and Changes in Accounting Principles [Abstract]

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." This ASU does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the financial statements. However, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about those amounts. This standard was effective prospectively for the Company beginning January 1, 2013 and did not have an effect on its financial statements or financial statement disclosures.

XML

Stock-Based Comp - Stock-based comp assumptions used (Details) (USD $)	4 Months Ended	8 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2010	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]
Weighted average grant date fair value per share	$ 21.43	$ 36.74	$ 95.25	$ 123.29	$ 47.15
Weighted average assumptions used:
Expected volatility	45.00%	45.00%	45.00%	45.00%	45.00%
Expected life (in years)	5 years 11 months 19 days	4 years 11 months 19 days	6 years 5 months 19 days	6 years 6 months	6 years 7 months 17 days
Risk-free interest rate	3.01%	2.60%	1.70%	2.36%	3.23%
Expected dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles - Summary of the Company’s intangible assets other than goodwill (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2011
Schedule of Finite and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period	9 years 5 months 24 days
Finite-lived intangible assets, gross	$ 54,015		$ 55,292
Accumulated amortization, finite-lived intangible assets	(34,087)	(35,214)	(29,378)
Net book value	19,928		25,914
Total intangible assets at net book value	20,828	19,255	26,814
Favorable Facility Lease [Member]
Schedule of Finite and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period	6 years
Finite-lived intangible assets, gross	0		1,752
Accumulated amortization, finite-lived intangible assets	0		(1,367)
Customer Relationships [Member]
Schedule of Finite and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period	10 years
Finite-lived intangible assets, gross	44,669		44,397
Accumulated amortization, finite-lived intangible assets	(26,243)		(21,644)
Internally Developed Software [Member]
Schedule of Finite and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period	7 years
Finite-lived intangible assets, gross	9,346		9,143
Accumulated amortization, finite-lived intangible assets	(7,844)		(6,367)
Trade Names [Member]
Schedule of Finite and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Indefinite-lived intangible assets	$ 900		$ 900

XML

Stock-Based Comp

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company maintains various stock-based compensation plans administered by the board of directors of Holdings, the Company's parent, for the benefit of the Company's key employees and non-employee directors as discussed below.

Total stock-based compensation cost recognized and included in selling, general and administrative expenses was $0.8 million, $0.5 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company has not recognized any tax benefits related to stock based compensation for the three years ended December 31, 2012.

Restricted Stock Units

In April 2008, Holdings adopted the 2008 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan which is designed to provide incentives to present and future employees of the Company through the grant of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards. The 2008 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 25,000 shares of Holdings’ common stock pursuant to such grants. The restricted stock units are convertible into common shares of Holdings within 30 days of one of the following events: termination of employment, death, disability or upon a change in control of the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, 106, 221 and 241 restricted stock units, respectively, were converted into shares of Holdings. A total of 22,659 restricted shares were available for grant at December 31, 2012.

Stock Options

2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

In February 2007, Holdings adopted the 2007 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the "2007 Option Plan") in order to provide an equity component to management compensation following the Merger. The board of directors of Holdings may issue options to purchase up to 105,200 shares of Holdings’ common stock.

The options issued under the 2007 Stock Option Plan contain only service condition requirements. The issuances in 2007 through 2010 and the issuances in 2012 vest 25 percent on each anniversary of the grant date for four years provided the employee has provided continued service. The 2011 issuances vest 20 percent on each anniversary of the grant date for five years provided the employee has provided continued service. The options provide for certain acceleration of vesting and cancellation of options under different circumstances, such as a change in control, death, disability and termination of service. The Company recognizes compensation expense for these options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separate vesting portion of the option as if the option was, in substance, multiple options (graded vesting). The options expire 10 years after the date of grant. Upon exercise of the options, shares will be issued from authorized but unissued shares of Holdings. A total of 9,859 shares of Holdings common stock were available for grant as options at December 31, 2012.

2012 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

In May 2012, Holdings adopted the 2012 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the "2012 Option Plan") to provide incentives to present and future employees of the Company through the grant of Holdings' common stock options. The board of directors of Holdings may issue options to purchase up to 48,605 shares of Holdings' common stock.

The options issued in 2012 under the 2012 Stock Option Plan provide for the options to be vested in three different tranches:

• one-third of the total grant vests 20 percent on each anniversary of the grant date for five years provided the employee has provided continued service (service condition)

• one-third of the total grant vests on a 2.0X event, as defined in the applicable stock option agreement (market and performance conditions)

• one-third of the total grant vests on a 2.5X event, as defined in the applicable stock option agreement (market and performance conditions)

The options provide for certain acceleration of vesting and cancellation of options under different circumstances, such as a change in control, death, disability and termination of service. For the portion of the options that vest only based upon a service condition, the Company recognizes compensation expense using graded vesting over the requisite service period. For the options containing market and performance conditions, the Company defers all stock-based compensation until the consummation of the performance condition. The options expire 10 years after the date of grant. Upon exercise of the options, shares will be issued from authorized but unissued shares of Holdings. A total of 5,105 shares of Holdings common stock were available for grant under the 2012 Stock Option Plan at December 31, 2012.

The Company estimated the fair value of the options on each grant date by using the Monte Carlo simulation method for the portion of the options that contain both a market and a performance condition and the Black-Scholes option pricing method for options (or the portion of the options) that contain only a service condition. The assumptions used in the option valuation models are outlined in the following table:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Weighted average grant date fair value per share	$	95.25		$	123.29		$	47.15
Weighted average assumptions used:
Expected volatility	45		%	45		%	45		%
Expected life (in years)	6.47			6.50			6.63
Risk-free interest rate	1.70		%	2.36		%	3.23		%
Expected dividend yield	—		%	—		%	—		%

The computation of the expected volatility assumptions used in the option valuation models was based on historical volatilities and implied volatilities of peer companies. The Company utilized the volatilities of peer companies due to its lack of extensive history. The expected life was used for options valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing method. The Company used the “simplified” method prescribed in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 110, for companies that do not have adequate historical data. The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield at the time of grant. The expected dividend yield of 0% was based on the fact that the Company does not currently pay dividends, nor does it intend to pay a dividend in the future.

In May 2010, the Company cancelled and reissued all of its then outstanding stock options in order to reduce the exercise price of the options to $193.13. The vesting conditions and the expiration dates were not changed from the original grant of each option. The modification affected 16 employees and 2 non-employee directors who had a total of 86,135 options outstanding as of the modification date. The incremental compensation cost as a result of the modified exercise price was $1.3 million, of which $0.9 million was expensed immediately for vested options at the date of modification. The remaining $0.4 million incremental cost along with the remaining unrecognized compensation cost prior to the modification is being recognized using the graded vesting attribution method over the remaining vesting periods of stock options. The incremental compensation cost as a result of the re-pricing was calculated as the difference in the fair value of the stock options immediately before the re-pricing and the fair value of the stock options at the new exercise price. The fair value was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing method. The assumptions used in the model are outlined in the following table:

	Prior to Re-pricing			After Re-pricing
Weighted average grant date fair value per share	$	21.43		$	36.74
Weighted average assumptions used:
Expected volatility	45		%	45		%
Expected life (in years)	5.97			4.97
Risk free interest rate	3.01		%	2.60		%
Expected dividend yield	—		%	—		%

The following table summarizes stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (shares in thousands):

	Year Ended			Year Ended				Year Ended
	December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Options	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of period	84	$	193.91	91		$	193.13	92		$	392.07
Granted	45	$	258.37	1		$	258.37	91		$	193.13
Exercised	—	$	—	(8	)	$	193.13	—		$	—
Cancelled	—	$	—	—		$	—	(91	)	$	392.09
Forfeited	—	$	—	—		$	—	(1	)	$	389.42
Outstanding at end of period(1)	129	$	216.62	84		$	193.91	91		$	193.13
Options exercisable at end of period(2)	80	$	193.29	76		$	193.13	62		$	193.13
Available for grant at end of period	15			12				13

(1) Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2012 have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 6.2 years.

(2) Exercisable stock options at December 31, 2012 have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 4.4 years.

As of December 31, 2012, the total future compensation cost related to non-vested options not yet recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations was $3.8 million, of which $2.4 million is attributable to vesting upon contingent events and $1.4 million is attributable to time-based vesting. The compensation costs associated with time-based vesting will be recognized using graded vesting over a weighted average period of 3.5 years. The Company did not receive any cash from option exercises during the three years ended December 31, 2012.

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies - Foreign Currency Translation (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Accumulated translation gains			$ 23,700,000	$ 20,800,000
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)	$ (647,000)	$ 411,000	$ 681,000	$ (726,000)	$ 441,000

XML

Supplemental Guarantors Consolidating Condensed Financial Information - (Statement of Comprehensive Income) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended									12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Net income (loss)	$ 1,738	$ 19,945	$ 1,129	$ 1,270	$ 14,706	$ 11,842	$ (5,111)	$ (5,026)	$ 511	$ 37,050	$ 2,216	$ (63,417)
Unrealized loss on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding gains (losses) arising during the period	0				85					(32)	(373)	4,117
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings										(230)	(2,467)	(4,188)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(3,077)				2,556					2,969	(3,037)	6,948
Comprehensive income (loss)	(1,339)				17,347					39,757	(3,661)	(56,540)
Parent [Member]
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Net income (loss)	1,738				14,706					37,050	2,216	(63,417)
Unrealized loss on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding gains (losses) arising during the period					0					0	0	0
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings										0	0	0
Foreign currency translation adjustments	0				0					0	0	0
Comprehensive income (loss)	1,738				14,706					37,050	2,216	(63,417)
Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Net income (loss)	11,358				17,204					60,688	25,751	(40,085)
Unrealized loss on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding gains (losses) arising during the period					85					(32)	(373)	4,117
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings										(230)	(2,467)	(4,188)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	0				0					0	(1)	1
Comprehensive income (loss)	11,358				17,289					60,426	22,910	(40,155)
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Net income (loss)	2,296				8,916					16,548	1,661	(9,896)
Unrealized loss on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding gains (losses) arising during the period					0					0	0	0
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings										0	0	0
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(3,077)				2,556					2,969	(3,036)	6,947
Comprehensive income (loss)	(781)				11,472					19,517	(1,375)	(2,949)
Consolidating Eliminations [Member]
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Net income (loss)	(13,654)				(26,120)					(77,236)	(27,412)	49,981
Unrealized loss on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding gains (losses) arising during the period					0					0	0	0
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings										0	0	0
Foreign currency translation adjustments	0				0					0	0	0
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ (13,654)				$ (26,120)					$ (77,236)	$ (27,412)	$ 49,981

XML

Income Taxes (Details)	12 Months Ended							1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2010 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 Internal Revenue Service (IRS) [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 State and Local Jurisdiction [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 Foreign Tax Authority [Member] CAD	Dec. 31, 2012 Alternative Minimum Tax Credit Carryforward [Member] USD ($)	May 31, 2011 Olympic [Member] Canada [Member] CAD	Sep. 30, 2011 Olympic [Member] Canada [Member] CAD	Dec. 31, 2012 Net Operating Loss Carryforwards Deferred Tax Asset [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 Net Operating Loss Carryforwards Deferred Tax Asset [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 State Deferred Tax Assets [Member] USD ($)
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]
Decrease (increase) during the period	$ 7,574,000	$ (576,000)								$ 8,200,000	$ (600,000)	$ (600,000)
Federal net operating loss				199,000,000	2,800,000	300,000
AMT credit carryforward							2,100,000
Payments for income tax penalties								7,600,000	100,000
Unrecognized tax benefits would impact the effective income tax rate if recognized in future periods	6,200,000
Deferred income taxes	5,900,000
Unrecognized tax benefits, accrued interest	700,000	500,000
Unrecognized tax benefits, accrued penalties	1,000,000	1,000,000
Interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits	$ 200,000	$ 200,000	$ (200,000)

XML

Industry Segments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Geographic information for the periods

Geographic information for the periods presented was as follows (in thousands):

	United States		Canada		Total
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenue	$	157,381	$	83,077	$	240,458
Assets (1)	102,212		82,723		184,935
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Revenue	$	152,792	$	65,216	$	218,008
Assets (1)	65,156		60,577		125,733
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Revenue	$	129,888	$	45,668	$	175,556
Assets (1)	76,121		35,429		111,550

(1)Assets include net seismic data library and net property and equipment.

Revenue by type of service for the periods

Revenue by type of service for the periods presented was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Acquisition and licensing of seismic data	$	234,785	$	213,656	$	171,778
Reproduction and delivery of seismic data and other services	5,673		4,352		3,778
Total revenue	$	240,458	$	218,008	$	175,556

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made to the amounts in the prior year’s financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements of Seitel, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with the instructions of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Certain reclassifications have been made to the amounts in the prior year's financial statements to conform to the current year's presentation.

The Company presents its consolidated balance sheets on an unclassified basis. The portion of seismic data library costs to be amortized during the next year cannot be classified as a current asset due to Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") guidance. Classification of all of these costs as noncurrent would be misleading to the reader because it would not indicate the level of assets expected to be converted into cash in the next year.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

In preparing the Company’s financial statements, a number of estimates and assumptions are made by management that affect the accounting for and recognition of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

The preparation of the Company's financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the accounting for and recognition of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These estimates and assumptions must be made because certain information that is used in the preparation of the Company's financial statements is dependent on future events, cannot be calculated with a high degree of precision from data available or is not otherwise capable of being readily calculated based on generally accepted methodologies. In some cases, these estimates are particularly difficult to determine and the Company must exercise significant judgment.

The most difficult, subjective and complex estimates and assumptions that deal with the greatest amount of uncertainty are related to the Company's accounting for its seismic data library and goodwill.

The Company's accounting for its seismic data library requires it to make significant subjective estimates and assumptions relative to future sales and cash flows from such library. These cash flows impact amortization rates, as well as potential impairment charges. Any changes in the Company's estimates or underlying assumptions will impact the Company's income from operations prospectively from the date changes are made. To the extent that such estimates, or the assumptions used to make those estimates, prove to be significantly different than actual results, the carrying value of the seismic data library may be subject to higher prospective amortization rates, additional straight-line amortization or impairment losses.

In a portion of its seismic data library activities, the Company engages in certain non-monetary exchanges and records a data library asset for the seismic data received and recognizes revenue on the transaction in accordance with its policies on revenue recognition. These transactions are valued at the fair value of the data received by the Company or licenses or services granted by the Company, whichever is more readily determinable. The Company's estimate of the value of these transactions is highly subjective and based, in large part, on data sales transactions between the Company and a limited number of customers over a limited time period.

When required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test, the Company estimates the fair value of the reporting unit using discounted cash flow analysis which requires significant judgments and estimates about the future performance of the Company. If these projected cash flows change materially, the Company may be required to record impairment losses relative to goodwill.

Actual results could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions that the Company uses in the preparation of its financial statements. To the extent management's estimates and assumptions change in the future, the effect on the Company’s reported results could be significant to any particular reporting period.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from Data Acquisition

The Company generates revenue when it creates a new seismic survey that is initially licensed by one or more of its customers to use the resulting data. The payments for the initial licenses are sometimes referred to as underwriting or prefunding. Customers make periodic payments throughout the creation period, which generally correspond to costs incurred and work performed. These payments are non-refundable. The Company considers the contracts signed up to the time the Company makes a firm commitment to create the new seismic survey as underwriting. Any subsequent licensing of the data while it is in progress is considered a resale license (see “Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses”).

Underwriting revenue is recognized throughout the creation period using the proportional performance method based upon costs incurred and work performed to date as a percentage of total estimated costs and work required. Management believes that this method is the most reliable and representative measure of progress for its data creation projects. On average, the duration of the data creation process is approximately one year. Under these contracts, the Company creates new seismic data designed in conjunction with its customers and specifically suited to the geology of the area using the most appropriate technology available.

The Company outsources the substantial majority of the work required to complete data acquisition projects to third party contractors. The Company’s payments to these third party contractors comprise the substantial majority of the total estimated costs of the project and are paid throughout the creation period. A typical survey includes specific activities required to complete the survey, each of which has value to the customers. Typical activities, that often occur concurrently, include:

• permitting for land access, mineral rights, and regulatory approval;

• surveying;

• drilling for the placement of energy sources;

• recording the data in the field; and

• processing the data.

The customers paying for the initial licenses receive legally enforceable rights to any resulting product of each activity described above. The customers also receive access to and use of the newly acquired, processed data.

The customers’ access to and use of the results of the work performed and of the newly acquired, processed data is governed by a license agreement, which is a separate agreement from the acquisition contract. The Company’s acquisition contracts require the customer either to have a license agreement in place or to execute one at the time the acquisition contract is signed. The Company maintains sole ownership of the newly acquired data, which is added to its library, and is free to license the data to other customers.

Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses

The Company recognizes a substantial portion of its revenue from licensing of data once it is available for delivery. These are sometimes referred to as resale licensing revenue, post-acquisition license sales or shelf sales.

These sales fall under the following four basic forms of non-exclusive license contracts.

• Specific license contract—The customer licenses and selects data from the data library, including data currently in progress, at the time the contract is entered into and holds this license for a long-term period.

• Library card license contract—The customer initially receives only access to data. The customer may then select specific data, from the collection of data to which it has access, to hold long-term under its license agreement. The length of the selection periods under the library card contracts is limited in time and varies from customer to customer.

• Review and possession license contract—The customer obtains the right to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time. During the review period, the customer may select specific data from that available for review to hold long-term under its license agreement. Any data not selected for long-term licensing must be returned to the Company at the end of the review period.

• Review only license contract—The customer obtains rights to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time, but does not obtain the right to select specific data to hold long-term.

The Company’s non-exclusive license contracts specify the following:

• that all customers must also execute a master license agreement that governs the use of all data received under the Company’s non-exclusive license contracts;

• the specific payment terms, generally ranging from 30 days to 12 months, and that such payments are non-cancelable and non-refundable;

• the actual data that is accessible to the customer; and

• that the data is licensed in its present form, where is and as is and the Company is under no obligation to make any enhancements, modifications or additions to the data unless specific terms to the contrary are included.

Revenue from the non-exclusive licensing of seismic data is recognized when the following criteria are met:

• the Company has an arrangement with the customer that is validated by a signed contract;

• the sales price is fixed and determinable;

• collection is reasonably assured;

• the customer has selected the specific data or the contract has expired without full selection;

• the data is currently available for delivery; and

• the license term has begun.

Copies of the data are available to the customer immediately upon request.

For licenses that have been invoiced for which payment is due or has been received, but have not met the aforementioned criteria, the revenue is deferred along with the related direct costs (primarily sales commissions). This normally occurs under the library card, review and possession or review only license contracts because the data selection may occur over time. Additionally, if the contract allows licensing of data that is not currently available or enhancements, modifications or additions to the data are required per the contract, revenue is deferred until such time that the data is available.

Revenue from Non-Monetary Exchanges

In certain cases, the Company will take ownership of a customer’s seismic data or revenue interest (collectively referred to as “data”) in exchange for a non-exclusive license to selected seismic data from the Company’s library and, in some cases, services provided by Seitel Solutions (“Solutions”). In connection with specific data acquisition contracts, the Company may choose to receive both cash and ownership of seismic data from the customer as consideration for the underwriting of new data acquisition. In addition, the Company may receive advanced data processing services on selected existing data in exchange for

a non-exclusive license to selected data from the Company’s library. These exchanges are referred to as non-monetary exchanges. A non-monetary exchange for data always complies with the following criteria:

• the data license delivered is always distinct from the data received;

• the customer forfeits ownership of its data; and

• the Company retains ownership in its data.

In non-monetary exchange transactions, the Company records a data library asset for the seismic data received or processed at the time the contract is entered into or the data is completed, as applicable, and recognizes revenue on the transaction in equal value in accordance with its policy on revenue from data licenses, which is, when the data is selected by the customer, or revenue from data acquisition, as applicable, or as services are provided by Solutions. The data license to the customer is in the form of one of the four basic forms of contracts discussed above. These transactions are valued at the fair value of the data received or delivered, whichever is more readily determinable.

Fair value of the data exchanged is determined using a multi-step process as follows:

• First, the Company considers the value of the data or services received from the customer. In determining the value of the data received, the Company considers the age, quality, current demand and future marketability of the data and, in the case of 3D seismic data, the cost that would be required to create the data. In addition, the Company applies a limitation on the value it assigns per square mile on the data received. In determining the value of the services received, the Company considers the cost of such similar services that it could obtain from a third party provider.

• Second, the Company determines the value of the license granted to the customer. Typically, the range of cash transactions by the Company for licenses of similar data during the prior six months are evaluated. In evaluating the range of cash transactions, the Company does not consider transactions that are disproportionately high or low.

Due to the Company’s revenue recognition policies, revenue recognized on non-monetary exchange transactions may not occur at the same time the seismic data acquired is recorded as an asset. The activity related to non-monetary exchanges was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Seismic data library additions	$	2,716	$	709
Revenue recognized on specific data licenses or selections of data	578		827
Revenue recognized related to acquisition contracts	57		1,268
Revenue recognized related to Solutions	—		20

Revenue from Solutions

Revenue from Solutions is recognized as the services for reproduction and delivery of seismic data are provided to customers.

Revenue from Data Acquisition

The Company generates revenue when it creates a new seismic survey that is initially licensed by one or more of its customers to use the resulting data. The payments for the initial licenses are sometimes referred to as underwriting or prefunding. Customers make periodic payments throughout the creation period, which generally correspond to costs incurred and work performed. These payments are non-refundable. The Company considers the contracts signed up to the time the Company makes a firm commitment to create the new seismic survey as underwriting. Any subsequent licensing of the data while it is in progress is considered a resale license (see “Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses”).

Underwriting revenue is recognized throughout the creation period using the proportional performance method based upon costs incurred and work performed to date as a percentage of total estimated costs and work required. Management believes that this method is the most reliable and representative measure of progress for its data creation projects. On average, the duration of the data creation process is approximately one year. Under these contracts, the Company creates new seismic data designed in conjunction with its customers and specifically suited to the geology of the area using the most appropriate technology available.

The Company outsources the substantial majority of the work required to complete data acquisition projects to third party contractors. The Company’s payments to these third party contractors comprise the substantial majority of the total estimated costs of the project and are paid throughout the creation period. A typical survey includes specific activities required to complete the survey, each of which has value to the customers. Typical activities, that often occur concurrently, include:

• permitting for land access, mineral rights, and regulatory approval;

• surveying;

• drilling for the placement of energy sources;

• recording the data in the field; and

• processing the data.

The customers paying for the initial licenses receive legally enforceable rights to any resulting product of each activity described above. The customers also receive access to and use of the newly acquired, processed data.

The customers’ access to and use of the results of the work performed and of the newly acquired, processed data is governed by a license agreement, which is a separate agreement from the acquisition contract. The Company’s acquisition contracts require the customer either to have a license agreement in place or to execute one at the time the acquisition contract is signed. The Company maintains sole ownership of the newly acquired data, which is added to its library, and is free to license the data to other customers.

Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses

The Company recognizes a substantial portion of its revenue from licensing of data once it is available for delivery. These are sometimes referred to as resale licensing revenue, post-acquisition license sales or shelf sales.

These sales fall under the following four basic forms of non-exclusive license contracts.

• Specific license contract—The customer licenses and selects data from the data library, including data currently in progress, at the time the contract is entered into and holds this license for a long-term period.

• Library card license contract—The customer initially receives only access to data. The customer may then select specific data, from the collection of data to which it has access, to hold long-term under its license agreement. The length of the selection periods under the library card contracts is limited in time and varies from customer to customer.

• Review and possession license contract—The customer obtains the right to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time. During the review period, the customer may select specific data from that available for review to hold long-term under its license agreement. Any data not selected for long-term licensing must be returned to the Company at the end of the review period.

• Review only license contract—The customer obtains rights to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time, but does not obtain the right to select specific data to hold long-term.

The Company’s non-exclusive license contracts specify the following:

• that all customers must also execute a master license agreement that governs the use of all data received under the Company’s non-exclusive license contracts;

• the specific payment terms, generally ranging from 30 days to 12 months, and that such payments are non-cancelable and non-refundable;

• the actual data that is accessible to the customer; and

• that the data is licensed in its present form, where is and as is and the Company is under no obligation to make any enhancements, modifications or additions to the data unless specific terms to the contrary are included.

Revenue from the non-exclusive licensing of seismic data is recognized when the following criteria are met:

• the Company has an arrangement with the customer that is validated by a signed contract;

• the sales price is fixed and determinable;

• collection is reasonably assured;

• the customer has selected the specific data or the contract has expired without full selection;

• the data is currently available for delivery; and

• the license term has begun.

Copies of the data are available to the customer immediately upon request.

For licenses that have been invoiced for which payment is due or has been received, but have not met the aforementioned criteria, the revenue is deferred along with the related direct costs (primarily sales commissions). This normally occurs under the library card, review and possession or review only license contracts because the data selection may occur over time. Additionally, if the contract allows licensing of data that is not currently available or enhancements, modifications or additions to the data are required per the contract, revenue is deferred until such time that the data is available.

Revenue from Non-Monetary Exchanges

In certain cases, the Company will take ownership of a customer’s seismic data or revenue interest (collectively referred to as “data”) in exchange for a non-exclusive license to selected seismic data from the Company’s library and, in some cases, services provided by Solutions. In connection with specific data acquisition contracts, the Company may choose to receive both cash and ownership of seismic data from the customer as consideration for the underwriting of new data acquisition. In addition, the Company may receive advanced data processing services on selected existing data in exchange for a non-exclusive license to selected data from the Company’s library. These exchanges are referred to as non-monetary exchanges. A non-monetary exchange for data always complies with the following criteria:

• the data license delivered is always distinct from the data received;

• the customer forfeits ownership of its data; and

• the Company retains ownership in its data.

In non-monetary exchange transactions, the Company records a data library asset for the seismic data received or processed at the time the contract is entered into or the data is completed, as applicable, and recognizes revenue on the transaction in equal value in accordance with its policy on revenue from data licenses, which is, when the data is selected by the customer, or revenue from data acquisition, as applicable, or as services are provided by Solutions. The data license to the customer is in the form of one of the four basic forms of contracts discussed above. These transactions are valued at the fair value of the data received or delivered, whichever is more readily determinable.

Fair value of the data exchanged is determined using a multi-step process as follows:

• First, the Company considers the value of the data or services received from the customer. In determining the value of the data received, the Company considers the age, quality, current demand and future marketability of the data and, in the case of 3D seismic data, the cost that would be required to create the data. In addition, the Company applies a limitation on the value it assigns per square mile on the data received. In determining the value of the services received, the Company considers the cost of such similar services that it could obtain from a third party provider.

• Second, the Company determines the value of the license granted to the customer. Typically, the range of cash transactions by the Company for licenses of similar data during the prior six months are evaluated. In evaluating the range of cash transactions, the Company does not consider transactions that are disproportionately high or low.

Due to the Company’s revenue recognition policies, revenue recognized on non-monetary exchange transactions may not occur at the same time the seismic data acquired is recorded as an asset. The activity related to non-monetary exchanges was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Seismic data library additions	$	3,376	$	10,215	$	10,545
Revenue recognized on specific data licenses or selections of data	3,046		7,169		7,187
Revenue recognized related to acquisition contracts	5,452		2,274		2,677
Revenue recognized related to Solutions	20		71		—

Revenue from Solutions

Revenue from Solutions is recognized as the services for reproduction and delivery of seismic data are provided to customers.

Trade Receivables

The Company extends credit to various companies in the oil and gas industry for the licensing of seismic data, which results in a concentration of credit risk. This concentration of credit risk may be affected by changes in economic or other conditions and may accordingly impact the Company’s overall credit risk. However, management believes that the risk is mitigated by the number, size, reputation, and diversified nature of the companies to which they extend credit. Historical credit losses incurred on receivables by the Company have not been significant relative to sales. The Company determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts based on a periodic review of specific receivables for which revenue has been recognized.

In certain transactions, the Company may permit a customer to make payments on receivables over a period of time. If such payments extend beyond one year from the transaction date, the Company discounts such receivable and recognizes interest income over the term of the payments.

The Company includes taxes, such as sales tax or goods and services tax, as required, on certain invoices to its customers in order to remit payment to applicable governmental authorities. Tax amounts charged to our customers are excluded from revenues.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists primarily of computer equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures stated at historical cost through February 13, 2007, at which time the Company adjusted its property and equipment to fair value in accordance with purchase accounting. Subsequent additions are stated at historical cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, the majority of which are three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the underlying lease.

Marketable Equity Securities

Management determines the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable securities are categorized as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income included in stockholder’s equity until realized. Due to the Company having a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax asset, no income tax expense (benefit) was recognized and recorded to comprehensive income (loss) in the three years ended December 31, 2012. For the purpose of computing realized gains and losses, cost is identified on a specific identification basis.

Debt Issue Costs

Debt issue costs related to the Company’s senior notes and revolving credit facility are included in prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Such costs are amortized over the scheduled maturities of the debt.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. The Company does not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles but, at least annually, evaluates whether goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are impaired. Goodwill is considered impaired if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. The Company conducts a qualitative goodwill impairment assessment as of October 1 of each year by examining relevant events and circumstances which could have a negative impact on its goodwill such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows, overall financial performance, and other relevant entity-specific events. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances described above, the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the two-step goodwill test is performed. The two-step goodwill impairment test is also performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If it is necessary to perform an analysis to determine if the Company’s goodwill is impaired, the Company utilizes discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant judgments and estimates about future operations, to develop the Company’s estimates of fair value.

The cost of intangible assets with determinable lives is amortized to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed, on a straight-line basis, over the estimated periods benefited, ranging from 6 to 10 years.

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the future income consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws.

The Company regularly evaluates valuation allowances established for deferred tax assets for which future realization is uncertain. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company considered whether it was more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets would not be realized. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Company and all of its U.S. subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company does not provide U.S. taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries whose earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested in foreign operations. At December 31, 2012, there were no accumulated net earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries.

Foreign Currency Translation

For subsidiaries that have functional currency which is deemed to be other than the U.S. dollar, asset and liability accounts are translated at period-end exchange rates and revenue and expenses are translated at the current exchange rates as of the dates on which they are recognized. Resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholder's equity. Accumulated translation gains were $23.7 million and $20.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Cumulative translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. Any gains or losses realized on transactions or monetary assets or liabilities in currencies other than the functional currency are included in net income (loss) in the current period.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award.

Employee Benefit Plans

The Company maintains savings plans in the United States and Canada that allow employees to contribute a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax and/or after-tax basis in accordance with specified guidelines. The Company matches a percentage of the employee contributions up to certain limits.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." This ASU does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the financial statements. However, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about those amounts. This standard was effective prospectively for the Company beginning January 1, 2013 and did not have an effect on its financial statements or financial statement disclosures.

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income” requiring entities to report components of other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements of net income and other comprehensive income. This ASU does not change the items that must be reported in comprehensive income, how these items are measured, or when these items must be classified to net income. The Company has provided the required financial reporting presentation pursuant to ASU 2011-05 herein.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” The ASU was issued to simplify the testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment and to improve consistency in impairment testing guidance among long-lived asset categories. The standard permits an entity first to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 350-30, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-General Intangibles Other than Goodwill.” An entity will have an option not to calculate annually the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset if the entity determines that it is not more likely than not that the asset is impaired. This ASU is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2013. The Company does not expect the standard to have a significant impact on its financial statements or financial statement disclosures.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." This ASU does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the financial statements. However, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about those amounts. This standard is effective prospectively for the Company beginning January 1, 2013. The Company is evaluating the effect, if any, the adoption of ASU 2013-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Seismic Data Library

The Company’s seismic data library consists of seismic surveys that are offered for license to customers on a non-exclusive basis. Costs associated with creating, acquiring or purchasing the seismic data library are capitalized and amortized principally on the income forecast method subject to a straight-line amortization period of four years, applied on a quarterly basis at the individual survey level.

Costs of Seismic Data Library

For purchased seismic data, the Company capitalizes the purchase price of the acquired data.

For data received through a non-monetary exchange, the Company capitalizes an amount equal to the fair value of the data received by the Company or the fair value of the license granted to the customer, whichever is more readily determinable. See Note B – Revenue Recognition – Revenue from Non-Monetary Exchanges for discussion of the process used to determine fair value.

For newly created data, the capitalized costs include costs paid to third parties for the acquisition of data and related permitting, surveying and other activities associated with the data creation activity. In addition, the Company capitalizes certain internal

costs related to processing the created data. Such costs include salaries and benefits of the Company’s processing personnel and certain other costs incurred for the benefit of the processing activity. The Company believes that the internal processing costs capitalized are not greater than, and generally are less than, those that would be incurred and capitalized if such activity were performed by a third party. Capitalized costs for internal data processing were $0.9 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Data Library Amortization

The Company amortizes its seismic data library investment using the greater of the amortization that would result from the application of the income forecast method subject to a minimum amortization rate or a straight-line basis over the useful life of the data. With respect to each survey in the data library, the straight-line policy is applied from the time such survey is available for licensing to customers on a non-exclusive basis.

The Company applies the income forecast method by forecasting the ultimate revenue expected to be derived from a particular data library component over the estimated useful life of each survey comprising part of such component. This forecast is made by the Company annually and reviewed quarterly. If, during any such review, the Company determines that the ultimate revenue for a library component is expected to be significantly different than the original estimate of total revenue for such library component, the Company revises the amortization rate attributable to future revenue from each survey in such component. The lowest amortization rate the Company applies using the income forecast method is 70%. In addition, in connection with the forecast reviews and updates, the Company evaluates the recoverability of its seismic data library investment, and if required, records an impairment charge with respect to such investment. See discussion on “Seismic Data Library Impairment” below.

The actual aggregate rate of amortization depends on the specific seismic surveys licensed and selected by the Company’s customers during the period and the amount of straight-line amortization recorded. The income forecast amortization rates can vary by component and, as of April 1, 2013, is 70% for all components. For those seismic surveys which have been fully amortized, no amortization expense is required on revenue recorded.

The greater of the income forecast or straight-line amortization policy is applied quarterly on a cumulative basis at the individual survey level. Under this policy, the Company first records amortization using the income forecast method. The cumulative amortization recorded for each survey is then compared with the cumulative straight-line amortization. If the cumulative straight-line amortization is higher for any specific survey, additional amortization expense is recorded, resulting in accumulated amortization being equal to the cumulative straight-line amortization for such survey. This requirement is applied regardless of future-year revenue estimates for the library component of which the survey is a part and does not consider the existence of deferred revenue with respect to the library component or to any survey.

Seismic Data Library Impairment

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment by grouping individual surveys into components based on its operations and geological and geographical trends, resulting in the following data library segments for purposes of evaluating impairments: (I) North America 3D onshore comprised of the following components: (a) Texas Gulf Coast, (b) Eastern Texas, (c) Southern Louisiana/Mississippi, (d) Northern Louisiana, (e) Rocky Mountains, (f) Utica/Marcellus in Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia, (g) Panhandle Plays in North Texas/Oklahoma, (h) other United States, (i) Montney in British Columbia and Alberta, (j) Horn River in British Columbia, (k) Cardium in Alberta and (l) other Canada; (II) United States 2D; (III) Canada 2D; (IV) Gulf of Mexico offshore; and (V) international data outside North America. The Company believes that these library components constitute the lowest levels of independently identifiable cash flows.

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company considers the level of sales performance in each component compared to projected sales, as well as industry conditions, among others, to be key factors in determining when its seismic data investment should be evaluated for impairment. In evaluating sales performance of each component, the Company generally considers five consecutive quarters of actual performance below forecasted sales to be an indicator of potential impairment.

The impairment evaluation is based first on a comparison of the undiscounted future cash flows over each component’s remaining estimated useful life with the carrying value of each library component. If the undiscounted cash flows are equal to or greater than the carrying value of such component, no impairment is recorded. If undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of any component, the forecast of future cash flows related to such component is discounted to fair value and compared with such component’s carrying amount. The difference between the library component’s carrying amount and the discounted future value of the expected revenue stream is recorded as an impairment charge.

For purposes of evaluating potential impairment losses, the Company estimates the future cash flows attributable to a library component by evaluating, among other factors, historical and recent revenue trends, oil and gas prospectivity in particular regions, general economic conditions affecting its customer base and expected changes in technology and other factors that the Company deems relevant. The cash flow estimates exclude expected future revenues attributable to non-monetary data exchanges and future data creation projects.

The estimation of future cash flows and fair value is highly subjective and inherently imprecise. Estimates can change materially from period to period based on many factors, including those described in the preceding paragraph. Accordingly, if conditions change in the future, the Company may record impairment losses relative to its seismic data library investment, which could be material to any particular reporting period.

The Company did not have any impairment charges during the three months ended March 31, 2013 or 2012.

The Company’s seismic data library consists of seismic surveys that are offered for license to customers on a non-exclusive basis. Costs associated with creating, acquiring or purchasing the seismic data library are capitalized and amortized principally on the income forecast method subject to a straight-line amortization period of four years, applied on a quarterly basis at the individual survey level.

The following table sets forth a summary of the net book value of the Company’s seismic data library (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2012		2011
U.S. Onshore:
Unconventional 3D	$	94,553	$	43,106
Conventional 3D	8,628		21,166
Canadian:
Unconventional 3D	76,335		55,738
Conventional 3D	294		513
2D	126		171
U.S. Offshore	181		—
Total	$	180,117	$	120,694

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately 26% and 34%, respectively, of the net book value of the seismic data library were projects in progress.

Costs of Seismic Data Library

For purchased seismic data, the Company capitalizes the purchase price of the acquired data.

For data received through a non-monetary exchange, the Company capitalizes an amount equal to the fair value of the data received by the Company or the fair value of the license granted to the customer, whichever is more readily determinable. See Note A for discussion of the process used to determine fair value.

For newly created data, the capitalized costs include costs paid to third parties for the acquisition of data and related permitting, surveying and other activities associated with the data creation activity. In addition, the Company capitalizes certain internal costs related to processing the created data. Such costs include salaries and benefits of the Company’s processing personnel and certain other costs incurred for the benefit of the processing activity. The Company believes that the internal processing costs capitalized are not greater than, and generally are less than, those that would be incurred and capitalized if such activity were performed by a third party. Capitalized costs for internal data processing were $3.0 million, $1.9 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Data Library Amortization

The Company amortizes its seismic data library investment using the greater of the amortization that would result from the application of the income forecast method subject to a minimum amortization rate or a straight-line basis over the useful life of the data. With respect to each survey in the data library, the straight-line policy is applied from the time such survey is available for licensing to customers on a non-exclusive basis.

The Company applies the income forecast method by forecasting the ultimate revenue expected to be derived from a particular data library component over the estimated useful life of each survey comprising part of such component. This forecast is made by the Company annually and reviewed quarterly. If, during any such review, the Company determines that the ultimate revenue for a library component is expected to be significantly different than the original estimate of total revenue for such library component, the Company revises the amortization rate attributable to future revenue from each survey in such component. The lowest amortization rate the Company applies using the income forecast method is 70%. In addition, in connection with the forecast reviews and updates, the Company evaluates the recoverability of its seismic data library investment, and if required, records an impairment charge with respect to such investment. See discussion on “Seismic Data Library Impairment” below.

Amortization expense totaled $132.8 million, $135.0 million and $167.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The actual aggregate rate of amortization as a percentage of total seismic revenue was 57%, 63% and 98% for the same periods, respectively. The actual aggregate rate of amortization depends on the specific seismic surveys licensed and selected by the Company’s customers during the period and the amount of straight-line amortization recorded. The income forecast amortization rates can vary by component and, as of January 1, 2013, the amortization rate utilized under the income forecast method is 70% for all components. Additionally, certain seismic surveys have been fully amortized; consequently, no amortization expense is required on revenue recorded for these seismic surveys.

The greater of the income forecast or straight-line amortization policy is applied quarterly on a cumulative basis at the individual survey level. Under this policy, the Company first records amortization using the income forecast method. The cumulative amortization recorded for each survey is then compared with the cumulative straight-line amortization. If the cumulative straight-line amortization is higher for any specific survey, additional amortization expense is recorded, resulting in accumulated amortization being equal to the cumulative straight-line amortization for such survey. This requirement is applied regardless of future-year revenue estimates for the library component of which the survey is a part and does not consider the existence of deferred revenue with respect to the library component or to any survey.

Seismic Data Library Impairment

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment by grouping individual surveys into components based on its operations and geological and geographical trends, resulting in the following data library segments for purposes of evaluating impairments: (I) North America 3D onshore comprised of the following components: (a) Texas Gulf Coast, (b) Eastern Texas, (c) Southern Louisiana/Mississippi, (d) Northern Louisiana, (e) Rocky Mountains, (f) Utica/Marcellus in Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia, (g) Panhandle Plays in North Texas/Oklahoma, (h) other United States, (i) Montney in British Columbia and Alberta, (j) Horn River in British Columbia, (k) Cardium in Alberta and (l) other Canada; (II) United States 2D; (III) Canada 2D; (IV) Gulf of Mexico offshore; and (V) international data outside North America. The Company believes that these library components constitute the lowest levels of independently identifiable cash flows.

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company considers the level of sales performance in each component compared to projected sales, as well as industry conditions, among others, to be key factors in determining when its seismic data investment should be evaluated for impairment. In evaluating sales performance of each component, the Company generally considers five consecutive quarters of actual performance below forecasted sales to be an indicator of potential impairment.

The impairment evaluation is based first on a comparison of the undiscounted future cash flows over each component’s remaining estimated useful life with the carrying value of each library component. If the undiscounted cash flows are equal to or greater than the carrying value of such component, no impairment is recorded. If undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of any component, the forecast of future cash flows related to such component is discounted to fair value and compared with such component’s carrying amount. The difference between the library component’s carrying amount and the discounted future value of the expected revenue stream is recorded as an impairment charge.

For purposes of evaluating potential impairment losses, the Company estimates the future cash flows attributable to a library component by evaluating, among other factors, historical and recent revenue trends, oil and gas prospectivity in particular regions, general economic conditions affecting its customer base and expected changes in technology and other factors that the Company deems relevant. The cash flow estimates exclude expected future revenues attributable to non-monetary data exchanges and future data creation projects.

The estimation of future cash flows and fair value is highly subjective and inherently imprecise. Estimates can change materially from period to period based on many factors, including those described in the preceding paragraph. Accordingly, if conditions change in the future, the Company may record impairment losses relative to its seismic data library investment, which could be material to any particular reporting period.

The Company did not have any impairment charges during the three years ended December 31, 2012.

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30			Sept. 30			Dec. 31
	(In thousands)
2012
Revenue	$	72,547	$	46,028		$	51,556		$	70,327
Operating income	24,974		8,335			8,904			28,939
Net income	14,706		1,270			1,129			19,945
	Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30			Sept. 30			Dec. 31
	(In thousands)
2011
Revenue	$	59,496	$	35,545		$	52,208		$	70,759
Operating income	9,501		4,335			10,506			18,954
Net income (loss)	511		(5,026		)	(5,111		)	11,842

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies - Debt Issue Costs (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Unamortized debt issue costs	$ 2.4	$ 4.4

XML

Lease Obligations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Leases [Abstract]

Schedule of future minimum lease payments

Future minimum lease payments for the five years subsequent to December 31, 2012, thereafter and in the aggregate are as follows (in thousands):

	Capital Leases			Operating Leases
2013	$	446		$	1,010
2014	446			696
2015	430			672
2016	412			471
2017	440			53
Thereafter	1,970			—
Total minimum lease payments	4,144			$	2,902
Less amount representing interest	(1,031		)
Present value of net minimum lease payments	$	3,113

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations

The following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30			Sept. 30			Dec. 31
	(In thousands)
2012
Revenue	$	72,547	$	46,028		$	51,556		$	70,327
Operating income	24,974		8,335			8,904			28,939
Net income	14,706		1,270			1,129			19,945
	Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30			Sept. 30			Dec. 31
	(In thousands)
2011
Revenue	$	59,496	$	35,545		$	52,208		$	70,759
Operating income	9,501		4,335			10,506			18,954
Net income (loss)	511		(5,026		)	(5,111		)	11,842

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies - Employee Benefit Plans (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Savings plan expense	$ 0.5	$ 0.5	$ 0.4

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
Balance beginning of year	$	205,838	$	208,050
Translation adjustments	2,182		(2,212		)
Balance end of year	$	208,020	$	205,838

Summary of the Company’s intangible assets other than goodwill

The following is a summary of the Company’s intangible assets other than goodwill (in thousands):

	Weighted Average Amortization Period	December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
Amortized intangible assets:
Cost:
Favorable facility lease	6 years	$	—		$	1,752
Customer relationships	10 years	44,669			44,397
Internally developed software	7 years	9,346			9,143
		54,015			55,292
Accumulated Amortization:
Favorable facility lease	6 years	—			(1,367		)
Customer relationships	10 years	(26,243		)	(21,644		)
Internally developed software	7 years	(7,844		)	(6,367		)
		(34,087		)	(29,378		)
Net book value		19,928			25,914
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Trade names		900			900
Total intangible assets at net book value		$	20,828		$	26,814

XML

Lease Obligations (Details)	0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2002	Dec. 31, 2012 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2010 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 CAD	Dec. 31, 2012 Property and Equipment [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 Property and Equipment [Member] USD ($)
Schedule of Capital and Operating Leased Assets [Line Items]
Assets recorded under capital lease obligations						$ 3,800,000	$ 3,700,000
Accumulated depreciation related to assets under capital lease obligations						1,500,000	1,200,000
Operating lease rent expense		1,800,000	1,700,000	1,700,000
Sublease income from operating leases		300,000	299,000	325,000
Term of capital lease (in years)	20 years
Future minimum payments due under capital leases in years 11-15					409,500
Future minimum payments due under capital leases in years 16-20					452,340

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	$ 246,000	$ 4,000	$ 13,000	$ 755,000	$ 9,000
Repayment from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	0	0	0	50,000	0
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	1,120,000		874,000	861,000
Seitel Holdings, Inc. [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.			13,000	755,000	9,000
Repayment from Seitel Holdings, Inc.				50,000
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.			874,000	861,000
Wandoo Energy LLC [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Cost method investment, ownership percentage			20.00%
Proceeds from cash dividends			552,000	67,000	40,000
Proceeds from reimbursement					133,000
Texoz E&P, Inc. [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Proceeds from licensing agreement				$ 335,000

XML

Debt (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	1 Months Ended		3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended							3 Months Ended		0 Months Ended		3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended					3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 20, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013	May 25, 2011	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Mar. 31, 2013 Olympic [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Olympic [Member]	May 25, 2011 Canadian Lender [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 9½% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 9½% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Senior Notes [Member] 9½% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 20, 2013 Senior Notes [Member] 9½% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 20, 2013 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Jul. 02, 2011 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Feb. 14, 2007 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Notes Payable, Other Payables [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Notes Payable, Other Payables [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Debt Instrument, Redemption, Period One [Member] Senior Notes [Member] 9½% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Debt Instrument, Redemption, Period Two [Member] Senior Notes [Member] 9½% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Debt Instrument, Redemption, Period Two [Member] Senior Notes [Member] 9½% Senior Notes [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Senior Notes		$ 250,000,000		$ 250,000,000		$ 275,000,000	$ 275,000,000					$ 250,000,000	$ 0	$ 0	$ 275,000,000	$ 275,000,000
9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes
Credit Facility		0		0		0	0
Notes payable to former executive		12,000		12,000		29,000	95,000
Debt		250,012,000		250,012,000		275,029,000	275,095,000
Loss on early extinguishment of debt				1,504,000	0	0	7,912,000	0													1,500,000	7,900,000
Accrued interest payable																						10,100,000	10,100,000
Call premium																													35.00%
Senior Notes																		250,000,000	275,000,000				275,000,000			400,000,000
Debt Instrument, Redemption Price, Percentage																			100.00%	104.875%									109.50%	101.00%	101.00%
Repayments of Senior Debt, Cash on Hand	29,800,000
Interest rate of senior notes																	9.50%	9.50%			9.75%	9.75%	9.75%	9.75%	9.75%	9.75%
Debt Instrument, Repurchase Amount																				125,000,000
Credit Facility
Maximum borrowing capacity			30,000,000								5,000,000
Expiration date of credit facility		May 25, 2016	Nov. 15, 2013
Percent of present and future assets and equity used as guarantee									65.00%	65.00%
Line of Credit Facility, Commitment Fee Percentage						0.50%
Notes Payable to Former Executive
Monthly payment of non-interest bearing note																											6,000	6,000
Aggregate Maturities
Aggregate maturites of debt, 2013						29,000
Aggregate maturites of debt, 2014						275,000,000
Interest				$ 18,253,000	$ 13,475,000	$ 27,099,000	$ 37,981,000	$ 39,440,000											$ 4,800,000
Debt Instrument, Covenant Requirements Not Met, Interest Rate Increase, Period One																	0.25
Debt Instrument, Covenant Requirements Not Met, Interest Rate Increase, Period Two																	0.25
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate Increase																	1.0
Debt Instrument, Covenant Requirements Not Met, Period of Interest Rate Increase, Period One																	90 days
Debt Instrument, Covenant Requirements Not Met, Period of Interest Rate Increase, Period Two																	90 days

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies - Concentration Risks (Details) (Customer Concentration Risk [Member], Sales [Member])	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012 customer	Dec. 31, 2011 customer	Dec. 31, 2010 customer
Customer Concentration Risk [Member] | Sales [Member]
Product Information [Line Items]
Customers at benchmark (in customers)	0	1	0
Concentration risk, percentage	10.00%	11.00%	10.00%

XML

Shareholder's Equity (Details) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	May 31, 2011	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Mar. 31, 2013 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Jul. 02, 2011 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Feb. 14, 2007 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]
Shareholders' Equity [Line Items]
Minority interest purchase price	$ 125,000,000
Contributed capital	125,000,000			0	125,000,000	0
Issuance Costs	4,900,000
Amount redeemed of senior notes											$ 125,000,000
Interest rate of senior notes							9.75%	9.75%	9.75%	9.75%		9.75%	9.75%

XML

Supplemental Guarantors Consolidating Condensed Financial Information

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Supplemental Guarantors Consolidating Condensed Financial Information [Abstract]

Supplemental Guarantors Consolidating Condensed Financial Information

SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTORS CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

On March 20, 2013, the Company completed a private placement of 9½% Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million. The Company’s payment obligations under the 9½% Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by substantially all of the Company's significant 100% owned U.S. subsidiaries (“Guarantor Subsidiaries”). All subsidiaries of the Company that do not guaranty the 9½% Senior Notes are referred to as Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.

The consolidating condensed financial statements are presented below and should be read in connection with the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. Separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented because (i) the Guarantor Subsidiaries are wholly-owned and have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the 9½% Senior Notes on a joint and several basis, and (ii) the Company’s management has determined such separate financial statements are not material to investors.

The following consolidating condensed financial information presents the consolidating condensed balance sheets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and the consolidating condensed statements of income, statements of comprehensive income and statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 of (a) the Company; (b) the Guarantor Subsidiaries; (c) the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries; (d) elimination entries; and (e) the Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for on the equity method. The principal elimination entries eliminate investments in subsidiaries, intercompany balances, intercompany transactions and intercompany sales.

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	25,308		$	236		$	—		$	25,544
Receivables
Trade, net	—			27,026			16,569			—			43,595
Notes and other, net	—			33			2,068			—			2,101
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			1,120			—			—			1,120
Intercompany receivables (payables)	26,878			437			(27,315		)	—			—
Investment in subsidiaries	344,582			434,764			1,587			(780,933		)	—
Net seismic data library	—			114,478			82,743			—			197,221
Net property and equipment	—			2,003			2,648			—			4,651
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	7,376			3,047			617			—			11,040
Intangible assets, net	900			12,447			5,908			—			19,255
Goodwill	—			107,688			98,286			—			205,974
Deferred income taxes	—			84			—			—			84
TOTAL ASSETS	$	379,736		$	728,435		$	183,347		$	(780,933	)	$	510,585
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	720		$	37,613		$	14,789		$	—		$	53,122
Income taxes payable	403			569			—			—			972
Senior Notes	250,000			—			—			—			250,000
Notes payable	12			—			—			—			12
Obligations under capital leases	—			73			2,917			—			2,990
Deferred revenue	—			46,681			4,667			—			51,348
Deferred income taxes	—			—			2,896			—			2,896
TOTAL LIABILITIES	251,135			84,936			25,269			—			361,340
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital	398,998			—			—			—			398,998
Parent investment	—			764,752			156,918			(921,670		)	—
Retained deficit	(270,397		)	(121,253		)	(19,484		)	140,737			(270,397		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	—			—			20,644			—			20,644
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	128,601			643,499			158,078			(780,933		)	149,245
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	379,736		$	728,435		$	183,347		$	(780,933	)	$	510,585

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	60,533		$	1,358		$	—		$	61,891
Receivables
Trade, net	—			43,806			17,389			—			61,195
Notes and other, net	—			9			2,134			—			2,143
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			874			—			—			874
Intercompany receivables (payables)	75,688			(49,827		)	(25,861		)	—			—
Investment in subsidiaries	332,819			432,870			1,590			(767,279		)	—
Net seismic data library	—			100,087			80,030			—			180,117
Net property and equipment	—			2,125			2,693			—			4,818
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	2,644			5,122			3,008			—			10,774
Intangible assets, net	900			13,250			6,678			—			20,828
Goodwill	—			107,688			100,332			—			208,020
Deferred income taxes	—			84			—			—			84
TOTAL ASSETS	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	10,049		$	38,179		$	14,555		$	—		$	62,783
Income taxes payable	336			900			2,898			—			4,134
Senior Notes	275,000			—			—			—			275,000
Notes payable	29			—			—			—			29
Obligations under capital leases	—			81			3,032			—			3,113
Deferred revenue	—			45,320			7,537			—			52,857
Deferred income taxes	—			—			2,470			—			2,470
TOTAL LIABILITIES	285,414			84,480			30,492			—			400,386
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital	398,772			—			—			—			398,772
Parent investment	—			764,752			156,918			(921,670		)	—
Retained deficit	(272,135		)	(132,611		)	(21,780		)	154,391			(272,135		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	—			—			23,721			—			23,721
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	126,637			632,141			158,859			(767,279		)	150,358
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	33,120		$	18,575		$	(344	)	$	51,351
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	—			18,009			11,329			—			29,338
Cost of sales	—			38			1			—			39
Selling, general and administrative	285			4,463			2,983			(344		)	7,387
	285			22,510			14,313			(344		)	36,764
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	(285		)	10,610			4,262			—			14,587
Interest expense, net	(7,831		)	(1,065		)	(419		)	—			(9,315		)
Foreign currency exchange losses	—			—			(647		)	—			(647		)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	(1,504		)	—			—			—			(1,504		)
Other income	—			1			—			—			1
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries	(9,620		)	9,546			3,196			—			3,122
Provision for income taxes	—			484			900			—			1,384
Equity in income of subsidiaries	11,358			2,296			—			(13,654		)	—
NET INCOME	$	1,738		$	11,358		$	2,296		$	(13,654	)	$	1,738

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	1,738	$	11,358	$	2,296		$	(13,654	)	$	1,738
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—		—		(3,077		)	—			(3,077		)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	1,738	$	11,358	$	(781	)	$	(13,654	)	$	(1,339	)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	39,128		$	33,764		$	(345	)	$	72,547
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	—			20,848			18,536			—			39,384
Cost of sales	—			86			11			—			97
Selling, general and administrative	253			5,016			3,168			(345		)	8,092
	253			25,950			21,715			(345		)	47,573
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	(253		)	13,178			12,049			—			24,974
Interest expense, net	(2,246		)	(4,710		)	(263		)	—			(7,219		)
Foreign currency exchange gains	—			—			411			—			411
Other income	1			80			—			—			81
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries	(2,498		)	8,548			12,197			—			18,247
Provision for income taxes	—			260			3,281			—			3,541
Equity in income of subsidiaries	17,204			8,916			—			(26,120		)	—
NET INCOME	$	14,706		$	17,204		$	8,916		$	(26,120	)	$	14,706

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries		Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	14,706	$	17,204	$	8,916	$	(26,120	)	$	14,706
Unrealized gains on securities held as available for sale, net of tax	—		85		—		—			85
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—		—		2,556		—			2,556
Comprehensive income	$	14,706	$	17,289	$	11,472	$	(26,120	)	$	17,347

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(17,861	)	$	42,050		$	11,223		$	—	$	35,412
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	—			(27,629		)	(12,503		)	—		(40,132		)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	—			(192		)	(144		)	—		(336		)
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			(246		)	—			—		(246		)
Net cash used in investing activities	—			(28,067		)	(12,647		)	—		(40,714		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuance of 9½% Senior Notes	250,000			—			—			—		250,000
Repayment of 9.75% Senior Notes	(275,000		)	—			—			—		(275,000		)
Principal payments on notes payable	(17		)	—			—			—		(17		)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	—			(8		)	(54		)	—		(62		)
Costs of debt transactions	(5,822		)	—			—			—		(5,822		)
Intercompany transfers	48,700			(49,200		)	500			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	17,861			(49,208		)	446			—		(30,901		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			—			(144		)	—		(144		)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	—			(35,225		)	(1,122		)	—		(36,347		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	—			60,533			1,358			—		61,891
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	25,308		$	236		$	—	$	25,544

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(13,179	)	$	27,843		$	30,418		$	—	$	45,082
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	—			(19,645		)	(36,775		)	—		(56,420		)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	—			(201		)	(49		)	—		(250		)
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			(4		)	—			—		(4		)
Net cash used in investing activities	—			(19,850		)	(36,824		)	—		(56,674		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on notes payable	(16		)	—			—			—		(16		)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	—			—			(42		)	—		(42		)
Intercompany transfers	13,195			(13,195		)	—			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	13,179			(13,195		)	(42		)	—		(58		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			—			171			—		171
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	—			(5,202		)	(6,277		)	—		(11,479		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	—			61,612			13,282			—		74,894
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	56,410		$	7,005		$	—	$	63,415

SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTORS CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

On February 14, 2007, the Company completed a private placement of 9.75% Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million. As of December 31, 2012, $275.0 million aggregate principal amount remains outstanding. The Company’s payment obligations under the 9.75% Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of its 100% owned U.S. subsidiaries (“Guarantor Subsidiaries”). All subsidiaries of the Company that do not guaranty the 9.75% Senior Notes are referred to as Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.

The consolidating condensed financial statements are presented below and should be read in connection with the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. Separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented because (i) the Guarantor Subsidiaries are wholly-owned and have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the 9.75% Senior Notes on a joint and several basis, and (ii) the Company’s management has determined such separate financial statements are not material to investors.

The following consolidating condensed financial information presents the consolidating condensed balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the consolidating condensed statements of operations, statements of comprehensive income (loss) and statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 of (a) the Company; (b) the Guarantor Subsidiaries; (c) the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries; (d) elimination entries; and (e) the Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for on the equity method. The principal elimination entries eliminate investments in subsidiaries, intercompany balances, intercompany transactions and intercompany sales.

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	60,533		$	1,358		$	—		$	61,891
Receivables
Trade, net	—			43,806			17,389			—			61,195
Notes and other, net	—			9			2,134			—			2,143
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			874			—			—			874
Intercompany receivables (payables)	75,688			(49,827		)	(25,861		)	—			—
Investment in subsidiaries	332,819			432,870			1,590			(767,279		)	—
Net seismic data library	—			100,087			80,030			—			180,117
Net property and equipment	—			2,125			2,693			—			4,818
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	2,644			5,122			3,008			—			10,774
Intangible assets, net	900			13,250			6,678			—			20,828
Goodwill	—			107,688			100,332			—			208,020
Deferred income taxes	—			84			—			—			84
TOTAL ASSETS	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	10,049		$	38,179		$	14,555		$	—		$	62,783
Income taxes payable	336			900			2,898			—			4,134
Senior Notes	275,000			—			—			—			275,000
Notes payable	29			—			—			—			29
Obligations under capital leases	—			81			3,032			—			3,113
Deferred revenue	—			45,320			7,537			—			52,857
Deferred income taxes	—			—			2,470			—			2,470
TOTAL LIABILITIES	285,414			84,480			30,492			—			400,386
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital	398,772			—			—			—			398,772
Parent investment	—			764,752			156,918			(921,670		)	—
Retained deficit	(272,135		)	(132,611		)	(21,780		)	154,391			(272,135		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	—			—			23,721			—			23,721
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	126,637			632,141			158,859			(767,279		)	150,358
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	61,612		$	13,282		$	—		$	74,894
Receivables
Trade, net	—			32,129			19,177			—			51,306
Notes and other, net	520			1,606			2,196			—			4,322
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			861			—			—			861
Intercompany receivables (payables)	95,955			(78,614		)	(17,341		)	—			—
Investment in subsidiaries	272,268			416,322			1,448			(690,038		)	—
Net seismic data library	—			63,259			57,435			—			120,694
Net property and equipment	—			1,897			3,142			—			5,039
Investment in marketable securities	—			262			—			—			262
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	4,409			5,078			757			—			10,244
Intangible assets, net	900			16,462			9,452			—			26,814
Goodwill	—			107,688			98,150			—			205,838
Deferred income taxes	—			56			—			—			56
TOTAL ASSETS	$	374,052		$	628,618		$	187,698		$	(690,038	)	$	500,330
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	10,050		$	23,563		$	26,937		$	—		$	60,550
Income taxes payable	81			—			1,383			—			1,464
Senior Notes	275,000			—			—			—			275,000
Notes payable	95			—			—			—			95
Obligations under capital leases	—			—			3,161			—			3,161
Deferred revenue	—			33,340			15,505			—			48,845
Deferred income taxes	—			—			1,375			—			1,375
TOTAL LIABILITIES	285,226			56,903			48,361			—			390,490
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital	398,011			—			—			—			398,011
Parent investment	—			764,752			156,913			(921,665		)	—
Retained deficit	(309,185		)	(193,299		)	(38,328		)	231,627			(309,185		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	—			262			20,752			—			21,014
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	88,826			571,715			139,337			(690,038		)	109,840
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	374,052		$	628,618		$	187,698		$	(690,038	)	$	500,330

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	157,324		$	84,435		$	(1,301	)	$	240,458
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	—			88,724			51,030			—			139,754
Cost of sales	—			446			18			—			464
Selling, general and administrative	2,117			17,607			10,665			(1,301		)	29,088
	2,117			106,777			61,713			(1,301		)	169,306
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	(2,117		)	50,547			22,722			—			71,152
Interest expense, net	(21,542		)	(6,015		)	(1,454		)	—			(29,011		)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)	—			(4		)	685			—			681
Gain on sale of marketable securities	—			230			—			—			230
Other income	21			759			—			—			780
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries	(23,638		)	45,517			21,953			—			43,832
Provision for income taxes	—			1,377			5,405			—			6,782
Equity in income of subsidiaries	60,688			16,548			—			(77,236		)	—
NET INCOME	$	37,050		$	60,688		$	16,548		$	(77,236	)	$	37,050

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries		Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	37,050	$	60,688		$	16,548	$	(77,236	)	$	37,050
Unrealized losses on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding losses arising during the period	—		(32		)	—		—			(32		)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings	—		(230		)	—		—			(230		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—		—			2,969		—			2,969
Comprehensive income	$	37,050	$	60,426		$	19,517	$	(77,236	)	$	39,757

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	152,759		$	66,644		$	(1,395	)	$	218,008
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	—			92,106			50,857			—			142,963
Cost of sales	—			88			12			—			100
Selling, general and administrative	1,503			19,626			11,915			(1,395		)	31,649
	1,503			111,820			62,784			(1,395		)	174,712
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	(1,503		)	40,939			3,860			—			43,296
Interest expense, net	(14,124		)	(19,805		)	(838		)	—			(34,767		)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)	—			4			(730		)	—			(726		)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	(7,912		)	—			—			—			(7,912		)
Gain on sale of marketable securities	—			2,467			—			—			2,467
Other income	4			67			179			—			250
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries	(23,535		)	23,672			2,471			—			2,608
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	—			(418		)	810			—			392
Equity in income of subsidiaries	25,751			1,661			—			(27,412		)	—
NET INCOME	$	2,216		$	25,751		$	1,661		$	(27,412	)	$	2,216

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	2,216	$	25,751		$	1,661		$	(27,412	)	$	2,216
Unrealized losses on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding losses arising during the period	—		(373		)	—			—			(373		)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings	—		(2,467		)	—			—			(2,467		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—		(1		)	(3,036		)	—			(3,037		)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	2,216	$	22,910		$	(1,375	)	$	(27,412	)	$	(3,661	)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	131,417		$	47,892		$	(3,753	)	$	175,556
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	—			126,593			48,999			—			175,592
Cost of sales	—			87			10			—			97
Selling, general and administrative	3,219			19,612			12,753			(3,753		)	31,831
	3,219			146,292			61,762			(3,753		)	207,520
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS	(3,219		)	(14,875		)	(13,870		)	—			(31,964		)
Interest expense, net	(20,115		)	(20,173		)	(248		)	—			(40,536		)
Foreign currency exchange gains	—			24			417			—			441
Gain on sale of marketable securities	—			4,188			—			—			4,188
Other income	2			319			125			—			446
Loss before income taxes and equity in loss of subsidiaries	(23,332		)	(30,517		)	(13,576		)	—			(67,425		)
Benefit for income taxes	—			(328		)	(3,680		)	—			(4,008		)
Equity in loss of subsidiaries	(40,085		)	(9,896		)	—			49,981			—
NET LOSS	$	(63,417	)	$	(40,085	)	$	(9,896	)	$	49,981		$	(63,417	)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Net loss	$	(63,417	)	$	(40,085	)	$	(9,896	)	$	49,981	$	(63,417	)
Unrealized gains on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding gains arising during the period	—			4,117			—			—		4,117
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings	—			(4,188		)	—			—		(4,188		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—			1			6,947			—		6,948
Comprehensive loss	$	(63,417	)	$	(40,155	)	$	(2,949	)	$	49,981	$	(56,540	)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(27,325	)	$	133,731		$	65,075		$	—	$	171,481
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	—			(100,280		)	(82,964		)	—		(183,244		)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	—			(1,278		)	(144		)	—		(1,422		)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities	—			230			—			—		230
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other	—			90			—			—		90
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			(13		)	—			—		(13		)
Net cash used in investing activities	—			(101,251		)	(83,108		)	—		(184,359		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on notes payable	(66		)	—			—			—		(66		)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	—			(14		)	(198		)	—		(212		)
Intercompany transfers	27,391			(33,541		)	6,150			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	27,325			(33,555		)	5,952			—		(278		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			(4		)	157			—		153
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	—			(1,079		)	(11,924		)	—		(13,003		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	—			61,612			13,282			—		74,894
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	60,533		$	1,358		$	—	$	61,891

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(39,324	)	$	120,404		$	45,743		$	—	$	126,823
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	—			(68,145		)	(58,834		)	—		(126,979		)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	—			(1,856		)	(265		)	—		(2,121		)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities	—			2,467			—			—		2,467
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other	—			121			1			—		122
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			(755		)	—			—		(755		)
Repayment from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			50			—			—		50
Net cash used in investing activities	—			(68,118		)	(59,098		)	—		(127,216		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Contributed capital	125,000			—			—			—		125,000
Repayment of 9.75% Senior Notes	(131,094		)	—			—			—		(131,094		)
Repayment of 11.75% Senior Notes	(2,000		)	—			—			—		(2,000		)
Principal payments on notes payable	(59		)	—			—			—		(59		)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	—			—			(164		)	—		(164		)
Borrowings on line of credit	—			—			737			—		737
Payments on line of credit	—			—			(737		)	—		(737		)
Costs of debt and equity transactions	(6,268		)	—			(70		)	—		(6,338		)
Intercompany transfers	53,745			(65,745		)	12,000			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	39,324			(65,745		)	11,766			—		(14,655		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			3			(32		)	—		(29		)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	—			(13,456		)	(1,621		)	—		(15,077		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	—			75,068			14,903			—		89,971
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	61,612		$	13,282		$	—	$	74,894

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(39,719	)	$	115,561		$	33,038		$	—	$	108,880
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	—			(33,287		)	(16,178		)	—		(49,465		)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	—			(380		)	(147		)	—		(527		)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities	—			4,188			—			—		4,188
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other	—			86			—			—		86
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			(9		)	—			—		(9		)
Return of capital from subsidiary	—			4,501			(4,501		)	—		—
Net cash used in investing activities	—			(24,901		)	(20,826		)	—		(45,727		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on notes payable	(54		)	—			—			—		(54		)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	—			—			(146		)	—		(146		)
Borrowings on line of credit	—			—			10			—		10
Payments on line of credit	—			—			(10		)	—		(10		)
Costs of debt and equity transactions	(65		)	—			—			—		(65		)
Intercompany transfers	39,838			(39,838		)	—			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	39,719			(39,838		)	(146		)	—		(265		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			25			788			—		813
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	—			50,847			12,854			—		63,701
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	—			24,221			2,049			—		26,270
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	75,068		$	14,903		$	—	$	89,971

XML

Consolidated Statement Of Stockholder's Equity (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-In Capital [Member]	Retained Deficit [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member]
Balance at Dec. 31, 2009		$ 0	$ 274,331	$ (247,984)	$ 20,014
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2009		100
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholder's Equity [Roll Forward]
Amortization of stock-based compensation costs			3,157
Net income (loss)	(63,417)			(63,417)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	6,948				6,948
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities held as available for sale, net of tax	4,117				4,117
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on securities held as available for sale included in earnings, net of tax	(4,188)				(4,188)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2010		0	277,488	(311,401)	26,891
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2010		100
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholder's Equity [Roll Forward]
Amortization of stock-based compensation costs			453
Investment by Parent, net			120,070
Net income (loss)	2,216			2,216
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(3,037)				(3,037)
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities held as available for sale, net of tax	(373)				(373)
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on securities held as available for sale included in earnings, net of tax	(2,467)				(2,467)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	109,840	0	398,011	(309,185)	21,014
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2011	100	100
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholder's Equity [Roll Forward]
Amortization of stock-based compensation costs			761
Net income (loss)	37,050			37,050
Foreign currency translation adjustments	2,969				2,969
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities held as available for sale, net of tax	(32)				(32)
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on securities held as available for sale included in earnings, net of tax	(230)				(230)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	150,358	0	398,772	(272,135)	23,721
Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2012	100	100
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholder's Equity [Roll Forward]
Amortization of stock-based compensation costs			226
Net income (loss)	1,738			1,738
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(3,077)				(3,077)
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities held as available for sale, net of tax	0
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on securities held as available for sale included in earnings, net of tax
Balance at Mar. 31, 2013	$ 149,245	$ 0	$ 398,998	$ (270,397)	$ 20,644
Balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2013	100	100

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows (Parenthetical) (Senior Notes [Member])(11.75% Senior Notes [Member])	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Interest rate of senior notes	11.75%	11.75%	11.75%

XML

Revenue Recognition

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Revenue Recognition [Abstract]

Revenue Recognition

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue from Data Acquisition

The Company generates revenue when it creates a new seismic survey that is initially licensed by one or more of its customers to use the resulting data. The payments for the initial licenses are sometimes referred to as underwriting or prefunding. Customers make periodic payments throughout the creation period, which generally correspond to costs incurred and work performed. These payments are non-refundable. The Company considers the contracts signed up to the time the Company makes a firm commitment to create the new seismic survey as underwriting. Any subsequent licensing of the data while it is in progress is considered a resale license (see “Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses”).

Underwriting revenue is recognized throughout the creation period using the proportional performance method based upon costs incurred and work performed to date as a percentage of total estimated costs and work required. Management believes that this method is the most reliable and representative measure of progress for its data creation projects. On average, the duration of the data creation process is approximately one year. Under these contracts, the Company creates new seismic data designed in conjunction with its customers and specifically suited to the geology of the area using the most appropriate technology available.

The Company outsources the substantial majority of the work required to complete data acquisition projects to third party contractors. The Company’s payments to these third party contractors comprise the substantial majority of the total estimated costs of the project and are paid throughout the creation period. A typical survey includes specific activities required to complete the survey, each of which has value to the customers. Typical activities, that often occur concurrently, include:

• permitting for land access, mineral rights, and regulatory approval;

• surveying;

• drilling for the placement of energy sources;

• recording the data in the field; and

• processing the data.

The customers paying for the initial licenses receive legally enforceable rights to any resulting product of each activity described above. The customers also receive access to and use of the newly acquired, processed data.

The customers’ access to and use of the results of the work performed and of the newly acquired, processed data is governed by a license agreement, which is a separate agreement from the acquisition contract. The Company’s acquisition contracts require the customer either to have a license agreement in place or to execute one at the time the acquisition contract is signed. The Company maintains sole ownership of the newly acquired data, which is added to its library, and is free to license the data to other customers.

Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses

The Company recognizes a substantial portion of its revenue from licensing of data once it is available for delivery. These are sometimes referred to as resale licensing revenue, post-acquisition license sales or shelf sales.

These sales fall under the following four basic forms of non-exclusive license contracts.

• Specific license contract—The customer licenses and selects data from the data library, including data currently in progress, at the time the contract is entered into and holds this license for a long-term period.

• Library card license contract—The customer initially receives only access to data. The customer may then select specific data, from the collection of data to which it has access, to hold long-term under its license agreement. The length of the selection periods under the library card contracts is limited in time and varies from customer to customer.

• Review and possession license contract—The customer obtains the right to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time. During the review period, the customer may select specific data from that available for review to hold long-term under its license agreement. Any data not selected for long-term licensing must be returned to the Company at the end of the review period.

• Review only license contract—The customer obtains rights to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time, but does not obtain the right to select specific data to hold long-term.

The Company’s non-exclusive license contracts specify the following:

• that all customers must also execute a master license agreement that governs the use of all data received under the Company’s non-exclusive license contracts;

• the specific payment terms, generally ranging from 30 days to 12 months, and that such payments are non-cancelable and non-refundable;

• the actual data that is accessible to the customer; and

• that the data is licensed in its present form, where is and as is and the Company is under no obligation to make any enhancements, modifications or additions to the data unless specific terms to the contrary are included.

Revenue from the non-exclusive licensing of seismic data is recognized when the following criteria are met:

• the Company has an arrangement with the customer that is validated by a signed contract;

• the sales price is fixed and determinable;

• collection is reasonably assured;

• the customer has selected the specific data or the contract has expired without full selection;

• the data is currently available for delivery; and

• the license term has begun.

Copies of the data are available to the customer immediately upon request.

For licenses that have been invoiced for which payment is due or has been received, but have not met the aforementioned criteria, the revenue is deferred along with the related direct costs (primarily sales commissions). This normally occurs under the library card, review and possession or review only license contracts because the data selection may occur over time. Additionally, if the contract allows licensing of data that is not currently available or enhancements, modifications or additions to the data are required per the contract, revenue is deferred until such time that the data is available.

Revenue from Non-Monetary Exchanges

In certain cases, the Company will take ownership of a customer’s seismic data or revenue interest (collectively referred to as “data”) in exchange for a non-exclusive license to selected seismic data from the Company’s library and, in some cases, services provided by Seitel Solutions (“Solutions”). In connection with specific data acquisition contracts, the Company may choose to receive both cash and ownership of seismic data from the customer as consideration for the underwriting of new data acquisition. In addition, the Company may receive advanced data processing services on selected existing data in exchange for

a non-exclusive license to selected data from the Company’s library. These exchanges are referred to as non-monetary exchanges. A non-monetary exchange for data always complies with the following criteria:

• the data license delivered is always distinct from the data received;

• the customer forfeits ownership of its data; and

• the Company retains ownership in its data.

In non-monetary exchange transactions, the Company records a data library asset for the seismic data received or processed at the time the contract is entered into or the data is completed, as applicable, and recognizes revenue on the transaction in equal value in accordance with its policy on revenue from data licenses, which is, when the data is selected by the customer, or revenue from data acquisition, as applicable, or as services are provided by Solutions. The data license to the customer is in the form of one of the four basic forms of contracts discussed above. These transactions are valued at the fair value of the data received or delivered, whichever is more readily determinable.

Fair value of the data exchanged is determined using a multi-step process as follows:

• First, the Company considers the value of the data or services received from the customer. In determining the value of the data received, the Company considers the age, quality, current demand and future marketability of the data and, in the case of 3D seismic data, the cost that would be required to create the data. In addition, the Company applies a limitation on the value it assigns per square mile on the data received. In determining the value of the services received, the Company considers the cost of such similar services that it could obtain from a third party provider.

• Second, the Company determines the value of the license granted to the customer. Typically, the range of cash transactions by the Company for licenses of similar data during the prior six months are evaluated. In evaluating the range of cash transactions, the Company does not consider transactions that are disproportionately high or low.

Due to the Company’s revenue recognition policies, revenue recognized on non-monetary exchange transactions may not occur at the same time the seismic data acquired is recorded as an asset. The activity related to non-monetary exchanges was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Seismic data library additions	$	2,716	$	709
Revenue recognized on specific data licenses or selections of data	578		827
Revenue recognized related to acquisition contracts	57		1,268
Revenue recognized related to Solutions	—		20

Revenue from Solutions

Revenue from Solutions is recognized as the services for reproduction and delivery of seismic data are provided to customers.

XML

Statement of Cash Flow Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2010 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2013 Seismic Operations Bonds [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2012 Seismic Operations Bonds [Member] USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 Seismic Operations Bonds [Member] USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2013 Cash Posted As Security Against Company Issued Credit Cards for Olympic [Member] CAD	Dec. 31, 2012 Cash Posted As Security Against Company Issued Credit Cards for Olympic [Member] CAD	Dec. 31, 2011 Cash Posted As Security Against Company Issued Credit Cards for Olympic [Member] CAD
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents Items [Line Items]
Restricted cash and cash equivalents				$ 651,000	$ 651,000	$ 122,000	125,000	125,000	125,000
Income taxes paid	3,200,000	8,100,000	15,000
Income tax refunds	$ 1,000,000	$ 100,000	$ 68,000

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization: On February 14, 2007, Seitel Acquisition Corp. (“Acquisition Corp.”) was merged with and into Seitel, Inc. (the "Company"), pursuant to a merger agreement between the Company, Acquisition Corp. and Seitel Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) dated October 31, 2006 (the "Merger"). Pursuant to the merger agreement, the Company continued as the surviving corporation and became a privately owned corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. Holdings is an investment entity in which ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. (“ValueAct Capital”) owns a majority interest. In May 2011, Centerbridge Capital Partners II, L.P. and Centerbridge Capital Partners SBS II, L.P. (together with Centerbridge Capital Partners II, L.P., “Centerbridge”) purchased a minority interest in Holdings.

Nature of Operations: The Company owns an extensive library of proprietary onshore and offshore seismic data that it offers for license to oil and gas companies. The Company’s library includes a vast amount of data across both unconventional plays and conventional oil and gas basins. Unconventional plays are those that cannot be produced at economic flow rates, nor in economic volumes without the use of advanced stimulation techniques, usually for reasons of low permeability. The more common of these advanced stimulation techniques are horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing or any others that would enhance recovery rates. Included in these unconventional resources are heavy oil, tar sands, shale gas and oil, gas hydrates and coalbed methane. The Company has leading seismic market positions in key North American unconventional plays, including oil and liquids-rich plays such as the Eagle Ford/Woodbine, Utica/Marcellus and Niobrara/Bakken in the United States and Montney and Cardium in Canada. The majority of the Company's conventional seismic data covers onshore regions within North America with the remainder covering offshore United States. To support its seismic data licensing business and its clients, the Company maintains warehouse and electronic storage facilities in Houston, Texas and Calgary, Alberta, Canada and offers, through its Seitel Solutions business unit ("Solutions"), the ability to access and interact, via a standard web browser and the Internet, with the seismic data library owned and marketed by the Company.

Basis of Presentation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made to the amounts in the prior year’s financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation.

The Company presents its consolidated balance sheets on an unclassified basis. The portion of seismic data library costs to be amortized during the next year cannot be classified as a current asset due to Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") guidance. Classification of all of these costs as noncurrent would be misleading to the reader because it would not indicate the level of assets expected to be converted into cash in the next year.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions: The preparation of the Company's financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the accounting for and recognition of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These estimates and assumptions must be made because certain information that is used in the preparation of the Company's financial statements is dependent on future events, cannot be calculated with a high degree of precision from data available or is not otherwise capable of being readily calculated based on generally accepted methodologies. In some cases, these estimates are particularly difficult to determine and the Company must exercise significant judgment.

The most difficult, subjective and complex estimates and assumptions that deal with the greatest amount of uncertainty are related to the Company's accounting for its seismic data library and goodwill.

The Company's accounting for its seismic data library requires it to make significant subjective estimates and assumptions relative to future sales and cash flows from such library. These cash flows impact amortization rates, as well as potential impairment charges. Any changes in the Company's estimates or underlying assumptions will impact the Company's income from operations prospectively from the date changes are made. To the extent that such estimates, or the assumptions used to make those estimates, prove to be significantly different than actual results, the carrying value of the seismic data library may be subject to higher prospective amortization rates, additional straight-line amortization or impairment losses.

In a portion of its seismic data library activities, the Company engages in certain non-monetary exchanges and records a data library asset for the seismic data received and recognizes revenue on the transaction in accordance with its policies on revenue recognition. These transactions are valued at the fair value of the data received by the Company or licenses or services granted by the Company, whichever is more readily determinable. The Company's estimate of the value of these transactions is highly subjective and based, in large part, on data sales transactions between the Company and a limited number of customers over a limited time period.

When required to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test, the Company estimates the fair value of the reporting unit using discounted cash flow analysis which requires significant judgments and estimates about the future performance of the Company. If these projected cash flows change materially, the Company may be required to record impairment losses relative to goodwill.

Actual results could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions that the Company uses in the preparation of its financial statements. To the extent management's estimates and assumptions change in the future, the effect on the Company’s reported results could be significant to any particular reporting period.

Revenue Recognition:

Revenue from Data Acquisition

The Company generates revenue when it creates a new seismic survey that is initially licensed by one or more of its customers to use the resulting data. The payments for the initial licenses are sometimes referred to as underwriting or prefunding. Customers make periodic payments throughout the creation period, which generally correspond to costs incurred and work performed. These payments are non-refundable. The Company considers the contracts signed up to the time the Company makes a firm commitment to create the new seismic survey as underwriting. Any subsequent licensing of the data while it is in progress is considered a resale license (see “Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses”).

Underwriting revenue is recognized throughout the creation period using the proportional performance method based upon costs incurred and work performed to date as a percentage of total estimated costs and work required. Management believes that this method is the most reliable and representative measure of progress for its data creation projects. On average, the duration of the data creation process is approximately one year. Under these contracts, the Company creates new seismic data designed in conjunction with its customers and specifically suited to the geology of the area using the most appropriate technology available.

The Company outsources the substantial majority of the work required to complete data acquisition projects to third party contractors. The Company’s payments to these third party contractors comprise the substantial majority of the total estimated costs of the project and are paid throughout the creation period. A typical survey includes specific activities required to complete the survey, each of which has value to the customers. Typical activities, that often occur concurrently, include:

• permitting for land access, mineral rights, and regulatory approval;

• surveying;

• drilling for the placement of energy sources;

• recording the data in the field; and

• processing the data.

The customers paying for the initial licenses receive legally enforceable rights to any resulting product of each activity described above. The customers also receive access to and use of the newly acquired, processed data.

The customers’ access to and use of the results of the work performed and of the newly acquired, processed data is governed by a license agreement, which is a separate agreement from the acquisition contract. The Company’s acquisition contracts require the customer either to have a license agreement in place or to execute one at the time the acquisition contract is signed. The Company maintains sole ownership of the newly acquired data, which is added to its library, and is free to license the data to other customers.

Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses

The Company recognizes a substantial portion of its revenue from licensing of data once it is available for delivery. These are sometimes referred to as resale licensing revenue, post-acquisition license sales or shelf sales.

These sales fall under the following four basic forms of non-exclusive license contracts.

• Specific license contract—The customer licenses and selects data from the data library, including data currently in progress, at the time the contract is entered into and holds this license for a long-term period.

• Library card license contract—The customer initially receives only access to data. The customer may then select specific data, from the collection of data to which it has access, to hold long-term under its license agreement. The length of the selection periods under the library card contracts is limited in time and varies from customer to customer.

• Review and possession license contract—The customer obtains the right to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time. During the review period, the customer may select specific data from that available for review to hold long-term under its license agreement. Any data not selected for long-term licensing must be returned to the Company at the end of the review period.

• Review only license contract—The customer obtains rights to review a certain quantity of data for a limited period of time, but does not obtain the right to select specific data to hold long-term.

The Company’s non-exclusive license contracts specify the following:

• that all customers must also execute a master license agreement that governs the use of all data received under the Company’s non-exclusive license contracts;

• the specific payment terms, generally ranging from 30 days to 12 months, and that such payments are non-cancelable and non-refundable;

• the actual data that is accessible to the customer; and

• that the data is licensed in its present form, where is and as is and the Company is under no obligation to make any enhancements, modifications or additions to the data unless specific terms to the contrary are included.

Revenue from the non-exclusive licensing of seismic data is recognized when the following criteria are met:

• the Company has an arrangement with the customer that is validated by a signed contract;

• the sales price is fixed and determinable;

• collection is reasonably assured;

• the customer has selected the specific data or the contract has expired without full selection;

• the data is currently available for delivery; and

• the license term has begun.

Copies of the data are available to the customer immediately upon request.

For licenses that have been invoiced for which payment is due or has been received, but have not met the aforementioned criteria, the revenue is deferred along with the related direct costs (primarily sales commissions). This normally occurs under the library card, review and possession or review only license contracts because the data selection may occur over time. Additionally, if the contract allows licensing of data that is not currently available or enhancements, modifications or additions to the data are required per the contract, revenue is deferred until such time that the data is available.

Revenue from Non-Monetary Exchanges

In certain cases, the Company will take ownership of a customer’s seismic data or revenue interest (collectively referred to as “data”) in exchange for a non-exclusive license to selected seismic data from the Company’s library and, in some cases, services provided by Solutions. In connection with specific data acquisition contracts, the Company may choose to receive both cash and ownership of seismic data from the customer as consideration for the underwriting of new data acquisition. In addition, the Company may receive advanced data processing services on selected existing data in exchange for a non-exclusive license to selected data from the Company’s library. These exchanges are referred to as non-monetary exchanges. A non-monetary exchange for data always complies with the following criteria:

• the data license delivered is always distinct from the data received;

• the customer forfeits ownership of its data; and

• the Company retains ownership in its data.

In non-monetary exchange transactions, the Company records a data library asset for the seismic data received or processed at the time the contract is entered into or the data is completed, as applicable, and recognizes revenue on the transaction in equal value in accordance with its policy on revenue from data licenses, which is, when the data is selected by the customer, or revenue from data acquisition, as applicable, or as services are provided by Solutions. The data license to the customer is in the form of one of the four basic forms of contracts discussed above. These transactions are valued at the fair value of the data received or delivered, whichever is more readily determinable.

Fair value of the data exchanged is determined using a multi-step process as follows:

• First, the Company considers the value of the data or services received from the customer. In determining the value of the data received, the Company considers the age, quality, current demand and future marketability of the data and, in the case of 3D seismic data, the cost that would be required to create the data. In addition, the Company applies a limitation on the value it assigns per square mile on the data received. In determining the value of the services received, the Company considers the cost of such similar services that it could obtain from a third party provider.

• Second, the Company determines the value of the license granted to the customer. Typically, the range of cash transactions by the Company for licenses of similar data during the prior six months are evaluated. In evaluating the range of cash transactions, the Company does not consider transactions that are disproportionately high or low.

Due to the Company’s revenue recognition policies, revenue recognized on non-monetary exchange transactions may not occur at the same time the seismic data acquired is recorded as an asset. The activity related to non-monetary exchanges was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Seismic data library additions	$	3,376	$	10,215	$	10,545
Revenue recognized on specific data licenses or selections of data	3,046		7,169		7,187
Revenue recognized related to acquisition contracts	5,452		2,274		2,677
Revenue recognized related to Solutions	20		71		—

Revenue from Solutions

Revenue from Solutions is recognized as the services for reproduction and delivery of seismic data are provided to customers.

Trade Receivables: The Company extends credit to various companies in the oil and gas industry for the licensing of seismic data, which results in a concentration of credit risk. This concentration of credit risk may be affected by changes in economic or other conditions and may accordingly impact the Company’s overall credit risk. However, management believes that the risk is mitigated by the number, size, reputation, and diversified nature of the companies to which they extend credit. Historical credit losses incurred on receivables by the Company have not been significant relative to sales. The Company determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts based on a periodic review of specific receivables for which revenue has been recognized.

In certain transactions, the Company may permit a customer to make payments on receivables over a period of time. If such payments extend beyond one year from the transaction date, the Company discounts such receivable and recognizes interest income over the term of the payments.

The Company includes taxes, such as sales tax or goods and services tax, as required, on certain invoices to its customers in order to remit payment to applicable governmental authorities. Tax amounts charged to our customers are excluded from revenues.

Major Customers:No single customer accounted for 10% or more of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2010. One customer accounted for approximately 11% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment consists primarily of computer equipment, leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures stated at historical cost through February 13, 2007, at which time the Company adjusted its property and equipment to fair value in accordance with purchase accounting. Subsequent additions are stated at historical cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, the majority of which are three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the underlying lease. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $1.1 million, $2.2 million, and $2.1 million, respectively.

Marketable Equity Securities: Management determines the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable securities are categorized as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income included in stockholder’s equity until realized. Due to the Company having a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax asset, no income tax expense (benefit) was recognized and recorded to comprehensive income (loss) in the three years ended December 31, 2012. For the purpose of computing realized gains and losses, cost is identified on a specific identification basis.

During the three years ended 2012, the Company sold its marketable equity securities through a series of transactions. Proceeds from the sales were $0.2 million, $2.5 million and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total realized gains were equal to proceeds received. As of December 31, 2011, total unrealized gains on marketable securities were $0.3 million.

Debt Issue Costs: Debt issue costs related to the Company’s senior notes and revolving credit facility are included in prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Such costs are amortized over the scheduled maturities of the debt. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, unamortized debt issue costs were $2.4 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. The Company does not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles but, at least annually, evaluates whether goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are impaired. Goodwill is considered impaired if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value. The Company conducts a qualitative goodwill impairment assessment as of October 1 of each year by examining relevant events and circumstances which could have a negative impact on its goodwill such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows, overall financial performance, and other relevant entity-specific events. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances described above, the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the two-step goodwill test is performed. The two-step goodwill impairment test is also performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If it is necessary to perform an analysis to determine if the Company’s goodwill is impaired, the Company utilizes discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant judgments and estimates about future operations, to develop the Company’s estimates of fair value.

The cost of intangible assets with determinable lives is amortized to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed, on a straight-line basis, over the estimated periods benefited, ranging from 6 to 10 years.

Income Taxes: The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the future income consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws.

The Company regularly evaluates valuation allowances established for deferred tax assets for which future realization is uncertain. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company considered whether it was more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets would not be realized. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Company and all of its U.S. subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company does not provide U.S. taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries whose earnings are intended to be permanently reinvested in foreign operations. At December 31, 2012, there were no accumulated net earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries.

Foreign Currency Translation: For subsidiaries that have functional currency which is deemed to be other than the U.S. dollar, asset and liability accounts are translated at period-end exchange rates and revenue and expenses are translated at the current exchange rates as of the dates on which they are recognized. Resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholder's equity. Accumulated translation gains were $23.7 million and $20.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Cumulative translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. Any gains or losses realized on transactions or monetary assets or liabilities in currencies other than the functional currency are included in net income (loss) in the current period. Transaction gains (losses) totaled $0.7 million, $(0.7) million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation: The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award.

Employee Benefit Plans: The Company maintains savings plans in the United States and Canada that allow employees to contribute a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax and/or after-tax basis in accordance with specified guidelines. The Company matches a percentage of the employee contributions up to certain limits. Savings plan expense amounted to $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income” requiring entities to report components of other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two separate but consecutive statements of net income and other comprehensive income. This ASU does not change the items that must be reported in comprehensive income, how these items are measured, or when these items must be classified to net income. The Company has provided the required financial reporting presentation pursuant to ASU 2011-05 herein.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” The ASU was issued to simplify the testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment and to improve consistency in impairment testing guidance among long-lived asset categories. The standard permits an entity first to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 350-30, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-General Intangibles Other than Goodwill.” An entity will have an option not to calculate annually the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset if the entity determines that it is not more likely than not that the asset is impaired. This ASU is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2013. The Company does not expect the standard to have a significant impact on its financial statements or financial statement disclosures.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." This ASU does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in the financial statements. However, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of AOCI by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified in its entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about those amounts. This standard is effective prospectively for the Company beginning January 1, 2013. The Company is evaluating the effect, if any, the adoption of ASU 2013-02 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Details)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Minimum [Member]
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Payment terms of non-exclusive license contracts	30 days	30 days
Maximum [Member]
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Payment terms of non-exclusive license contracts	12 months	12 months

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Revenue Recognized From Non-Monetary Exchanges

Due to the Company’s revenue recognition policies, revenue recognized on non-monetary exchange transactions may not occur at the same time the seismic data acquired is recorded as an asset. The activity related to non-monetary exchanges was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Seismic data library additions	$	2,716	$	709
Revenue recognized on specific data licenses or selections of data	578		827
Revenue recognized related to acquisition contracts	57		1,268
Revenue recognized related to Solutions	—		20

The activity related to non-monetary exchanges was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Seismic data library additions	$	3,376	$	10,215	$	10,545
Revenue recognized on specific data licenses or selections of data	3,046		7,169		7,187
Revenue recognized related to acquisition contracts	5,452		2,274		2,677
Revenue recognized related to Solutions	20		71		—

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income (loss) before income taxes

Income (loss) before income taxes is comprised of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
U.S.	$	22,020	$	330	$	(53,038	)
Foreign	21,812		2,278		(14,387		)
	$	43,832	$	2,608	$	(67,425	)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	342		$	—		$	—
State	1,093			(713		)	—
Foreign	4,125			1,394			45
	5,560			681			45
Deferred:
Federal	—			(1		)	(369		)
State	(28		)	270			1
Foreign	1,250			(558		)	(3,685		)
	1,222			(289		)	(4,053		)
Tax provision (benefit):
Federal	342			(1		)	(369		)
State	1,065			(443		)	1
Foreign	5,375			836			(3,640		)
	$	6,782		$	392		$	(4,008	)

The differences between the U.S. Federal income taxes computed at the statutory rate (35%) and the Company's income taxes for financial reporting purposes

The differences between the U.S. Federal income taxes computed at the statutory rate (35%) and the Company's income taxes for financial reporting purposes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Statutory Federal income tax	$	15,341		$	913		$	(23,599	)
Change in unrecognized tax benefits	189			235			83
State income tax, less Federal benefit	128			(193		)	—
Foreign investment in U.S. property	1,094			—			—
Tax difference on foreign earnings	(2,258		)	(245		)	949
Change in foreign taxes	2			156			64
Canadian withholding tax	(30		)	26			45
Change in valuation allowance	(7,666		)	(513		)	18,050
Tax credits	(401		)	(366		)	(384		)
Non-deductible expenses	342			280			233
Other, net	41			99			551
Income tax provision (benefit)	$	6,782		$	392		$	(4,008	)

The components of the net deferred income tax asset (liability)

The components of the net deferred income tax asset (liability) reflected in the Company's consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

	Deferred Tax Assets  (Liabilities)
	December 31,
	2012			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Deferred revenue	$	1,044		$	2,158
Depreciation and amortization	19,378			18,941
Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward	2,124			1,782
Net operating loss carryforwards	75,873			84,413
Research and development tax credit carryforward	1,078			1,055
Accrued expenses and other	8,572			8,349
Total deferred tax assets	108,069			116,698
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	(2,791		)	(973		)
Intangible assets	(6,595		)	(8,315		)
Unrealized gain on marketable securities	—			(92		)
Deferred expenses and other	(577		)	(571		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(9,963		)	(9,951		)
Valuation allowance:
Beginning balance	(108,066		)	(107,490		)
Decrease (increase) during the period	7,574			(576		)
Total valuation allowance	(100,492		)	(108,066		)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(2,386	)	$	(1,319	)
Deferred income taxes have been classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as:
Deferred income tax asset	$	84		$	56
Deferred income tax liability	(2,470		)	(1,375		)
Net deferred income tax liability	$	(2,386	)	$	(1,319	)

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross unrecognized tax benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011			2010
Balance at beginning of year	$	6,016	$	6,151		$	5,545
Additions based on prior year tax positions	—		—			310
Foreign currency translation	134		(135		)	296
Balance at end of year	$	6,150	$	6,016		$	6,151

XML

Fair Value Measurements - (Other Financial Instruments) (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012 Stock Options [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Fair Value [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Fair Value [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Fair Value [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Book Value [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Book Value [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Book Value [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Feb. 14, 2007 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member] Fair Value [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Senior Notes [Member] 9.75% Senior Notes [Member] Fair Value [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Senior Notes [Member] 9½% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 20, 2013 Senior Notes [Member] 9½% Senior Notes [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Senior Notes [Member] 9½% Senior Notes [Member] Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Gross realized gains, sale proceeds	$ 0.2
Interest rate of senior notes								9.75%	9.75%	9.75%	9.75%	9.75%	9.75%			9.50%	9.50%
Notes Payable, Fair Value Disclosure		$ 251.3	$ 274.6	$ 273.0	$ 250.0	$ 275.0	$ 275.1							$ 274.6	$ 272.9			$ 251.3

XML

Statement of Cash Flow Information (Tables)

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Supplemental Cash Flow Elements [Abstract]

Schedule of Noncash or Part Noncash Acquisitions

The Company had non-cash additions to its seismic data library comprised of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Non-monetary exchanges related to resale licensing revenue	$	324	$	709
Completion of data in progress from prior non-monetary exchanges	2,392		—
Total non-cash additions to seismic data library	$	2,716	$	709

The Company had non-cash additions to its seismic data library comprised of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Non-monetary exchanges related to resale licensing revenue	$	1,554		$	7,609		$	4,000
Non-monetary exchanges from underwriting of new data acquisition	4,122			2,687			3,222
Other non-monetary exchanges	—			98			124
Completion of data in progress from prior non-monetary exchanges	142			—			3,199
Less: Non-monetary exchanges for data in progress	(2,442		)	(179		)	—
Total non-cash additions to seismic data library	$	3,376		$	10,215		$	10,545

Schedule of Non-Cash Revenue

Non-cash revenue consisted of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Acquisition revenue on underwriting from non-monetary exchange contracts	$	57	$	1,268
Licensing revenue from specific data licenses and selections on non-monetary exchange contracts	578		827
Solutions revenue recognized from non-monetary exchange contracts	—		20
Total non-cash revenue	$	635	$	2,115

Non-cash revenue consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Acquisition revenue on underwriting from non-monetary exchange contracts	$	5,452	$	2,274	$	2,677
Licensing revenue from specific data licenses and selections on non-monetary exchange contracts	3,046		7,169		7,187
Solutions revenue recognized from non-monetary exchange contracts	20		71		—
Total non-cash revenue	$	8,518	$	9,514	$	9,864

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Details) (Recurring [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Fair Value [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash equivalents	$ 25,397	$ 61,272	$ 74,421
Investment in stock options related to equity securities			262
Quoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1) [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash equivalents	25,397	61,272	74,421
Investment in stock options related to equity securities			0
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash equivalents	0	0	0
Investment in stock options related to equity securities			262
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Cash equivalents	0	0	0
Investment in stock options related to equity securities			$ 0

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles - Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 31, 2013
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Balance beginning of year	$ 205,838	$ 208,050	$ 205,974
Translation adjustments	2,182	(2,212)
Balance end of year	$ 208,020	$ 205,838	$ 205,974

XML

Revenue Recognition (Revenue from Non-Exclusive Data Licenses) (Details)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Minimum [Member]
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Payment terms of non-exclusive license contracts	30 days	30 days
Maximum [Member]
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Payment terms of non-exclusive license contracts	12 months	12 months

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies - Marketable Equity Securities (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities			$ 230,000	$ 2,467,000	$ 4,188,000
Unrealized gains on marketable securities				$ 300,000

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Trade, allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 352	$ 737	$ 1,043
Notes and other, allowance for doubtful accounts	988	988	1,501
Seismic Data Library Accumulated Amortization	911,781	889,804	751,980
Property and equipment, accumulated depreciation and amortization	13,755	13,461	11,882
Intangible assets, accumulated amortization	$ 35,214	$ 34,087	$ 29,378
Common stock, par value per share	$ 0.001	$ 0.001	$ 0.001
Common stock, shares authorized	100	100	100
Common stock, shares issued	100	100	100
Common stock, shares outstanding	100	100	100

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

INCOME TAXES

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Income (loss) before income taxes is comprised of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
U.S.	$	22,020	$	330	$	(53,038	)
Foreign	21,812		2,278		(14,387		)
	$	43,832	$	2,608	$	(67,425	)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	342		$	—		$	—
State	1,093			(713		)	—
Foreign	4,125			1,394			45
	5,560			681			45
Deferred:
Federal	—			(1		)	(369		)
State	(28		)	270			1
Foreign	1,250			(558		)	(3,685		)
	1,222			(289		)	(4,053		)
Tax provision (benefit):
Federal	342			(1		)	(369		)
State	1,065			(443		)	1
Foreign	5,375			836			(3,640		)
	$	6,782		$	392		$	(4,008	)

The differences between the U.S. Federal income taxes computed at the statutory rate (35%) and the Company's income taxes for financial reporting purposes are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Statutory Federal income tax	$	15,341		$	913		$	(23,599	)
Change in unrecognized tax benefits	189			235			83
State income tax, less Federal benefit	128			(193		)	—
Foreign investment in U.S. property	1,094			—			—
Tax difference on foreign earnings	(2,258		)	(245		)	949
Change in foreign taxes	2			156			64
Canadian withholding tax	(30		)	26			45
Change in valuation allowance	(7,666		)	(513		)	18,050
Tax credits	(401		)	(366		)	(384		)
Non-deductible expenses	342			280			233
Other, net	41			99			551
Income tax provision (benefit)	$	6,782		$	392		$	(4,008	)

Deferred Tax Asset/Liability

The components of the net deferred income tax asset (liability) reflected in the Company's consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

	Deferred Tax Assets  (Liabilities)
	December 31,
	2012			2011
Deferred tax assets:
Deferred revenue	$	1,044		$	2,158
Depreciation and amortization	19,378			18,941
Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward	2,124			1,782
Net operating loss carryforwards	75,873			84,413
Research and development tax credit carryforward	1,078			1,055
Accrued expenses and other	8,572			8,349
Total deferred tax assets	108,069			116,698
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	(2,791		)	(973		)
Intangible assets	(6,595		)	(8,315		)
Unrealized gain on marketable securities	—			(92		)
Deferred expenses and other	(577		)	(571		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(9,963		)	(9,951		)
Valuation allowance:
Beginning balance	(108,066		)	(107,490		)
Decrease (increase) during the period	7,574			(576		)
Total valuation allowance	(100,492		)	(108,066		)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(2,386	)	$	(1,319	)
Deferred income taxes have been classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as:
Deferred income tax asset	$	84		$	56
Deferred income tax liability	(2,470		)	(1,375		)
Net deferred income tax liability	$	(2,386	)	$	(1,319	)

During 2012, the Company's valuation allowance provided against its U.S. net deferred tax asset decreased by $8.2 million primarily due to utilization of net operating loss carryforwards to offset current taxable income generated in 2012. Additionally, during 2012, the Company's valuation allowance provided against its state deferred tax asset increased by $0.6 million due to the uncertainty of recovery of the deferred tax asset. During 2011, the Company’s valuation allowance provided against its U.S. net deferred tax asset increased by $0.6 million primarily related to U.S. net operating losses incurred in 2011 for which utilization is uncertain and the change in deferred taxes on unrealized gain on marketable securities.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a U.S. Federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforward of approximately $199.0 million which can be used to offset U.S. income taxes payable in future years. This U.S. NOL carryforward will expire in periods beginning 2025 through 2031. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has an alternative minimum tax (AMT) credit carryforward of approximately $2.1 million which can be used to offset regular U.S. Federal income taxes payable in future years and which has an indefinite carryforward period. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has a Colorado state NOL carryforward of $2.8 million which can be used to offset Colorado state income taxes payable in future years.  This state NOL carryforward will expire in periods beginning 2027 through 2033 and has annual usage limitations in tax years 2012 and 2013.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company has Canadian NOL carryforwards of approximately $0.3 million (Canadian) which can be used to offset Canadian income taxes payable in future years. These Canadian NOL carryforwards will expire in 2029.

In February 2006, Olympic Seismic Ltd. (“Olympic”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was notified by Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) that CRA was going to perform an audit of certain aspects of Olympic’s tax returns for the years 2003 and 2004. In February 2009, CRA notified the Company that the audit was expanded to include years from 2005 through 2007. In April 2011, the Company received notification that CRA concluded their audits, disallowing Olympic’s deductions for certain royalties payable to the Company’s U.S. entities for years 2003 to 2007. Olympic and the Company object to and are appealing the audit results. As a condition to appeal the audit results, Olympic was required to pay $7.6 million (Canadian) to CRA and did so in May 2011 and made an additional $0.1 million payment in the third quarter of 2011. These payments, which included amounts for taxes, penalties and interest assessed by CRA, have been shown as income tax payments in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows because the amounts paid can be applied interchangeably to the amounts which may ultimately be due to CRA. As of December 31, 2012, the appeal process has not been concluded. The Company has recorded liabilities associated with potential adjustments that may occur as a result of the appeal based on management’s assessment of the probability of the outcome of the appeal, net of certain payments made to CRA. See “Uncertain Tax Benefits” below.

Uncertain Tax Benefits

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold a tax position must meet before being recognized in the financial statements. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011			2010
Balance at beginning of year	$	6,016	$	6,151		$	5,545
Additions based on prior year tax positions	—		—			310
Foreign currency translation	134		(135		)	296
Balance at end of year	$	6,150	$	6,016		$	6,151

As of December 31, 2012, approximately $6.2 million of the total unrecognized tax benefits would impact the effective income tax rate, if recognized in future periods. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, the Company has recorded $5.9 million in related assets which are fully offset with a valuation allowance.

Uncertain tax positions are reflected as income tax assets and liabilities. Income tax-related interest and penalty expenses are recorded as a component of income tax expense. As of December 31, 2012, we had $0.7 million of accrued interest and $1.0 million of accrued penalties. As of December 31, 2011, we had $0.5 million of accrued interest and $1.0 million of accrued penalties. Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 included $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $(0.2) million, respectively, related to interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits.

With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2008, 2008 and 2005, respectively.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended									12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Statement of Other Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income (loss)	$ 1,738	$ 19,945	$ 1,129	$ 1,270	$ 14,706	$ 11,842	$ (5,111)	$ (5,026)	$ 511	$ 37,050	$ 2,216	$ (63,417)
Unrealized losses on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding gains (losses) arising during the period	0				85					(32)	(373)	4,117
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings										(230)	(2,467)	(4,188)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(3,077)				2,556					2,969	(3,037)	6,948
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ (1,339)				$ 17,347					$ 39,757	$ (3,661)	$ (56,540)

XML

Income Taxes - Income (loss) before income taxes (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
U.S.			$ 22,020	$ 330	$ (53,038)
Foreign			21,812	2,278	(14,387)
Income (loss) before income taxes	$ 3,122	$ 18,247	$ 43,832	$ 2,608	$ (67,425)

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 25,544	$ 61,891	$ 74,894
Receivables
Trade, less allowance for doubtful accounts	43,595	61,195	51,306
Notes and other, less allowance for doubtful accounts	2,101	2,143	4,322
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	1,120	874	861
Seismic data library		1,069,921	872,674
Less: Accumulated amortization	(911,781)	(889,804)	(751,980)
Net seismic data library	197,221	180,117	120,694
Property and equipment		18,279	16,921
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(13,755)	(13,461)	(11,882)
Net property and equipment	4,651	4,818	5,039
Investment in marketable securities		0	262
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	11,040	10,774	10,244
Intangible assets, net	19,255	20,828	26,814
Goodwill	205,974	208,020	205,838
Deferred income taxes	84	84	56
TOTAL ASSETS	510,585	550,744	500,330
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable		37,521	36,593
Accrued liabilities		19,569	16,856
Employee compensation payable		5,693	7,101
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	53,122	62,783	60,550
Income taxes payable	972	4,134	1,464
Debt
Senior Notes	250,000	275,000	275,000
Notes payable	12	29	95
Obligations under capital leases	2,990	3,113	3,161
Deferred revenue	51,348	52,857	48,845
Deferred income taxes	2,896	2,470	1,375
TOTAL LIABILITIES	361,340	400,386	390,490
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding	0	0	0
Additional paid-in capital	398,998	398,772	398,011
Retained deficit	(270,397)	(272,135)	(309,185)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	20,644	23,721	21,014
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	149,245	150,358	109,840
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$ 510,585	$ 550,744	$ 500,330

XML

Revenue Recognition (Revenue from Non-Monetary Exchanges) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Seismic data library additions	$ 2,716	$ 709	$ 3,376	$ 10,215	$ 10,545
Revenue recognized	635	2,115	8,518	9,514	9,864
Specific Data Licenses or Selections of Data [Member]
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Revenue recognized	578	827	3,046	7,169	7,187
Acquisition Contracts [Member]
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Revenue recognized	57	1,268	5,452	2,274	2,677
Solutions [Member]
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Revenue recognized	0	20	20	71	0
Seismic Data Library [Member]
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Seismic data library additions	$ 2,716	$ 709	$ 3,376	$ 10,215	$ 10,545

XML

Supplemental Guarantors Consolidating Condensed Financial Information - (Statement of Operations) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended									12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
REVENUE	$ 51,351	$ 70,327	$ 51,556	$ 46,028	$ 72,547	$ 70,759	$ 52,208	$ 35,545	$ 59,496	$ 240,458	$ 218,008	$ 175,556
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	29,338				39,384					139,754	142,963	175,592
Cost of sales	39				97					464	100	97
Selling, general and administrative	7,387				8,092					29,088	31,649	31,831
Total operating expenses	36,764				47,573					169,306	174,712	207,520
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	14,587	28,939	8,904	8,335	24,974	18,954	10,506	4,335	9,501	71,152	43,296	(31,964)
Interest expense, net	(9,315)				(7,219)					(29,011)	(34,767)	(40,536)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)	(647)				411					681	(726)	441
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	(1,504)				0					0	(7,912)	0
Gain on sale of marketable securities										230	2,467	4,188
Other income	1				81					780	250	446
Income (loss) before income taxes	3,122				18,247					43,832	2,608	(67,425)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	1,384				3,541					6,782	392	(4,008)
Equity in income of subsidiaries	0				0					0	0	0
NET INCOME (LOSS)	1,738	19,945	1,129	1,270	14,706	11,842	(5,111)	(5,026)	511	37,050	2,216	(63,417)
Parent [Member]
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
REVENUE	0				0					0	0	0
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	0				0					0	0	0
Cost of sales	0				0					0	0	0
Selling, general and administrative	285				253					2,117	1,503	3,219
Total operating expenses	285				253					2,117	1,503	3,219
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	(285)				(253)					(2,117)	(1,503)	(3,219)
Interest expense, net	(7,831)				(2,246)					(21,542)	(14,124)	(20,115)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)	0				0					0	0	0
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	(1,504)										(7,912)
Gain on sale of marketable securities										0	0	0
Other income	0				1					21	4	2
Income (loss) before income taxes	(9,620)				(2,498)					(23,638)	(23,535)	(23,332)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	0				0					0	0	0
Equity in income of subsidiaries	11,358				17,204					60,688	25,751	(40,085)
NET INCOME (LOSS)	1,738				14,706					37,050	2,216	(63,417)
Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
REVENUE	33,120				39,128					157,324	152,759	131,417
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	18,009				20,848					88,724	92,106	126,593
Cost of sales	38				86					446	88	87
Selling, general and administrative	4,463				5,016					17,607	19,626	19,612
Total operating expenses	22,510				25,950					106,777	111,820	146,292
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	10,610				13,178					50,547	40,939	(14,875)
Interest expense, net	(1,065)				(4,710)					(6,015)	(19,805)	(20,173)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)	0				0					(4)	4	24
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	0										0
Gain on sale of marketable securities										230	2,467	4,188
Other income	1				80					759	67	319
Income (loss) before income taxes	9,546				8,548					45,517	23,672	(30,517)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	484				260					1,377	(418)	(328)
Equity in income of subsidiaries	2,296				8,916					16,548	1,661	(9,896)
NET INCOME (LOSS)	11,358				17,204					60,688	25,751	(40,085)
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
REVENUE	18,575				33,764					84,435	66,644	47,892
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	11,329				18,536					51,030	50,857	48,999
Cost of sales	1				11					18	12	10
Selling, general and administrative	2,983				3,168					10,665	11,915	12,753
Total operating expenses	14,313				21,715					61,713	62,784	61,762
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	4,262				12,049					22,722	3,860	(13,870)
Interest expense, net	(419)				(263)					(1,454)	(838)	(248)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)	(647)				411					685	(730)	417
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	0										0
Gain on sale of marketable securities										0	0	0
Other income	0				0					0	179	125
Income (loss) before income taxes	3,196				12,197					21,953	2,471	(13,576)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	900				3,281					5,405	810	(3,680)
Equity in income of subsidiaries	0				0					0	0	0
NET INCOME (LOSS)	2,296				8,916					16,548	1,661	(9,896)
Consolidating Eliminations [Member]
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
REVENUE	(344)				(345)					(1,301)	(1,395)	(3,753)
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	0				0					0	0	0
Cost of sales	0				0					0	0	0
Selling, general and administrative	(344)				(345)					(1,301)	(1,395)	(3,753)
Total operating expenses	(344)				(345)					(1,301)	(1,395)	(3,753)
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	0				0					0	0	0
Interest expense, net	0				0					0	0	0
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)	0				0					0	0	0
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	0										0
Gain on sale of marketable securities										0	0	0
Other income	0				0					0	0	0
Income (loss) before income taxes	0				0					0	0	0
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	0				0					0	0	0
Equity in income of subsidiaries	(13,654)				(26,120)					(77,236)	(27,412)	49,981
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$ (13,654)				$ (26,120)					$ (77,236)	$ (27,412)	$ 49,981

XML

Industry Segments - Geographic information (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended											12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012		Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011		Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012 Segment		Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Number of Operating Segments												1
Revenue	$ 51,351	$ 70,327		$ 51,556	$ 46,028	$ 72,547	$ 70,759		$ 52,208	$ 35,545	$ 59,496	$ 240,458		$ 218,008		$ 175,556
Assets (1)		184,935	[1]				125,733	[1]				184,935	[1]	125,733	[1]	111,550	[1]
United States [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue												157,381		152,792		129,888
Assets (1)		102,212	[1]				65,156	[1]				102,212	[1]	65,156	[1]	76,121	[1]
Canada [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenue												83,077		65,216		45,668
Assets (1)		$ 82,723	[1]				$ 60,577	[1]				$ 82,723	[1]	$ 60,577	[1]	$ 35,429	[1]

[1] Assets include net seismic data library and net property and equipment.

XML

Revenue Recognition (Tables)

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Revenue Recognition [Abstract]

Revenue Recognized From Non-Monetary Exchanges

Due to the Company’s revenue recognition policies, revenue recognized on non-monetary exchange transactions may not occur at the same time the seismic data acquired is recorded as an asset. The activity related to non-monetary exchanges was as follows (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Seismic data library additions	$	2,716	$	709
Revenue recognized on specific data licenses or selections of data	578		827
Revenue recognized related to acquisition contracts	57		1,268
Revenue recognized related to Solutions	—		20

The activity related to non-monetary exchanges was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Seismic data library additions	$	3,376	$	10,215	$	10,545
Revenue recognized on specific data licenses or selections of data	3,046		7,169		7,187
Revenue recognized related to acquisition contracts	5,452		2,274		2,677
Revenue recognized related to Solutions	20		71		—

XML

Industry Segments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Industry Segments

INDUSTRY SEGMENTS

The Company operates in one business segment, which is made up of seismic data acquisition, seismic data licensing, seismic data processing and seismic reproduction service.

Geographic information for the periods presented was as follows (in thousands):

	United States		Canada		Total
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenue	$	157,381	$	83,077	$	240,458
Assets (1)	102,212		82,723		184,935
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Revenue	$	152,792	$	65,216	$	218,008
Assets (1)	65,156		60,577		125,733
Year Ended December 31, 2010
Revenue	$	129,888	$	45,668	$	175,556
Assets (1)	76,121		35,429		111,550

(1)Assets include net seismic data library and net property and equipment.

The Company's revenues may be divided into two major categories: (i) acquisition and licensing of seismic data and (ii) reproduction and delivery of seismic data and other services. Revenue by type of service for the periods presented was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Acquisition and licensing of seismic data	$	234,785	$	213,656	$	171,778
Reproduction and delivery of seismic data and other services	5,673		4,352		3,778
Total revenue	$	240,458	$	218,008	$	175,556

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies - Property and Equipment (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]
Depreciation expense	$ 1.1	$ 2.2	$ 2.1

XML

Supplemental Guarantors Consolidating Condensed Financial Information - (Narrative) (Details) (Senior Notes [Member], USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 20, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Feb. 14, 2007
9.75% Senior Notes [Member]
Interest rate of senior notes	9.75%		9.75%	9.75%	9.75%	9.75%	9.75%
Principal amount		$ 275.0	$ 275.0				$ 400.0
9½% Senior Notes [Member]
Interest rate of senior notes	9.50%	9.50%
Principal amount		$ 250.0

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Weighted Averge Useful Life
Weighted average amortization period	9 years 5 months 24 days
Amortization Expense
Amortization expense for the Company's intangibles	$ 6.2	$ 6.1	$ 6.0
Estimated Amortization Expense
Estimated future amortization expense, 2013	5.8
Estimated future amortization expense, 2014	4.6
Estimated future amortization expense, 2015	4.5
Estimated future amortization expense, 2016	4.5
Estimated future amortization expense, 2017	$ 0.5

XML

Lease Obligations - Schedule of future minimum lease payments (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2012
Capital Leases
Capital Leases, 2013	$ 446
Capital Leases, 2014	446
Capital Leases, 2015	430
Capital Leases, 2016	412
Capital Leases, 2017	440
Capital Leases, Thereafter	1,970
Total minimum lease payments	4,144
Less amount representing interest	(1,031)
Present value of net minimum lease payments	3,113
Operating Leases
Operating Leases, 2013	1,010
Operating Leases, 2014	696
Operating Leases, 2015	672
Operating Leases, 2016	471
Operating Leases, 2017	53
Operating Leases, Thereafter	0
Total minimum lease payments	$ 2,902

XML

Supplemental Guarantors Consolidating Condensed Financial Information (Tables)

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Supplemental Guarantors Consolidating Condensed Financial Information [Abstract]

Schedule of Condensed Balance Sheet

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	25,308		$	236		$	—		$	25,544
Receivables
Trade, net	—			27,026			16,569			—			43,595
Notes and other, net	—			33			2,068			—			2,101
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			1,120			—			—			1,120
Intercompany receivables (payables)	26,878			437			(27,315		)	—			—
Investment in subsidiaries	344,582			434,764			1,587			(780,933		)	—
Net seismic data library	—			114,478			82,743			—			197,221
Net property and equipment	—			2,003			2,648			—			4,651
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	7,376			3,047			617			—			11,040
Intangible assets, net	900			12,447			5,908			—			19,255
Goodwill	—			107,688			98,286			—			205,974
Deferred income taxes	—			84			—			—			84
TOTAL ASSETS	$	379,736		$	728,435		$	183,347		$	(780,933	)	$	510,585
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	720		$	37,613		$	14,789		$	—		$	53,122
Income taxes payable	403			569			—			—			972
Senior Notes	250,000			—			—			—			250,000
Notes payable	12			—			—			—			12
Obligations under capital leases	—			73			2,917			—			2,990
Deferred revenue	—			46,681			4,667			—			51,348
Deferred income taxes	—			—			2,896			—			2,896
TOTAL LIABILITIES	251,135			84,936			25,269			—			361,340
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital	398,998			—			—			—			398,998
Parent investment	—			764,752			156,918			(921,670		)	—
Retained deficit	(270,397		)	(121,253		)	(19,484		)	140,737			(270,397		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	—			—			20,644			—			20,644
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	128,601			643,499			158,078			(780,933		)	149,245
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	379,736		$	728,435		$	183,347		$	(780,933	)	$	510,585

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	60,533		$	1,358		$	—		$	61,891
Receivables
Trade, net	—			43,806			17,389			—			61,195
Notes and other, net	—			9			2,134			—			2,143
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			874			—			—			874
Intercompany receivables (payables)	75,688			(49,827		)	(25,861		)	—			—
Investment in subsidiaries	332,819			432,870			1,590			(767,279		)	—
Net seismic data library	—			100,087			80,030			—			180,117
Net property and equipment	—			2,125			2,693			—			4,818
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	2,644			5,122			3,008			—			10,774
Intangible assets, net	900			13,250			6,678			—			20,828
Goodwill	—			107,688			100,332			—			208,020
Deferred income taxes	—			84			—			—			84
TOTAL ASSETS	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	10,049		$	38,179		$	14,555		$	—		$	62,783
Income taxes payable	336			900			2,898			—			4,134
Senior Notes	275,000			—			—			—			275,000
Notes payable	29			—			—			—			29
Obligations under capital leases	—			81			3,032			—			3,113
Deferred revenue	—			45,320			7,537			—			52,857
Deferred income taxes	—			—			2,470			—			2,470
TOTAL LIABILITIES	285,414			84,480			30,492			—			400,386
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital	398,772			—			—			—			398,772
Parent investment	—			764,752			156,918			(921,670		)	—
Retained deficit	(272,135		)	(132,611		)	(21,780		)	154,391			(272,135		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	—			—			23,721			—			23,721
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	126,637			632,141			158,859			(767,279		)	150,358
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	60,533		$	1,358		$	—		$	61,891
Receivables
Trade, net	—			43,806			17,389			—			61,195
Notes and other, net	—			9			2,134			—			2,143
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			874			—			—			874
Intercompany receivables (payables)	75,688			(49,827		)	(25,861		)	—			—
Investment in subsidiaries	332,819			432,870			1,590			(767,279		)	—
Net seismic data library	—			100,087			80,030			—			180,117
Net property and equipment	—			2,125			2,693			—			4,818
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	2,644			5,122			3,008			—			10,774
Intangible assets, net	900			13,250			6,678			—			20,828
Goodwill	—			107,688			100,332			—			208,020
Deferred income taxes	—			84			—			—			84
TOTAL ASSETS	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	10,049		$	38,179		$	14,555		$	—		$	62,783
Income taxes payable	336			900			2,898			—			4,134
Senior Notes	275,000			—			—			—			275,000
Notes payable	29			—			—			—			29
Obligations under capital leases	—			81			3,032			—			3,113
Deferred revenue	—			45,320			7,537			—			52,857
Deferred income taxes	—			—			2,470			—			2,470
TOTAL LIABILITIES	285,414			84,480			30,492			—			400,386
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital	398,772			—			—			—			398,772
Parent investment	—			764,752			156,918			(921,670		)	—
Retained deficit	(272,135		)	(132,611		)	(21,780		)	154,391			(272,135		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	—			—			23,721			—			23,721
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	126,637			632,141			158,859			(767,279		)	150,358
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	412,051		$	716,621		$	189,351		$	(767,279	)	$	550,744

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	—		$	61,612		$	13,282		$	—		$	74,894
Receivables
Trade, net	—			32,129			19,177			—			51,306
Notes and other, net	520			1,606			2,196			—			4,322
Due from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			861			—			—			861
Intercompany receivables (payables)	95,955			(78,614		)	(17,341		)	—			—
Investment in subsidiaries	272,268			416,322			1,448			(690,038		)	—
Net seismic data library	—			63,259			57,435			—			120,694
Net property and equipment	—			1,897			3,142			—			5,039
Investment in marketable securities	—			262			—			—			262
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and other	4,409			5,078			757			—			10,244
Intangible assets, net	900			16,462			9,452			—			26,814
Goodwill	—			107,688			98,150			—			205,838
Deferred income taxes	—			56			—			—			56
TOTAL ASSETS	$	374,052		$	628,618		$	187,698		$	(690,038	)	$	500,330
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	10,050		$	23,563		$	26,937		$	—		$	60,550
Income taxes payable	81			—			1,383			—			1,464
Senior Notes	275,000			—			—			—			275,000
Notes payable	95			—			—			—			95
Obligations under capital leases	—			—			3,161			—			3,161
Deferred revenue	—			33,340			15,505			—			48,845
Deferred income taxes	—			—			1,375			—			1,375
TOTAL LIABILITIES	285,226			56,903			48,361			—			390,490
STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock	—			—			—			—			—
Additional paid-in capital	398,011			—			—			—			398,011
Parent investment	—			764,752			156,913			(921,665		)	—
Retained deficit	(309,185		)	(193,299		)	(38,328		)	231,627			(309,185		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	—			262			20,752			—			21,014
TOTAL STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	88,826			571,715			139,337			(690,038		)	109,840
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	$	374,052		$	628,618		$	187,698		$	(690,038	)	$	500,330

Schedule of Condensed Income Statement

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	33,120		$	18,575		$	(344	)	$	51,351
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	—			18,009			11,329			—			29,338
Cost of sales	—			38			1			—			39
Selling, general and administrative	285			4,463			2,983			(344		)	7,387
	285			22,510			14,313			(344		)	36,764
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	(285		)	10,610			4,262			—			14,587
Interest expense, net	(7,831		)	(1,065		)	(419		)	—			(9,315		)
Foreign currency exchange losses	—			—			(647		)	—			(647		)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	(1,504		)	—			—			—			(1,504		)
Other income	—			1			—			—			1
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries	(9,620		)	9,546			3,196			—			3,122
Provision for income taxes	—			484			900			—			1,384
Equity in income of subsidiaries	11,358			2,296			—			(13,654		)	—
NET INCOME	$	1,738		$	11,358		$	2,296		$	(13,654	)	$	1,738

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	1,738	$	11,358	$	2,296		$	(13,654	)	$	1,738
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—		—		(3,077		)	—			(3,077		)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	1,738	$	11,358	$	(781	)	$	(13,654	)	$	(1,339	)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	39,128		$	33,764		$	(345	)	$	72,547
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	—			20,848			18,536			—			39,384
Cost of sales	—			86			11			—			97
Selling, general and administrative	253			5,016			3,168			(345		)	8,092
	253			25,950			21,715			(345		)	47,573
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	(253		)	13,178			12,049			—			24,974
Interest expense, net	(2,246		)	(4,710		)	(263		)	—			(7,219		)
Foreign currency exchange gains	—			—			411			—			411
Other income	1			80			—			—			81
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries	(2,498		)	8,548			12,197			—			18,247
Provision for income taxes	—			260			3,281			—			3,541
Equity in income of subsidiaries	17,204			8,916			—			(26,120		)	—
NET INCOME	$	14,706		$	17,204		$	8,916		$	(26,120	)	$	14,706

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries		Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries		Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	14,706	$	17,204	$	8,916	$	(26,120	)	$	14,706
Unrealized gains on securities held as available for sale, net of tax	—		85		—		—			85
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—		—		2,556		—			2,556
Comprehensive income	$	14,706	$	17,289	$	11,472	$	(26,120	)	$	17,347

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	157,324		$	84,435		$	(1,301	)	$	240,458
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	—			88,724			51,030			—			139,754
Cost of sales	—			446			18			—			464
Selling, general and administrative	2,117			17,607			10,665			(1,301		)	29,088
	2,117			106,777			61,713			(1,301		)	169,306
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	(2,117		)	50,547			22,722			—			71,152
Interest expense, net	(21,542		)	(6,015		)	(1,454		)	—			(29,011		)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)	—			(4		)	685			—			681
Gain on sale of marketable securities	—			230			—			—			230
Other income	21			759			—			—			780
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries	(23,638		)	45,517			21,953			—			43,832
Provision for income taxes	—			1,377			5,405			—			6,782
Equity in income of subsidiaries	60,688			16,548			—			(77,236		)	—
NET INCOME	$	37,050		$	60,688		$	16,548		$	(77,236	)	$	37,050

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries		Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	37,050	$	60,688		$	16,548	$	(77,236	)	$	37,050
Unrealized losses on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding losses arising during the period	—		(32		)	—		—			(32		)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings	—		(230		)	—		—			(230		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—		—			2,969		—			2,969
Comprehensive income	$	37,050	$	60,426		$	19,517	$	(77,236	)	$	39,757

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	152,759		$	66,644		$	(1,395	)	$	218,008
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	—			92,106			50,857			—			142,963
Cost of sales	—			88			12			—			100
Selling, general and administrative	1,503			19,626			11,915			(1,395		)	31,649
	1,503			111,820			62,784			(1,395		)	174,712
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS	(1,503		)	40,939			3,860			—			43,296
Interest expense, net	(14,124		)	(19,805		)	(838		)	—			(34,767		)
Foreign currency exchange gains (losses)	—			4			(730		)	—			(726		)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	(7,912		)	—			—			—			(7,912		)
Gain on sale of marketable securities	—			2,467			—			—			2,467
Other income	4			67			179			—			250
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in income of subsidiaries	(23,535		)	23,672			2,471			—			2,608
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	—			(418		)	810			—			392
Equity in income of subsidiaries	25,751			1,661			—			(27,412		)	—
NET INCOME	$	2,216		$	25,751		$	1,661		$	(27,412	)	$	2,216

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent		Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
Net income	$	2,216	$	25,751		$	1,661		$	(27,412	)	$	2,216
Unrealized losses on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding losses arising during the period	—		(373		)	—			—			(373		)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings	—		(2,467		)	—			—			(2,467		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—		(1		)	(3,036		)	—			(3,037		)
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	2,216	$	22,910		$	(1,375	)	$	(27,412	)	$	(3,661	)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations			Consolidated Total
REVENUE	$	—		$	131,417		$	47,892		$	(3,753	)	$	175,556
EXPENSES:
Depreciation and amortization	—			126,593			48,999			—			175,592
Cost of sales	—			87			10			—			97
Selling, general and administrative	3,219			19,612			12,753			(3,753		)	31,831
	3,219			146,292			61,762			(3,753		)	207,520
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS	(3,219		)	(14,875		)	(13,870		)	—			(31,964		)
Interest expense, net	(20,115		)	(20,173		)	(248		)	—			(40,536		)
Foreign currency exchange gains	—			24			417			—			441
Gain on sale of marketable securities	—			4,188			—			—			4,188
Other income	2			319			125			—			446
Loss before income taxes and equity in loss of subsidiaries	(23,332		)	(30,517		)	(13,576		)	—			(67,425		)
Benefit for income taxes	—			(328		)	(3,680		)	—			(4,008		)
Equity in loss of subsidiaries	(40,085		)	(9,896		)	—			49,981			—
NET LOSS	$	(63,417	)	$	(40,085	)	$	(9,896	)	$	49,981		$	(63,417	)

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Net loss	$	(63,417	)	$	(40,085	)	$	(9,896	)	$	49,981	$	(63,417	)
Unrealized gains on securities held as available for sale, net of tax:
Unrealized net holding gains arising during the period	—			4,117			—			—		4,117
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in earnings	—			(4,188		)	—			—		(4,188		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—			1			6,947			—		6,948
Comprehensive loss	$	(63,417	)	$	(40,155	)	$	(2,949	)	$	49,981	$	(56,540	)

Schedule of Condensed Cash Flow Statement

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(17,861	)	$	42,050		$	11,223		$	—	$	35,412
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	—			(27,629		)	(12,503		)	—		(40,132		)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	—			(192		)	(144		)	—		(336		)
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			(246		)	—			—		(246		)
Net cash used in investing activities	—			(28,067		)	(12,647		)	—		(40,714		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuance of 9½% Senior Notes	250,000			—			—			—		250,000
Repayment of 9.75% Senior Notes	(275,000		)	—			—			—		(275,000		)
Principal payments on notes payable	(17		)	—			—			—		(17		)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	—			(8		)	(54		)	—		(62		)
Costs of debt transactions	(5,822		)	—			—			—		(5,822		)
Intercompany transfers	48,700			(49,200		)	500			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	17,861			(49,208		)	446			—		(30,901		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			—			(144		)	—		(144		)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	—			(35,225		)	(1,122		)	—		(36,347		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	—			60,533			1,358			—		61,891
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	25,308		$	236		$	—	$	25,544

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(13,179	)	$	27,843		$	30,418		$	—	$	45,082
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	—			(19,645		)	(36,775		)	—		(56,420		)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	—			(201		)	(49		)	—		(250		)
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			(4		)	—			—		(4		)
Net cash used in investing activities	—			(19,850		)	(36,824		)	—		(56,674		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on notes payable	(16		)	—			—			—		(16		)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	—			—			(42		)	—		(42		)
Intercompany transfers	13,195			(13,195		)	—			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	13,179			(13,195		)	(42		)	—		(58		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			—			171			—		171
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	—			(5,202		)	(6,277		)	—		(11,479		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	—			61,612			13,282			—		74,894
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	56,410		$	7,005		$	—	$	63,415

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(27,325	)	$	133,731		$	65,075		$	—	$	171,481
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	—			(100,280		)	(82,964		)	—		(183,244		)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	—			(1,278		)	(144		)	—		(1,422		)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities	—			230			—			—		230
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other	—			90			—			—		90
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			(13		)	—			—		(13		)
Net cash used in investing activities	—			(101,251		)	(83,108		)	—		(184,359		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on notes payable	(66		)	—			—			—		(66		)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	—			(14		)	(198		)	—		(212		)
Intercompany transfers	27,391			(33,541		)	6,150			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	27,325			(33,555		)	5,952			—		(278		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			(4		)	157			—		153
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	—			(1,079		)	(11,924		)	—		(13,003		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	—			61,612			13,282			—		74,894
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	60,533		$	1,358		$	—	$	61,891

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(39,324	)	$	120,404		$	45,743		$	—	$	126,823
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	—			(68,145		)	(58,834		)	—		(126,979		)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	—			(1,856		)	(265		)	—		(2,121		)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities	—			2,467			—			—		2,467
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other	—			121			1			—		122
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			(755		)	—			—		(755		)
Repayment from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			50			—			—		50
Net cash used in investing activities	—			(68,118		)	(59,098		)	—		(127,216		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Contributed capital	125,000			—			—			—		125,000
Repayment of 9.75% Senior Notes	(131,094		)	—			—			—		(131,094		)
Repayment of 11.75% Senior Notes	(2,000		)	—			—			—		(2,000		)
Principal payments on notes payable	(59		)	—			—			—		(59		)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	—			—			(164		)	—		(164		)
Borrowings on line of credit	—			—			737			—		737
Payments on line of credit	—			—			(737		)	—		(737		)
Costs of debt and equity transactions	(6,268		)	—			(70		)	—		(6,338		)
Intercompany transfers	53,745			(65,745		)	12,000			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	39,324			(65,745		)	11,766			—		(14,655		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			3			(32		)	—		(29		)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	—			(13,456		)	(1,621		)	—		(15,077		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	—			75,068			14,903			—		89,971
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	61,612		$	13,282		$	—	$	74,894

CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

	Parent			Guarantor Subsidiaries			Non- Guarantor Subsidiaries			Consolidating Eliminations		Consolidated Total
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	(39,719	)	$	115,561		$	33,038		$	—	$	108,880
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	—			(33,287		)	(16,178		)	—		(49,465		)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	—			(380		)	(147		)	—		(527		)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities	—			4,188			—			—		4,188
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other	—			86			—			—		86
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	—			(9		)	—			—		(9		)
Return of capital from subsidiary	—			4,501			(4,501		)	—		—
Net cash used in investing activities	—			(24,901		)	(20,826		)	—		(45,727		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on notes payable	(54		)	—			—			—		(54		)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	—			—			(146		)	—		(146		)
Borrowings on line of credit	—			—			10			—		10
Payments on line of credit	—			—			(10		)	—		(10		)
Costs of debt and equity transactions	(65		)	—			—			—		(65		)
Intercompany transfers	39,838			(39,838		)	—			—		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	39,719			(39,838		)	(146		)	—		(265		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	—			25			788			—		813
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	—			50,847			12,854			—		63,701
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	—			24,221			2,049			—		26,270
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	—		$	75,068		$	14,903		$	—	$	89,971

XML

Stock-Based Comp (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock-based compensation assumptions used in the option valuation models

The assumptions used in the option valuation models are outlined in the following table:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Weighted average grant date fair value per share	$	95.25		$	123.29		$	47.15
Weighted average assumptions used:
Expected volatility	45		%	45		%	45		%
Expected life (in years)	6.47			6.50			6.63
Risk-free interest rate	1.70		%	2.36		%	3.23		%
Expected dividend yield	—		%	—		%	—		%

The assumptions used in the model are outlined in the following table:

	Prior to Re-pricing			After Re-pricing
Weighted average grant date fair value per share	$	21.43		$	36.74
Weighted average assumptions used:
Expected volatility	45		%	45		%
Expected life (in years)	5.97			4.97
Risk free interest rate	3.01		%	2.60		%
Expected dividend yield	—		%	—		%

Stock option activity

The following table summarizes stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (shares in thousands):

	Year Ended			Year Ended				Year Ended
	December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Options	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of period	84	$	193.91	91		$	193.13	92		$	392.07
Granted	45	$	258.37	1		$	258.37	91		$	193.13
Exercised	—	$	—	(8	)	$	193.13	—		$	—
Cancelled	—	$	—	—		$	—	(91	)	$	392.09
Forfeited	—	$	—	—		$	—	(1	)	$	389.42
Outstanding at end of period(1)	129	$	216.62	84		$	193.91	91		$	193.13
Options exercisable at end of period(2)	80	$	193.29	76		$	193.13	62		$	193.13
Available for grant at end of period	15			12				13

(1) Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2012 have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 6.2 years.

(2) Exercisable stock options at December 31, 2012 have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 4.4 years.

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)		Significant  Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
At March 31, 2013:
Cash equivalents	$	25,397	$	25,397	$	—	$	—
At December 31, 2012:
Cash equivalents	$	61,272	$	61,272	$	—	$	—

The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)		Significant  Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
At December 31, 2012:
Cash equivalents	$	61,272	$	61,272	$	—	$	—
At December 31, 2011:
Cash equivalents	$	74,421	$	74,421	$	—	$	—
Investment in stock options related to equity securities	262		—		262		—

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

The Company performs an annual assessment of the recoverability of goodwill as of October 1 each year. Additionally, the Company assesses goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such carrying values may not be recoverable. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. After assessing the totality of events and circumstances for the qualitative impairment assessment at October 1, 2012, the Company determined that performing the two-step goodwill impairment test was unnecessary and no goodwill impairment was recognized. Additionally, the Company incurred no impairment as a result of the annual tests in prior years. There were no events or changes in circumstances that indicated that an impairment was more likely than not during interim periods in 2012, 2011, or 2010. However, there can be no assurance that goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles will not be impaired at any time in the future.

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
Balance beginning of year	$	205,838	$	208,050
Translation adjustments	2,182		(2,212		)
Balance end of year	$	208,020	$	205,838

The recorded carrying amount will change at each balance sheet date due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. The following is a summary of the Company’s intangible assets other than goodwill (in thousands):

	Weighted Average Amortization Period	December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
Amortized intangible assets:
Cost:
Favorable facility lease	6 years	$	—		$	1,752
Customer relationships	10 years	44,669			44,397
Internally developed software	7 years	9,346			9,143
		54,015			55,292
Accumulated Amortization:
Favorable facility lease	6 years	—			(1,367		)
Customer relationships	10 years	(26,243		)	(21,644		)
Internally developed software	7 years	(7,844		)	(6,367		)
		(34,087		)	(29,378		)
Net book value		19,928			25,914
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Trade names		900			900
Total intangible assets at net book value		$	20,828		$	26,814

The Company’s trade name assets have an indefinite life and are not amortized, but are reviewed annually on October 1 and tested for impairment. The trade names were determined to have indefinite lives due to the length of time the trade names have been in place. The Company’s current intentions are to maintain the trade names indefinitely. All other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives. As of December 31, 2012, the weighted average amortization period for these intangible assets was 9.5 years.

Amortization expense for the Company's intangible assets was $6.2 million, $6.1 million, and $6.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense is as follows: fiscal year ending 2013 -$5.8 million, fiscal year ending 2014 - $4.6 million, fiscal year ending 2015 - $4.5 million, fiscal year ending 2016 - $4.5 million and fiscal year ending 2017 - $0.5 million.

The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of these intangible assets on an annual basis. The Company also reviews for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying values may not be recoverable.

XML

Income Taxes - A reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross unrecognized tax benefits (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Excluding Amounts Pertaining to Examined Tax Returns [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of year	$ 6,016	$ 6,151	$ 5,545
Additions based on prior year tax positions	0	0	310
Foreign currency translation	134	(135)	296
Balance at end of year	$ 6,150	$ 6,016	$ 6,151

XML

Seismic Data Library (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Seismic Data Library [Abstract]

Summary of the net book value of the Company’s seismic data library

The following table sets forth a summary of the net book value of the Company’s seismic data library (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2012		2011
U.S. Onshore:
Unconventional 3D	$	94,553	$	43,106
Conventional 3D	8,628		21,166
Canadian:
Unconventional 3D	76,335		55,738
Conventional 3D	294		513
2D	126		171
U.S. Offshore	181		—
Total	$	180,117	$	120,694

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies - The activity related to non-monetary exchanges (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Additions to seismic data library	$ 2,716	$ 709	$ 3,376	$ 10,215	$ 10,545
Non-cash revenue	635	2,115	8,518	9,514	9,864
Seismic Data Library [Member]
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Additions to seismic data library	2,716	709	3,376	10,215	10,545
Specific Data Licenses or Selections of Data [Member]
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Non-cash revenue	578	827	3,046	7,169	7,187
Acquisition Contracts [Member]
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Non-cash revenue	57	1,268	5,452	2,274	2,677
Solutions [Member]
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Non-cash revenue	$ 0	$ 20	$ 20	$ 71	$ 0

XML

Lease Obligations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Leases [Abstract]

Lease Obligations

LEASE OBLIGATIONS

Assets recorded under capital lease obligations of $3.8 million and $3.7 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are included in property and equipment. Accumulated depreciation related to such assets was $1.5 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Depreciation on the assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

The Company leases office space under operating leases, some of which include renewal options. Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $1.8 million, $1.7 million, and $1.7 million, respectively. The Company received income from subleases of approximately $0.3 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Future minimum lease payments for the five years subsequent to December 31, 2012, thereafter and in the aggregate are as follows (in thousands):

	Capital Leases			Operating Leases
2013	$	446		$	1,010
2014	446			696
2015	430			672
2016	412			471
2017	440			53
Thereafter	1,970			—
Total minimum lease payments	4,144			$	2,902
Less amount representing interest	(1,031		)
Present value of net minimum lease payments	$	3,113

Capital leases are comprised mostly of a sale leaseback agreement entered into by Olympic in 2002 on a building and land located in Calgary, Alberta, Canada. The term of the lease is 20-years with remaining lease payments of: $409,500 (Canadian dollars) in years 11-15 and $452,340 (Canadian dollars) in years 16-20.

XML

Statement of Cash Flow Information (Non-Cash Additions and Non-Cash Revenue) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Non-monetary exchanges related to resale licensing revenue	$ 324	$ 709	$ 1,554	$ 7,609	$ 4,000
Non-monetary exchanges from underwriting of new data acquisition			4,122	2,687	3,222
Other non-monetary exchanges			0	98	124
Completion of data in progress from prior non-monetary exchanges	2,392	0	142	0	3,199
Less: Non-monetary exchanges for data in progress			(2,442)	(179)	0
Total non-cash additions to seismic data library	2,716	709	3,376	10,215	10,545
Non-cash revenue	635	2,115	8,518	9,514	9,864
Underwriting [Member]
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Non-cash revenue	57	1,268	5,452	2,274	2,677
Specific Data Licenses and Selections [Member]
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Non-cash revenue	578	827	3,046	7,169	7,187
Solutions [Member]
Nonmonetary Transaction [Line Items]
Non-cash revenue	$ 0	$ 20	$ 20	$ 71	$ 0

XML

Seismic Data Library

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Seismic Data Library [Abstract]

Seismic Data Library

SEISMIC DATA LIBRARY

The Company’s seismic data library consists of seismic surveys that are offered for license to customers on a non-exclusive basis. Costs associated with creating, acquiring or purchasing the seismic data library are capitalized and amortized principally on the income forecast method subject to a straight-line amortization period of four years, applied on a quarterly basis at the individual survey level.

Costs of Seismic Data Library

For purchased seismic data, the Company capitalizes the purchase price of the acquired data.

For data received through a non-monetary exchange, the Company capitalizes an amount equal to the fair value of the data received by the Company or the fair value of the license granted to the customer, whichever is more readily determinable. See Note B – Revenue Recognition – Revenue from Non-Monetary Exchanges for discussion of the process used to determine fair value.

For newly created data, the capitalized costs include costs paid to third parties for the acquisition of data and related permitting, surveying and other activities associated with the data creation activity. In addition, the Company capitalizes certain internal

costs related to processing the created data. Such costs include salaries and benefits of the Company’s processing personnel and certain other costs incurred for the benefit of the processing activity. The Company believes that the internal processing costs capitalized are not greater than, and generally are less than, those that would be incurred and capitalized if such activity were performed by a third party. Capitalized costs for internal data processing were $0.9 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Data Library Amortization

The Company amortizes its seismic data library investment using the greater of the amortization that would result from the application of the income forecast method subject to a minimum amortization rate or a straight-line basis over the useful life of the data. With respect to each survey in the data library, the straight-line policy is applied from the time such survey is available for licensing to customers on a non-exclusive basis.

The Company applies the income forecast method by forecasting the ultimate revenue expected to be derived from a particular data library component over the estimated useful life of each survey comprising part of such component. This forecast is made by the Company annually and reviewed quarterly. If, during any such review, the Company determines that the ultimate revenue for a library component is expected to be significantly different than the original estimate of total revenue for such library component, the Company revises the amortization rate attributable to future revenue from each survey in such component. The lowest amortization rate the Company applies using the income forecast method is 70%. In addition, in connection with the forecast reviews and updates, the Company evaluates the recoverability of its seismic data library investment, and if required, records an impairment charge with respect to such investment. See discussion on “Seismic Data Library Impairment” below.

The actual aggregate rate of amortization depends on the specific seismic surveys licensed and selected by the Company’s customers during the period and the amount of straight-line amortization recorded. The income forecast amortization rates can vary by component and, as of April 1, 2013, is 70% for all components. For those seismic surveys which have been fully amortized, no amortization expense is required on revenue recorded.

The greater of the income forecast or straight-line amortization policy is applied quarterly on a cumulative basis at the individual survey level. Under this policy, the Company first records amortization using the income forecast method. The cumulative amortization recorded for each survey is then compared with the cumulative straight-line amortization. If the cumulative straight-line amortization is higher for any specific survey, additional amortization expense is recorded, resulting in accumulated amortization being equal to the cumulative straight-line amortization for such survey. This requirement is applied regardless of future-year revenue estimates for the library component of which the survey is a part and does not consider the existence of deferred revenue with respect to the library component or to any survey.

Seismic Data Library Impairment

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment by grouping individual surveys into components based on its operations and geological and geographical trends, resulting in the following data library segments for purposes of evaluating impairments: (I) North America 3D onshore comprised of the following components: (a) Texas Gulf Coast, (b) Eastern Texas, (c) Southern Louisiana/Mississippi, (d) Northern Louisiana, (e) Rocky Mountains, (f) Utica/Marcellus in Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia, (g) Panhandle Plays in North Texas/Oklahoma, (h) other United States, (i) Montney in British Columbia and Alberta, (j) Horn River in British Columbia, (k) Cardium in Alberta and (l) other Canada; (II) United States 2D; (III) Canada 2D; (IV) Gulf of Mexico offshore; and (V) international data outside North America. The Company believes that these library components constitute the lowest levels of independently identifiable cash flows.

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company considers the level of sales performance in each component compared to projected sales, as well as industry conditions, among others, to be key factors in determining when its seismic data investment should be evaluated for impairment. In evaluating sales performance of each component, the Company generally considers five consecutive quarters of actual performance below forecasted sales to be an indicator of potential impairment.

The impairment evaluation is based first on a comparison of the undiscounted future cash flows over each component’s remaining estimated useful life with the carrying value of each library component. If the undiscounted cash flows are equal to or greater than the carrying value of such component, no impairment is recorded. If undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of any component, the forecast of future cash flows related to such component is discounted to fair value and compared with such component’s carrying amount. The difference between the library component’s carrying amount and the discounted future value of the expected revenue stream is recorded as an impairment charge.

For purposes of evaluating potential impairment losses, the Company estimates the future cash flows attributable to a library component by evaluating, among other factors, historical and recent revenue trends, oil and gas prospectivity in particular regions, general economic conditions affecting its customer base and expected changes in technology and other factors that the Company deems relevant. The cash flow estimates exclude expected future revenues attributable to non-monetary data exchanges and future data creation projects.

The estimation of future cash flows and fair value is highly subjective and inherently imprecise. Estimates can change materially from period to period based on many factors, including those described in the preceding paragraph. Accordingly, if conditions change in the future, the Company may record impairment losses relative to its seismic data library investment, which could be material to any particular reporting period.

The Company did not have any impairment charges during the three months ended March 31, 2013 or 2012.

SEISMIC DATA LIBRARY

The Company’s seismic data library consists of seismic surveys that are offered for license to customers on a non-exclusive basis. Costs associated with creating, acquiring or purchasing the seismic data library are capitalized and amortized principally on the income forecast method subject to a straight-line amortization period of four years, applied on a quarterly basis at the individual survey level.

The following table sets forth a summary of the net book value of the Company’s seismic data library (in thousands):

	As of December 31,
	2012		2011
U.S. Onshore:
Unconventional 3D	$	94,553	$	43,106
Conventional 3D	8,628		21,166
Canadian:
Unconventional 3D	76,335		55,738
Conventional 3D	294		513
2D	126		171
U.S. Offshore	181		—
Total	$	180,117	$	120,694

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately 26% and 34%, respectively, of the net book value of the seismic data library were projects in progress.

Costs of Seismic Data Library

For purchased seismic data, the Company capitalizes the purchase price of the acquired data.

For data received through a non-monetary exchange, the Company capitalizes an amount equal to the fair value of the data received by the Company or the fair value of the license granted to the customer, whichever is more readily determinable. See Note A for discussion of the process used to determine fair value.

For newly created data, the capitalized costs include costs paid to third parties for the acquisition of data and related permitting, surveying and other activities associated with the data creation activity. In addition, the Company capitalizes certain internal costs related to processing the created data. Such costs include salaries and benefits of the Company’s processing personnel and certain other costs incurred for the benefit of the processing activity. The Company believes that the internal processing costs capitalized are not greater than, and generally are less than, those that would be incurred and capitalized if such activity were performed by a third party. Capitalized costs for internal data processing were $3.0 million, $1.9 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Data Library Amortization

The Company amortizes its seismic data library investment using the greater of the amortization that would result from the application of the income forecast method subject to a minimum amortization rate or a straight-line basis over the useful life of the data. With respect to each survey in the data library, the straight-line policy is applied from the time such survey is available for licensing to customers on a non-exclusive basis.

The Company applies the income forecast method by forecasting the ultimate revenue expected to be derived from a particular data library component over the estimated useful life of each survey comprising part of such component. This forecast is made by the Company annually and reviewed quarterly. If, during any such review, the Company determines that the ultimate revenue for a library component is expected to be significantly different than the original estimate of total revenue for such library component, the Company revises the amortization rate attributable to future revenue from each survey in such component. The lowest amortization rate the Company applies using the income forecast method is 70%. In addition, in connection with the forecast reviews and updates, the Company evaluates the recoverability of its seismic data library investment, and if required, records an impairment charge with respect to such investment. See discussion on “Seismic Data Library Impairment” below.

Amortization expense totaled $132.8 million, $135.0 million and $167.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The actual aggregate rate of amortization as a percentage of total seismic revenue was 57%, 63% and 98% for the same periods, respectively. The actual aggregate rate of amortization depends on the specific seismic surveys licensed and selected by the Company’s customers during the period and the amount of straight-line amortization recorded. The income forecast amortization rates can vary by component and, as of January 1, 2013, the amortization rate utilized under the income forecast method is 70% for all components. Additionally, certain seismic surveys have been fully amortized; consequently, no amortization expense is required on revenue recorded for these seismic surveys.

The greater of the income forecast or straight-line amortization policy is applied quarterly on a cumulative basis at the individual survey level. Under this policy, the Company first records amortization using the income forecast method. The cumulative amortization recorded for each survey is then compared with the cumulative straight-line amortization. If the cumulative straight-line amortization is higher for any specific survey, additional amortization expense is recorded, resulting in accumulated amortization being equal to the cumulative straight-line amortization for such survey. This requirement is applied regardless of future-year revenue estimates for the library component of which the survey is a part and does not consider the existence of deferred revenue with respect to the library component or to any survey.

Seismic Data Library Impairment

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment by grouping individual surveys into components based on its operations and geological and geographical trends, resulting in the following data library segments for purposes of evaluating impairments: (I) North America 3D onshore comprised of the following components: (a) Texas Gulf Coast, (b) Eastern Texas, (c) Southern Louisiana/Mississippi, (d) Northern Louisiana, (e) Rocky Mountains, (f) Utica/Marcellus in Pennsylvania, Ohio and West Virginia, (g) Panhandle Plays in North Texas/Oklahoma, (h) other United States, (i) Montney in British Columbia and Alberta, (j) Horn River in British Columbia, (k) Cardium in Alberta and (l) other Canada; (II) United States 2D; (III) Canada 2D; (IV) Gulf of Mexico offshore; and (V) international data outside North America. The Company believes that these library components constitute the lowest levels of independently identifiable cash flows.

The Company evaluates its seismic data library investment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company considers the level of sales performance in each component compared to projected sales, as well as industry conditions, among others, to be key factors in determining when its seismic data investment should be evaluated for impairment. In evaluating sales performance of each component, the Company generally considers five consecutive quarters of actual performance below forecasted sales to be an indicator of potential impairment.

The impairment evaluation is based first on a comparison of the undiscounted future cash flows over each component’s remaining estimated useful life with the carrying value of each library component. If the undiscounted cash flows are equal to or greater than the carrying value of such component, no impairment is recorded. If undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of any component, the forecast of future cash flows related to such component is discounted to fair value and compared with such component’s carrying amount. The difference between the library component’s carrying amount and the discounted future value of the expected revenue stream is recorded as an impairment charge.

For purposes of evaluating potential impairment losses, the Company estimates the future cash flows attributable to a library component by evaluating, among other factors, historical and recent revenue trends, oil and gas prospectivity in particular regions, general economic conditions affecting its customer base and expected changes in technology and other factors that the Company deems relevant. The cash flow estimates exclude expected future revenues attributable to non-monetary data exchanges and future data creation projects.

The estimation of future cash flows and fair value is highly subjective and inherently imprecise. Estimates can change materially from period to period based on many factors, including those described in the preceding paragraph. Accordingly, if conditions change in the future, the Company may record impairment losses relative to its seismic data library investment, which could be material to any particular reporting period.

The Company did not have any impairment charges during the three years ended December 31, 2012.

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows (USD $)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$ 1,738,000	$ 14,706,000	$ 37,050,000	$ 2,216,000	$ (63,417,000)
Depreciation and amortization	29,338,000	39,384,000	139,754,000	142,963,000	175,592,000
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	1,504,000	0	0	7,912,000	0
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)	523,000	1,065,000	1,222,000	(289,000)	(4,053,000)
Foreign currency exchange losses (gains)	647,000	(411,000)	(681,000)	726,000	(441,000)
Amortization of deferred financing costs	502,000	492,000	2,044,000	1,999,000	1,753,000
Amortization of debt premium			0	(56,000)	(98,000)
Amortization of stock-based compensation	226,000	73,000	761,000	453,000	3,157,000
Amortization of favorable facility lease	0	72,000	393,000	290,000	276,000
Increase (decrease) in allowance for doubtful accounts			(461,000)	12,000	1,524,000
Non-cash other income			(208,000)	(98,000)	(124,000)
Non-cash revenue	(635,000)	(2,115,000)	(8,518,000)	(9,514,000)	(9,864,000)
Gain on sale of marketable securities			(230,000)	(2,467,000)	(4,188,000)
Decrease (increase) in receivables	17,520,000	(1,092,000)	(8,365,000)	(20,277,000)	(7,285,000)
Decrease (increase) in other assets	287,000	(543,000)	(43,000)	(471,000)	(156,000)
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue	(1,146,000)	985,000	6,520,000	11,108,000	12,811,000
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other liabilities	(15,092,000)	(7,534,000)	2,243,000	(7,684,000)	3,393,000
Net cash provided by operating activities	35,412,000	45,082,000	171,481,000	126,823,000	108,880,000
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	(40,132,000)	(56,420,000)	(183,244,000)	(126,979,000)	(49,465,000)
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	(336,000)	(250,000)	(1,422,000)	(2,121,000)	(527,000)
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities			230,000	2,467,000	4,188,000
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other			90,000	122,000	86,000
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	(246,000)	(4,000)	(13,000)	(755,000)	(9,000)
Repayment from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	0	0	0	50,000	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(40,714,000)	(56,674,000)	(184,359,000)	(127,216,000)	(45,727,000)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Contributed capital			0	125,000,000	0
Issuance of 9½% Senior Notes	250,000,000	0
Principal payments on notes payable	(17,000)	(16,000)	(66,000)	(59,000)	(54,000)
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	(62,000)	(42,000)	(212,000)	(164,000)	(146,000)
Borrowings on line of credit			0	737,000	10,000
Payments on line of credit			0	(737,000)	(10,000)
Costs of debt and equity transactions	(5,822,000)	0	0	(6,338,000)	(65,000)
Net cash used in financing activities	(30,901,000)	(58,000)	(278,000)	(14,655,000)	(265,000)
Effect of exchange rate changes	(144,000)	171,000	153,000	(29,000)	813,000
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(36,347,000)	(11,479,000)	(13,003,000)	(15,077,000)	63,701,000
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	61,891,000	74,894,000	74,894,000	89,971,000	26,270,000
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	25,544,000	63,415,000	61,891,000	74,894,000	89,971,000
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest	18,253,000	13,475,000	27,099,000	37,981,000	39,440,000
Income taxes, net of refunds received	3,770,000	1,462,000	2,258,000	7,979,000	(53,000)
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Additions to seismic data library	2,716,000	709,000	3,376,000	10,215,000	10,545,000
Capital lease obligations incurred		0	95,000	0	0
9.75% Senior Notes [Member]
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repayment of Senior Notes	(275,000,000)	0	0	(131,094,000)	0
11.75% Senior Notes [Member]
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repayment of Senior Notes			$ 0	$ (2,000,000)	$ 0

XML

Seismic Data Library (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Apr. 01, 2013	Jan. 01, 2013
Seismic Data Library [Abstract]
Straight-line amortization period	4 years		4 years
Net book value of seismic data library, projects in progress			26.00%	34.00%
Internal data processing costs capitalized	$ 900,000	$ 600,000	$ 3,000,000	$ 1,900,000	$ 1,600,000
Lowest amortization rate using the income forecast method	70.00%		70.00%
Amortization of seismic data library			132,800,000	135,000,000	167,800,000
Amortization as percentage of seismic revenue, rate			57.00%	63.00%	98.00%
Actual aggregate rate of amortization						70.00%	70.00%
Asset impairment charges	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012
Maximum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Usefule life of finite-lived intangible assets	10 years
Minimum [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Usefule life of finite-lived intangible assets	6 years

XML

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended									12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Sep. 30, 2012	Jun. 30, 2012	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]
REVENUE	$ 51,351	$ 70,327	$ 51,556	$ 46,028	$ 72,547	$ 70,759	$ 52,208	$ 35,545	$ 59,496	$ 240,458	$ 218,008	$ 175,556
Operating income	14,587	28,939	8,904	8,335	24,974	18,954	10,506	4,335	9,501	71,152	43,296	(31,964)
Net income (loss)	$ 1,738	$ 19,945	$ 1,129	$ 1,270	$ 14,706	$ 11,842	$ (5,111)	$ (5,026)	$ 511	$ 37,050	$ 2,216	$ (63,417)

XML

Debt (Tables)

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Debt Instruments

The following is a summary of the Company’s debt (in thousands):

	March 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
9½% Senior Notes	$	250,000	$	—
9.75% Senior Notes	—		275,000
Credit Facility	—		—
Note payable to former executive	12		29
	$	250,012	$	275,029

The following is a summary of the Company’s debt (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
9.75% Senior Notes	$	275,000	$	275,000
Credit Facility	—		—
Note payable to former executive	29		95
	$	275,029	$	275,095

XML

Supplemental Guarantors Consolidating Condensed Financial Information - (Statement of Cash Flows) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Mar. 31, 2013 Parent [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Parent [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Parent [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Parent [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Parent [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Mar. 31, 2013 Consolidating Eliminations [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Consolidating Eliminations [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Consolidating Eliminations [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Consolidating Eliminations [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Consolidating Eliminations [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 9.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 9.75% Senior Notes [Member] Parent [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 9.75% Senior Notes [Member] Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 9.75% Senior Notes [Member] Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 9.75% Senior Notes [Member] Consolidating Eliminations [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 11.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 11.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 11.75% Senior Notes [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 11.75% Senior Notes [Member] Parent [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 11.75% Senior Notes [Member] Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 11.75% Senior Notes [Member] Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 11.75% Senior Notes [Member] Consolidating Eliminations [Member]
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$ 35,412,000	$ 45,082,000	$ 171,481,000	$ 126,823,000	$ 108,880,000	$ (17,861,000)	$ (13,179,000)	$ (27,325,000)	$ (39,324,000)	$ (39,719,000)	$ 42,050,000	$ 27,843,000	$ 133,731,000	$ 120,404,000	$ 115,561,000	$ 11,223,000	$ 30,418,000	$ 65,075,000	$ 45,743,000	$ 33,038,000	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash invested in seismic data	(40,132,000)	(56,420,000)	(183,244,000)	(126,979,000)	(49,465,000)	0	0	0	0	0	(27,629,000)	(19,645,000)	(100,280,000)	(68,145,000)	(33,287,000)	(12,503,000)	(36,775,000)	(82,964,000)	(58,834,000)	(16,178,000)	0	0	0	0	0
Cash paid to acquire property, equipment and other	(336,000)	(250,000)	(1,422,000)	(2,121,000)	(527,000)	0	0	0	0	0	(192,000)	(201,000)	(1,278,000)	(1,856,000)	(380,000)	(144,000)	(49,000)	(144,000)	(265,000)	(147,000)	0	0	0	0	0
Net proceeds from sale of marketable securities			230,000	2,467,000	4,188,000			0	0	0			230,000	2,467,000	4,188,000			0	0	0			0	0	0
Cash from sale of property, equipment and other			90,000	122,000	86,000			0	0	0			90,000	121,000	86,000			0	1,000	0			0	0	0
Advances to Seitel Holdings, Inc.	(246,000)	(4,000)	(13,000)	(755,000)	(9,000)	0	0	0	0	0	(246,000)	(4,000)	(13,000)	(755,000)	(9,000)	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Repayment from Seitel Holdings, Inc.	0	0	0	50,000	0				0	0				50,000	4,501,000				0	(4,501,000)				0	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(40,714,000)	(56,674,000)	(184,359,000)	(127,216,000)	(45,727,000)	0	0	0	0	0	(28,067,000)	(19,850,000)	(101,251,000)	(68,118,000)	(24,901,000)	(12,647,000)	(36,824,000)	(83,108,000)	(59,098,000)	(20,826,000)	0	0	0	0	0
Cash flows from financing activities:
Contributed capital			0	125,000,000	0				125,000,000					0					0					0
Issuance of 9½% Senior Notes	250,000,000	0				250,000,000					0					0					0
Repayment of Senior Notes																										0	(131,094,000)	0	(131,094,000)	0	0	0	0	(2,000,000)	0	(2,000,000)	0	0	0
Principal payments on notes payable	(17,000)	(16,000)	(66,000)	(59,000)	(54,000)	(17,000)	(16,000)	(66,000)	(59,000)	(54,000)	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	(62,000)	(42,000)	(212,000)	(164,000)	(146,000)	0	0	0	0	0	(8,000)	0	(14,000)	0	0	(54,000)	(42,000)	(198,000)	(164,000)	(146,000)	0	0	0	0	0
Borrowings on line of credit			0	737,000	10,000				0	0				0	0				737,000	10,000				0	0
Payments on line of credit			0	(737,000)	(10,000)				0	0				0	0				(737,000)	(10,000)				0	0
Costs of debt and equity transactions	(5,822,000)	0	0	(6,338,000)	(65,000)	(5,822,000)			(6,268,000)	(65,000)	0			0	0	0			(70,000)	0	0			0	0
Intercompany transfers	0	0	0	0	0	48,700,000	13,195,000	27,391,000	53,745,000	39,838,000	(49,200,000)	(13,195,000)	(33,541,000)	(65,745,000)	(39,838,000)	500,000	0	6,150,000	12,000,000	0	0	0	0	0	0
Net cash used in financing activities	(30,901,000)	(58,000)	(278,000)	(14,655,000)	(265,000)	17,861,000	13,179,000	27,325,000	39,324,000	39,719,000	(49,208,000)	(13,195,000)	(33,555,000)	(65,745,000)	(39,838,000)	446,000	(42,000)	5,952,000	11,766,000	(146,000)	0	0	0	0	0
Effect of exchange rate changes	(144,000)	171,000	153,000	(29,000)	813,000	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	(4,000)	3,000	25,000	(144,000)	171,000	157,000	(32,000)	788,000	0	0	0	0	0
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(36,347,000)	(11,479,000)	(13,003,000)	(15,077,000)	63,701,000	0	0	0	0	0	(35,225,000)	(5,202,000)	(1,079,000)	(13,456,000)	50,847,000	(1,122,000)	(6,277,000)	(11,924,000)	(1,621,000)	12,854,000	0	0	0	0	0
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	61,891,000	74,894,000	74,894,000	89,971,000	26,270,000	0	0	0	0	0	60,533,000	61,612,000	61,612,000	75,068,000	24,221,000	1,358,000	13,282,000	13,282,000	14,903,000	2,049,000	0	0	0	0	0
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$ 25,544,000	$ 63,415,000	$ 61,891,000	$ 74,894,000	$ 89,971,000	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 25,308,000	$ 56,410,000	$ 60,533,000	$ 61,612,000	$ 75,068,000	$ 236,000	$ 7,005,000	$ 1,358,000	$ 13,282,000	$ 14,903,000	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Stock-Based Comp (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified						12 Months Ended					12 Months Ended					12 Months Ended		12 Months Ended	48 Months Ended	12 Months Ended				12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended		1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009	Dec. 31, 2012 Selling, General and Administrative Expenses [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 Selling, General and Administrative Expenses [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 Selling, General and Administrative Expenses [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Stock Options [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Stock Options [Member] Nonvested Awards, Contingent Event Vesting [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 Stock Options [Member] Nonvested Awards, Time-based Vesting [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2008 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan [Member] Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 2008 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan [Member] Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 2008 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan [Member] Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member]	Apr. 30, 2008 2008 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan [Member] Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) [Member] Common Stock [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2007 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member]	Feb. 14, 2007 2007 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2007 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member] Grant Date Anniversary for Issuances in 2007 through 2010 and 2012 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2010 2007 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member] Grant Date Anniversary for Issuances in 2007 through 2010 and 2012 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2007 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member] Grant Date Anniversary for Issuances in 2011 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2011 2007 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member] Grant Date Anniversary for Issuances in 2011 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2012 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member]	May 31, 2012 2012 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2012 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member] Tranch 1, Service Performance Condition of 5 Years [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2012 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member] Grant Date Anniversary [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2012 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member] Tranch 2, Market Performance Condition of 2 times Event [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2012 Option Plan [Member] Stock Options [Member] Tranch 3, Market Performance Condition of 2 point 5 times Event [Member]	May 31, 2010 2010 Stock Options Plan Modification [Member] Stock Options [Member]	Dec. 31, 2012 2010 Stock Options Plan Modification [Member] Stock Options [Member]	May 31, 2010 2010 Stock Options Plan Modification [Member] Stock Options [Member] Director [Member] employee	May 31, 2010 2010 Stock Options Plan Modification [Member] Stock Options [Member] Director, Non-employee [Member] employee
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation cost						$ 0.8	$ 0.5	$ 3.2																				$ 0.9
Number of shares available to purchase from options															25,000		105,200						48,605
Vesting period												30 days						4 years		5 years		5 years
Exercised												106	221	241
Shares avaialable for grant under plan at the end of the period	15,000		12,000	13,000								22,659				9,859						5,105
Vesting percentage																			25.00%		20.00%			33.33%	20.00%	33.33%	33.33%
Expiration Period																10 years						10 years
Plan modification, exercise price (in dollars per share)																												$ 193.13
Plan modification, number of employees affected																														16	2
Plan modification, outstanding stock options as of modification date	129,000	[1]	84,000	91,000	92,000																							86,135
Plan modification, incremental compensation cost																												1.3
Plan modification, remaining incremental cost not yet recognized																													0.4
Future compensation cost related to non-vested options not yet recognized									$ 3.8	$ 2.4	$ 1.4
Non-vested options, period for recognition											3 years 6 months

[1] Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2012 have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 6.2 years.

XML

Income Taxes - The provision (benefit) for income taxes (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Current:
Current Federal Tax Expense (Benefit)			$ 342	$ 0	$ 0
State			1,093	(713)	0
Foreign			4,125	1,394	45
Current income tax provision (benefit)			5,560	681	45
Deferred:
Federal			0	(1)	(369)
State			(28)	270	1
Foreign			1,250	(558)	(3,685)
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)	523	1,065	1,222	(289)	(4,053)
Tax provision (benefit):
Federal			342	(1)	(369)
State			1,065	(443)	1
Foreign			5,375	836	(3,640)
Income tax provision (benefit)			$ 6,782	$ 392	$ (4,008)

XML

Shareholder's Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Equity [Abstract]

Shareholder's Equity

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

In May 2011, Centerbridge purchased a minority interest in Holdings for $125.0 million. Concurrently with the closing of this transaction, Holdings contributed $125.0 million to the Company. Holdings incurred approximately $4.9 million in professional fees associated with this transaction, which are reflected as a reduction to Holdings’ contribution to the Company. The funds received were used to redeem $125.0 million of the Company’s 9.75% Senior Notes in July 2011.

XML

Debt

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt

DEBT

The following is a summary of the Company’s debt (in thousands):

	March 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
9½% Senior Notes	$	250,000	$	—
9.75% Senior Notes	—		275,000
Credit Facility	—		—
Note payable to former executive	12		29
	$	250,012	$	275,029

9½% Senior Unsecured Notes: On March 20, 2013, the Company issued, in a private placement, $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9½% senior notes (the “9½% Senior Notes”). The proceeds from the 9½% Senior Notes, together with $29.8 million cash on hand, were used to satisfy and discharge the 9.75% senior notes due 2014 (the “9.75% Senior Notes”), including accrued interest of $4.8 million. The 9½% Senior Notes mature on April 15, 2019. Interest is payable in cash, semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2013. The 9½% Senior Notes are unsecured and are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company's significant domestic subsidiaries on a senior basis. The 9½% Senior Notes contain restrictive covenants which limit the Company's ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, pay dividends and make other restricted payments, engage in transactions with affiliates, and complete mergers, acquisitions and sales of assets.

The Company is obligated to use its reasonable best efforts to offer to exchange the 9½% Senior Notes under the Securities Act or otherwise register the resale of such notes no later than 240 days after their issuance. If this requirement is not met, then the annual interest on the 9½% Senior Notes will increase by (1) 0.25 percentage points for the first 90 days following the end of such period and (2) 0.25 percentage points at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum of 1.0 percentage point.

From time to time on or before April 15, 2016, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 9½% Senior Notes with the net proceeds of equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 109.50% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Upon a change of control (as defined in the indenture), each holder of the 9½% Senior Notes will have the right to require the Company to offer to purchase all of such holder's notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes: The Company had $275.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 9.75% Senior Notes outstanding until these notes were satisfied and discharged in connection with the issuance of the 9½% Senior Notes. On March 20, 2013, the noteholders were issued a notice of redemption and the 9.75% Senior Notes were redeemed at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest through April 18, 2013. In accordance with the terms and conditions of the indenture governing the 9.75% Senior Notes, this payment satisfied and discharged the entire indebtedness under the 9.75% Senior Notes. Accordingly, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $1.5 million, which included the write-off of unamortized issue expenses, for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Credit Facility: On May 25, 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (the “U.S. Lender”) and Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada (the “Canadian Lender,” and collectively with the U.S. Lender, the “Lenders”). The Credit Facility provides a $30.0 million revolving credit facility with a

Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, subject to borrowing base limitations. The Credit Facility expires on May 25, 2016, which represents an extended date upon the March 2013 amendment to the Credit Facility and closing of the 9½% Senior Notes. Each existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiary of the Company (collectively, the “U.S. Guarantors”) is a guarantor of payment of the U.S. obligations under the Credit Facility and Olympic Seismic Ltd. (“Olympic”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and each future direct and indirect wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary of the Company (such subsidiaries together with Olympic, the “Canadian Guarantors”) are guarantors of payment of the Canadian obligations under the Credit Facility.

The borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by a perfected first priority lien and security interest (subject to certain exceptions) in favor of the U.S. Lender in all present and future assets and equity of the Company and each U.S. Guarantor and 65% of the equity in Olympic, and borrowings by Olympic are secured by a perfected first priority lien and security interest (subject to certain exceptions) in favor of the Canadian Lender in all present and future assets of Olympic and each Canadian Guarantor. The Credit Facility has a variable interest rate depending on certain factors.

The Credit Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants, representations and warranties, borrowing conditions, events of default and remedies for the Lenders. The aggregate loan or any individual loan made under the Credit Facility may be prepaid at any time subject to certain restrictions. The Credit Facility is also subject to the payment of upfront, letter of credit, administrative and certain other fees.

Note Payable: The Company is party to a note payable to a former executive with remaining payments of $6,000 per month until May 2013. The note is non-interest bearing and is guaranteed by Olympic.

DEBT

The following is a summary of the Company’s debt (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2012		2011
9.75% Senior Notes	$	275,000	$	275,000
Credit Facility	—		—
Note payable to former executive	29		95
	$	275,029	$	275,095

9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes: On February 14, 2007, the Company issued, in a private placement, $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.75% senior notes due 2014 (the “9.75% Senior Notes”). The proceeds from the 9.75% Senior Notes were used to partially fund the transactions in connection with the Merger. As required by their terms, the 9.75% Senior Notes were exchanged for senior notes of like amounts and terms in a publicly registered exchange offer in August 2007. On July 1, 2011, the Company redeemed $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 9.75% Senior Notes outstanding in accordance with the terms and conditions of the indenture governing the 9.75% Senior Notes. The redemption price was equal to 104.875% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Accordingly, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $7.9 million, which included the write-off of unamortized issue expenses, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The remaining notes mature on February 15, 2014. Interest is payable in cash, semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, accrued interest totaled $10.1 million and was included in accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The 9.75% Senior Notes are unsecured and are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries on a senior basis. The 9.75% Senior Notes contain restrictive covenants which limit the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends and complete mergers, acquisitions and sales of assets.

Upon a change of control (as defined in the indenture), each holder of the 9.75% Senior Notes will have the right to require the Company to offer to purchase all of such holder’s notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Credit Facility: On May 25, 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC (the “U.S. Lender”) and Wells Fargo Capital Finance Corporation Canada (the “Canadian Lender,” and collectively with the U.S. Lender, the “Lenders”). The Credit Facility provides a $30.0 million revolving credit facility with a Canadian sublimit of $5.0 million, subject to borrowing base limitations. The Credit Facility expires on November 15, 2013, which date will be extended upon the occurrence of certain refinancing of the Company’s 9.75% Senior Notes. Each existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiary of the Company (collectively, the “U.S. Guarantors”) is a guarantor of payment of the U.S. obligations under the Credit Facility and each future direct and indirect wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary of Olympic is a guarantor of payment of the Canadian obligations under the Credit Facility.

The borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by a perfected first priority lien and security interest (subject to certain exceptions) in favor of the U.S. Lender in all present and future assets and equity of the Company and each U.S. Guarantor and 65% of the equity in Olympic, and borrowings by Olympic are secured by a perfected first priority lien and security interest (subject to certain exceptions) in favor of the Canadian Lender in all present and future assets of Olympic. The Credit Facility has a variable interest rate depending on certain factors.

The Credit Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants, representations and warranties, borrowing conditions, events of default and remedies for the Lenders. The aggregate loan or any individual loan made under the Credit Facility may be prepaid at any time subject to certain restrictions. The Credit Facility is also subject to the payment of upfront, letter of credit, administrative and certain other fees. The Credit Facility requires the payment of an unused line fee of 0.5% per annum payable in arrears.

Note Payable: The Company is party to a note payable to a former executive with remaining payments of $6,000 per month until May 2013. The note is non-interest bearing and is guaranteed by Olympic.

Aggregate Maturities: The aggregate maturities of the Company’s debt are: $29,000 in 2013 and $275.0 million in 2014.

XML

Stock-Based Comp - Stock option activity (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012		Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Options
Outstanding at beginning of period, Options	84		91	92
Granted, Options	45		1	91
Exercised, Options	0		(8)	0
Cancelled, Options	0		0	(91)
Forfeited, Options	0		0	(1)
Outstanding at end of period, Options	129	[1]	84	91
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of period, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 193.91		$ 193.13	$ 392.07
Granted, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 258.37		$ 258.37	$ 193.13
Exercised, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 0.00		$ 193.13	$ 0.00
Cancelled, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 0.00		$ 0.00	$ 392.09
Forfeited, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 0.00		$ 0.00	$ 389.42
Outstanding at end of period, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 216.62	[1]	$ 193.91	$ 193.13
Stock option activity, additional disclosure
Options exercisable at end of period, Options	80	[2]	76	62
Options exercisable at end of period, Weighted Average Exercise Price	$ 193.29	[2]	$ 193.13	$ 193.13
Available for grant at end of period	15		12	13
Stock options outstanding, weighted average remaining contractual term	6 years 2 months 17 days
Exercisable stock options, weighted average remaining contractual term	4 years 4 months 26 days

[1] Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2012 have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 6.2 years.

[2] Exercisable stock options at December 31, 2012 have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 4.4 years.

XML

Statement of Cash Flow Information

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Supplemental Cash Flow Elements [Abstract]

Statement of Cash Flow Information

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 include $651,000 of restricted cash related to collateral on seismic operations bonds. The balances at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 also include $125,000 (Canadian) of restricted cash posted as security against Company issued credit cards for Olympic.

The Company had non-cash additions to its seismic data library comprised of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Non-monetary exchanges related to resale licensing revenue	$	324	$	709
Completion of data in progress from prior non-monetary exchanges	2,392		—
Total non-cash additions to seismic data library	$	2,716	$	709

Non-cash revenue consisted of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
Acquisition revenue on underwriting from non-monetary exchange contracts	$	57	$	1,268
Licensing revenue from specific data licenses and selections on non-monetary exchange contracts	578		827
Solutions revenue recognized from non-monetary exchange contracts	—		20
Total non-cash revenue	$	635	$	2,115

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 included $651,000 and $122,000, respectively of restricted cash related to collateral on seismic operations bonds. The balances at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 also included $125,000 (Canadian) of restricted cash posted as security against Company issued credit cards for Olympic.

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments or debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its day-to-day operating cash and temporary excess cash with various banking institutions that, in turn, invest in time deposits and U.S. Treasury bills.

Income taxes paid during 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $3.2 million, $8.1 million and $15,000, respectively. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company received income tax refunds of $1.0 million, $0.1 million, and $68,000, respectively.

The Company had non-cash additions to its seismic data library comprised of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012			2011			2010
Non-monetary exchanges related to resale licensing revenue	$	1,554		$	7,609		$	4,000
Non-monetary exchanges from underwriting of new data acquisition	4,122			2,687			3,222
Other non-monetary exchanges	—			98			124
Completion of data in progress from prior non-monetary exchanges	142			—			3,199
Less: Non-monetary exchanges for data in progress	(2,442		)	(179		)	—
Total non-cash additions to seismic data library	$	3,376		$	10,215		$	10,545

Non-cash revenue consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		2011		2010
Acquisition revenue on underwriting from non-monetary exchange contracts	$	5,452	$	2,274	$	2,677
Licensing revenue from specific data licenses and selections on non-monetary exchange contracts	3,046		7,169		7,187
Solutions revenue recognized from non-monetary exchange contracts	20		71		—
Total non-cash revenue	$	8,518	$	9,514	$	9,864

XML

Fair Value Measurements

3 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2013

Dec. 31, 2012

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Authoritative guidance on fair value measurements provides a framework for measuring fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 inputs) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs).

The Company uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. In measuring the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, market data or assumptions are used that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, including assumptions about risk when appropriate. The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)		Significant  Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
At March 31, 2013:
Cash equivalents	$	25,397	$	25,397	$	—	$	—
At December 31, 2012:
Cash equivalents	$	61,272	$	61,272	$	—	$	—

The Company had no transfers of assets between any of the above levels during the three months ended March 31, 2013 or March 31, 2012.

Cash equivalents include money market funds that invest in United States government obligations and a Canadian dollar investment account, all with original maturities of three months or less. The original costs of these assets approximate fair value due to their short-term maturity.

Other Financial Instruments:

Debt – In March 2013, the Company refinanced the $275.0 million outstanding principal amount of its 9.75% Senior Notes due 2014 with the issuance of $250.0 million 9½% Senior Notes due 2019. Based upon the rates available to the Company, the fair value of the 9½% Senior Notes and the note payable to a former executive approximated $251.3 million as of March 31, 2013, compared to the book value of $250.0 million. The quoted market price of the 9½% Senior Notes was $251.3 million at March 31, 2013. The fair value of the 9.75% Senior Notes and the note payable to a former executive approximated

$274.6 million as of December 31, 2012, compared to the book value of $275.0 million. The quoted market price of the 9.75% Senior Notes was $274.6 million at December 31, 2012. The fair value for the Company's most significant debt balance, the 9½% Senior Notes (at March 31, 2013) and 9.75% Senior Notes (at December 31, 2012), was estimated using Level 1 inputs whereas the estimate of fair value for the note payable to a former executive was calculated using Level 2 inputs.

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Authoritative guidance on fair value measurements provides a framework for measuring fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 inputs) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs).

The Company uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. In measuring the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, market data or assumptions are used that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, including assumptions about risk when appropriate. The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following (in thousands):

			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)		Significant  Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
At December 31, 2012:
Cash equivalents	$	61,272	$	61,272	$	—	$	—
At December 31, 2011:
Cash equivalents	$	74,421	$	74,421	$	—	$	—
Investment in stock options related to equity securities	262		—		262		—

The Company had no transfers of assets between any of the above levels during the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011.

Cash equivalents include treasury bills and money market funds that invest in United States government obligations and a Canadian dollar investment account, all with original maturities of three months or less. The original costs of these assets approximate fair value due to their short-term maturity.

Investment in stock options related to equity securities are measured at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on observable market inputs such as stock prices, interest rates and expected volatility assumptions. Based on these inputs, these assets are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company sold a portion of its investment in stock options for proceeds totaling $0.2 million. The remaining stock options expired unexercised in May 2012.

Other Financial Instruments:

Based upon the rates available to the Company, the fair value of the 9.75% Senior Notes and the note payable to a former executive approximated $274.6 million as of December 31, 2012, compared to the book value of $275.0 million. The quoted market price of the 9.75% Senior Notes was $274.6 million at December 31, 2012. The fair value of the 9.75% Senior Notes and the note payable to a former executive approximated $273.0 million as of December 31, 2011, compared to the book value of $275.1 million. The quoted market price of the 9.75% Senior Notes was $272.9 million at December 31, 2011. The fair value for the Company's most significant debt balance, the 9.75% Senior Notes, was estimated using Level 1 inputs whereas the estimate of fair value for the note payable to a former executive was calculated using Level 2 inputs.

XML

Document And Entity Information	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2013
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	SEITEL INC
Entity Central Index Key	0000750813
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Document Type	S-4
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2013
Amendment Flag	false

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2012

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Holdings does not maintain a cash account. Consequently, the Company makes payments, as needed, on Holdings’ behalf for corporate expenditures such as taxes and share repurchases for employees that have left the Company and who held equity instruments in Holdings. The Company receives payments on the outstanding balance only when Holdings receives cash from stock issuances. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company made payments of approximately $13,000, $755,000 and $9,000, respectively on behalf of Holdings. The Company received $50,000 from Holdings in 2011 which was applied toward the outstanding balance. The balance due from Holdings as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $874,000 and $861,000, respectively.

The Company owns 20% of Wandoo Energy LLC ("Wandoo"), a privately owned oil and gas prospecting company. The Company's Chief Operating Officer serves as the Company's representative on the board of directors of Wandoo. The Company received $552,000, $67,000 and $40,000 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, in cash dividends from Wandoo. Additionally, Wandoo reimbursed the Company in 2010 for $133,000 in geophysical consulting services previously paid to Wandoo's president in 2005 and 2006. In 2011, the Company received $335,000 for a licensing agreement with Texoz E&P, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Texon Petroleum Ltd. (“Texon”). Texon was formed in 2006 as a spinoff from Wandoo. The Company received shares and stock options in Texon in connection with its formation. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has sold all of its Texon shares and stock options that had a strike price below market price prior to their expiration.

XML

Income Taxes - The components of the net deferred income tax asset (liability) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 31, 2013
Deferred tax assets:
Deferred revenue	$ 1,044	$ 2,158
Depreciation and amortization	19,378	18,941
Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward	2,124	1,782
Net operating loss carryforwards	75,873	84,413
Research and development tax credit carryforward	1,078	1,055
Accrued expenses and other	8,572	8,349
Total deferred tax assets	108,069	116,698
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	(2,791)	(973)
Intangible assets	(6,595)	(8,315)
Unrealized gain on marketable securities	0	(92)
Deferred expenses and other	(577)	(571)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(9,963)	(9,951)
Valuation allowance:
Beginning balance	(108,066)	(107,490)
Decrease (increase) during the period	7,574	(576)
Total valuation allowance	(100,492)	(108,066)
Deferred income taxes	84	56	84
Deferred income tax liability	(2,470)	(1,375)	(2,896)
Deferred income tax liability	$ (2,386)	$ (1,319)

XML

Income Taxes - The differences between the U.S. Federal income taxes computed at the statutory rate (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Income Tax Expense (Benefit), Continuing Operations, Income Tax Reconciliation [Abstract]
Statutory income tax rate	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%
Statutory Federal income tax	$ 15,341	$ 913	$ (23,599)
Change in unrecognized tax benefits	189	235	83
State income tax, less Federal benefit	128	(193)	0
Income Tax Reconciliation, Foreign Investment in U.S. Property	1,094	0	0
Tax difference on foreign earnings	(2,258)	(245)	949
Change in foreign taxes	2	156	64
Canadian withholding tax	(30)	26	45
Change in valuation allowance	(7,666)	(513)	18,050
Tax credits	(401)	(366)	(384)
Non-deductible expenses	342	280	233
Other, net	41	99	551
Income tax provision (benefit)	$ 6,782	$ 392	$ (4,008)